Adab as-Salat: The Disciplines of the Prayer Second Revised Edition

A detailed explanation of the strict disciplines and moral secrets of prayer, written by Imam Khomeini for the general public.

From The Publisher

In His Most Exalted Name

The Disciplines of Salat (The Islamic Prayer), which was finished on Monday, the 2nd of Rabī' ath-Thānī, 1361 L.H. (Lunar Hijrī Year) [30th of Farvardīn, 1321 S.H. (Solar Hijrī year)], is a detailed explanation of the Salat's strict disciplines and moral secrets. Three years before the writing of this work, the Imām (s) [salāmullāhi 'alayh = may Allah's peace be upon him] had written a book under the title: The Secret of the Salat, which contained the same concepts, but it was concise and in the terms of the elect gnostics.1 Nevertheless, the late Imām, believing that more people should benefit from the subjects of the book, set upon writing this book in a simpler language. He says:

Before this, I prepared a paper in which I wrote on the secrets of the Salat as much as was feasible. But as it was not suitable for the common people, I decided to write parts of the cordial disciplines of this spiritual ascension, so that my brothers in faith may have a remembrance, and my hard heart may be affected by it.

Formerly, the folds [matāwī] of the book Ādāb as-Salat, with explanations and revisions, had been published under the title: Flying in the Heavenly Kingdom. Then the book itself was published. The former editions, however, were not agreeable, for some reasons. One of the reasons might probably have been the lack of a manuscript. Therefore, The Institute for Compilation and Publication of Imām Khomeinī's Works set forth to publish this work, with complete precision, faithfulness, and reference to the available copies, and collating them with the original MS (manuscript) copy which is within the reach of this Institute.

The book includes two prefaces, which the Imām wrote in 1363 S.H., dedicating this work to his respected son, Hujjatul-Islām wal-Muslimīn, Hāj Sayyid Ahmad Khomeinī, and to Mrs. Fātimah Tabātabā'ī (wife of Hāj Sayyid Ahmad Khomeinī).

This edition is accompanied by footnotes and explanations, in which the sources and the references of the Hadiths and statements are stated, and the Arabic texts are translated. All these marginations except a few which the Imām himself had written down and are marked by an asterisk (*) (in the Persian copy) as well as the different indexes of the book, have been prepared and arranged by this Institute.2

Certain Islamic and gnostic terms have been printed in italics or in bold (beside the titles of the books). Some of these terms have been explained in English in the GLOSSARY at the end of the book.

A thousand copies of the first edition of the book (in Persian) are accompanied with the photostatic copy of the complete MS (manuscript) to be sent to the libraries and those interested in keeping specimens of the Imām's handwritten works. Other copies include only a printed sample of the MS.

We cordially thank the management and the staff of The Scientific and Educational Publishing Company for the help they accorded us.

Sending our greetings to the late Imām, we pray Allah, the Great, to bestow upon us His help to be more serviceable to Islam.

The Institute for Compilation and Publication
of Imām Khomeinī's Works
(International Affairs Department)

- 1. The complete and revised text of The Secret of the Salat, including its Photostatic copy, comments and different indexes, has already been published by this Institute.

- 2. The numbers on the (left) side of the printed pages (of the Persian text) represent the numbers of the MS (manuscript) pages, which are the same as those of the printed pages. We draw the attention of the respected readers of the Persian text to the fact that the Imām, by oversight, had repeated the two page-numbers 172 and 278, and next to the number 263 he had written 267. We could have renumbered them correctly on the printed pages (of the Persian text), but as this would have made it a bit difficult to find the MS's page numbers, besides the fact that the readers might, during their reading of the book, forget this warning and get lost in finding out a particular page of the MS, therefore, we had but to retain the same numbering on the printed pages (of the Persian text) as are on the Imām's hand-written pages. That is, the numbers 172 and 178 were repeated, and after the number 263 comes number 267.

Foreword

In His Most Exalted Name

Surely the greatest characteristic of Imām Khomeinī is that he was a God-centered and a Faith-pivoted man a characteristic, which has its roots in his religious ideology. From the positive gnostic point of view 1 Allah, the Great, is the Ruler over the heavens and the earth, and men are to perform their duties, and to bow, in respect, their heads before the Divine Will. They are not to worship other than Him, and not to put foot on any path except on His, as this world is just a transit station, while the permanent abode of the servants is in the neighborhood of Allah, the Glorified.

Man, in this world of matter, is to sow what he wants to harvest in the Hereafter. So, he should deservedly carry out what is incumbent upon him, and not to enter upon a course forbidden to him, so that he may prosper.

The Imām started his course in life with such an outlook, and when he rose, he was prompted only by the idea that it was his duty to rise, and when he issued his orders to wage the defensive war and to be steadfast; he issued them because he believed that to fight and be steadfast were religious duties. On the day when he decreed to the astonishment of everybody that Salmān Rushdie was to be executed, it was only because it is the very judgment of Islam against such an apostate.

Consequently, the thinkers of the world and the well-versed politicians admit that (Imām) Khomeinī was more of a religious leader than a politician, and he was engaged more in carrying out Allah's verdicts than in ruling on the basis of politics.

Only from this angle one may be able to cast a glance at the world-enlightening sun of the Revolution and get acquainted with his personality, and only with such a view in mind one may comprehend the depth of this expression in his will, where he says: “…With a calm soul, a confident heart, a cheerful spirit and a conscience full of hope in Allah's favor, I take leave from my sisters and brothers to travel to the eternal abode…” Peace be upon him the day he was born, the day he dies and the day he shall be raised up alive.

The book which is before you covers a part of Imām Khomeinī's looks into the valley of theoretical Gnosticism. It is dedicated by that godly man to his efficient and gnostic son, the late Hujjatul-Islām wal-Muslimīn Hāj Sayyid Ahmad Khomeinī, who, with a clear heart and a pure soul, spent his life walking along practical gnosticism, and who tried hard to carry out all the moral instructions of the Imām. It is dedicated to his daughter-in-law, too.

Now that the pen has inscribed the names of such great men, I feel ashamed of having my feeble fingers scribble an introduction to such a great book by such a great man. I request the people of knowledge, research and readings to pardon me, and extend their helping hands to me, who am lost on the road, trembling upon myself like the leaves of a willow!

At the end, I regard it necessary to offer my thanks to the respected Director of the International Affairs Department of the Institute for Compilation and Publication of Imām Khomeinī's Works, his colleagues and the honorable translators who have translated this and other books of the Imām. I request all the translators in the country and those familiar with translating the gnostic works to assist this Institute in bettering such translations, since such an important question cannot be handled without their cooperation and heart-felt sympathy.

Sayyid Hasan Khomeinī

- 1. The term “positive gnosticism” as against “negative gnosticism”, means that the Gnostic would not break with the creatures of Allah nor would he take to live in seclusion and isolation, rather he prefers to live among the people and with them. He even believes that it is his duty to guide the people to the straight and true path.
As regards the negative gnostic person, he breaks with the people, lives in seclusion, dislikes attending meetings, and spends his life in an isolated place, engaging himself in worshipping Allah.

Dedication

In The Name Of Allah, The Beneficent, The Merciful

I dedicate Ādāb as-Salat the book from which I had no benefit except regret because of my failure and negligence of the days on which I could have made myself, and except contrition and remorse during old age, being empty-handed, with a heavy burden, and a long way to go, with a lame leg, while the call of departure is ever resounding in my ears to my dear son, Ahmad. He is in the prime of life, and thus, he may, inshā' Allāhu Ta'āla (if Allah, the Exalted, wills), avail himself of its contents, which are taken from the Glorious Book, the Noble Sunnah (The Prophet's traditions) and the statements of the distinguished.

Haply he will succeed in finding his way to the real ascension through the guidance of “the people of knowledge” [ahl-i ma'rifat], and tear off his heart from this dark dungeon, and head for the original destination of humanity, along the road on which the great prophets, the noble “holy men” [awliyā'] may Allah's blessing and peace be upon them all and the “people of Allah” [ahlullāh] trod, and to which they invited the others.

O my son! Hasten to comprehend yourself, which is fermented in “the divine disposition” [fitratullāh]. Save yourself from the ruining whirlpool of the formidable waves of self-conceit and selfishness. Get on board Noah's Ark, which is the light of “Allah's guardianship” [wilāyatullāh], because: “Whoever got on board it was safe, and whoever stayed behind it perished.”

O my son! Try hard to be moving along the Straight Path which is the path of Allah even with a limping leg. Try to tinge the movements and the stillness of your heart and body with the divine spiritual tint, and to serve the creatures (just) because of their being Allah's creatures. The great prophets and the close “friends” [awliyā'] of Allah, despite their daily works like others, were never on good terms with the world, because they worked with Allah and for Allah.

The Last Messenger may Allah bless him and his household and give them peace is quoted to have said: “My heart is sometimes covered (as if with unmindfulness), so I ask forgiveness from Allah seventy times every day.”1 He probably regarded discerning Allah in multiplicity as opacity [with respect to Allah].

O my son! Prepare yourself, after me, to face unkindness from those who will burden you with the worries they had on my part. If you settle your accounts with Allah and take refuge in remembering Him, you need not fear any creature, as the reckoning of creatures is transitory, while the reckoning before Allah is eternal.

My son! After me you may receive an offer for service. If you intend to serve the Islamic Republic and dear Islam, then do not refuse it. But if your intention is Allah forbid! To serve your sensual desires or to satisfy your passions, eschew it, for the worldly positions are too trivial to deserve perishing yourself for their sake.

O Allah! Make Ahmad, his offspring and family, who are of your servants and of the offspring of the Holy Messenger, happy in this world and in the Hereafter, and cut off the hands of the accursed Satan, so that he may not hurt them!

O Allah! We are weak, unable and lagging behind the caravan of the devotees on the road to you. O Allah! You yourself help us. O Allah! Treat us with your grace and do not treat us with your justice. Peace be upon the righteous servants of Allah.

Rūhullāh al-Mūsāwī al-Khomeinī
23 Rabī' al-Awwal 1405/ 25 Āzar 1363 S.H.

- 1. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “Invocations,” ch. 22, hadīth 1.

Author’s Preface

In His Most Exalted NameIn His Most Exalted Name
Alas! My life has passed in vain,
Loaded with sins, with no devotional gain;
Tomorrow when I am brought to the Scene of Judgment,
They will say that repentance chance did not remain.

The book Ādāb as-Salat, which I present to my dear daughter [-in-law], Fātī [Fātimah Tabātabā'ī, wife of Hujjatul-Islām wal-Muslimīn Hāj Sayyid Ahmad Khomeinī], whom may Allah make one of the musallīn (Salat performers), was finished more than forty years ago. A few years before that, I had completed the book of Asrār as-Salat (The Secrets of the Salat). From that time till now more than forty years have elapsed, while I have neither perceived the secrets of the Salat nor applied its disciplines, for “perceiving” is other than “conceiving”, and “forming” is different from “performing”.

These books are as a proof [hujjat] from the Lord on this poor servant. I take refuge in Allah from being among those referred to by these back-breaking noble āyahs (Qur'anic verses):

“O you who believe, why do you say what you do not do? It is most detested in the sight of Allah that you say what you do not do” (Sūrah 61:2-3).

I have no refuge but His vast mercy.

O my daughter, I hope you will be successful in applying the disciplines of this grand divine ascension, and be guided by this divine Burāq (the Prophet's heavenly horse) through a migration from the dark room of the self to Allah. I entrust you to Allah's custody lest reading these papers should increase your sensual longings, or make you like the writer a plaything in Satan's hands.

Dear daughter, although I found in you, thank Allah, such a spiritual fineness that I hope you will be guided by Allah, the Glorified and High, favored with His patronage, and be saved from nature's deep pit to the straight path of humanity, yet do not be heedless of the deceit of Satan, and of that of your own soul, which is even more dangerous. Take refuge in Allah, the Great, for He has mercy upon His servants.

My daughter, if there was no result from reading these pages Allah forbid! Except self-conceit, pretence and intrusion, it would be better to forgo reading them, or rather beware of them, so that you may not, like me, be subject to remorse and regret. But if you Allah willing prepare yourself to be benefited by the subject-matters of this book, which have been taken from the Book, the Sunnah, the hadīth of the infallible Ahl al-Bayt (The Prophet's progeny) and the statements of the people of knowledge, and to make use of your delicate God-given talent, then here you are!

Here is the ball and here is the ground! I hope you will, by this human ascent and divine mixture, empty your heart from others, rinse it with the water of life, say four takbīrs (Allāhu Akbar = Allah is Greater!) and release yourself from selfness in order to reach the Friend:

“And whoever leaves his home migrating to Allah and His Messenger, and then death overtakes him, his reward is indeed with Allah” ( Sūrah 4:100).

O Allah! Make us of the immigrants to You and to Your Messenger, and take us to “annihilation” [fanā']. Grant Fātī [Fātimah] and Ahmad Your assistance to serve (Your servants), and let them attain happiness.

Was-Salām.

Rūhullāh al-Mūsawī al-Khomeinī
2 nd of Safar al-Muzaffar 1405 A.H.

Introduction

In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful

Praise be to Allah, the Lord of the worlds, and may Allah send blessing onto Muhammad and his pure progeny, and may His curse be upon all their enemies, from now till the rise of the Day of Judgment.

O Allah! Our steps of traveling are too short to reach Your Sacred Court, and our demanding hand is unable to touch Your Skirt of Intimacy. The veils of desire and negligence have blocked our insight from Your Most Beautiful Beauty, and the heavy curtains of loving this world and devilry have secluded our hearts from attending to the Glory of Your Majesty.

The road to the Hereafter is narrow, and the path of humanity is tortuous, while we, the helpless, like the spiders, think of the jerked meat. We, like the silkworms, are perplexed, tying ourselves with the chains of desires and hopes, completely closing our eyes against the unseen world and the sociable gathering, except for the divine brightness with which You may light our hearts, and for Your unseen firebrand with which You may take us into rapture.

O Allah! Grant me to be exclusively dedicated to You. Light the eyes of our hearts with the light of looking at You, until the eyes of the hearts penetrate through the partitions of light so as to reach the origin of greatness, and our souls become hanging onto the glory of Your Sanctity. 1

Now then, some years ago, I prepared a paper 2 in which I inserted as much as was possible of the secrets of the Salat. But as it was not suitable for the common people, I decided to write parts of the cordial disciplines of this spiritual mi'rāj, so that my brethren in faith may have a remembrance and my hard heart may be affected by it. I take refuge with Allah, the Blessed and Most High, from Satan's conduct and from failure, for He is a powerful guardian. I have arranged in this book a preface, a few discourses and a conclusion.

- 1. “Munājāt-i Sha'bāniyyah,” Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 91, p. 99.

- 2. He refers to the book Sirr as-Salat (Mi'rāj as-Sālikīn wa Salat al-'Ārifīn). The author (may Allah sanctify his honorable tomb, at its beginning, after praising (Allah), sending blessings (to the Prophet) and invoking, has written: “Now then, I, the bewildered in the valley of perplexity and ignorance, and tied to the wishes of I-ness and egoism, indulged in the intoxicating selfness and egotism, knowing nothing of the spiritual stations and the kingdom of existence, have sincerely decided to write about some of the spiritual stations of the great guardians in this spiritual sulūk (spiritual travel) and mi'rāj (ascension) of faith …” He has finished the said honorable book on the 21st of Rabī' ath-Thānī 1358 L.H. (19 Khordād, 1318 S.H.).

Preface

Know that for the Salat, beside its form, there is a meaning, and apart from its exterior it has an interior; and as the exterior has its disciplines, neglecting which would render the outer form of the Salat invalid or incomplete, likewise its interior has cordial spiritual disciplines, neglecting which would render the spiritual Salat invalid or incomplete; whereas observing them would inspire the Salat with a heavenly spirit.

It would be possible that after paying attention to and observing the cordial inner disciplines, the musallī would have a share of the divine secret of the Salat of the “people of knowledge and of hearts” the Salat which is the delight of the people of sulūk1 and the reality of the mi'rāj (ascension) to the proximity of the Beloved. 2

Besides what was just said about the Salat's interior and unseen divine images, and in addition to its being in conformity with a kind of proof and the observations of the people of sulūk and asceticism, there are many āyahs and narratives, in general and particular, which denote that, too, and we shall bless the following pages by relating some of them.

Among them is the saying of Allah, the Most High:

“ On the day when every soul shall find present what it has done of good and what it has done of evil, it shall wish that there were a long duration of time between it and that [day]…” 3

This noble āyah says that everybody will see his good and bad deeds present and he will discern their unseen inner images. In another āyah He says:

“… and they shall find present what they have done,”4
And

“ So, he who has done an atom's weight of good shall see it…,” 5

Which means that the soul shall see its deeds.

As regards the noble Hadiths in this respect, they are too many to be contained in these pages. So, it suffices to state a few of them.

Among them, in the Wasā'il, quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a), it is said: “Whoever performed the obligatory Salats at the beginning of their times and observed their restrictions, the angel would raise them, white and pure, to heaven, and the Salat would say (to the performer): “May Allah preserve you as you preserved me and entrusted me to a generous angel.”

But whoever performed them after their times, with no excuse, and did not observe their restrictions, the angel would raise them, black and dark, while the Salat shouting at the performer: “You have lost me, may Allah lose you, and may He not care for you as you did not care for me”. 6

It denotes that the Salat is raised by Allah's angels to heaven, white and pure, when it is performed at the start of its time and its disciplines are observed. In this case it invokes good for the musallī; or it will be dark and black if it is delayed, without a reasonable cause, and its disciplines are neglected, in which case it will curse him.

This hadīth, besides denoting the fact that there are heavenly unseen images, it also denotes that they are alive, as evidenced by āyahs and narratives. Allah, the Most High, says:

“ … and the next abode, most surely, is the life…” 7

There are many Hadiths to the same effect, relating which would lengthen the subject.

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “When a believing servant is put into his grave, the Salat stands on his right and the zakāt on his left, his good deeds stand shadowing over him and forbearance stands aside. When the two angels in charge of interrogation enter the grave, forbearance tells the Salat, the zakāt and good deeds: “You have to help your friend. If you felt unable, I would be with him”.8

This noble hadīth is related in the noble al-Kāfī through two channels. Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah have mercy upon him) has related this hadīth in Thawāb al-A'māl. It speaks clearly of the unseen images of the barzakh, and their life and common sense. The Hadiths about the heavenly images of the Qur'an and the Salat are numerous.

With regard to what has been said that the Salat and other forms of worship have, besides their outward disciplines, other inward disciplines without which the Salat would be incomplete or even unacceptable to Allah, the following pages will numerate and state those cordial (inward) disciplines, inshā' Allāh (if Allah wills).

What one should know, however, in this stage, is that to satisfy oneself with the appearance and outer form of the Salat, and to be deprived of its blessings and inner perfections which bring about eternal happiness, or rather, bring one to the proximity of the Lord of Might, and set up the ladder of ascent to the stage of meeting the Absolute Beloved the Ultimate Goal of the godly men and the Final Hope of the people of knowledge and those who have “hearts”, or rather, the Beloved of the Master of the Messengers (s)9 is one of the heavier losses, as it will be after leaving this world and entering the reckoning (day) of Allah the cause of so great regrets that our minds are incapable of comprehending them.

As long as we are enwrapped in the veils of this world, and live in the covers of nature, we cannot have knowledge of the other world, and cannot keep warm by a remote fire. What regret, remorse and loss can be greater than that after forty or fifty years of toiling for the sake of attaining a thing which is the means of man's perfection and happiness, and the remedy for the pains of the cordial deficiencies, and it is, in fact, the image of the human perfection, we cannot be spiritually benefited by it, and rather, it becomes the cause of tarnishing the heart and brings dark veils, and what is the pleasure of the Messenger (s) causes the weakness of our insight:

“ …Alas for me, for what I fell short of my duty to Allah…” 10

So, dear, tuck up the skirt of aspiration, extend the hand of demand, bear every labor and hardship in order to reform your affairs and acquire the spiritual conditions of the Salat of the people of knowledge, and make use of this divine mixture [ma'jūn], which is prepared with the complete understanding [kashf] of Muhammad (s) for the sake of soothing all the pains and deficiencies of the souls.

Since it is still not too late, try to break camp and leave this dungeon of darkness, regret and remorse, this deep pit, which is far away from the holy presence of the Lord, the Exalted and Most High. Release yourself and try to reach the ascension [mi'rāj] of union [wisāl] and the proximity of perfection. Beware! If this means were lost, other means would fit: “If it was accepted, other deeds would be accepted, and if it was rejected, other deeds would be rejected, too.” 11

We shall explain, as much as possible and necessary, the inner disciplines of this spiritual sulūk, so that someone of the people of faith may have a share of it. This might as well be a cause for the divine mercy and the unseen care to be bestowed upon me, lagging as I am in the way to happiness and humanity, and chained in the prison of nature and selfishness. Surely Allah is the Patron of generosity and care.

- 1. It hints at some narratives, including one from the Messenger of Allah (s) saying, “My delight has been placed in the Salat.” Furū‛ al-Kāfī, vol 5, “Book of Marriage”, ch. on “Loving Women”, hadīth no.7, p. 321.

- 2. It refers to a narrative from the Messenger of Allah (s) saying, “The Salat is the mi'rāj of the believer.” 'Allāmah al-Majlisī, I'tiqādāt, p. 29.

- 3. Sūrah Āl-i 'Imrān 3:30

- 4. Sūrah al-Kahf 18:49

- 5. Sūrah Zilzāl 99:7

- 6. Wasā'il ash-Shī‛ah, vol. 3, Kitāb as-Salat, sec. on “Times” ch. 3, hadīth 17, p. 90 (with a slight difference ).

- 7. Sūrah al-'Ankabūt 29:64

- 8. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Belief and Disbelief,” ch. on “Forbearance,” hadīth 8, p. 143; Thawāb al-A'māl, “Thawāb as-Salat waz-Zakāt wal-Birr was-Sabr,” hadīth 1, p. 203.

- 9. Refer to footnote 7.

- 10. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:56.

- 11. Falāh as-Sā'il, p. 127, quoting Man Lā Yahduruh al-Faqīh, in which the text is: “The first thing about which the servant is questioned is the Salat, if it was accepted his other (devotional) acts would be accepted, and if it was returned to him, his other acts would be returned to him (too).” vol. 1. “The Merit of the Salat,” ch. 30, hadīth 5.

Discourse One

Concerning the Disciplines which are necessary in all states of the Salat, or rather in all worships and rituals. Discussed in Twelve Chapters.

Chapter 1: Cordial Disciplines

One of the cordial disciplines of the worships and the spiritual duties of the traveler along the path to the Hereafter is paying attention to the Might of the Lord and to the humility of servitude. It is one of the important stages for the sālik (traveler). The strength of everybody's sulūk (journey) is in proportion to the strength of this attention, or rather the perfection or the imperfection of humanity is connected to the perfection or imperfection of this matter.

The more one is overwhelmed by egoism, egotism, self-conceit and selfishness, the farther he will be from the human perfection and from the nearness of the presence of Allah. The veil of self-conceit and egotism is thicker and darker than all other veils. To tear open this veil is more difficult than tearing all other veils, and tearing it is a preparatory step to tearing other veils. In fact, tearing off this veil is the master key for the invisible, the visible and the great door of the ascent to the perfect spirituality.

As long as man has his eyes on his own self, his imagined beauty and perfection, he will be veiled and discarded from the absolute beauty and pure perfection. The first condition for traveling to Allah is to leave this house. Actually, it is the criterion for the struggle between right and wrong. So, every sālik, who travels with the steps of selfishness and self-conceit, and is wrapped in the veils of egotism, his sufferings would be in vain and his journey would not be to Allah, it would rather be to his self: “The mother of the idols is the idol of your self.” 1

Allah, the Most High, says:

“ And whoever leaves his house migrating to Allah and His Messenger, and then death overtakes him, his reward is, indeed, with Allah.” 2

The formal migration, or the form of migration, is the corporeal migration from the formal house to the ka'bah or to the shrines of the holy men [awliyā'] ('a), but the spiritual migration is the going out of the house of the soul and the house of this world to Allah and His Messenger. To migrate to the Messenger and the guardian [walī] is also a migration to Allah.

As long as one's soul has an inclination to oneself and to egotism, it is not journeying. And so long as there are residues of Oneness in the sālik's eyes, and as long as the walls of his own town and the adhān announcing selfishness have not yet disappeared, he is regarded as a staying one, not a traveler or an emigrant.

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “Servitude is a gem whose core is Lordship [rubūbiyyat]. Whatever is lost of servitude is found in the Lordship, and whatever is hidden of Lordship is obtained by servitude.” 3

The one who travels on the foot of servitude, and burns his forehead with the brand of the humility of serfdom, will reach the Glory of (His) Lordship. The way of attaining to the facts of Lordship is journeying along the footsteps of servitude, and what is lost of servitude because of egoism and egotism, can be recovered under the shadow of the Lordship's patronage, until he reaches a stage in which the Haqq (Allah), the Most High, will become his ears (hearing), eyes (seeing), hands and legs, as is stated in the true and well-known hadīth accepted by the two sects. 4

When the sālik forsook his conducts [tasarrufāt] and completely submitted the kingdom of his existence to Allah, leaving the house to its Owner, and perishing in the Glory of (His) Lordship, the Owner of the house would Himself manage the affairs. Thus his conducts [tasarrufāt] would become divine, and his eyes would be divine and he would see with the Haqq's (Allah's) eyes, his ears would become divine and he would hear with the Haqq's (Allah's) ears.

The more complete the lordship of the soul and the more its glory be cherished, the more, in the same proportion, the Glory of the (divine) Lordship decreases and becomes incomplete (in the sālik's kingdom of existence), because these two stand face to face: “This world and the next are like the two wives of a man.” 5

Thus, the sālik to Allah has to recognize his state of humility, and to place the humility of servitude and the Glory of the Lordship before his eyes. The stronger this viewpoint, the more spiritual his worship and the stronger the spirit of his worship, until, if, with the help of Allah and the perfect holy men [awliyā'] ('a), he reaches the truth of servitude and its core; he will catch a glimpse of the secret of worship.

In all the worships especially (in) the Salat which has a position of comprehensiveness [jāmi'īyyat], and is, among the worships, like the Perfect Man, and like the Greatest Name (of Allah), or rather it is the very Greatest Name these two positions, i.e. the position of the Glory of Lordship, which is a fact, and the position of the humility of servitude, which accompanies it, are occult. Among the recommended acts the qunūt, and among the obligatory acts the sujūd, have particular peculiarities to which we shall refer later inshā' Allāh.

It should be noted, however, that absolute servitude is of the highest degrees of perfection and of the loftiest positions of humanity, of which no one has any share except the most perfect of the creatures of Allah, Muhammad (s) at the top, followed by the perfect walīs (the Guardians). The others are limping in servitude, and their worshipping and servitude are endued with causes, only with the steps of servitude one can reach the real absolute mi'rāj.

That is why the noble āyah says:

“ Glorified is He who carried his servant by night…” 6

It was the step of servitude and the attraction of (His) Lordship that carried that holy person to the mi'rāj of proximity [qurb] and union [wusūl]. In the tashahhud of the Salat which is a return from an absolute “annihilation” [fanā'] that was achieved in the sujūd there is once again a tendency to servitude, before paying attention to the Messengership. It may also be a reference to the position of Messengership as a result of the essence of servitude. This is a lengthy subject, which is out of the scope of these papers.

- 1. “The Mother of the idols is your self's idol,
As those are snakes, and this is a dragon-idol!”
Mawlāwī

- 2. Sūrah an-Nisā' 4:100

- 3. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, “On the Reality of Servitude,” ch. 100.

- 4. This is a reference to a narrative about “The Approximation by Nawāfil”, which reads: ”…He (Allah's servant) keeps trying to get closer to Me by means of the nāfilah until I love him. Loving him, I will become his ears with which he hears, his eyes with which he sees, his tongue with which he speaks and his hand with which he strikes. When he asks Me I answer him, and if he demands from Me I will give him…” Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. on “One who Hurts and Despises the Muslims,” hadīths 7-8, p. 53.

- 5. 'Awāliy ul-La'ālī, vol. 1, p. 277 and vol. 4, p. 115; Nahj al-Balāghah, edited by Fayd al-Islām, maxim 100.

- 6. Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:1.

Chapter 2: The Stages Of The Stations Of The People Of Sulūk

Know that there are for the people of sulūk, in this station (i.e., paying attention to the humility of servitude and the Glory of His Lordship) and other stations, countless stages and degrees, only to a few of which we can generally refer, since comprehensively knowing all their aspects and counting all the stages are beyond the capacity of this humble creature: “The ways to Allah are as numerous as the breaths of the creatures.”1

One of those stages is the stage of Knowledge ['ilm], which is such that it proves, by scientific conduct [sulūk] and philosophic argument, the humility of servitude and the Glory of (His) Lordship. This is a pure sort of knowledge, since it is clearly proved in the high sciences and supreme philosophy that the entire House of Realization [dār-i tahaqquq] and the complete circle of existence are mere relation and attachment and nothing but poverty.

The Glory, Kingdom and Sovereignty belong to His Sanctified Essence of Majesty. No one can have any share of Glory and Majesty, while the humility of servitude and poverty is engraved on the forehead of everybody, and is registered in the innermost part of their truth.

The truth of gnosis and vision [shuhūd], and the result of suffering and sulūk, are in lifting the veil off the face of the truth, and discerning the humility of servitude and the origin of poverty and lowliness in oneself and in all the creatures. The invocation ascribed to the master of all beings (the Prophet of Islam) (s): “O Allah, show me the things as they are,”2 may be a reference to this stage, i.e. wishing to see the humility of servitude which requires discerning the Glory of the Lordship.

Therefore, if the sālik on the road of the truth, the traveler in the way of servitude, covers this distance with the steps of scientific sulūk and the mount of intellectual advance, he will fall in the veils of knowledge and attain the first station of humanity. But this veil is a thick one, as it is said: “Knowledge is the greatest veil.” The sālik should not stay behind this veil. He is to tear it, since, should he be contented with this stage and keep his heart chained by it; he would fall into istidrāj (being engaged in other than the Haqq).

Istidrāj in this stage, means becoming engaged in the numerous secondary branches of knowledge, presenting many arguments justifying his intellectual roamings in that field, and depriving himself of the other stages, because his heart is attached to this stage only, neglecting the wanted result, which is attaining annihilation in Allah.

He, thus, would spend his life in the veil of argument [burhān] and its branches. The more these branches are, the thicker the veil and the greater the distance from the truth. The sālik, therefore, should not be deceived, in this stage, by Satan, secluding himself from the truth and reality, and stopping his journey to the goal on the pretext of being a great scholar, a very learned person and a powerful man of argument. He must set to work briskly, be serious in his quest for the real demand, and take himself to the next stage, which is the second stage.

And that is such that he should write what (his) reason has understood through irrefutable proof and scientific conduct, with the pen of intellect on the tablet of the heart, to convey the truth of the humility of servitude and the Glory of Lordship to the heart and free himself from the chains and the veils of knowledge. We shall refer to this stage presently, inshā' Allāh. So, the result of the second stage is acquiring belief in the facts.

The third stage is that of “tranquility and calmness of the soul,” which is, in fact, the perfect stage of faith. Allah, the Exalted, said to his “friend” [khalīl] Ibrāhīm:

“ Have you not believed [yet]?” He said: “ I have, but just to have a calm heart.” 3

A reference to this stage may come later.

The fourth stage is that of “vision” [mushāhadah], which is a divine light and a divine manifestation, as a consequence of the manifestations of the Names and the Attributes appearing in the secret of the sālik, and lightening his complete heart with the visionary light. This stage comprises many degrees that are out of the capacity of these pages. In this stage an example of the effect of the nāfilahs: (I would be his hearing, sight and hand)4 will appear, and the sālik will see himself drowned in limitless ocean, beyond which there is another very deep ocean, in which the secrets of “fate” are partly disclosed.

Each one of these stages has its special istidrāj (being engaged in other than the Haqq) through which the sālik is exposed to great perishing [halākat]. So, he will have to rid himself, in all stages, of egoism and I-ness. He should not be self-conceited or egotistic, both of which are the sources of most of evils, especially for the sālik. However, we shall have another reference to this subject presently inshā' Allāh [Allah willing].

- 1. This hadīth is ascribed to the Prophet (s) in Jāmi' al-Asrār wa Manba' al-Anwār by Sayyid Haydar Āmulī, pp. 8, 95 and 121. Also in the Lāhījī's Commentary on Gulshān-i Rāz, p. 153; Naqd an-Nusūs, p. 185; Minhāj at-Tālibīn, p. 221; Al-Usūl al- 'Asharah, p. 31.

- 2. In 'Awāliy ul-La'ālī, vol. 4, p. 132, it is stated: “Oh Allah, show us the facts as they are.” Commenting on the same, quoting at-Tafsīr al-Kabīr by al-Fakhr ar-Rāzī, vol. 6, p. 26, and in Mirsād al-'Ibād, p. 309, it is stated as follows: “Show us the things as they are.”

- 3. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:260.

- 4. Refer to footnote 21

Chapter 3: Concerning Submissiveness [Khushū‘]

One of the things necessary for the sālik in all his worships, especially in the Salat, which is at the head of all worships and has a position of comprehensiveness [jāmi'iyyat], is submissiveness [khushū']. It is, in fact, a complete submission [khudū'] mixed with love or fear. It is the result of comprehending the Greatness, Power and Majesty of Beauty and Glory. The detail of this generality is that the hearts of the people of sulūk are different according to their disposition and nature:

Some of the hearts are amorous and of the manifestations of Beauty [jamāl] and, driven by their nature, they are attracted to the Beauty of the Beloved. When, in the sulūk, they comprehend the shadow of the Beautiful, or witness the origin of the Beauty, the Greatness hidden in the secret of the Beauty effaces them, and they go into rapture, for in every beauty there is a hidden glory, and in every glory there is a covered beauty.

There is probably an allusion to this point in his saying when the guardian of the gnostics and of the sāliks, Amīr al-Mu'minīn (Commander of the Faithful), may Allah bless him and all his offspring, says: “Glory be to the One whose compassion is vast for His friends despite His severe revenge, and whose revenge is severe for His enemies despite His vast compassion,”1

Thus, the Majesty, Greatness and Power of Beauty envelop them and they fall into a state of submission [khushū'] before the Beauty of the Beloved. This state, at the beginning, causes agitation to the heart and engenders anxiety. Then, after submission [tamkīn], it changes to a state of familiarity, and the agitation and anxiety, caused by the Greatness and Power, turn into familiarity and peace, and there happens a state of tranquility, as was the state of the heart of khalīl ar-Rahmān (Allah's Friend = Ibrāhīm) ('a).

Some other hearts are “fearing” and they are of the manifestations of Glory [jalāl]. They are in continual understanding of the Greatness, Grandeur and Glory. Their submission is of fright, and the Subjugative and Majestic Names are manifested to their hearts, as was the state of Prophet Yahyā (may Allah's peace be upon him and our Prophet and his progeny). So, submission is sometimes mixed with love, and sometimes with fear and fright, though in every love there is fear, and in every fear there is love.

The degrees of submission are according to the degrees of understanding the Greatness, Majesty and Beauty. Now as we, in our case, are deprived of the light of visions, we have but to indulge in acquiring submission by means of knowledge and faith [īmān]. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ Successful, indeed, are the believers who are submissive in their Salats.” 2

Submission in the Salat is regarded as a sign of faith [īmān]. So, whoever is not submissive in his Salat, will, according to Allah's saying, be excluded from the faithful [ahl-i īmān]. Our Salats which are not accompanied by submission are caused by a deficiency of faith or by lacking it. Belief [i'tiqād] and knowledge are other than faith, our knowledge of Allah, His Names and Attributes and of other divine knowledge [ma'ārif], is other than faith.

Satan according to the testimony of Allah, has information about the Beginning and the Resurrection, yet, he is a disbeliever. He said:

“You have created me of fire, while You created him of dust,”3
So, he believes in Allah and in His being the Creator; and he says: “Respite me until the day they are resurrected.” 4 So, he believes in the Day of Resurrection, too. He knows about the Books, the Messengers and the angels. Nevertheless, Allah addresses him as a disbeliever, excluding him from the group of the believers [mu'minīn].

Thus, the people of knowledge are distinct from those of faith. Not every man of knowledge is a man of faith. Therefore, after acquiring knowledge, one has to join the believers, and to convey the Greatness, Majesty, Brightness and Beauty of Allah, the Most Exalted and High, to his heart, so that it may become submissive, since mere knowledge does not result in submission. You can realize it in yourself: although you do believe in the Beginning and the Resurrection and in Allah's Majesty and Glory, your heart is not submissive.

As to Allah's saying:

“ Has not the time yet come for those who believe that their hearts should be submissive when remembering Allah and what has come down of the truth,” 5

it may be that it is the formal faith the very belief in what the Prophet (s) has brought which is intended here, for the true faith is accompanied by a degree of submission; or the submission in the noble āyah may refer to a submission at its complete degree, as sometimes they apply the word, ‛ālim (erudite) to the one whose knowledge has reached the limit of faith.

In the noble āyah:

“… verily only the erudite among Allah's servants fear Him,” 6

The reference may be to them. In the terms of the Book and the Sunnah, knowledge, faith and Islam refer to different degrees, the explanation of which is out of the scope of these papers.
Generally speaking, the sālik on the way to the Hereafter specially if with the mi‛rāj (ascending) step of the Salat will have to make his heart submissive by the light of knowledge and faith, so as to strengthen, as much as he can, this divine gift and the beneficent gleam, in his heart, trying to keep this state during the whole length of the Salat. This state of consolidation and stability, though a bit difficult at the beginning for people like us, it becomes quite possible by practice and by exercising the heart.

My dear, acquiring perfection and the provision for the Hereafter requires demand and seriousness, and the greater the demand, the more it deserves being serious about it. Certainly, with such a state of weakness, laxity and carelessness, one cannot ascend to the divine proximity and to be in a place neighboring the Lord of Might.

One has to manly set forth in order to reach what one wants. Since you do believe in the Hereafter, and find no way of comparability between that world and this whether regarding their happiness and perfection, or their sufferings and calamities, as that world is eternal, with no death and perishing, where the happy live in comfort and dignity and in everlasting bliss, a comfort which has no like in this world, a divine glory and sovereignty, the like of which cannot be found in this life, and a bliss which never occurs in anybody's imagination, and similarly regarding the sufferings of that world, its pains, torments and evils can have no match in this world you should know that the way to happiness runs through obeying Allah, the Lord of Might.

None of the acts of worship and obedience can be on the same footing as that of the Salat, which is a comprehensive [jāmi'] divine mixture [ma‛jūn] undertaking the happiness of humanity. If it is accepted, all other acts (of worship) will be accepted. So, you are to exert utmost seriousness in obtaining it, never to feel tired in the quest, and to bear whatever hardship there may be, though there will be none.

Actually if you continued it for a while and got cordially familiar with it, you would get, in this very world, so much pleasure out of your talk with Allah a pleasure which cannot be compared with anyone of this world's pleasures. This will be quite obvious if we study the states of the people supplicating to Allah.

In general, to sum up our discussions in this chapter, we may say that, having comprehended the Greatness, the Beauty, and the Majesty of Allah, either by means of reasoning and proofs, or through the explanations of the prophets ('a), one must remind his heart of it, and then, by gradual remindings, cordial attention and continual remembering Allah's Greatness and Majesty, he has to bring about the state of submission in his heart, so as to attain the required result.

At any rate, the sālik should not suffice himself with his present station, as any station which we may obtain is not worth a farthing in the market of the people of knowledge, nor is it worth a grain of mustard in the bazaar of “the people of heart”. The sālik must, in all situations, remember his own faults and deficiencies, so that he may find, through this, a way to his happiness. And praise be to Allah.

- 1. Nahj al-Balaghāh, sermon 90.

- 2. Sūrah al-Mu'minūn 23:1-2.

- 3. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:12.

- 4. Ibid., 7:14.

- 5. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:16.

- 6. Sūrah Fātir 35:28

Chapter 4: Tranquility

Of the important cordial disciplines of worships, especially the invoking worships, one is tranquility [tuma'nīnah], which is not the same tranquility as demanded by the jurisprudents (may Allah be pleased with them) in the Salat. It is that the sālik should perform his worship with a quietude of the heart and a tranquility of the mind, because if the worship was performed in a state of anxiety and with shaky heart, the heart would not have any reaction, and no effects of worship would appear in the dominion of the heart, and the reality of the worship would not become an inner image of the heart.

One of the significances of the repetition of worships and the increase of supplications and invocations is that the heart is affected by them and there will be an emotion until, gradually, the reality of worship and supplication forms the innermost part of the sālik, and his heart unites with the spirit of worship. Should the heart lack tranquility [itmīnān], quietude and serenity, there would be no effect of the supplications and the rituals on it, and they would not pass from the outer appearance and limits of the body to the dominion of the inner soul, and the cordial parts of the truth of worship would not be effected.

This is one of the clear matters that need no explanation, as it could be understood by a little contemplation. If a worship was such that the heart could have no information whatsoever about it, and there was no effect at all in the interior, it would not be kept in other dominions, nor would it ascend from the kingdom of this world to the kingdom of the heavens. And it may be that at the time of the throes of death and its horrible agonies, and the terrors and calamities of after death, the image of such a worship may completely be effaced God forbid! From the plane of the heart, and that man may stand at the sacred presence of Allah empty-handed.

For example, if one recites the noble supplication: Lā ilāha illallāh, Muhammadun Rasūlullāh (There is no god but Allah; Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah) with a calm and tranquil heart and teaches his heart to repeat it, the tongue of the heart will gradually become talking, and the outer tongue will be a follower of the heart's tongue, and then the heart will supplicate first, and the tongue will follow it.
This is referred to by Imām as-Sādiq ('a) as is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah (the Torch of the Islamic Law). He said: “Let your heart be your tongue's qiblah, and do not move it except by the heart's order, the reason's assent and the faith's consent.” 1

At the beginning, before the tongue learns talking, the sālik on the way to the Hereafter is to teach it and to instruct it, in tranquility and quietude, with the supplications. As soon as the heart finds its tongue, it becomes the qiblah (the focus of attraction) of the mouth's tongue and of the other organs of the body. When it starts supplication, the whole kingdom of the human existence becomes supplicant.

But if the noble supplication is recited without the tranquility and calmness of the heart, but with haste, trouble, and unbalanced senses, it will have no effect on the heart, and will not pass the limits of the animal tongue and ear of the outer body to the interior and the human hearing, and its truth will not be implemented in the core of the heart, nor will it become a perfect and non-transitory image of the heart. Thus, when there are terrors and difficulties, especially the terrors of the agonies of death and the difficulties of the throes of the last breaths, one completely forgets supplication and it will be erased from the plane of the heart.

Even the name of Allah the Exalted, the Seal of the Prophets (s), the noble religion of Islam, the divine sacred Book, the Imāms of guidance ('a) and other knowledge [ma'ārif] which have not been conveyed to the heart, will be forgotten, and when he is questioned in the grave, he cannot answer, and the talqīn will be of no avail, because he does not find in himself any trace of the truth of Lordship, prophethood or other knowledge [ma'ārif], and that what he used to chatter about, and had no image of in his heart, vanishes from his memory, and thus he will have no share of testifying the Lordship, prophethood and other knowledge [ma'ārif].

It is stated in a hadīth that a group of the people [ummah] of the Messenger of Allah (s), on being entered into Hell, forget the name of the Prophet because of the fearfulness of the Hell-keeper, despite the fact that the same hadīth states that they are of the believers and their hearts and features glitter brightly because of the light of faith. 2

The great narrator, the late Majlisī, in Mir'āt al-'Uqūl explaining the expression: “I will be his hearing and his seeing,” says: “One who does not dedicate his eyes, ears and other organs to the way of obeying Allah, will not obtain spiritual eyes and ears, as his corporeal eyes and ears will not go to the other world, and so he will be without ears and eyes in the worlds of the grave and the Resurrection, whereas the criterion for the questionings of the grave is those spiritual organs (the end of the sum of his translation).” 3

In short, the noble Hadiths about this kind of tranquility and its effects are many. The Glorious Qur'an orders that it (the Qur'an) should be recited in tartīl, and it is stated in the noble Hadiths: “Whoever forgets a sūrah from the Qur'an, it will appear before him in Paradise in a most beautiful image. When he looks at it he says: “What are you? How wonderful you are! I wish you were mine.” It will reply: “Do you not know me? I am so-and-so sūrah. If you had not forgotten me, I would have lifted you to this high rank”. 4

In another hadīth it is stated: “Whoever learns the Qur'an as a young man, it will mix with his flesh and blood.” This is because the heart of a young man is less engaged and less tarnished, and so, it is affected quicker and easier, and the effect remains longer.

There are many Hadiths in this respect, to which we shall refer when we discuss “recitation,” inshā' Allāh. In a noble hadīth it is said: “Nothing is more loved by Allah than a deed which is done persistently, no matter how small the deed may be.”5 Its important point may be that such a deed becomes the inner image of the heart, as it has already been noted.

- 1. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 5, “On Supplication”; Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “Supplication,” ch. on “Rarities,” hadīth 2.

- 2. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 2, p. 1039.

- 3. Mir'āt al-'Uqūl, vol. 10, p. 392.

- 4. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 410, “Book of the Merit of the Qur'an,” ch. “One who Learnt the Qur'an then Forgot it,” hadīth no. 2.

- 5. Ibid., vol. 3, p. 137, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. “Economy in Worshipping,” hadīth 2.

Chapter 5: Protecting The Worships From Satan’s Intrusion

One of the important cordial disciplines of the Salat and other worships which is of the chief cordial disciplines, and to implement it is one of the great affairs and minute problems, is protecting the worships against the intrusion of Satan. The noble āyah:

“ And those who keep guard on their Salats” 1

Probably refers to all degrees of keeping guard, a degree of which, or rather the most important one of them, is to guard against Satan's intrusion.

To go into details, we say that it is quite explicit to the people of knowledge and the men of heart that as bodies require material food for nourishment, and that the food should be suitable for their disposition so that they may be brought up corporeally and have vegetable growth, similarly the hearts and the souls require a particular food to suit them both, so that they may be educated with it, and feed on it to grow up spiritually and progress inwardly.

The nutrition suitable for the growth [nash'ah] of the souls is the divine knowledge [ma'ārif] from the beginning of existence till the ultimate end of the system of existence. It is expressed in defining philosophy by the great experts that: “It is man's development into a mental world matching the material world in its form and perfection.”2 This is an indication of the said spiritual nutrition, as the hearts feed on spiritual merits and divine rites.

It must be noted that each one of these foods, if kept away from Satan's intrusion and prepared by the hands of the guardianship of the Seal of the Prophets and Allah's great friend (s), the soul and the heart would be nourished by them and would attain the perfection becoming of humanity and ascend to the proximity of Allah.

Getting rid of Satan's intrusion, which is a preliminary step to sincerity, cannot really be brought about, unless the sālik is in quest of Allah in his sulūk, and tread upon his selfishness and self-conceit, which are the origin of all evils and the inner diseases. This, in its full meaning, is not possible except by the Perfect Man, or, rather, by the sincere holy men [awliyā'] ('a).

But the sālik must not despair of the inner kindness of Allah, because to despair of Allah's mercy is the beginning of all coldnesses and weaknesses, and it is one of the great sins. That which is possible for the common people, too, is the delight of eyes of “the people of knowledge” [ahl-i ma‛rifat].

So, it is a must for the sālik on the road to the other world to act very seriously to rid his knowledge [ma‛ārif] and rites [manāsik] of the intrusion of Satan and the commanding soul [nafs-i ammārah], and to go deep into his doings, quests and desires, with strictness and examination, so as to find out the ultimate objective of his journey, learning the principles of his inner activities and spiritual nutrition.

He is not to neglect the tricks of the soul and Satan, as well as the snares of the commanding soul and Iblīs. He is always to distrust his self in all his doings and activities, and never to let it go willfully. It is quite possible that, with a little negligence, it may overcome man, knock him down and drive him to perdition and annihilation. If the spiritual foods were not free from Satan's intrusion, and if he shared in preparing them, the souls and hearts would not be educated with them nor can they reach their becoming perfection, let alone the irreparable insufficiency that would befall them.

Such foods may probably cause man to join the group of Satans or the quadruped and beasts of prey. Then whatever is the capital of happiness, the source of the human perfection and the means of attaining to high ranks, results in the opposite, and drives man to the dark abyss of misfortune. Actually we did come across some of the so called gnostics who had been led astray because of their deep indulgence in the gnostic terminology, such that their hearts became inverted and their interiors were darkened.

Their gnostic practices strengthened their selfishness and Oneness, and they uttered improper allegations and abnormal expressions. Similarly, among the ascetics and the devotees there were persons who practiced asceticism and self-purification, yet their exercises only aggravated their hearts' impurity and their interiors' darkness. This is because they did not keep on their divine spiritual journey and migration to Allah, and their scholarly and ascetic sulūk (journey) was subject to the intrusion of Satan and the self's desire, and so, it was to Satan and self.

We also noted that among the students of religious sciences there were some who had badly been affected by their studies, which increased their moral corruption; and knowledge, which should have guided them to success and salvation, had driven them to annihilation and led them to ignorance, hypocrisy, arrogance and deception.

Likewise, it is seen that among the people of worship and ceremonies, who persist in observing disciplines and traditions, there were those whose worship and sacrifices which are the source of reforming the conditions and souls had affected their hearts with impurity and darkness, causing them to be conceited, egotistic, arrogant, pampered, slanderous, ill-tempered and distrusting the servants of Allah. These are also caused by neglecting to observe those divine mixtures [ma‛ājīn].

Naturally, the mixture [ma‛jūn] prepared by Satan's filthy hand and the meddling of the obstinate self can give birth to nothing but Satanic character, and since the heart gets its nourishment from them, in any case, and they become the inner image of the soul, after a while of man's continuing so, he becomes an offspring of Satan, and will be brought up under his patronage. And when the visible eye of such a man is closed and his invisible eye is opened, he will see himself among the Satans. Thus, the result will be nothing but a loss, and his regret and repent will avail him to nothing.

Consequently, the traveler on the road to the Hereafter, notwithstanding his religious branch or divine method, has, firstly to be on the alert, like a kind doctor or a compassionate nurse, to take full care of his moods, looking for the faults of his conduct with strictness, and secondly, as he does so, he is not to neglect seeking refuge in the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Glorified and Most High, in his privacy, and supplicating in the presence of His Sanctity and Majesty.

O Lord! You do know our weakness and helplessness. You do know that without your helping hand we cannot find our way out of the hands of such a powerful enemy who covets the great prophets and the perfect and high holy men. Without Your spark of kindness and mercy, this strong-handed enemy will knock us down on the ground of annihilation and hurl us into the pit of darkness and wretchedness.

We adjure you by your distinguished favorites and intimate confidants to extend Your helping hand to us, the bewildered in the valley of error and the fallen down in the desert of seduction. Purge our hearts of rancor, deceit, polytheism and doubt. Surely you are the Patron of Guidance!

- 1. Sūrah al-Ma'ārij 70:34; Sūrah al-Mu'minūn 23:9.

- 2. Mullā Sadrā and his disciples used this expression to define philosophy, to which some added the phrase: “in its image and perfection.”

Chapter 6: On Vivacity and Cheerfulness

Of other cordial disciplines of the Salat and other worships, one, which has good results, or rather it opens some doors and uncovers some secrets of worships, is that the sālik is to try to worship with vivacity, cheerfulness of heart and gaiety of mind, and to avoid laziness and reluctance in performing worships. He is to choose for worship a time in which he is quite prepared to perform it with animation and freshness, feeling no tiredness or lassitude.

Should one force oneself to worship in times of laziness and tiredness, it would probably bring about bad consequences, such as feeling tired of worshipping and of taking the trouble and bearing difficulty. Then, gradually, one may feel disgusted with worshipping. Furthermore, it may possibly turn man completely away from remembering Allah, and give pains to the spirit from the state of servitude, which is the source of all happiness.

Such worship will bring no luminosity to the heart, and the inside of the soul will not have any reaction, and the image of servitude will not become the image of the inner heart. It has already been said that the aim of worship is that the inner soul should become the image of servitude.

We now say that one of the secrets and results of worships and austerities is that the will of the soul becomes operative on the realm of the body, and its authority is overcome by the majesty of the soul and is annihilated, and the forces and soldiers spread in the kingdom of the body can no longer revolt, disobey and be obstinate and selfish. They actually surrender to the inner kingdom of the heart, or rather those forces gradually dissolve in the invisible heavenly domain, and its command is effective on the visible dominion.

The will of the soul gets stronger and takes the reins of the kingdom from Satan and the commanding soul, and the soldiers of the soul are driven to submission, from submission to contentment, and from contentment to annihilation. In this situation the soul will get to discover some secrets of worship and some actual manifestations will appear.

But all these cannot be implemented unless the worships are performed cheerfully and actively, away from every sort of laziness and carelessness, so that a mood of affection and love towards remembering Allah, the Exalted, and the state of servitude, with familiarity and consistency, happen. Loving Allah and remembering Him is one of the great affairs, which is very much cared for by the people of knowledge, and is a subject of competition among the people of sulūk.
Physicians believe that if food is eaten with cheerfulness and gaiety, it will be digested much easier. Similarly, psychiatrists stress that if the spiritual nutrition is taken cheerfully and enthusiastically, and with avoiding laziness and affectedness, its effect will appear very quickly in the heart and the inner heart will be purified more quickly, too.

This discipline is referred to in the Glorious Divine Book, the upright Lordly pages, as it, in defiance of the disbelievers and the hypocrites, says:

“ …And they do not come to the Salat unless they are sluggish, and they do not spend unless they are reluctant…” 1

And the noble āyah:

“ O you who believe! Do not approach the Salat when you are drunk…” 2

The word “drunkenness” is explained in a hadīth to mean “sluggishness”. Some narratives refer to this discipline. By relating some of them we shall give pride to these papers.

Muhammad ibn Ya'qūb quoted Abū 'Abdullāh (Imām as-Sādiq) ('a) to have said: “Do not force yourselves to worship.” 3

Abū 'Abdullāh (as-Sādiq) ('a) is (also) quoted to have said: “The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “O 'Alī, this religion is firm, get into it mildly, and do not cause yourself to hate worshipping your Lord.” 4

Imām al-'Askarī ('a) is quoted to have said: “When the hearts are active, confide in them, and when they are reluctant, bid them farewell.”5 This is a general instruction to deposit in your hearts any information you may when they are lively and gay, and leave them alone when they are restive. So, in acquiring knowledge [ma'ārif] and sciences this discipline must also be applied, and the hearts must not be forced when they are irresponsive.

It can be deduced from this and other Hadiths that there is another discipline, which is also an important chapter of asceticism. This discipline is “considerateness” [murā‛āt]; that is, the sālik, in whatever stage he is, in scholarly or in spiritual and practical austerities and strivings, must consider his conditions, treat his soul with kindness and care, and avoid burdening himself with more than it can bear, especially the young people and the inexperienced, to whom this discipline is quite important.

If the young people do not treat themselves considerately and kindly, and if they do not meet the needs of (their) nature through lawful ways, they will be subject to a great danger, which cannot be compensated. The danger is that when one is too severe with his self and pulls the reins too hard, they will break off, and then the will gets out of control, and the accumulated natural needs and the sharp fires of desire, under unlimited pressure of austerity, burn out the whole kingdom.
If a sālik's reins break off God forbid! Or an ascetic person becomes unable to control himself, he will fall so deep in a precipice that he can never see the face of rescue, nor can he ever return to the road of happiness and righteousness.

Thus, a sālik, like a clever physician, has to feel his own pulse during his progress on the journey and to treat his self according to the requirements of the conditions of the journey. When the flames of desire, which are the vanity of youthfulness, blaze high, one is not to completely prevent his nature from getting satisfaction, but one has to resort to lawful ways to put out the flames of his desire, as gratifying the desire, according to the divine command, is a complete help along the journey to Allah.

So, he is to marry, as it is one of the great divine laws, which, besides being the base of the survival of the species, has a great effect on the journey to the Hereafter, too. For this reason, the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “He who marries will keep half of his religion.” 6 Another hadīth says: “He who desires to meet Allah pure, let him meet Him with a wife.” 7 The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “Most of the people of Hell are singles.” 8

A hadīth from Amīr al-Mu'minīn ('Alī) ('a) says: “A group of the companions abstained from women (their wives), and from eating in daytime and sleeping at night. The Messenger of Allah (s) was informed about them by Umm us-Salāmah (his wife). He came to them and asked them: “Do you reject women (your wives)? I do go into women (my wives), eat in daytime and sleep at night. Whoever disregards my tradition is not of me.

Allah, the Exalted, has revealed:

“ O you who believe! Do not forbid the good things which Allah has made lawful for you, and do not transgress. Surely Allah does not love the transgressors. And eat of what Allah has provided you as lawful and good, and fear Allah in whom you believe.” 9

Generally speaking, the traveler along the road to the Hereafter is to be considerate with respect to the ups and downs of the soul. And, while he is never to curb the needs (of his nature) which, otherwise, would cause big mischief, he is also not to be severe nor to exert pressure upon himself with respect to worship and practical austerities, especially during his youth and on starting the journey, as otherwise this will also cause the soul to feel exasperated and bolt away, and perhaps, lead him to abandoning remembering Allah.

This point is frequently referred to in the noble Hadiths. The noble Al-Kāfī, quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a), says: “During my youth I was seriously and earnestly doing my worshipping. My father told me: “My son, act less on that, as when Allah, the Exalted, loves someone, He will accept his little.” 10 Another hadīth goes almost the same. 11

The same course relates another hadīth to the effect that Abū Ja'far (Imām al-Bāqir) ('a), quoting the Messenger of Allah (s), said: “Surely this religion is firm, so go deep in it with mildness, and do not cause Allah's servants to hate worshipping Him; otherwise, you will be like the one whose mount was too tired to go on, so he neither finished the journey nor preserved the mount.”12 Another hadīth says: “Do not cause yourselves to hate worshipping Allah.” 13

However, the criterion for being “considerate” is that one should be observant of his soul's conditions and act according to its strength and weakness. When one's soul is strong and able to perform worships and bear hardship with good endurance, he should, then, try to perform the acts of worship.

As to those who have crossed the prime of life, and the fires of their desires have subsided to some extent, it is suitable for them to increase their ascetic austerity, and to set foot on the road of self-discipline with manly vigilance and industry. The more they accustom themselves to ascetic practices, the more doors will be opened to them, until the soul gradually overcomes the forces of (their) nature, which will be subjugated to them under the majesty of the soul.

Concerning the noble Hadiths which urge the people to strive earnestly in worshipping and praise the people who do so with reference to the worships and austerities of the Imāms of (the Islamic) guidance ('a), as well as the noble Hadiths which recommend economy in worshipping and praise it, both categories are based on the different people of sulūk and the ranks and conditions of the soul. The general criterion is the vivacity and the strength of the soul or its weakness and aversion.

- 1. Sūrah at-Tawbah 9:54.

- 2. Sūrah an-Nisā' 4:43.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Belief and Disbelief,” ch. on “Equality (moderateness) in Acting and its Persistence,” hadīth 3, p. 129.

- 4. Ibid., ch. on “Economy in Worshipping,” hadīth 6, p. 138.

- 5. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 75, “Book of ar-Rawdah,” ch. 29, hadīth 3, p. 377.

- 6. Ibid., vol. 100, p. 220, “Book of al-'Uqūd wal-Īqā'āt (Contracts and Agreements),” sec. on “Marriage,” ch. 1, hadīth 14, p. 220, as quoted from Amālī by Shaykh at-Tūsī, vol. 2, p. 132.

- 7. Ibid., hadīths 18 and 35, quoting Rawdat ul-Wā‛izīn, p. 373, and Nawādir ar-Rāwandī, p. 12.

- 8. Wasā'il ash-Shī‛ah, “Book of Marriage,” ch. 2, hadīth 6, p. 15.

- 9. Sūrah al-Mā'idah 5:87-88; Ibid., hadīth 8.

- 10. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Economy in Worshipping,” hadīth 5.

- 11. Ibid., hadīth 4.

- 12. Ibid., hadīth 1.

- 13. Ibid., hadīth 2.

Chapter 7: On Informing The Heart

A cordial discipline of worship, especially the invoking worship, is “informing” [tafhīm]. It is to take the heart, at the beginning, as a child not yet able to speak, and is wanted to be taught. So, each of the invocations, recitations, facts and secrets of worship is to be taught to the heart with strict accuracy and effort, and whatever the degree of perfection, one has to teach to the heart the facts which he has so far recognized.

Even if one was unable to understand the meanings of the Qur'an and the invocations, and had no share of the secrets of worship, he, nevertheless, would have to teach his heart the very general meanings, such as telling it that the Qur'an is the words of Allah, that the invocations are remembrance of Allah, and that worship is obeying the Creator. He has to teach his heart such general information.

Should he be of those who understand the apparent meanings of the Qur'an and the invocations, such as the promises, warnings, biddings and forbiddings, as well as the information about the Source [mabda'] and Resurrection [ma'ād], he must inform his heart of whatever has been understood from them by him. Should a fact of knowledge or a secret of worship be exposed to him, he is to inform it to his heart carefully and strictly.

The result of such information is that after a period of perseverance the tongue of the heart will open to speaking and will become an invoker and a reminder. At the beginning the heart is a learner and the tongue a teacher. Whenever the tongue invokes, the heart also becomes an invoker, and so the heart is a follower of the tongue.

But after that the heart's tongue learns to speak, the contrary happens: the heart becomes invoker and the tongue follows it in invocation and in movement. Rather, sometimes it happens that even when man is sleeping, his tongue starts invocating in pursuit of his heart's invocation, as the heart's invocation is not confined to the state of wakefulness, and when the heart remembers, the tongue, having become its follower, starts invocating after it, and it leaks out from the dominion of the heart:

“ Say: Every one acts according to his own manner…” 1

In short, at the beginning man must observe this discipline, that is, “informing,” so that the tongue of the heart starts speaking, which is the real objective. The sign denoting that the heart's tongue has been released is that the tiredness and the hardship of the invocation are removed and replaced by animation and pleasure.

It is like a baby, who has not yet started talking, its tutor feels tired and bored before it speaks. No sooner the baby starts prattling than his tutor's fatigue goes away and the teacher follows up the child's utterances without tiredness or trouble. Similar is the heart. It is a mere infant at the start, knowing not how to speak. It is to be taught, and the invocations and the recitations are to be placed on its tongue. Then, as it begins talking, man begins to be its follower, and there will remain neither pain of teaching nor any tiredness of invocating. This discipline is quite necessary for the beginners.

It must be noted that one of the secrets of repeating the invocations and benedictions and continuing the remembrance and worshipping is that the heart's tongue gets untied, and the heart becomes an invoking devotee. Without observing this discipline the tongue of the heart would remain tied up.
Some noble Hadiths refer to this. The noble al-Kāfī, quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a), who quoted Imām 'Alī ('a) who, referring to some disciplines of recitation, said: ”…But strike with it (the Qur'an) your hardened hearts, and do not be eager to get to the end of the sūrah.” 2

In another hadīth in al-Kāfī, Imām as-Sādiq ('a) told Abū Usāmah: “O Abū Usāmah, call your hearts [qulūb] to remember Allah, and avoid what displeases Him.” 3

Even the most perfect godly men ('a) used to observe this discipline. A hadīth relates that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) (once) was subject to a fit during the Salat and fainted. When he came to his senses and he was asked about the reason, he said: “I kept repeating this āyah to my heart until I heard it from the one who spoke it, and so, my body could not bear to see His power.” 4

Abū Dharr is quoted to have said that the Messenger of Allah (s) was one night repeating this Qur'anic verse:

“ If you should torment them, then they are, indeed, your servants, and if you should forgive them, then you are, indeed, the Mighty, the Wise.” 5

In short, the reality of invocation and remembrance is the invocation of the heart, without which the invocation of the tongue will be futile and worthless. This is referred to in a number of Hadiths. The Messenger of Allah (s) informed Abū Dharr: “O Abū Dharr, two rak'ats of Salat in contemplation are better than spending the whole night with an inattentive (or forgetful) heart.” 6

The Messenger of Allah (s) is also quoted to have said: “Allah, the Exalted, would not look at your faces, but at your hearts.” 7

In the Hadiths concerning the presence of heart it is stated that the more the presence of heart in the Salat, the better it is accepted, and the more the negligence of the heart, the less it is acceptable. As long as the said discipline is not observed, no cordial invocation will happen, and the heart will not come out of its being inattentive and negligent.

It is narrated that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “Make your heart a qiblah to your tongue and do not move it except by a sign from the heart.”8 But the heart would not become a qiblah nor would the tongue and the other organs follow it unless the said discipline was observed. Should it happen without the observance of this discipline, it would be a rarity, and one must not take pride in it.

- 1. Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:84.

- 2. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, Book on “The Merit of the Qur'an,” ch. on “Reciting the Qur'an in a Melodious Voice,” hadīth 1, p. 418.

- 3. Al-Kāfī, (Rawdah), vol. 8, p. 167; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, Book on “Faith and Disbelief,” ch. 44, hadīth, 38, p. 59.

- 4. Al-Mahajjat ul-Baydā', vol. 1, Book on “The Secrets of the Salat,” ch. on “The Merit of Submission and its Meaning,” p. 352.

- 5. Sūrah al-Mā'idah 4:118. Rūh ul-Ma'āni fī Tafsīr al-Qur'ān by 'Allāmah al-Ālūsī vol. 7, p. 70, quoted from the Sunans of an-Nasā'ī and al-Bayhaqī.

- 6. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 74, Book of ”Ar-Rawdah” ch. on “The Prophet's Admonitions,” hadīth 2, p. 82, quoted from Makārim al-Akhlāq, p. 465.

- 7. Ibid.; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, p. 248, quoted from Jāmi' al-Akhbār, p. 117 (with a slight addition).

- 8. Refer to footnote 34.

Chapter 8: On The Presence Of Heart

One of the important cordial disciplines, which many other disciplines may be its preliminaries, and worship without it would be lifeless, and it is the key to the lock of perfections and the door of the doors of felicities, and the noble Hadiths seldom attach so much importance to a discipline other than that, is the “presence of heart.” Although we have sufficiently explained this topic, together with its ranks and degrees in the thesis The Secret of the Salat1 and in Forty Hadiths,2 nevertheless, we shall allude to it once again, to complete the benefit, and to avoid reference.

It has already been explained that worships, ceremonies, invocations and benedictions can have their results only when they become the inner image of the heart, and the interior of the essence of man is mixed with them, and his heart takes the form of servitude, renouncing disobedience and obstinacy. It has also been noted that one of the secrets and advantages of worship is that one's will gets stronger, the soul overcomes (one's) nature, the forces of nature become subjugated by the soul's power and sovereignty, and the will of the invisible soul overrules the visible body, such that the forces turn like the angels with regard to Allah, the Exalted, i.e.

“ …they do not disobey Allah in what He commands them, and do as they are commanded.” 3

Now we add that one of the important secrets and advantages of worship, to which everything is a preliminary, is that the entire inside and outside kingdom becomes subservient to Allah's will and moves at Allah's command, and the soul's visible and invisible forces become Allah's soldiers, and all of them get the post of being Allah's angels. This is regarded as one of the low degrees of the annihilation of the forces and wills in Allah's will.

Then, gradually, big consequences appear, the physical man becomes divine, and the soul practices servitude to Allah. The soldiers of Iblīs will totally be defeated and abolished, and the heart and its powers surrender to Allah and in it appear some inner stages of Islam. The result of this submitting of the will to Allah in the Hereafter will be that Allah, the Exalted, will enforce (make effective) the will of such a servant in the invisible worlds and make him His “sublime similitude” [mathal-i a'lā].
And, like His Sacred Self when at His mere Will everything He wants is created, He makes this servant's will like His; as some of the people of knowledge, quoting the Messenger of Allah (s), concerning the people of Paradise, say that an angel comes to them, and, after asking permission from them, he enters and after conveying Allah's greeting to them he delivers a letter from Allah, the Exalted.

The letter says to whomsoever it is addressed:

“From the Ever-Living, the Everlasting, Who never dies, to the ever-living, everlasting, who never dies. Now then, I tell a thing: Be! And it is. I made you tell a thing: Be! And it is.” The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Hence, no one of the people of Paradise says to something: “Be!” unless it will be.” 4

This is the divine sovereignty bestowed upon the servant, because of his forsaking his own will and his desires' sovereignty, and because of his disobeying Iblīs and his soldiers. None of the said results may take place except with the complete “presence of heart.” If the heart were negligent and forgetful during the Salat, his worship would not be real, but more like a play and sporting. Such worship, as a matter of fact, will have no effect whatsoever on the soul and the worship will never sublime from its outer form to the inside and the invisible world [malakūt].

This fact is referred to by many narratives. The powers of the soul would not surrender, through such worship, to the soul itself, nor can the sovereignty of the soul be seen on them. Similarly, the outward and inward powers will not surrender to Allah's will, and the kingdom will not be subdued to Allah's Majesty, as is quite clear. That is why you can see no effect from forty or fifty years of worship on us.

On the contrary, the darkness of the heart and the obstinacy of the powers increase day after day, since our longing for nature, our obedience to our desires and to the satanic whispers, increase, too. These mean nothing but that our worships are empty and their interior and exterior disciplines are not observed. Otherwise, the Qur'anic text denotes that:

“ …the Salat forbids lewdness and vice.” 5

Naturally, this forbidding is not something superficial. A torch should be lighted in the heart, and a light must shine in one's interior so as to guide him to the invisible world, and there appears a divine preventer, which prevents man from disobedience.

We do regard ourselves among the musallīn, and we have been engaged in this great worship for decades, without seeing such a light, nor discerning such a preventer in our interior. So, woe to us on the day when the images of our deeds and the list of our acts are handed to us in that world and we are told to check our own accounts.6

See if such deeds can be accepted by His Majesty, and whether such a Salat, in such a deformed and darkened form, can bring one nearer to His Presence. Is it right to treat this great divine trust and the advice of the prophets and awsiyā' (executors of the prophets' wills) in such a way, and to let the treacherous hand of the accursed Satan, the enemy of Allah, meddle in it?

The Salat, which is the mi'rāj of the believer and the means of proximity of the pious 7, why should it keep you away from the sacred proximity to the Divine Presence? What would be our share on that day except regret, remorse, helplessness, wretchedness, shame and disgrace regret and a remorse which have no equal in this world, and a shame and disgrace which cannot be imagined? This world's regrets are, at any rate, mixed with a thousand kinds of hope, and the shamelessness here is transitory, while there is nothing there except regret and remorse day after day.

Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ And warn them of the day of regret, when the matter shall have been decided.” 8

What has passed cannot be returned and the life which has been wasted cannot be restored.

“ O woe to me! For what I fell short of my duty to Allah…” 9

My dear, this day is the day of opportunities and the grace period for actions. The prophets came and brought Books, and they proclaimed their calls, with a lot of celebrities, enduring pains and hardships, in order to wake us up from the sleep of negligence and to sober us from the nature's intoxication, and to take us to the world of light and the source of joy and pleasure, and to introduce us to the eternal life, the everlasting bliss and the unlimited delights, and to deliver us from annihilation, misery, fire, darkness, regret and remorse.

All these are for our own benefit, without there being any profit for them, as those sacred personalities are in no need of our faith and deeds. Despite all that, they had not the least effect on us, as Satan was so firmly closing the ears of our heart, and exerted such a strong control over our inside and outside that none of their admonitions could ever have an effect on us, nor could any of the āyahs and Hadiths pierce the ears of our hearts, going to no farther than our outer animal ears.

In short, O respected reader who read these papers; do not be, like the writer, void of all lights, and empty-handed of all good deeds, entangled in the sensual desires. Have mercy on yourself, and get a fruit from your life. Carefully look into the lives of the prophets and the perfect godly men [awliyā'], and cast away the false desires and Satan's promises. Do not be deceived by Satan's fraud, nor by the deceptions of the commanding soul, as their trickery is very clever, and they are able to dress every wrong as right in the eyes of man in order to deceive him.

Sometimes they fool man by making him think that he will repent at the end of his life, and thus, drag him into wretchedness, despite the fact that repenting at the end of life, after the accumulation of the darkness of sins, and the numerous acts of injustice against the people and against Allah's right, is a very difficult task.

Now, when man is still strong and in the prime of life, and the tree of sin is still frail and the influence of Satan has not yet become widespread in the soul, and the soul is still new to the invisible world and very near the God-given disposition, and the conditions for an acceptable repentance are easy, they do not let man repent and uproot this frail tree and overthrow the dependent kingdom.

They suggest old age, when, on the contrary, the will is weak, the powers have given way, the trees of different sins are strong and deep rooted, the kingdom of Iblīs, inwardly and outwardly, is independent and firm, the familiarity with nature is strong, the distance from the invisible world is great, the light of innate disposition is extinguished, and the situation for repentance is difficult and bitter. This is nothing but delusion.

In another instance the promise of the intercession of the intercessors ('a) drives man out of their sacred realm and deprives him of their intercession, because indulgence in disobedience gradually darkens and upsets the heart and drags man to a bad end. Satan's aim is to rob man's faith, and he makes committing sins a preliminary step to that aim so as to attain it.

If a man covetously thinks of intercession, he must try hard in this world to keep his connection with his intercessors, and think of the status of those who will intercede on the Day of Resurrection to see how their state of worship and devotion was. Suppose that you died a faithful man, but if the load of the sins and injustices was heavy, it is possible that concerning the different pains and tortures in the barzakh there would be no intercession for you, as Imām as-Sādiq was quoted to have said: “Your barzakh is with yourselves.”10

The tortures of the barzakh cannot be compared with the tortures of this world, and the length of the period of the barzakh is unknown except to Allah. It will probably last for millions and millions of years. It is possible that in the Hereafter and after long periods of diverse and unbearable kinds of torture, we get the intercession, as it is also related in the Hadiths.11

Thus, the satanic deception stops man from good deeds, and causes him to leave this world either faithless or loaded with heavy burdens, afflicting him with wretchedness and misfortune. In some instances, Satan, by giving man hope in the vast mercy of the Most Merciful, cuts his hand off the skirt of mercy, while he is careless of the fact that raising up so many prophets, revealing the Books, descending the angels, and the revelations and inspirations to the prophets, and their showing the right path, are all of the mercy of the Most Merciful. The whole world is enveloped in the vast mercy of Allah, while we, at the fringe of the spring of life, die of thirst.

The greatest of the divine mercies is the Qur'an. If you are looking greedily for the mercy of the Most Merciful, hoping for His vast mercy, do benefit from the Qur'an, the vast mercy. It has opened to you the way to happiness, and has distinguished for you the pit from the paved road. But you fall over into the pit by yourself, because you deviate from the right path. So, what has mercy to do with that?

Had it been possible to show the road of good and happiness to the people in a different way, it would have been done, according to the vastness of the mercy. Had it been possible to force the people into happiness, it would have been done. But alas! How far it is! The road to the Hereafter is a road, which cannot be trodden except at one's free will. Happiness cannot be attained forcibly. Piety and righteous deeds are not so if not done voluntarily. This is probably the very meaning of the noble āyah:

“ There is no compulsion in religion” (Surah al-Baqarah, 2:256).

Yes, what can be made compulsory and forcible is the appearance of the divine religion, not its reality. The prophets ('a) were enjoined to impose the appearance, in any possible way, on the people, so that the appearance of the world might become the appearance of the divine justice, and to guide the people to the interior, so that they themselves might march on their own feet towards happiness.

In short, this is also a satanic delusion, which cuts, by coveting mercy, man's hand short from mercy.

- 1. Refer to footnote 6.

- 2. Forty Hadīths is one of Imām Khomeinī's works, which he finished in the month of Muharram 1358 L.H. In its preface, after praising, blessing and invocation, he says: ”…I, a poor and weak servant, have, for sometime, been thinking to collect forty hadīths of the hadīths of the infallible and pure Ahl al-Bayt ('a) out of the reliable books of the Companions and 'Ulamā' (may Allah be pleased with them), and to explain each in a way suitable for the common people. I, thus, wrote it in Persian so that the Persian-speaking people may benefit from it, and, inshā' Allāh (Allah willing), I may be covered by the noble hadīth of the Seal of the Prophets (s) who said: “Whoever preserved for my Ummah forty hadīths that may benefit them, Allah would resurrect him on the Day of Resurrection as a learned jurist.” I was, thanks to God, successful, with Allah's good help, in starting it. I ask Allah, the Exalted, to help me in finishing it. Surely He is the Giver of success!”

- 3. Sūrah at-Tahrīm 66:6.

- 4. 'Ilm ul-Yaqīn, vol. 2, p. 1061 (with a slight difference).

- 5. Sūrah al-'Ankabūt 69:45.

- 6. It refers to the āyah: “Read your book; your soul suffices as a reckoner against you this day.” Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:14.

- 7. I'tiqādāt, p. 29. by the late Majlisī; Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of as-Salat,” ch. on “The Merit of as-Salat,” hadīth 6, p. 265.

- 8. Sūrah Maryam 19:39.

- 9. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:56.

- 10. This concept is understood from the narrative of 'Amr ibn Yazīd in Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 242, and in 'Ilm ul-Yaqīn, vol. 2, p. 1051.

- 11. As in Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 8, “Book of Justice and Resurrection,” ch. 12, hadīths 35 and 36, p. 362.

Chapter 9: Hadiths Concerning The Presence Of Heart

There are many Hadiths from the infallible and pure Ahl al-Bayt ('a) concerning urging the “presence of heart”. It suffices to translate some texts of those narratives:

The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “Worship Allah as if you see Him. If you do not see Him, He does see you.” 1

From this noble hadīth two of the degrees of the presence of heart can be realized:

The first is that the sālik discerns the Beauty of the Beautiful, and is absorbed in the manifestations of the Beloved [hadrat-i mahbūb] such that all the ears of his heart will be closed to all other creatures, while the eye of his insight opens to the pure Beauty of the Lord of Majesty, discerning nothing else. That is, he is engaged in the Present [hādir], neglecting the presence [hudūr] and company [mahdar].

The second degree, which is lower in rank, is that the sālik sees himself present in His Presence [mahdar] and observes the discipline of the Presence [hudūr] and Company [mahdar]. The Messenger of Allah (s) says: “If you can be of those who are in the first degree, then worship Allah accordingly, or else, do not neglect the fact that you are in the Presence [mahdar] of the Lord.” Naturally, there is a discipline for being in the Presence [mahdar] of Allah, which should not be neglected in respect of the state of servitude.

In a hadīth, Abū Hamzah ath-Thamālī narrates: “I saw 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) performing his Salat. His cloak slipped off his shoulders, but he did not try to rearrange it until he finished the Salat. When I asked him about that, he said: “Woe unto you! Do you know at whose service I was?” 2

The Messenger of Allah (s) was quoted to have said: “Two of my Ummah stand for the Salat, and, although their rukū' and sujūd are the same, the difference between the two Salats is like that which is between the earth and the sky.” 3

He also said: “Is the person who turns his face in the Salat not afraid that it may turn into the face of an ass?” 4

He further said: “Whoever performs a two-rak'at Salat without paying attention to any worldly matter, Allah, the Exalted, will forgive him his sins. 5

In another hadīth he said: “A Salat, half of it may be accepted, or one-third, or a quarter, or one-fifth, or even one-tenth. Another Salat may be folded, like an old dress, and be thrown back at the face of its owner.”

“No part of the Salat is yours except that part which you perform with an attentive heart.”6

Imām al-Bāqir ('a) has quoted the Messenger of Allah (s) as saying: “When a believing servant stands for the Salat, Allah, the Exalted, looks at him (or he said: He turns to him) until he finishes, and mercy shadows over his head, the angels surround him from all sides up to the horizon of the heaven, and Allah assigns an angel to stand at his head, saying: “O musallī, if you know who is looking at you, and to whom you are supplicating, you will look to nowhere, nor will you leave your position.” 7

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “Eagerness and fear will not get together in a heart unless Paradise is his. So, when you perform your Salat, turn with your heart to Allah, the Glorified, the Almighty, because there would be no believing servant who would turn with his heart to Allah, the Exalted, during the Salat and invocation, unless Allah would turn to him the hearts of the believers, and with their love He would back him and lead him to Paradise.” 8

It is narrated that Imāms al-Bāqir and as-Sādiq ('a) said: “Nothing of your Salat is yours except that which you did with an attentive heart. So, if one performed it completely mistaken, or neglected its disciplines, it would be folded and thrown back at its owner's face.” 9

Imām Bāqir al-'Ulūm (the cleaver of knowledge) ('a) is quoted to have said: “Of a servant's Salat ascends half, one-third, one-fourth or one-fifth to his account. That is, of his Salat will not ascend except that part which is performed with an attentive heart. We have been commanded to perform the nāfilah so as to make up for the shortcomings of the obligatory Salats.”10

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “When you wear the ihrām for the Salat (i.e., when you prepared for the Salat), pay attention to it, because when you pay attention to it, Allah will pay attention to you. If you do not care for it, Allah will not care for you. So, sometimes, does not ascend of the Salat except one-third, one-fourth or one-sixth, according to the amount of attention the musallī pays to it. Allah grants nothing to the negligent.”11

The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said to Abū Dharr: “Two moderate rak'ats of Salat with contemplation are better than worshipping a whole night with a negligent heart.”12 The Hadiths on this are many, but those which have been related are enough for those whose hearts are awake and attentive.

- 1. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 74, “Book of ar-Rawdah, ch. 4, hadīth 3, p. 74; Makārim al-Akhlāq, p. 459.

- 2. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of as-Salat,” ch. 3, hadīth 6, p. 688.

- 3. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 81, “Book of as-Salat,” ch. 16, hadīth 41, p. 249.

- 4. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 20.

- 5. Ibid., hadīth 13.

- 6. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 81, “Book of as-Salat,” ch. 16, hadīth 59, p. 260.

- 7. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 22.

- 8. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol.4, “Book of as-Salat”, sec.on “The Acts of the Salat,”ch. 3,hadīth 3,p. 678.

- 9. Ibid., hadīth 1.

- 10. 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', vol. 2, ch. 22, hadīth 2, p. 327.

- 11. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 3, hadīth 7.

- 12. Refer to footnote 59.

Chapter 10: On Calling To Acquiring The Presence Of Heart

Now that you have understood the rational and traditional merits and characteristics of the presence of heart, as well as the disadvantages of neglecting it, (you should know that) understanding alone is not enough, though it strengthens the evidence. So, use all your endeavors and try to acquire what you have understood, and turn your understanding into practice in order to be benefited by it and get its advantage.

Think a little, as, according to narratives from the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a) who are the sources of revelation, and all their knowledge and utterances are of divine inspirations and Muhammadan intuition [kashf] the acceptance of the Salat (by Allah) is the condition for the acceptance of other acts of worship. If the Salat is rejected, they will not pay attention to the other acts at all.1 The acceptance of the Salat is conditioned by the presence of heart.

Without the presence of heart in the Salat it would be worthless and not becoming of being in the Presence of Allah and cannot be accepted, as had been explained by formerly mentioned Hadiths. Thus, the key to the treasury [ganjīnah] of deeds and the entrance to the doors of all kinds of happiness is the presence of heart, with which the door of happiness is opened to man, and without it all worships are degraded and worthless.

Now, with a look of regard, contemplate a little, and with the eye of insight look at the importance and the greatness of the situation, and carry it out with complete seriousness. The key to the door of happiness and the doors of Paradise, as well as the key to the door of wretchedness and the doors of Hell are in this world, in your own pocket. You can open the doors of Paradise and happiness to yourself and you can do the contrary.

The reigns are in your hands. Allah, the Exalted, has completed the evidence for you, showed you the roads to happiness and wretchedness, and has offered you the outward and the inward successes. What was needed on the part of Allah and His friends [awliyā'], has been done. Now it is our turn for action. They are the guides and we are the treaders. They did their work as best as possible without the least negligence, such that there remained no excuse whatsoever.

So, you, too, wake up from your sleep of negligence and tread upon the road to happiness and make use of your years and powers, since, if you waste your cash of years and youth, and your treasure of power and ability, no compensation can make up for them. If you are young, do not let yourself reach old age, because old age has its particular shortcomings, which are known to the elderly people, and you do not know.

To reform oneself in old age and in weakness is quite difficult. If you are old, do not let the rest of your years be waste, because, at any rate, as long as you are alive, you still have a way to happiness, and a door of happiness is open to you God forbid its being closed and the road being blocked, as in that case you lose your free will and there remains nothing but regret, remorse and repentance of the past, of which you have no portion.

So, my dear, if you believe in what has been said, which is the sayings of the prophets ('a), and if you prepare yourself for attaining happiness and for the journey to the Hereafter, and find it necessary to obtain the presence of heart, which is the key to the treasure of happiness, the way to obtain it is to remove, first, the obstacles which prevent the presence of heart and to uproot the thorns from the road of the journey, and then to practice it.

The obstacles, which prevent the presence of heart in worship, are the dispersion of the mind and too many engagements of the heart. They happen most frequently from outside and through the outer senses, such as the ear hearing some sound during worship and the mind is, thus, distracted, stirring the imagination and inner thoughts, which fall under the effect of fancy, flying from one branch to another. Or a person's eye may see something, which disturbs the mind and distracts the thoughts. Likewise, other senses may be attracted, causing imaginative transitions.

Regarding the doing away with these obstacles, they have said that it is done by removing the causes, such as standing in a dark place, or in a privacy, when performing the Salat, and closing the eyes during the Salat, and refraining from performing it in places causing mental distraction. The late prosperous martyr (the Second Martyr) (may Allah be pleased with him), quotes some devotees to have said that they used to worship and perform their Salats in a small dark room barely large enough for worshipping.2

Yet, it is obvious that this would not remove the obstacle, nor would it uproot the cause, because the principal hindrance is the imagination, which, with even a little motive, does its job. It may sometimes happen that in a very small, dark and private room, the activities of imagination and fancy become greater, and they cause more (mental) plays, and jests. So, uprooting the whole matter is done by reforming one's imagination and fancy.

Later on we shall return to this point. However, this type of treatment is sometimes effective and helpful in some souls, but we are looking for a decisive cure and uprooting the real cause, and it cannot be done that way.

Sometimes the disturbance of mind and absence of heart are caused by inner matters, which, generally speaking, are originated by two big causes to which return most of the matters:

One is the dissoluteness and volatility of the bird of imagination. Imagination is, indeed, an extremely slippery power. It flies from one branch to another and from one peak to another. This is not connected to loving the world or paying attention to worldly matters, wealth or position. Actually, the volatility of imagination is, in itself, a calamity that afflicts even the ascetics. Acquiring calmness of mind, peace of soul and repose of imagination are of the important affairs, which, if acquired, can bring about the final remedy. This shall be referred to later on.

The other cause is the love of the world and the attraction of mind to mundane matters. This cause is at the top of the sins and it is the mother of the inner diseases, the thorn of the road of the people of sulūk and the source of disasters. As long as the heart loves this world and is indulged in it, the way to reforming the heart is closed and the door of all happiness is shut in the face of man. We shall, within two chapters, refer to these two big origins and strong obstacles, if Allah wills.

- 1. Refer to footnote 17.

- 2. At-Tanbihāt ul-'Īlliyyah 'alā Wazā'if is-Salat il-Qalbiyyah, p. 110 (printed within a collection of the statements of the Second Martyr, lithographed in 1313 L.H. by the handwriting of Muhammad Hasan Jarfādaqānī).

Chapter 11: On Curing The Wandering Imagination

Concerning Showing an Effective Cure for the Treatment of the Wandering and Escaping Imagination that Brings about the Presence of Heart

Know that each one of the inner and outer powers of the soul can be educated and taught by way of practicing a particular austerity. For example, human eye is unable to gaze at a point or at an intense light, such as the disk of the sun, for a long time, without blinking. But if a man educates his eye, such as that which is done by some of the people of false asceticism for certain purposes, he can look into the sun for several hours without blinking or getting tired.

Similarly, he can gaze at a certain point for hours without any movement. This is also true of the other faculties, like stopping breathing, which, as they say, is seen among the people of false asceticism, as there are some who can stop breathing for an extraordinary period.

Of the faculties that can be educated are the faculties of imagination and fancy. Before educating them, they are like two ever-jumpy and restless birds flying from a branch to another, and from one thing to another. If one tries to watch them for a single minute, he will see their many successive movements of very slight and far-fetched connections.

Many think that to control the bird of imagination and tame it is out of the limits of possibilities, and falls within the realm of the common impossibilities. But, as a matter of fact, it is not so. With hardship, practice and time-taking education, it can be tamed, and the bird of imagination can be put under one's control and will be such that it can be confined for several hours and for a certain purpose, according to one's will.

The principal way of taming it is to act to its contrary. That is, at the time of the Salat one is to prepare himself to control the imagination during the Salat and confine it to action, and, as soon as it tries to slip out of his hand, to recapture it. One should carefully watch it in all the actions, recitations, invocations, etc. of the Salat, observing it so as not to be obstinate. At the beginning, this seems to be a difficult task.

But after a while of strict practice and treatment, it will certainly become tame and obedient. You should not, of course, expect yourself, at the beginning, to be able to control the bird of imagination along the Salat completely. Actually, this is impossible. Perhaps those who stressed this impossibility had such expectations. The situation requires deliberateness, careful patience and gradual training.

It is possible that you can first control your imagination during only one-tenth of the Salat or even less than that, in which you can have the presence of heart. Then, if one pays more attention, and if he feels himself in need of that, he can attain a better result, and can gradually overcome the Satan of fancy and the bird of imagination, such that they come under his control in most of the Salat. However, you should never despair, as despair is the origin of all weaknesses and inabilities, whereas the flash of hope guides man to his complete happiness.

The important thing in this respect, however, is to feel being in need a mood that is little felt by us. Our heart does not believe that the source of the happiness in the Hereafter, and the means of a long-lasting life, is the Salat. We take the Salat to be an additional burden on our lives. We think it an imposition and an obligation. The love of a thing is seen from understanding its consequences. We understood its consequence and the heart believes in it, and, therefore, we are not in need of any advice or admonition in acquiring it.

Those who think that the message of the Seal of the Prophets, the Hāshimite Messenger (s), has two dimensions: one belonging to this world and the other to the Hereafter, and take this to be a pride of the bringer of the Sharī'ah and the perfection of prophethood, know nothing of the religion and are unaware of the message and far from understanding the purpose of the prophethood.
Inviting to worldly things is quite alien to the objectives of the great prophets, since desire, sense of anger and the interior and exterior Satans are sufficient for such an invitation and it does not need the sending of messengers. The administration of desire and anger is in no need of a Qur'an or a prophet. The prophets, actually, have come to keep people back from this world to curb the release of the desire and anger, and to limit the sources of worldly interests.

An ignorant person thinks that they invited the people to this world. They say: “Do not acquire wealth by whatever means. Do not satisfy your desire in whatever way available there should be marriage, and there should be (lawful) trade, industry and agriculture though the door of the center of desire and anger is opened by letting them free.”

So, the prophets demand them to be chained, not to be set free, and they do not invite to worldly things. They ask for a lawful business so as to prohibit the unlawful ones. They call to marriage in order to curb the nature and prevent debauchery and releasing the power of desire [shahwat]. As a matter of fact, they are not absolutely against them, because it would be against the perfect system.

In short, as we feel we need this world, regarding it to be the capital of life and the source of pleasure, we get ready to attend to it and to acquire it. But if we believe in the Hereafter-life and feel we are in need of that life, and regard worship, especially the Salat, to be the capital for living there, and the source of happiness in that world, we, naturally, will try to do our best to acquire it, and we will not feel any difficulty and fatigue in ourselves; or rather, we will hurry to acquire it with complete eagerness and craving, and endure every hardship and undergo all circumstances for that purpose.

Now, this coldness and weakness, which are manifest in us, are caused by the coldness of the radiance of our faith and the weakness of its foundation. Had all the news of the prophets and holy men [awliyā'] ('a) and the arguments of the elite and learned men (may Allah be pleased with them) created “sufferance” [ihtimāl] in us, we could have done better in our attempts and acquirements.

So, we have to regret a thousand times for letting Satan overcome our inside and conquer the whole of our heart and the hearings of our interior, preventing us from hearing the sayings of Allah and His Messengers, and those of the scholars, as well as the admonitions of the divine Books. Such being the case, our ears are changed to those of worldly animals, and the divine admonitions would not go beyond the apparent and the animal ear to the inside

“ Most surely there is a reminder in this for him who has a heart or he gives ear and is a witness.” (Surah al-Qaaf, 50:37)

One of the great duties of the traveler to Allah and the striver for the sake of Allah is to completely give up self-reliance during the striving and sulūk, and, by nature, to pay attention to the Cause of the causes, and by disposition, to belong to the Origin of the origins, asking from His Sacred Existence protection and immunity from sin, and depending on the help of His Sacred Essence. In his privacy he is to implore Him and very seriously request Him to improve his condition, for there is no refuge save Him. And praise be to Allah!

Chapter 12: Explaining That Loving This World Causes Distraction Of The Mind

A Reference to that Loving this World is the Origin of the Distraction of the Imagination and Prevents the Presence of Heart, and Explaining its Remedy as Much as Possible

It must be noted that the heart, according to its nature and disposition, looks at what it loves and is inclined to that beloved to have it as its qiblah. If an affair distracted the heart from thinking of the beauty of its cherished beloved, no sooner the engagement slackens and the distraction stops than the heart flies towards its beloved and clings to his skirt.

Should the people of knowledge and the divinely attracted enjoy strength of heart and be firm in absorption and love, they would recognize the Beauty of the Beloved in every mirror, and would discern the wanted perfection in every being: “I discerned nothing unless I recognized Allah in it and with it,”1 and if their leader [the Prophet (s)] says: “Sometimes my heart is enveloped by a cover of dust, and I ask Allah's forgiveness seventy times every day,”2 it is because to see the Beauty of the Beloved especially in an impure mirror like the Abu Jahl mirror is in itself a sort of impurity with respect to the perfect ones.

If their hearts are not strong enough, and their engagement in multiplicity prevents the presence (of heart), no sooner the engagement lessens than their hearts' birds fly back to their sacred nests and cling to the Beauty of the Beautiful.

As to those who look for other than Allah who, in the eyes of the people of knowledge, all seek for this world they are also attracted to their want and cling to it. If they, too, are extremely in love with their quest, and the love of this world has completely possessed their hearts, they will never relax in their attraction towards it, and, whatever the situation, they remain beside the beauty of their beloved.

Should their love be less, their hearts would return, in their leisure time, to their beloved. Those who cherish in their hearts the love of wealth, rule and position, dream of them in their sleep, too, and, in their wakefulness, they live thinking of their beloved. As long as they are engaged in worldly matters, they live hugging their beloved, and when the time of the Salat arrives, the heart feels a kind of vacancy and sticks to its beloved, as if the takbīrat ul-ihrām (the first Allāhu akbar uttered aloud at the start of the Salat) is the key to the shop, or the remover of the curtain between it and its beloved.

So, he comes to himself only when he has just uttered the taslīm (the finishing words of the Salat), whereas he had paid no attention to the Salat itself, and during it he had been engaged in thinking of this world. That is why our Salats for forty or fifty years have no result whatsoever in our hearts except darkness and impurity, and what should have been a cause for ascension to the proximity of Allah's presence and a means of becoming familiar with His sanctity, has, on the contrary, driven us out of His proximity and taken us miles away from ascending to be familiar with His presence.

Had our Salat a smell of servitude, its result would have been modesty and humility, not self-conceitedness, ostentation, arrogance and pride, each one of which can possibly be a separate cause of man's misfortune and perdition.

In short, when one's heart becomes mixed with the love of this world, with no objective or aim except building it up and developing it, this love will inevitably prevent the heart from being vacant and present in the presence of Allah. This deadly disease and ruinous corruption can be cured by useful knowledge and good deed.

The useful knowledge suitable for this ailment is to think of the fruits and outcomes of curing it, and compare them with the harmful and destructive consequences resulting from it. In my commentaries on the Forty Hadiths in this respect I have explained this topic in details as was possible. Here I will suffice myself with explaining some Hadiths of the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a):
In Al-Kāfī, Abū 'Abdullāh (as-Sādiq) ('a) is quoted to have said: “The origin of every sin is the love of this world.”3 Other Hadiths on this subject, though in different wordings, are plenty.4

Yet, this noble hadīth is quite enough for the wakeful man, and it is enough for this big and pernicious sin to be the source of all sins and the root and basement of all corruptions. By a little contemplation it can be realized that almost all moral and practical corruptions are the fruits of this vile tree. No false religion was established in the world, and no corruption has ever happened, unless it stemmed from this grave sin.

Murders, plunders, injustice and transgressions are of the offspring of this sin. Debauchery, atrocities, theft and other crimes are the outcomes of this germ of corruption. The man who is afflicted with this love is void of all moral virtues. Courage, chastity, generosity and equity, which are the origin of all the spiritual virtues, are not compatible with the love of this world. Divine knowledge [ma'ārif], unity of Names, Attributes, Actions and Essence, truth-seeking and truth-discerning are contrary to the love of this world.

Tranquility of the soul, calmness of the mind and repose of the heart, which are the spirit of happiness in both worlds, cannot come along with loving this world. Richness of the heart, greatness, self-respect, freedom, and manliness are of the requisites of ignoring this world, whereas poverty, humility, covetousness, greed, servitude and flattery are of the requisites of loving this world. Kindness, mercy, observing kinship relations, affection and amity are not in harmony with the love of this world. Hatred, rancor, despotism, severing kinship relations, hypocrisy and other evil characters are of the progeny of this “mother of diseases”.

As-Sādiq ('a), as stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, said: “This world is like a portrait: its head is arrogance, its eye is greed, its ear is covetousness, its tongue is pretence, its hand is desire, its leg is conceit, its heart is negligence, its being is perishing and its destiny is decline. Whoever loves it, it gives him arrogance, whoever approves of it, it grants him greed, whoever demands it, it drives him to covetousness, whoever praises it, it clothes him with pretence, whoever wants it, it offers him conceit, whoever trusts it, it neglects him, whoever admires its properties, it ruins him, and whoever accumulates it and does not spend it, it turns him down to its dwelling place, the Fire.”5

Daylamī, in Irshād al-Qulūb, quoting Amīr al-Mu'minīn ('Alī) ('a), says that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “On the night of the mi'rāj, Allah, the Exalted, said: “O Ahmad, if a servant performs the Salat as much as that of the people of the earth and the heaven, and fasts as much as that of the people of the earth and the heaven, and refrains, like the angels, from food, and wears the apparel of a devotee, then I see in his heart a bit of love for this world or for worldly reputation, leadership, celebrity and ornaments, he will not be in an abode in My neighborhood and I will drive My love out of his heart and make it dark until he forgets Me. I will not let him taste the sweetness of my love.”6

It is quite clear that loving this world and loving Allah cannot meet together. In this respect there are too many Hadiths to be contained in these pages.
Now as it has become clear that the love of this world is the origin of all evils, it becomes incumbent on a man of reason, who cherishes his happiness, to uproot this tree from his heart. The practical way to treat it is to do the contrary, i.e., if he has a longing for wealth and position, he can get rid of it by way of being open-handed and spending obligatory and recommended alms and charities.

By the way, one of the characteristics of alms-giving is lessening the love of this world. That is why it is recommended to give charity out of what you love most, as stated in the Glorious Qur'an:

“ You shall not attain goodness until you spend out of what you love” (Surah aal-Imraan, 3:92).

If he desires pride, priority, authority and power, he is to act against that, to turn the nose of the evil-commanding soul into the dust to reform it.

Man should know that the world is such that the more one is attached to it and in pursuit of it, the more his affection to it and the more his regret for parting company with it. It seems as if one is in quest of something, which is not in his possession. Man thinks he is in need of a certain portion of the world, which he pursues, no matter what difficulties and risks he will have to endure to attain his goal, and, as soon as he obtains it, it loses its attraction and becomes an ordinary matter, and his love and attachment turn into something else more sublime than the previous one, and he starts his toil and endeavors anew.

In this way his anxiety will never be subdued. Actually, his love gets ever stronger, and his hardships ever increase. This natural disposition never stops. The people of knowledge use this inborn nature to prove a lot of disciplines, which are out of the scope of these papers to explain. This subject is referred to by some noble Hadiths, such as that which is stated in the noble al-Kāfī, quoting. Imām al-Bāqir ('a) who said: “The parable of a man greedy of this world is the parable of the silk worm: the more it winds the thread round itself the farther it becomes from salvation, until it dies of grief.”7

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “This world is like sea-water; the more a thirsty man drinks from it the thirstier he gets, until it kills him.”8

- 1. A quotation from Amīr al-Mu'minīn ['Alī] ('a) in 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 49.

- 2. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “Invocations,” ch. 22, hadīth 1.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. on “Loving this World and Being Attached to it,” hadīth 1.

- 4. Ibid., hadīths 1-17.

- 5. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 32 “On This World's Attribute(s)”.

- 6. Irshād al-Qulūb, vol. 1, p. 206

- 7. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. on “Dispraising this World and Neglecting it,” hadīth 20, and ch. on “Loving this World and being Greedy of it,” hadīth 7, p. 202.

- 8. Ibid, hadīth 24.

Completion: On Turning The Soul Away From The World

So, O seeker of the truth and traveler to Allah, as you have tamed the bird of imagination, chained the Satan of fancy, given up the love of wife, children and other worldly affairs, got familiar with the attraction of the fire of the natural divine love and said: “Lo! I see a fire [afar off],”1 seen yourself with no barriers in the way and prepared the requirements of the journey, get up, then, leave this dark room of nature and the narrow passage of the world, break off the chains of time, save yourself from this prison and let the bird of sanctity fly to “the meeting place of intimacy.” [mahfil-i 'uns].

A whistle is calling you from the turret of the 'Arsh, I wonder what keeps you into this place of traps!2

So, be resolute and strengthen your will, since the first condition of sulūk is resolution ['azm], without which no distance can be covered and no perfection can be reached. The great Shaykh, Shāhābādī 3 (may my soul be his ransom) called it as the core of humanity. It can also be said that one of the great points of fearing Allah, avoiding the desires of the appetitive soul, the lawful austerities, and the divine worship and rituals, is strengthening the resolution and defying the worldly powers under the sovereignty of the soul, as has already been mentioned.

We now close this discourse with praising and glorifying the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted, and with praising the attributes of the Chosen Master, the elected Prophet, and his pure offspring ('a). We ask the help of the holy souls of those sacred personalities in our spiritual journey and faithful ascension.

- 1. A part of Moses' conversation with his people. “When he saw a fire, he said to his people: “Stay here! Lo! I see a fire [afar off].” ” Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:10 and Sūrah an-Naml 27: 7.

- 2. A poem by Hāfiz Shīrāzī.

- 3. The late Āyatullāh Mīrzā Muhammad-'Alī Isfahānī Shāhābādī, a jurist, methodist, gnostic and prominent philosopher, son of the late Āyatullāh Mīrzā Muhammad Jawād Husaynābādī Isfahānī, was born in Isfahan in 1292 L.H. After finishing his preliminary learning in Isfahan and Tehran, he traveled to study in the theological circles of Najaf al-Ashraf and Sāmirrā' (in Iraq). There his tutors were great scholars, such as the late writer of Al-Jawāhir, Ākhūnd Khurāsānī and Sharī'at Isfahānī. He soon attained the degree of ijtihād. He reached a high position in fiqh, philosophy and gnosticism, and he taught these branches of knowledge. His class was one of the most powerful scholarly circles in Sāmirrā'. After returning from Iraq, he settled first in Tehran, and then he moved to the sacred town of Qum, where he dwelt for seven years. During his stay in Qum, Imām Khomeinī (may Allah be pleased with him and send peace upon him) benefited so much from his lessons on ethics and gnosticism. The Imām of the nation, in many places in this book and in his other books and writings, refers to his great teacher with utmost respect and esteem, and relates his scholarly emissions. Besides teaching different branches of knowledge and educating his distinguished disciples, the late Shāhābādī wrote many books in different fields. At the age of seventy-seven, that man of knowledge and action died in 1369 L.H. in Tehran, and was buried in the neighborhood of the shrine of 'Abd al-'Azīm al-Hasanī, in the graveyard of the late Shaykh Abū 'l-Futūh ar-Rāzī. May Allah resurrect him together with the Prophet Muhammad and his pure progeny.

Discourse Two

On the Preliminaries of the Salat and Some of its Cordial Disciplines
Discussed in Five Objectives

Objective One : Purification

Explained in Seven Chapters

Chapter 1: On Purification In General

As it has already been said, besides the outer appearance of the Salat, it has a reality, and apart from its exterior it has an interior. And as its outer form has its formal disciplines and conditions, its interior has its disciplines and conditions, too, which are to be observed by the sālik. Thus, purification has also its outer form and formal disciplines, the explanation of which is out of the scope of these pages.

The faqīhs (jurists) of the Ja'farī school (may Allah make high their words and raise their ranks) have explained them. As regards the inner disciplines and purifications, they shall be explained in general:
It should be noted that the reality of the Salat is ascension to the Proximity, and reaching the Presence of Allah, the Almighty and Most High. Thus, to attain this great objective and ultimate goal, one should practice certain purifications, which are other than the outer purifications. The thorns of this road and the obstacles in the way of this ascension are such impurities that if the sālik were marked by one of them, he would be incapable of ascending to the peak and completing the ascension.

Such impurities are the hindrances in the way of the Salat and the plagues of Satan. But what is a help to the sālik in his journey and is a discipline of the Presence is the condition of this reality. The traveler to Allah has first to remove the obstacles and impurities so that he may be purified and attain purity which belongs to the world of light. Unless all the impurities, outer and inner, open and hidden, are purified, the sālik will have no chance of attending the Presence (of Allah).

Thus, the first kind of impurities is that of the outer instruments and powers of the soul which may be polluted with obstinacies and acts of disobedience to “the Benefactor” [waliyy un-ni'am] this is an apparent snare of Iblīs. As long as man is trapped in this snare, he is deprived of being in Allah's Presence and attaining His Proximity. No one may have the notion that without purifying the outside of his kingdom he can reach the state of the truth of humanity, or he can purify his inner heart, as this will be a Satanic vanity and of Iblīs' big tricks.

This is because the heart's impurity and darkness will be increased by disobediences, which mark the triumph [ghalabah] of nature over spirituality. Unless the sālik conquers the kingdom of the outside, he will remain deprived of inner conquests, which are the big objective, and no way will be opened for him to happiness. Thus, one of the big obstacles of this sulūk is the impurities of the acts of disobedience, which must be purged and purified with the water of sincere repentance.

It should also be noted that all the external and internal powers which Allah, the Exalted, has bestowed upon us from the invisible world are divine deposits free from all impurities and are purged and purified, and even illuminated with the light of the God-given disposition, and excluded from Satan's dark and impure influence.

Yet, since they have descended in the dark abode of the world of nature, and the influential hands of the devil of imagination and fancy have reached them, they have deviated from the original purity and primary disposition, and got polluted with diverse Satanic filths and impurities. So, if the sālik to Allah could, by adhering to the care of Allah's Walī, repel Satan's influence, purge the kingdom of the outside and return the divine trusts as they had been given to him with no treason, he would be forgiven and protected, and, as far as the outside is concerned, he need not worry, and then he would turn to the inside to purge it from the impurities of corrupt moralities.

This is the second kind of impurity, which is more corrupt and more difficult to cure, and thus, it is more important to the people of austerity, because as long as the inner moralities of the soul are corrupt and encircled by spiritual impurities, it will not deserve the state of holiness and “the private place of intimacy” [khalwat-i uns], as the origin of the corruption of the exterior kingdom of the soul is its corrupt morals and its vile habits.

And, unless the sālik changes his vile habits to good ones, he will not be safe from the evil acts. If he is successful in repentance (while still having vile habits), its stability which is a matter of grave importance cannot be achieved. So, the outer purification depends on the inner purification, besides the fact that the interior impurities cause deprivation of happiness, and originate the Hell of morals, which, as the people of knowledge say, is worse and more intense in burning than the Hell of deeds. This question has frequently been mentioned in the Hadiths of the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a).
Therefore, it is a must for the sālik to Allah to carry out this purgation. After he has cleansed his soul of the corrupting impurities of the morals with the pure water of useful knowledge and lawful, good austerity, he will have to set upon purifying the heart, the capital which, if reformed, all kingdoms will be reformed, and if it is corrupt, all will be corrupt. The impurities of the world of the heart are the origin of all impurities, such as being attached to other than Allah, to oneself and to this world.

This is originated by the love of this world, which is at the head of all sins, and by self-love, which is the mother of all diseases. As long as the roots of this love are still deep in the heart of the sālik, he will see no marks of the love of Allah in it, and he will find no way to his destination and objective. So, as long as there are remnants of this love in the heart, his journey will not be to Allah, but to the self, to the world, and to Satan. So, being purged of the love of self and of the world is the first stage of purifying the journey to Allah in reality, because before this purgation the journey would not be to Allah, and it would be a sort of carelessness to refer to sālik and sulūk in this instance.

After this stage there are other stages, after which there will appear a model of 'Attār's Seven Cities of Love, the reciter of which, as a sālik, could see himself at the bend of a lane, while we remain behind walls and thick veils, and think that those “cities” and “kings” are nothing but of the weavings of our presumption. I have nothing to do with Shaykh 'Attār or Maytham at-Tammār, but I do not deny the original (gnostic) stations, and I cordially love their owners, and, by this love, I hope to be relieved. You yourself be whom you may, and bind yourself to whom you like.

The pretender wanted to come to look at the Beloved [Friend], The hand of the invisible came and pushed off the stranger.1

But I do not approve of disloyalty by brethren in faith and by spiritual friends to the gnostic friends, and I will not refrain from offering advice, which is the right of the believers to one another.
At the top of the spiritual impurities, which cannot be purged even with the seven seas, and which caused despair to the great prophets ('a), is the impurity of “the compound ignorance” [jahl-i murakkab], which is the origin of the incurable disease of denying the stations of the people of Allah and of knowledge, and is the source of doubting the people of the heart.

As long as man is polluted with such impurities, he will not take a step towards knowledge [ma'ārif], or rather, this impurity so often extinguishes the inborn light [nūr] of disposition, which is the light [chirāgh] for the road of guidance, and puts out the fire of love, which is the heavenly horse [burāq] for ascending to high stations, causing man to eternally stick to the earth of nature.

Therefore, it is necessary for man, through thinking about the status of the prophets and the perfect holy men [awliyā'] ('a), and by contemplating their stations, to wash those impurities away from his heart, and not to be satisfied with the status he is in, because this satisfaction with the knowledge [ma'ārif] one has, and remaining stagnant, are of the great tricks of Iblīs and the evil-commanding soul. We take refuge in Allah from them. Now, as this thesis is written according to the taste of the common people, I refrain from the three purifications of the holy men [awliyā']. And praise be to Allah.

- 1. A poem by Hāfiz. In the printed copies it is stated: ”…to come to the show place of the Secret.”

Chapter 2: Concerning The Stages Of Purification

Know that as long as man is in the world of nature and in the abode of the primary [hayūlānī] matter, he is under the rule of the divine soldiers and the satanic soldiers. The divine soldiers are the soldiers of mercy, safety, happiness, light, purity, and perfection. The soldiers of Iblīs are on the opposite side. But as the divine aspects have mastery over the satanic aspects, at the beginning, man's disposition possesses natural divine light, safety and happiness, as is openly stated in the noble Hadiths and hinted at in the noble divine Book.1

As long as man is in this world, he can, on his own free will, put himself at the disposal of either of the two. So, if from the beginning of the God-given disposition till the end, Satan had no way of intruding, man would be divine, luminous from head to foot with purity and happiness, his heart being the light of Allah, observing nothing but Allah.

His inward and outward powers would be luminous and pure, and no one would use them but Allah, and Satan would have no share in them, nor would his soldiers be able to control him. Such an honorable being is absolute purity and pure light, and his past faults and the future ones are forgiven.2

He is an absolute conqueror, enjoying the station of original “great infallibility” ['ismat-i kubrā], and the other infallibles have the same station as the followers of that sacred essence. He is the Seal of the Prophets and possesses the station of absolute perfection. His vicegerents, though of separate substance, join him in disposition and completely follow him in absolute infallibility.

As to some of the infallible prophets and holy men [awliyā'] ('a), they have no absolute infallibility and are not protected against Satan's intrusion, such as Adam's act with respect to the “tree,” which was one of the intrusions of the great Iblīs, the chief of the Iblīses, and despite the fact that the “tree” was a paradisiac divine tree, yet it was marked by a multiplicity of names, which is contrary to the state of complete humanity. This is one of the meanings, or of the ranks, of “the forbidden tree”.

If the light of the divine disposition was polluted with the formal and spiritual impurities, it would be at a distance from the court of the Proximity and “the Presence of Love” [hadrat-i uns] in proportion to its pollution, until the light of disposition completely goes out, and the kingdom becomes altogether Satanic, and its inside and outside, secret and open, are put at the disposal of Satan.

Thus, Satan becomes its heart, ear (hearing), eye (seeing), hand, and leg, and all his other organs become Satanic. If somebody reaches this stage take refuge in Allah from it he becomes absolutely wretched and will never see the face of happiness. Between these two limits there are so many stages which only Allah, the Exalted, knows. Whoever is nearer to the horizon of prophethood, is of “those on the right hand” [ashāb-i yamīn], and whoever is nearer to the satanic horizon, is of “those on the left hand” [ashāb-i yasār].

It should be noted, however, that even after the pollution of the inborn disposition, it is possible to purify it. As long as man is still in this world he can get out of Satan's domain and can easily join the party of Allah's angels, who are the soldiers of the divine mercy.
The reality of jihād-i nafs [self-struggle] which, according to the Messenger of Allah (s), is more meritorious than struggling against the enemies of the religion, and is the greater jihād 3 is this getting out of Satan's domain and entering the domain of Allah's soldiers.

So, the first stage of purity is the observance of divine laws and the obedience to Allah's commands.

The second stage is to be adorned with virtuous morals and faculties.

The third stage is the purity of the heart, which means submitting the heart to Allah, after which the heart becomes luminous, or rather it becomes of the world of light and a degree of divine light. The luminosity of the heart flows to other organs and inner powers, and the whole kingdom turns into light, and light upon light, till the heart becomes divine and godly and the Divinity [hadrat-i lāhūt] manifests in all the inner and outer stages.

In this case, servitude completely vanishes and is annihilated, and Lordship explicitly appears, in which case, the heart of the sālik is overcome by a state of tranquility and familiarity, and he loves the whole world, and experiences divine trances, and the sins and faults become forgivable to him, and will be covered by the shelter of “love manifestations” [tajalliyāt-i hubbī, and primary holiness [wilāyat] begins to appear in him, and he becomes worthy of attending “the Presence of Intimacy” [mahdar-i uns]. Then, there are other stages, mentioning which does not suit these papers.

- 1. For example, the noble verse: “So set your face to the religion, as a man of pure faith Allah's nature upon which He originated mankind.” (Sūrah ar-Rūm 30:30). See the hadīths in Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 3, p. 276; vol. 64, p. 130, and in At-Tawhīd, ch. 53, p. 321.

- 2. A hint at the noble verse: “…That Allah may forgive your past faults and those to come.” (Sūrah al-Fath 48:2).

- 3. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, p. 65; vol. 19, p. 182.

Chapter 3: The Cordial Disciplines Of The Sālik When Coming To Water For Purification

In this chapter we translate a noble hadīth from Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah so that the pure hearts of the people of faith may get from it some lumination.

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “When you intend purification and Wudu' [ritual ablution], proceed to the water as you proceed to Allah's mercy, because Allah has made water the key to His proximity and supplication, and a guide to the court of His service. And, as Allah's mercy purifies the sins of the servants, similarly the outer filths are purified by water and by nothing else. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“And He it is Who sends the winds as good news heralding His mercy, and We send down purifying water from the sky” (Sūrah al-Furqān 25:48).

He also says:

“And we made every living thing of water. Will they not then believe?” (Sūrah al-Anbiyā' 21:30).

So, as He has given life with water to everything of the blessings of this world, likewise, He has made obedience the life of the hearts, out of His mercy and grace. Think of the clarity, softness, purity and blessing of water and of its tender mixing with everything. Use it to purge the organs that Allah has ordered you to purify, and observe their disciplines in His obligations and advantages. So, if you use them respectfully, the springs of the advantages will burst out for you presently.
Then, mix with the creatures (servants) of Allah like the mixture of water with things: It gives to everything its due without any change in its own meaning. And learn a lesson from the Messenger of Allah (s) (who said): “A sincere believer is like water.” Let your clearness with Allah, the Most High, be like the clearness of water as He sent it down from the sky and called it “purifier” [tahūr]. Purify your heart with fear of Allah [taqwā] and certitude [yaqīn] as you cleanse your organs with water.”1

In this noble hadīth there are delicate points and facts, which enliven the hearts of the people of knowledge, and bestow animation on the clear souls of “the people of heart” [ashāb-i qulūb].

Describing water, in this hadīth, as Allah's mercy, or interpreting it to be so, denotes that water is one of the great manifestations of Allah's mercy, which He sent down to the world of nature, and made it the source of life for the beings. Rather, the vast divine mercy, which descended from the high heaven of His Names and Attributes, and with which the lands of the individual entities [ta'ayyunāt-i a'yān] were revived, is called “water” by the people of knowledge.

And as the vast divine mercy is more obvious in the apparent substance of water than in other things, Allah, the Exalted, has assigned to it the task of purifying the outer filths, and made it the key to the door of His proximity and of the supplications to Him, and the guide to the court of His service, which is the door of the doors of the inner mercies.

Actually, the water of Allah's mercy descends and appears in every growth [nash'ah] of existence and in every visible and invisible scene to purify the sins of Allah's servants according to that growth [nash'ah] and suitable to that world. So, the invisible sins of the individual entities are purified with the water of mercy which descends from the heaven of His Oneness [ahadiyyat], and the sins of the non-existence of “the outer quiddities” [māhiyyāt-i khārijiyyah] are purged with the water of the vast mercy descending from the heaven of His Unity [wāhidiyyat] in every stage of existence according to that stage.

In the stages of human growths [nasha'āt], too, the water of mercy has different manifestations, as with the water descending from His Essence onto “the purgatorial collective individuations” [ta'ayyunāt-i jam'iyyat-i barzakhiyyah] the sins of the “existential secret” [sirr-i wujūdī] are purified: “Your existence is a sin incomparable with any other sin.” With the water descending from His Names and Attributes and the manifestation of Act, the vision of the attribute and the act is purged.

With the water descending from the sky of His “Decree of Justice” [hukm-i 'adl] the inner moral impurities are purified. With the water descending from the sky of His Forgiveness the sins of the servants are purged. And with the water descending from the sky of “the kingdom of heaven” [malakūt] the formal impurities are purged. So, it is clear that Allah, the Exalted has made water the key to His proximity and the guide to His court of mercy.

Then, in the noble hadīth there is another instruction, which opens another way to the people of sulūk and of observance. It says:”…Think of the clarity, softness, purity and blessing of water and of its tenderly mixing with everything. Use it to purge the organs, which Allah has ordered you to purify, and observe their disciplines in His obligations and traditions, as under each one there are many advantages. So, if you use them respectfully, the springs of the advantages will burst out for you presently.”

This noble hadīth refers to the degrees of purity in general and puts it in four general degrees, of which one is that which is mentioned so far in the noble hadīth, i.e. purifying the organs. It also notes that the people of observance and the sāliks to Allah should not stop at the apparent form of the things. They have to regard the appearance as a mirror reflecting the inside, to detect the facts from the forms and not to be satisfied with formal purification, which is a satanic snare.

So, in the purity of water they discover the purity of the organs, which they have to purge and clarify by way of performing the obligatory duties and the divine laws, whose fineness is to be used to make fine the organs and to take them out of the coarseness of disobedience, and to let purity and blessing flow into all the organs.

And, from the tenderly mixing of water with things, they realize how the divine heavenly powers are mixed with the world of nature, preventing the impurities of nature from affecting them. When the organs are clothed with the divine obligations and laws and their disciplines, the inner advantages gradually appear, the springs of the divine secrets burst out and a part of the secrets of servitude and purity uncover themselves for the sālik.

After explaining the first stage of purification and its instruction, the hadīth gives the secondary instruction, saying: “…then mix with the creatures (servants) of Allah like the mixture of water with things: It gives to everything its due without any change in its own meaning. And learn a lesson from the Messenger of Allah (s) (who said): “A sincere believer is like water.”

The first instruction concerns the sālik's managing his organs and inner powers. The second instruction mentioned in this noble hadīth concerns man's relation with Allah's creatures. This is a comprehensive instruction telling how the sālik's behavior with the creatures should be, which is also an implication of the reality of privacy [khalwat]; that is, the traveler to Allah, while treating each group of the people with kindness, giving them their natural dues, and dealing with anyone of them according to his disposition, is to strictly observe the divine rights, and never to lose his own meaning, which is servitude and attending to Allah.

At the same time of being in multiplicity [kathrat], he is to be in privacy [khalwat], and his heart which is the lodging of the Beloved is to be free from others and empty of all designs and paintings. Then the hadīth refers to the third instruction, which concerns the sālik's connection with Allah, the Exalted. It says: “Let your clearness with Allah, the Most High, be like the clearness of water when He sent it down from the sky and called it 'purifier' [tahūr].”

That is, the traveler to Allah should be free from the intrusion of nature, and its impurity and darkness should not be allowed into his heart, and all his acts of worship should be free from all external and internal polytheism. As the water is pure when descending from the sky, and the hands of impurity have not extended to it, the heart of the sālik, which has descended pure from the heaven of the invisible, is to be protected against the intrusion of Satan and nature, and to be prevented from being polluted with the impurities.

After this instruction, the hadīth comes to the last and the comprehensive instruction for the people of austerity and of sulūk. It says: “Purify your heart with fear of Allah and certitude as you cleanse your organs with water.”

Here is a reference to two lofty stations of the people of knowledge: one is “God-fearing,” which is perfected by abandoning everything other than Allah. The other is certitude, which is perfected by discerning the Presence of the Beloved.

- 1. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 10, on “Purification”.

Chapter 4: Concerning The Purifier

The “purifier” is either water which is, in this respect, basic or “earth”.

Know that the traveler to Allah, generally speaking, has two ways to take him to the loftiest goal, the station of proximity to the Divinity: The first of them, which is the principal and original one, is the journey to Allah by turning towards the Absolute Mercy, especially the compassionate mercy, which is the compassion that takes every being to its appropriate perfection. It is of this kind of compassionate mercy that the prophets ('a) were sent to lead on the roads and to help those lagging behind.

To the people of knowledge and the people of heart, the House of Realization is the form of divine mercy. The creatures are perpetually and completely drowned in the oceans of Allah's mercy, yet they do not make use of it.

The Great Divine Book which has descended from the divine invisible world and the proximity of the Lord, and has appeared in the form of words and speech so that we, the deserted, the prisoners in the jail of nature and put in the fetters of the crooked chains of the soul's desires and whims, make use of it and rescue ourselves is one of the greatest manifestations of the absolute divine mercy, of which, we, the blind and deaf, have in no way made use.

The Messenger the Seal of the prophets, the honorable absolute guardian, who came from the Sacred Presence of the Lord and the company of the divine proximity and familiarity to this abode of estrangement and dread, where he had to keep company with the people like Abū Jahl (the Prophet's uncle and his bitter enemy) or even worse, and whose sigh: ”…My heart is enveloped by a cover of dust…”1 has burnt the hearts of the people of knowledge and friendship is Allah's vast mercy and the divine absolute generosity, who had come into his (worldly) body as an all-embracing mercy for the dwellers of this lower world, in order to take them out of this abode of terror and estrangement, like a “ring-dove”2 which throws itself into the net of blight to save its flock.

The traveler to Allah should take the purification with the water of mercy as a form of using the descending divine mercy, and to make use of it as long as it is possible for him to do so. Should his hand become short of it, because of inertia or negligence, and be bereaved of the water of mercy, he would have but to pay attention to his own humility, indigence, poverty and destitution.

When he has in full view of his humility of servitude and is aware of his need, his poverty and his own potentiality, and discards his haughtiness, conceit and selfishness, a door of mercy opens to him, and the earth of (his) nature changes into the white earth of mercy, and becomes the dust which is one of the “two purifiers”3, and becomes the object of Allah's mercy and kindness. The stronger this state in man, i.e., his awareness of his humility, the more he receives of mercy.

Should he decide to depend on himself and on his action in his journey, he would perish, since there might be no one to extend help to him, like an infant which boldly starts walking alone, taking pride in its own steps, and depending on its own ability, without its father offering it any help, rather leaving it to itself. But when it recognizes its inability and inefficiency, it turns to its affectionate father, distrusting its own power, and entrusts itself to the care of its father, who offers his help, hugs it and guides it step by step to walking.

So, it is better for the traveler to Allah to break the leg of his journey and completely renounce his self-confidence, austerity and action, and abolish himself, his power and ability. He should always remember his mortality and dependence in order to become an object of Allah's care, and to cover a hundred-year distant road in a single night by the attraction of the Lord, and the tongue of his inside and his state say, in the Presence of the Lord's Sanctity, imploringly and helplessly:

“ Oh, who responds to the distressed, when he calls unto Him, and removes the evil…?” 4

- 1. Refer to footnote 88.

- 2. See Kalīlah wa Dimnah, ch. “Ring-Dove.”

- 3. It refers to a narrative related by the late Ākhūnd Khurasānī (may Allah sanctify his soul) in Kifāyat al-Usūl, vol. 1, p. 130, to the effect that: “Dust is one of the two purifiers, and is enough for you for ten years.”

- 4. Sūrah an-Naml 27: 62.

Chapter 5: Some Disciplines Of The Wudu’ (Ritual Ablution) In Respect Of The Interior And The Heart

Imām ar-Ridā ('a) is quoted to have said: “The servant has been commanded to perform the Wudu' (ritual ablution) so as to be pure when standing before the All-Powerful and supplicating, and by obeying Him, to be purged from filth and impurity, beside his removing laziness, expelling sleep and purifying the heart to stand in the Presence of the All-Powerful.

Confining it (the Wudu') only to the face, the two hands, the head and the two feet, was because when the servant stands before the All-Powerful, the parts which are exposed are those which are ordered to be washed in the Wudu': as with his face he performs the sujūd (prostration), with his hands he requests, desires, dreads and supplicates, with his head he inclines to Him in his rukū' (bowing down) and his sujūd, and with his legs he stands and sits…”1

Up to here he explained the principal point in the Wudu', informing the people of knowledge and sulūk that to stand in the holy Presence of Allah, the Glorified and Most High, and to offer supplication to the Provider of Needs, require certain disciplines which should be observed. One must not appear in His Presence even with the external filths and impurities and with a sleepy eye, let alone with a heart, which is filled with dirts, and it is afflicted with spiritual impurities, which are the origin of all impurities.

Despite the fact that a narrative says: “Allah, the Exalted, does not look at your faces, but He looks at your hearts,”2 and despite the fact that the means with which man attends to Allah, the Exalted, and what is, in the worlds of creation, worthy of looking at His Majesty, Greatness and Glory, is the heart, while the other organs have no share in it, yet, they did not neglect the outer cleanliness. So, they decided the external purification for cleaning man's exterior, and the inner purification for cleaning his interior.

In this noble hadīth, it is clear from assigning the purification of the heart to be a result of the Wudu' that the Wudu' has an interior with which man's interior is purified, and meanwhile it appears that there is a connection between the exterior and the interior, the visible and the invisible. Similarly, it becomes clear that the outer cleanliness, the outside Wudu', is the act of worship, and of obeying the Lord.

Therefore, the purification of the outside results in the purification of the inside, and purging the exterior leads to the purity of the interior. Generally, the traveler to Allah must, at the time of Wudu' be aware of his being about to stand in the Presence of Allah, the Almighty, as with such states of heart as he has, he does not deserve to be in His Presence, or he may even be dismissed from the Presence of the Lord, the Most High.

Thus, he must get ready to have his outer purification transferred to his interior, and to purify his heart which is the object of Allah's attention, or, actually, is the lodging of His Sanctity from all that is other than Allah, and to take out from his head any notion of arrogance and Oneness, which is the origin of the origins of the impurities, so as to become worthy of His Presence.

After that, Imām ar-Ridā ('a) explains the reason for specifying certain organs to Wudu'. He says:
“Confining it only to the face, the two hands, the head and the two feet, was because when the servant stands before the All-Powerful, the parts which are exposed are those which are ordered to be washed in the Wudu': as with his face he performs the sujūd (prostration), with his hands he requests, desires, dreads and supplicates, with his head he inclines to Him in his rukū' (bowing down) and his sujūd, and with his legs he stands and sits…”

The gist of his discourse is that these organs take part in worshipping Allah, and it is through these organs that worship is manifested. Consequently, it is necessary to purify them.

Then he refers to those acts of worship which appear from them, opening the way of their being valid and useful to the deserving people, and making the people of knowledge familiar with these secrets that the organs on which servitude appears in Allah's Blessed Presence, should be clean and purified, as the outer limbs and organs of the body, which have a deficient share of those meanings, would not be worthy of that station without purification.

Although submission is not, actually, a character of the face, and none of requesting, desiring, dreading, supplicating and facing the qiblah belongs to any of the tangible organs, yet, as these organs are the manifestations of those meanings, they must be purified. Therefore, purifying the heart, which is the real place of servitude, and the actual center of those meanings, is more necessary. Without its purification, the external organs will never be purified even if they are washed in the seven seas, and it (the heart) will not deserve being in the Presence of Allah. Actually, Satan will have a hand in it, and it will be dismissed from His Glorious Presence.

Connection: In an authorized narrative in 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i' it is thus related: “A group of Jews came to the Messenger of Allah (s) and asked him questions. Among their questions they asked: “Tell us, O Muhammad, why are these four organs given the Wudu', while they are the cleanest parts of the body?” The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “When Satan whispered to Adam ('a) and he came near the 'tree' and looked at it, he lost face. He stood up and walked to it the first step taken towards sinning.

He took with his hand some of what was on it and ate it. Off his body flew what were on him of jewelry and apparel. He put his hand on the top of his head and wept. Allah accepted his repentance, but made it incumbent upon him and his offspring to purify those four organs. So, Allah ordered the face to be washed, because it looked at the 'tree'. He ordered the hands to be washed to the elbows, because he took with them (the fruit of the tree). He ordered the head to be wiped (with the hand wet with water), as he put his hand on the top of his head, and He ordered the feet to be wiped because with them he walked to sin.”3

Concerning the reason for imposing fasting, there is also a noble hadīth to the effect that the Jews asked him: “What caused Allah to impose on your people to fast for thirty days?” He said: “It was Adam ('a), because what he had eaten from that 'tree' remained in his stomach for thirty days. So Allah made it incumbent upon him and his offspring to endure hunger and thirst for thirty days, and He allowed them, out of His kindness, to eat and drink at the nights.”4

These noble Hadiths give the people of allusion and the people of heart to understand many points: Although Adam's sin was not like the sins of the others, as it might have been a natural one, or a sin of being inclined to multiplicity, the tree of nature, or of attending to multiplicity of names after the attraction [jādhibah] of self-annihilation [fanā'-i dhātī], yet it was not expected from one like Adam ('a) who was Allah's chosen one [safiyy] and distinguished by proximity [qurb] and self-annihilation.

Therefore, according to the love-zeal [ghayrat-i hubbī] of His Sanctified Essence, He announced his disobedience and going astray to all the worlds and on the tongues of all the prophets ('a). He, the Exalted, said:

“And Adam disobeyed his Lord, so he went astray.” 5

Thus, so much cleaning and purification were needed for him (Adam) and his offspring who were hidden in his loin and (so) participated in the sin, though they did participate (in it) after coming out of the loin, too.

Therefore, the sin committed by Adam and his offspring has many degrees and manifestations. The first of those degrees is paying attention to multiplicity of names, and the last of those manifestations is eating from the forbidden tree, the invisible [malakūtī] form of which is a tree that carries diverse sorts of fruits.

And its visible [mulkī] form is its nature and affairs, and the love of this world and the self, as seen now in his offspring, is of the affairs of the same inclination to that tree and eating from it. Similarly, for their cleaning, purifying, cleansing, Salat and fasting for the redemption of the father's sin, which is the origin there are many degrees in proportion to the degrees of the sin.

From this explanation it is understood that all kinds of disobedience of the children of Adam are related to eating from the 'tree', and are purified in a certain way. All their sins of the heart are also related to that tree, and are purified in a certain way. Then, all kinds of spiritual sins are related to it, too, and are purified in a certain way.

Purifying the external organs is the 'shadow' [zill] of the purity of the heart and spirit for the perfect. It is an order, and a 'means' to them, for the people of sulūk. As long as man is within the veil of the individuation [ta'ayyun] of the organs and their purification, and he lingers there, he cannot be of the people of the sulūk, and is still in the sin.

But if he engaged himself in passing through the stages of external and internal purifications, and used the formal and outer purifications as a means of purifying the spirit and the heart, and in all the acts of worship and rites he observed their spiritual aspects and was benefited by them, or better, if he gave more importance to the internal aspects and regarded them to be the highest objective, he would be admitted through the door of the sulūk along the road of humanity, as is referred to in a noble hadīth in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah: “..And purify your heart with taqwā (fear of Allah) and yaqīn (certitude) when you cleanse your organs with water.”6

So, a sālik man needs first a scientific sulūk so as to distinguish, with the blessings of “the people of remembrance” [ahl-i dhikr] ('a), the stages of servitude, and regard the formal worship inferior to the spiritual and inner worship. Then the practical sulūk, which is the reality of the sulūk has started. The aim of this sulūk is to free the soul from other than Allah, and adorn it with the manifestations of His Names and Essence.

Getting to this stage, the sālik would be at the end of his journey, attaining the goal of his progress to perfection, and acquiring the secrets of austerity and worship, as well as the delicacies of sulūk. Those are the manifestations of Majesty, which are the secrets of purity, and the manifestations of Beauty, which are the objective of other worships. To give the details is beyond the capacity of these pages.

- 1. 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol. 2, ch. 34, hadīth 1, p. 104.

- 2. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, p. 241, quoting Jāmi' al-Akhbār, p. 117 (with a slight difference).

- 3. 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', vol. I, ch. 191, hadīth 1, p. 280.

- 4. Ibid., vol. 2, ch. 109, hadīth 1, p. 378.

- 5. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:121.

- 6. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 10 on “Purity”.

Chapter 6: Concerning The Ghusl And Its Cordial Disciplines

“The people of knowledge” [ahl-i ma'rifat] say that the (state of) janābah (major ritual impurity) is getting out of the homeland of servitude and entering exile [ghurbat]. It is “declaring lordship” [izhār-i rubūbiyyat] and claiming I-ness and entering within the frame [hudūd] of the Patron [mawlā] and acquiring the quality of mastery [siyādat]. The ghusl (ritually washing the whole body) is a purification of this filth and a confession of the shortcoming. One of the religious personalities has enumerated one hundred and fifty states, in ten chapters, saying that the sālik should purify himself from them during his practicing the ghusl. Most of them, or rather all of them, stem from might ['izzat], power [jabarūt] and haughtiness of the soul, selfishness, and self-conceit.1

The writer says that the (state of) janābah is vanishing [fanā'] in nature and neglecting spirituality. It is the ultimate end of the complete sovereignty of animality and bestiality, and falling down to the lowest of the low. The ghusl is purging from this sin, turning away from the rule of nature, and attaining the divine authority and power. This is brought about by cleansing the whole kingdom of the soul, which has vanished in nature and been afflicted with Satan's conceit.

So, its cordial disciplines are that the traveler to Allah, at the time of ghusl, should not stop at the outer purification and washing the body, as it is a low superficial crust and belongs to this world. His paying attention to the janābah of the inside of the heart and the secret of the spirit and purifying them from that impurity should be more important to him.

Therefore, he must avoid letting his bestial soul and animal concern [sha'n] overpower the human soul and the divine concerns [shu'ūn-i rahmānī], and to repent of Satanic impurity and arrogance, and to purify the inside of the spirit which is a divine blow breathed in him by “the Breath of the Compassionate” [nafas-i rahmānī], from Satanic tastes, which mean paying attention to other than Allah, being the root of the forbidden tree, so that he may deserve his father Adam's Paradise.

He must also know that eating of this tree of nature, desiring this world and attending to multiplicity are the origins of janābah, and, unless he purifies himself from this janābah by immersion in, or by complete purification with, the water of Allah's mercy, which flows from the pillar [sāq] of the Divine 'Arsh and is free from Satan's intrusion, he will not be fit for the Salat, which is the reality of ascension to (Allah's) proximity, as there can be no Salat without purification.2

This is referred to in the noble hadīth in al-Wasā'il, quoting Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah be pleased with him), who said with authorities:

“A group of Jews came to the Messenger of Allah (s). The most learned among them asked him some questions. Among his questions was: “What for did Allah command that one should perform ghusl because of the janābah, but He did not command it after relieving oneself from feces and urine? The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “When Adam ('a) ate from the (forbidden) tree, it crept into his veins, hair and skin.” During sexual intercourse water would come out of every vein and hair in his body. So, Allah made it incumbent upon his offspring to perform the ghusl of the janābah till the Day of Resurrection…”3 as the narrative goes.

In another narrative, Imām ar-Ridā ('a) said: “They were ordered to perform the ghusl because of the janābah, but they were not ordered to do it after the khalā' (relieving oneself from feces and urine), though it is filthier than the janābah, because the janābah pertains to the soul of man, and what comes out is something from the whole body, while the khalā' does not pertain to the soul of man, and what comes out is the food that goes in through an inlet and comes out from an outlet.”4

The appearance of these Hadiths to “the people of the appearance” [ashāb-i zāhir] denotes that as the semen is from the whole body, the whole body needs the ghusl, and this coincides with the opinion of a number of physicians and natural philosophers. But giving it the cause of eating from the tree, as in the first hadīth, and ascribing the janābah to the soul, as in the second hadīth, open a way to information for the people of knowledge and allusion, because the question of the 'tree' and Adam's eating of it are of the secrets of the sciences of the Qur'an and the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a), in which many sciences are occult.

For this reason in the noble Hadiths the causes of legislating many rituals are ascribed to the said case of the 'tree' and Adam's eating of it, such as the Wudu', Salat, ghusl, fasting during the month of Ramadān and its being thirty days, and many of the hajj rituals. The writer has for many years been thinking of writing a thesis on this subject, but other engagements have prevented that. I ask Allah, the Exalted, success and happiness.

Generally speaking, you are an offspring of Adam, a seed for meeting (Allah) and created for knowing (Him). Allah, the Exalted, has chosen you for Himself and has shaped you with His two hands of Beauty and Majesty, and told the angels to fall down bowing to you, and caused Iblīs to envy you.
So if you want to get out of the state of the janābah of your father, who is your origin, and to be worthy to meet the Beloved [hadrat-i mahbūb] and to become ready to attain “the state of familiarity” [maqām-i uns] and “the Presence of the Divine Sanctity” [hadrat-i quds], you are to ritually wash the interior of your heart with the water of mercy, and to repent from attending to this world, which is of the manifestations [mazāhir] of the forbidden tree, and to completely wash your heart, which is the meeting place of the Beautiful and the Beauty of the Majestic, from loving the world and its evil affairs, which are Satanic impurities, for the paradise of meeting the Haqq (Allah) is a place for the pure: “No one enters Paradise except the pure.”5

“Wash yourself, then walk to the tavern.”6

- 1. He refers to Shaykh Muhyi 'd-Dīn ibn al-'Arabī in his al-Futuhāt al-Makkiyyah, vol. 1, p. 363.

- 2. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 1, “Book of Purification,” sec. on ”Wudū',” ch. 4, hadīth 1, p. 261.

- 3. Ibid., sec. on ”Janabah,” ch. 2, hadīth 2, p. 466, quoted from Man lā Yahduruh al-Faqīh, vol. 1, p. 22; Al-Majālis, p. 115; Al-'Ilal, p. 104.

- 4. Ibid., hadīth 4, quoted from al-'Ilal, vol. 1, p. 281 and 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, p. 291.

- 5. “Paradise is not entered except by the good.” Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book on Faith and Disbelief,” sec. on “Sins,” hadīth 7, p. 371.

- 6. Wash yourself, then walk to the tavern,
That this ruined convent may not be polluted by you.
Hāfiz Shīrāzī

Chapter 7: Some Cordial Disciplines For Removing Filth And Purifying Impurities

Be aware that removing the hadath (impurity), as already stated, is getting out of I-ness and selfishness and parting with carnality [nafsiyyat] or rather it is complete separation from the house of the soul, since, as long as there are remnants of a servant's self, he will be polluted with al-hadath al-akbar (the major impurity) and the worshipper and the worshipped in him are Satan and the soul. If the stages of the journey of the people of the Road and sulūk were for getting ranks and ascension to high degrees, they would not be out of the intrusion of Satan and the soul, and the journey and sulūk are justified [mu'allal].

Thus, the sulūk is within the stages of the self, and the journey in the very inside of the house. Such a sālik is not a sālik, not a wayfarer, nor is he an emigrant to Allah and His Messenger, and he has not yet been purged from the major impurity, which is “the servant himself” ['ayn-i 'abd]. Should he become completely purified from this hadath, the worshipper and the worshipped would be the Haqq [Allah], and “I would be his ear (hearing) and his eye (seeing),”1 which is the result of the proximity by the nāfilah (supererogatory act of worship), would take place.

Therefore, as far as purification from the hadath is concerned, the ghusl of the whole body is necessary, because as long as “the very servant” ['ayn-i 'abd] is still there in a way, the hadath is not yet removed, as “under each hair there is a janābah.”2

So, purification from the hadath is purification from the hudūth [novelty] and perishing in the sea of ancientness [qidām]. Its perfection is in getting out of the multiplicity of names, which is the interior of the 'tree'. By this getting out he will get out of Adam's infectious sin, which is the origin [asl] of the offspring.

So, the hadath is of the spiritual impurities, and its purification is of the inner invisible affairs and is a light. Wudu' is a limited light, while the ghusl is an absolute light. “Which Wudu' is purer than the ghusl?”3

But removing the external filth and impurities has no such position, because it is a superficial cleaning and an external purification. Its cordial discipline is that the wayfarer servant, who wants to be present in the Presence of Allah, is to know that with Satanic filth and impurity one cannot find his way there, and unless he comes out from the big moral dispraised acts, which are the source of the corruption of the human utopia, and the origin of the external and internal sins, he will have no way to the wanted goal.

Satan, who was in the neighborhood of the world of sanctity and was regarded of the cherubim, yet, at last, because of evil inclinations, he was dismissed from the position of the favorites, and was cursed by:

“Then get out of it, for surely you are accursed.” (Sūrah Sād 38:77 and Sūrah al-Hijr 15:34).

So, we, the survivors of the caravan of the invisible world, the sinking ones in the deep pit of nature, and the returned to the lowest of the low, how can we, with our Satanic, evil inclinations, deserve being in the Presence of His Sanctity and in the neighborhood of the godly and the companions of the favorites?
Satan became self-conceited, recognized his being of fire, then said:

“ I am better than him…” 4

This self-admiration led to self-worship and arrogance, which drove him to despise and insult Adam ('a), and said:

“ …and him you created of dust,”

And made a false analogy. He did not see Adam's goodness or his perfect spirituality. He looked only at Adam's appearance, his being of clay and of dust, while of himself he looked at his being of fire, disregarding his polytheism of egoism and egotism. Self-love prevented him from discerning his shortcomings and hid his faults from his eyes. This selfishness and self-conceit led him to self-love, arrogance, ostentation, hypocrisy, obstinacy, and disobedience, driving him from the sacred ascension down to the desert of the abode of darkness of nature.

So, it is on the wayfarer to Allah, as he cleans himself from external filth, to purify himself from the origins of vileness and internal Satanic impurities, and thoroughly cleanse, with the divine water of mercy and lawful austerity, his utopia, his virtuous city, and purify his heart, the place of divine manifestation, and to take off the shoes of ambition and loving pomposity, so as to become worthy of entering the sacred valley of ayman and of being a place for the Lord's manifestation.

Unless he is cleaned from evil filths, purification from impurities [ahdāth] cannot take place, as purifying the exterior is a preliminary step to the purification of the interior. Unless a complete, mundane and visible taqwā according to the instructions of the pure sharī'ah happens, no cordial taqwā will take place; and unless the cordial taqwā is brought about by the already named affairs, no real, secret and spiritual taqwā can happen. All the stages of taqwā are preliminaries to this stage, which is neglecting everything other than Allah.

As long as there are in the sālik remnants of selfishness, his heart will not discern Allah's manifestation. It is, however, possible that sometimes, owing to the precedence of (Allah's) mercy and the prevalence of the “near-to-Allah” [yalillāhī] aspect, invisible help is extended to the sālik such that the remnants of his I-ness are burnt out by the Divine firebrand [jadhwah].

It is probable that in the way Allah manifested His glory to the mountain, crushing it to pieces and in the falling down of Moses senseless, there are references to what has been said; and there is a similar difference between the sālik-i majdhūb (the sālik attracted by Divine Grace), and the majdhūb-i sālik (the attracted one who is traveling to Allah). The people of truth understand from this an important point worthy of knowing, since knowing nothing about it would be the cause of many errors, goings astray and deviations from the right path. No one of those who are in quest of truth is to ignore it or be unaware of it.

It is this: The sālik who is in quest of truth must declare himself innocent from the extremities of some ignorant Sūfis and some negligent phenomenalists, so that it may become possible for him to travel to Allah. As a matter of fact, some sects of the first group believe that the external knowledge and act are formal, and stuffed moulds, intended for the ignorant and the common people, and that those who are the people of the secret, heart and truth, and are of good background, need not practice such acts, and that the external acts are required for the purpose of acquiring cordial truths and attaining the looked-for destination, and so, when the sālik reaches his destination, practicing those preliminaries will be departing, and engaging in the multiplicities will be a veil.

The second group, on the other hand, rose to face the first group and went to the other end of extremity by denying all the spiritual stages and divine secrets, and rejected all affairs, except the mere external appearance and the superficial form, alleging that everything else is nothing but imagination and fancy. These two groups are still in dispute and argument, each one accusing the other of being against the sharī'ah. In fact, both groups have somewhat exceeded the limits and they have gone to the extremes. In my Sirr as-Salat I have referred to this point, and I show, here, a moderate and middle way, which is the straight path.

It should be noted that the formal rituals and the external worships are not only for acquiring perfect spiritual characters and cordial truths, but that is actually one of their fruits. To the people of knowledge and of heart, all worships transfer the divine knowledge from the inside to the outside and from the secret to the public.

And as the blessing of mercy of the Beneficent [ar-rahmān], or rather of the Compassionate [ar-rahīm], covers all human cordial and formal growths [nasha'āt] and each one of these stages has a share of the general divine blessings, each has to do a part of praising Allah, and thanking Him for the beneficent and merciful favors of His Absolute Necessary Being. As long as the soul has a share of the formal mundane growth [nasha'āt] as well as of the visible life, the carpet of multiplicity will not be completely rolled away, and the shares of nature will not be done with.

As the traveler to Allah must not engage his heart with other than Allah, he is also not to make use of his bosom, imagination and nature in other than Allah's way, so that his tawhīd (monotheism) and glorification may become firm in all the growths [nasha'āt]. And if the spiritual attraction has any result other than serving Allah and submission to Him, it will indicate that there are still some remnants of selfishness, and the sālik's journey is inside the house of the soul, and not to Allah.

The goal of the journey of the people of Allah is to color the nature and the kingdom of the body with Allah's color. There is a noble hadīth in which Allah, the Great and Almighty, says: “I am Allah! I am ar-Rahmān (the Beneficent)! I created rahīm (the womb, relationship) and derived its name from mine. So, whoever observed it (i.e., observed kinship relations), I would observe him, and whoever severed it, I would sever him.”5

One of the interior concepts of this hadīth is, perhaps, this severing the nature, which is the mother of the spirits, off the original homeland, and observing (connecting) it is its austerity and returning it to its homeland of servitude. Abū 'Abdullāh (as-Sādiq) ('a) is quoted to have said: “I advise you to take care of your aunt, the date-palm, as it was created of Adam's clay.”6 This noble hadīth refers to that kinship relations mentioned before.

In short, taking out the kingdom of the exterior from the homeland of servitude, and leaving it to itself, is a deep ignorance of the stations of the people of knowledge, and is of the temptations of the accursed Satan who deviates each group from Allah, the Exalted, in a particular way. At the same time, denying the stations and blocking the way to knowledge, which is the delight of the eye of the holy men [awliyā'] ('a), and confining the divine laws to the exterior, which is the world's share.

The kingdom of the self and the animal state, and disregarding the inner secrets and disciplines of worship which result in purifying the inside, reforming the heart and developing the interior are utmost ignorance and negligence. Both of these two groups are far away from the way of happiness and the straight path of humanity, and both are cut off from the stations of the people of knowledge.

The one, who is aware of Allah and knows the stations, must observe all the inner and outer rights and help everyone who has a right to get it. He must purify himself of exaggeration, fault and going to the extremes, remove the filth of denying the outside of the sharī'ah, which is, in fact, limitation, and remove the filth of denying the inside of the sharī'ah, which is restriction, and both of which are of the temptations of Satan and his treacheries, so that the road of traveling to Allah and attaining the spiritual stations become easy for him.

Thus, one of the stages of removing filth is removing the filths of the false fancies, which prevent Allah's proximity, and the ascension of the believers. One of the concepts and positions of the universality of the ultimate prophethood, or rather, of the proofs of the finality of the prophethood, is that he (the Last Prophet) attained, in all the spiritual states to all their rights and shares as regards all the affairs of the sharī'ah. As in the knowledge of the affairs of the Lordship, the Glorified, He is known in the highest height and in the nearest nearness to the state of universality:

“ He is the First and the Last and the Manifest and the Hidden,” 7

“ Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth…,” 8

“If you are lowered down with a rope to the lowest of the earth, you will come down onto Allah,”9 and

“…Wherever you turn, there is Allah's Face…,”10
Through which the knower of the divine knowledge, attracted by the divine attractions, feels invisible delight and divine ecstasy. Similarly the practical-cordial monotheism is permeated into the last stage of the horizon of the nature and the corporeal body, and no being is deprived of a share of knowing Allah.

In short, the people of Sufism unknowingly speak of 'Īsā's (Jesus') wisdom, while the phenomenalists speak of the wisdom of Moses. The Muhammadans, however, are, by limitation, innocent of both of them. To expand on this brief is out of the question and does not suit these pages.

Connection

Quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a) it is narrated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, thus: “The mustarāh (washing closet or toilet where one relieves oneself) is called so because the people are relieved there from the weights of the filths, and they clear out there the dirts and impurities. The believer learns from this that the pure of the ephemeral things of this world (i.e., food) will finally have such an (impure) end. Then, he will be relieved by abandoning this world and turning away from it. He empties his soul and his heart from being engaged with it, and disdains collecting and possessing it, as he disdains the impurities, the feces and filth. He thinks, of himself, how he is honored in an instance and feels humiliated in another.

He then realizes that adhering to contentedness and taqwā' gives him relief in both worlds, that comfort is in neglecting this world, in refraining from enjoying it and in removing the impurity of (wanting) the unlawful and the doubtful, and so, he closes the door of arrogance to himself after knowing it, runs away from sins, opens the door of modesty, remorse and shyness, strives to carry out His commands and to refrain from the forbidden, hoping for a good return and a delightful proximity. He imprisons himself in the prison of fear, patience and abstinence from (satisfying) the desires until he arrives, with Allah's custody, in the eternal abode, and tastes His pleasure, as this is what is reliable (counted), and everything else is nothing.”11 This is the end of his noble speech.

In this noble speech there is a comprehensive order for the people of knowledge and sulūk, and it is that a conscious person, on his journey to the Last Abode, must, in whatever state he may be, demand all the spiritual pleasures, and not neglect, in any condition, to remember his ultimate goal and return. That is why the wise men have said: “The Prophet serves the (divine) decree [qadā'] as the physician serves the body.”

As the great prophets and holy men [awliyā'] ('a) have no care whatsoever except for Allah's decree [qadā'] and the “near-to-Allah” [yalillāhī] aspect, and the heavenly Kingdom [malakūt] of the divine decree governs their hearts, they believe that the management of all affairs is in the hands of Allah's angels, who are the divine soldiers, while the physical physician, being far from this stage and discarded from this valley, ascribes the running of the affairs of nature to the natural powers.

In brief, a sālik should, in all conditions, make use of all the aspects of his sulūk. So, as he sees that the trivial matters and the pleasures of the visible world are destined to annihilation and change, and realizes that their fate is corruption and vanishing, he will easily have his heart turn away from them and free his heart from thinking of them and being engaged with them, and he will be disgusted with them as he is with filths. The inside of the world of nature is filthy. Filth and dirt seen in a dream which is a door of revelation [mukāshafah] are interpreted to mean worldly positions and wealth, and, according to the revelations [mukāshafah] of 'Alī ('a), this world is but a carrion.12

So, as the believer empties himself from the loads and excretions of nature and relieves the natural town from their harm, he is also to relieve his heart from being attached to it (nature) and getting engaged with it. He is to remove from his heart the burden of loving the world and position, and empty the spiritual utopia and relieve it from those impurities. Let him think how being engaged in the world will, after few hours, humiliate the honorable soul and force it to undergo the worst and most disgraceful state.

Let him know that to busy the heart with the world, after a while, when the curtain of visibility is drawn up and the veil of nature is pushed aside, will humiliate man and bring him to the reckoning and punishment. He is to know that adherence to taqwā' and contentment brings comfort in both worlds a comfort which is a result of neglecting the world, by slighting it and rejecting its pleasures and entertainments. Having purged himself of the formal filths, he is also to purify himself from the impurities of the harām (the unlawful) and the doubtful cases.

Having understood himself and recognized the humility of his need, he has to close to himself the door of arrogance and haughtiness, to run away from recalcitrance and sin, and to open to himself the door of modesty, remorse and shyness. He is to strive to obey Allah and refrain from disobedience, so as to return to Allah good and well, and to attain Allah's proximity with purity and serenity of the soul.

He is to imprison himself in the prison of fear and patience and curb his soul of its desires, so as to be saved from the prison of Allah's punishment, and to join Allah's custody in the eternal abode, and, thus, to taste Allah's contentment. This is the ultimate hope of the people of sulūk, and everything else is nought.

- 1. Refer to footnote 21.

- 2. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 78,“Book of Purification,”sec. on “The Incumbency of the Ghusl of Janabah,” hadīth 23, p. 51.

- 3. Jāmi' Ahādīth ash-Shī'ah,“Book of Purification,”sec. on “The Ghusl and its Regulations,” ch. 12.

- 4. “I am better than him. You have created me of fire, and him You created of dust.” (Sūrah Sād 38:76).

- 5. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 71, p. 95, quoted from Ma'āniy al-Akhbār, p. 302.

- 6. Ibid., vol. 66, p. 129, quoted from al-Mahāsin, p. 528.

- 7. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:3.

- 8. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:35.

- 9. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 54.

- 10. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:115.

- 11. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 9, on “Privy”.

- 12. Nahj al-Balāghah, edited by Fayd al-Islām, sermon 108: “They fell upon a carrion by eating of which they were exposed.” Or as in sermon 151: “They are falling upon an easy carrion.”

Objective Two: Some Disciplines Concerning the Clothes

Covered under Two Stations

Station 1: General Disciplines For The Clothes

Know that man's rational soul is a reality which at the same time of its unity and perfect simplicity has diverse aspects (growths = nasha'āt), the principal ones of which are, generally, three:

The first aspect (growth = nash'ah) is the external mundane visible aspect, displayed in the apparent senses, and its lowest surface is the body.

The second is the aspect [nash'ah] of the barzakh world (the Isthmus, or the intermediate, world) displayed in the internal senses, the barzakhian (intermediate) body and “the mould of the ideal” [qālib-i mithālī].

The third is the invisible internal aspect [nash'ah], displayed in the heart and in its affairs.

The relation of each of these aspects to the other is that of the external to the internal, and of the manifestation to the manifested. This is the reason for the effects, the characteristics and the reactions of each of these aspects to permeate into the other aspects. For example, if the sense of seeing discerns something, it will have an effect on the barzakhian sense of seeing according to its aspect [nash'ah].

Then the effect is transmitted to the internal seeing sense of the heart according to its aspect [nash'ah]. In the same way the effects of the cordial aspect appear in the other two aspects. This, besides being proved by a strong and firm evidence, coincides with the conscience, too. Consequently, all the formal disciplines of the Shar' have their effect, or effects on the interior; and each of the good characters which belong to the barzakhian status of the soul also has its effects on the exterior and interior.

All the divine knowledge [ma'ārif] and the true beliefs also have their effects on the two barzakhian and external aspects. For example, this belief that to have control over the kingdom of existence as well as the invisible and visible worlds belongs to Allah, and no other being has any control over them, except that permitted shadowy control, brings about so many spiritual perfections and good human moralities, such as depending on Allah and trusting Him, and pinning no hope on any creature.

This is the mother of perfections and the cause of so many good deeds and commendable acts, and prevents one from committing evil practices. Likewise other sorts of knowledge, which are so numerous that these pages, as well as the broken pen of the writer, have no patience to count them nor to relate the effects of each one of them, since it needs writing a huge book which can be expected only from the powerful pen of the people of knowledge, or from a warm soul of “the people of ecstasy” [ahl-i hāl]: “My hand is short, while the dates are (high) on the date-palms.”1

Similar is, for example, contentment [ridā'] as a character, which is one of the human moral perfections. It is effective in purifying and polishing the soul, rendering the heart a place for special divine manifestations, elevating faith to a perfect faith, the perfect faith to tranquility [tuma'nīnah], tranquility to its perfection, its perfection to vision [mushāhadah], the vision to a perfect vision, its perfection to “reciprocal love” [mu'āshaqah] (with the Beloved), the reciprocal love to its perfection, its perfection to courting [murāwadah], the courting to its perfection, its perfection to union [muwāsalah], the union to its perfection, and to what neither you nor I can imagine.

The character of contentment has a surprising effect on the kingdom of the body and on the formal marks and acts, which are leaves and branches. It changes hearing, seeing and other powers and organs into divine ones, and the secret of “I will be his hearing and seeing”2 is somewhat manifested.
As those stages have an effect, or rather, effects, on the appearance, they are also affected so surprisingly by the outer shape, all the ordinary and extraordinary movements and pauses, and all the acts and abstentions, so that it sometimes happens that a scornful glance by a sālik at a servant of Allah causes the sālik to fall from his high status to the lowest of the low, and this will need him years to make up for it.

Now, as our helpless hearts are weak and shaky, like the weeping willows, losing their stillness, by every gentle breeze, it would be, therefore, necessary, even in ordinary situations one of which is the instance of choosing one's clothes to observe the conditions of the heart and to take care of it. As the soul and Satan have quite firm snares and clever delusions which we are unable to understand, we have to do our best, as much as we can and is in our capacity, to resist them, and to ask, in all cases, Allah's help and support for success.

So, we say that as it has become clear that the exterior and the interior have reciprocal effects, the seeker for the truth and spiritual elevation has to avoid choosing such clothes and models which have bad effects on the spirit, deviate the heart from perseverance and remembering Allah, and turn the soul's direction to worldly matters.

Do not think that Satan's delusions and the tricks of the evil-commanding soul are confined only to expensive and nice clothes and luxurious articles. Actually even by old and worthless clothes they may disgrace a man. Therefore, one should avoid seeking fame through clothes; or rather he should avoid all conducts contrary to the normal and the customary. He is to abstain from wearing highly luxurious clothes made of expensive materials and attractively and notoriously tailored, because our hearts are very weak and inconstant, and they slip by slightest distinction and deviate from moderation.

It may often happen that a wretched, helpless man, devoid of all degrees of honor, humanity, dignity and perfection, just because of a few meters of silk or woolen cloth, well tailored in a foreign style, and which might have been obtained through shameful and dishonorable bargains, looks down upon the servants of Allah with scorn, arrogance and haughtiness, devaluating the people. This is caused only by a completely powerless soul with so small a capacity that it takes the spit of a worm or the apparel of a sheep to be a cause of honor and dignity for itself.

O helpless man! How wretched and indigent you are! You should be the pride of the world of possibility, and the gist of space and place. You are the offspring of Adam, and you should teach the names and the attributes. You are the child of (Allah's) vicegerent; so, you should be of the brilliant signs (of Allah). “A whistle calls you from the turret of the 'Arsh.3 You, unfortunate degenerate! You have usurped a handful of remnants and apparels of helpless animals, by which you take pride. This pride of yours is that of a silk worm, a sheep, a camel, a squirrel or a fox. Why do you feel proud of others' clothes, and show arrogance by others' pride?

In short, as the quality, the value and the decoration of the clothes have their effects on the souls, Amīr al-Mu'minīn ('a), as quoted by the late Qutb al-Rāwandī, said: “Whoever wears luxurious clothes, he will be, inevitably, arrogant, and the Fire is inevitably for the arrogant.”4 There are effects in their fashion and tailoring.

It sometimes happens that the one, who wears the clothes cut similar to those of the foreigners, gets a feeling of ignorant attachment to them, and thus, he repulses and abominates the friends of Allah and His Messenger, and loves their enemies. In this respect, Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “Allah, the Exalted and Most High, inspired one of the prophets, commanding him: “Tell the believers not to wear the clothes of My enemies, not to eat like My enemies, and not to walk like My enemies, so as not to be My enemies as they are My enemies.”5

As the too luxurious clothes affect the souls, similarly, low and shabby clothes, both in material and quality, also affect them. It is most probable that this is more corruptive, by many degrees, than the exquisite clothes, as the soul can have quite crafty plots. When one sees himself distinguished from others by wearing rough, denim clothes, while others wear fine, soft clothes, he tries, as he loves himself, to neglect his defects, regarding this accidental and irrelevant affair as a matter of pride.

He may probably get to admire himself and look down at the servants of Allah, alleging that the others are out of Allah's holy sanctum, thinking himself to be among the most sincere and favorite servants of Allah. It is also most probable that he will be afflicted with hypocrisy and other big corruptions. So wretched he is that, out of all the degrees of knowledge, taqwā and spiritual perfections, he suffices himself with rough, shabby wears, unaware of thousands of his big faults, the biggest of which is this very bad effect resulting from these clothes.

He thinks himself, who is of Satan's friends, of the people of Allah, regarding the servants of Allah as nothing and worthless. It also happens that the style and the way he wears his clothes throw him into many mischiefs, such as wearing them in such an arrangement as to make him famous as an ascetic and a holy man.

In short, to wear clothes for distinction, on either side of the extremities, is a matter that shakes the weak hearts, and deprives them of good moralities, and causes conceit, hypocrisy, arrogance and pride, each one of which is a mother of spiritual vileness. They further lead to being attached to this world and loving it, which is the head of all sins and the source of all evils. Many Hadiths also refer to many of the said affairs, as is stated in the noble al-Kāfī quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a) saying: “Allah, the Exalted, becomes angry with one's getting famous through clothes.”6

He is also quoted to have said: “The famous, good or bad, is in the Fire.”7

He is further quoted to have said: “Allah becomes angry with two fames: the fame of clothes and the fame of the Salat.”8

A hadīth is quoted from the Messenger of Allah (s), saying: “Whoever wears an apparel of fame, Allah will make him wear, in the Hereafter, an apparel of humility.”9

Station 2: Some Disciplines Concerning The Musallī’s Clothing

Explained in Two Chapters.

- 1. My leg is lame, while the destination is so far,
My hand is short, while the dates are (high) on the date-palms.
Hāfiz Shīrāzī

- 2. Refer to footnote 21.

- 3. Refer to footnote 96.

- 4. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Rules on the Clothes,” ch. 16, hadīth 5, quoted from Qutb al-Rāwandī, Lubb al-Albāb.

- 5. Al-Jawāhir as-Saniyyah, ch. on “Abū 'Abdullāh Ja'far ibn Muhammad as-Sādiq,” hadīth 60.

- 6. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 3, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “Rules Concerning the Clothes,” ch. 12, hadīth 1, p. 354.

- 7. Ibid., hadīth 3

- 8. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Rules on the Clothes,” ch. 8, hadīth 2.

- 9. Ibid., hadīth 1.

Chapter 1: The Secret Of The Purity Of Clothing

Know that the Salat is the state of ascension to the state of Proximity and being present in “the Presence of Intimacy” [mahdar-i uns], and the sālik has to observe the disciplines of being present in the Holy Presence of the King of kings.

As from the lowest of the degrees and stages of the appearance of the soul which is most superficial (the crust of the crust) and is its formal and visible body to the highest of its stages and realities which is the innermost and the secret state of the heart all are present in the Sacred Presence of Allah, likewise the sālik must prepare himself to display all the internal and external soldiers of the overt and covert kingdoms in the Presence of Allah, the Exalted and Most High, and to return back to His Holy Presence all the trusts which His Sanctified Essence has bestowed upon him with complete purity, clarity, without the intrusion of any being, and with His hand of Power, Beauty and Majesty. He has to return the deposits as they have been given to him out of Kindness.

Therefore, there are many dangers in the discipline [adab] of the Presence, which the sālik must take care not to neglect. He is to take the purity of the clothes which cover the crust, or rather, the crust of the crust as a means for the purity of the internal clothes, and to know that as these formal clothes cover the visible body, the body itself covers the isthmus body, which is actually existent, but is hidden within the curtains of the corporeal body which covers it.

The isthmus body is the cover, the clothes and the veil of the soul, which covers the heart, and the heart is the cover of spirit, and the spirit is the cover of the secret, which covers the hidden latīfah (the real essence), and other stages. Each low stage is the cover of its higher stage, and though all these stages exist in the most pure people of Allah, and the others are void of them, yet only some of these stages are mentioned because all people have them.

So, it must be noted that as the external form of the Salat is not proved to be correct without the purity of the clothes and the body, and as impurities which are of Satan's vile acts and cause repellence from the Presence of the Beneficent [ar-rahmān] block the way of attending the Presence, the musallī with clothes and body polluted with Satan's vileness is expelled from the divine Presence and prevented from attending the station of familiarity [maqām-i uns].

Similar is the vileness of disobeying Allah, which is also of Satan's practices and of the filths of that foul creature. It also prevents one from entering the Presence [mahdar]. So, the red-handed disobedient one, with an impure cover of the isthmus body, cannot be admitted to Allah's Presence [mahdar]. Purifying this cover is among the conditions for the realization and correctness of the internal Salat. As long as man is in the veil of this world, he cannot know about the invisible body, the purity and filth of its clothes and the condition of its being pure and without filth.

The day he comes out of this veil, and the sovereignty of the interior and of the day of gathering [yawm al-jam'] twists aside the extensive disunion of the exterior, and the sun of truth rises out of the dark mundane veils, and the eye of the invisible interior opens, and the eye of the visible animality closes, thereupon, with the eye of insight, he will understand that his Salat, had been, till the end of life, void of purity and surrounded by thousands of obstacles, each one of which was an independent cause for expelling one from the Holy Presence of Allah.

Alas! A thousand alas! For on that day there will be no way for indemnity and there will be no cure. There will be nothing but regret and remorse endless regrets and continuous remorse:

“ And warn them of the day of anguish when the matter shall have been decided…” 1

After that the clothes of the interior body became pure, it would be necessary for the very invisible body to be purified from Satan's filths, that is, purification from the filths of the dispraised characters, as each one of them is apt to pollute the interior and to expel man from the Presence [mahdar] and prevent him from the Proximity. Such characters are of the filths of Satan who is deprived of (Allah's) mercy. The origins of all the dispraised acts are self-conceit, selfishness, ostentation, and obstinacy, each of which is the origin of many dispraised characters, and is at the head of many sins.

Having completed this purification, and purified the clothes of taqwā with the water of sincere repentance and lawful austerity, the sālik will have to busy himself with the purification of the heart, which is the real concealer [sātir] and into which Satan's intrusion is greater, and its impurities spread to other clothes and concealers. So, without purifying the heart other purifications will not be easy. The purification of the heart passes through several stages, some of which will be referred to in these pages.

One of them is purging the heart from loving this world, which is at the head of all sins and it is the origin of all corruptions. As long as man has this love in his heart, it will not be possible for him to be admitted to the Presence of Allah; and divine affection, which is the mother of purities, is not accomplished with this impurity. Perhaps in the Book of Allah and in the advices of the prophets and holy men ('a), particularly Amīr al-Mu'minīn ['Alī] ('a), importance is the least given to other than abandoning this world, neglecting it and avoiding it, all of which are of the realities of taqwā.

This stage of purification is not achieved except by useful knowledge, strong cordial austerities, concentrating one's thoughts on the beginning [mabda'] and the return (to Allah) [ma'ād], engaging the heart in taking lessons from the decay and the destruction of the world, and the excellence and happiness of the invisible worlds: “May Allah have mercy upon the one who knows where he has come from, where he is and where he is going.”2

Another purification is to be purged from dependence on the creatures, which is a concealed polytheism; yet, to the people of knowledge, it is a manifest polytheism. This purification is accomplished through (the belief in) Allah's Unity of Acts, which is the source of all cordial purifications. It must be noted that mere demonstrative knowledge and contemplative step concerning the Unity of Acts do not have the required result.

It sometimes happens that too much indulgence in the experimental sciences brings darkness and displeasure to the heart, and hinders man from attaining the higher objective. In this respect it is said: “Knowledge is the greatest veil.” The writer believes that all sciences, even the science of tawhīd (monotheism), are functional [practical = 'amalī]. Perhaps the grammatical etymology of the word tawhīd, which is taf'īl, proves that, as according to its etymological function it means advancing from multiplicity to oneness, and annihilating and abolishing the aspects of the multiplicity in “the Essence of Union” ['ayn-i jam'].

This idea cannot be proved with evidence, as with cordial austerity and instinctive inclination towards the Owner of the hearts, the heart is to be informed about what proofs say, so that the truth of tawhīd can be understood. Yes, proof tells us: “There is no effecter [mu'aththir] in the (world of) existence except Allah,”3 which is one of the meanings of “There is no God but Allah.”

By the blessing of this proof we cut short the intruding hands of beings from the realm of the Majesty of existence, and return the invisible and visible worlds to their Owner, and display the truth of

“ His is what is in the heavens and the earth,” 4

“ And in His Hand is the Kingdom of everything,” 5

and

“ He it is who in the heaven and in the earth is God.” 6

But unless this proved subject reaches the heart and becomes an internal form [sūrat] of the heart, we will not cross the limit [hadd] of knowledge to the limit of faith; and of the light of faith, which illuminates the kingdom of the interior and the exterior, we shall have no share and no profit. This is the reason that although we have the proof supporting this divine, lofty subject, we are still in multiplicity and know little of tawhīd which is the pleasure of the eyes of the people of Allah we do ring the bell of “There is no effecter [mu'aththir] in the (world of) existence except Allah,” yet we look with the eye of greed, and extend the hand of demand to everybody:

The legs of the inferentialists are wooden,
Legs will be very much infirm, if wooden.7

This purification is of the great stations of the wayfarers to Allah. There are, however, further stations, which are beyond our limit, though probably we may refer to some of them within these papers, when the occasion arises, inshā' Allāh (Allah willing).

- 1. Surah Maryam 19:39.

- 2. Mullā Sadrā, Mafātīh al-Ghayb, ed. Khājawī, p. 50.

- 3. It is ascribed to the theologian philosophers, as is related by Mīrzā Abū 'l-Hasan Sha'rānī in the Preface of his The Secrets of the Maxims, p. 32.

- 4. Sūrah an-Nahl 16:52.

- 5. Sūrah Yā-Sīn 36:83.

- 6. Sūrah az-Zukhruf 43:84

- 7. A poem by Mawlawī

Chapter 2: Concerning Cordial Considerations Of Covering The Nakedness

The traveler to Allah finds himself present in the Holy Presence [mahdar] of Allah, the Almighty and Most High, or rather, he sees that his interior and exterior, his covertness and overtness are the very presence [hudūr], as it is narrated in al-Kāfī and at-Tawhīd that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “The spirit of a believer is more connected to the spirit of Allah than the connection of the sunbeam to the sun.”1

Yet, strong evidential arguments in the high sciences stress that the entire circle of existence, from the highest invisible stages to the lowest visible ones, is the very connection and mere dependence and want (poverty) in its relation to the Absolute Self-Existent, the Glorified and Most High. It is probable that the reference is to this in the āyah:

“ O men! It is you who are in need of Allah, and it is Allah Who is the Self-Sufficient, the Praised One.” 2

because if a being among the beings, in a state of states, in a moment of the moments and in an aspect of the aspects, had no connection to the Might of the Holy Lord, it would be out of the spot of self-potentiality and poverty, and into the sanctuary of Self-Necessity and Self-Sufficiency.

The one who knows Allah and is journeying to Him will have to engrave this true evidential subject, this divine gnostic delicacy, by way of cordial austerities, disregarding the limits of reason and argument, on the face of the heart, in order to bring it to the borders of gnosis ['irfān], so that the truth of faith and its light become manifest in his heart. The people of heart and of Allah step past the limit of faith onto the stage of revelation [kashf] and vision [shuhūd]. This would be possible through intense self-mortification [mujāhadah], privacy with Allah and loving Him.

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said:

“The informed one (the gnostic), his person is with the people and his heart is with Allah. Should his heart be inattentive of Allah for a twinkle of an eye, he would have died of craving for Him.

“The informed one (the gnostic) is the entrusted with Allah's trusts. He is the treasure of His secrets, the source of His light, the evidence of His mercy on His creatures, the mount of His knowledge, and the criterion of His favor and justice. He is not dependent on the people, nor is he in need of them for his wants and the world. He feels intimate only with Allah, and gives no utterance, makes no gesture and draws no breath except by Allah, for Allah, from Allah and with Allah.”3

In short, when the sālik finds himself, in all aspects (affairs, states = shu'ūn), being the very Presence [hudūr], he covers all his internal and external kinds of nakedness ['awrāt] in order to observe the Presence and the discipline of Presence. He realizes that the exposure of the internal nakedness in the Presence of Allah is much more hideous and disgracing than the exposure of the external nakedness, as in the hadīth: “Allah does not look at your forms, but He looks into your hearts.”4

The internal kinds of nakedness ['awrāt] are the dispraised characters, vile customs and immoralities, which deprive man of being worthy of the Presence [mahdar] and of the discipline of Presence [hudūr]. This is the first stage of violating the covers and the exposure of the nakedness ['awrāt].

It must be noted that if one does not cover himself with Allah's veiling and forgiveness, and if he does not put himself under the Names of “the Concealer” and “the Forgiver,” demanding concealment and forgiveness, it frequently happens that when the visible curtain is rolled up, and the worldly veil is removed, they cause his exposure in the presence of the favorable angels and the appointed prophets ('a). Allah alone knows how much the exposed internal nakedness is ugly, disgraceful, stinking and scandalous.
O dear, do not compare the conditions of the Hereafter with this world, as this world can never have the capacity of the appearance of a single blessing or punishment of that world. This world, with all its vast heavens and kingdoms ['awālim], cannot take in the appearance of a low invisible world such as the world of the grave, let alone the high kingdom of heaven, of which the resurrection world is a sample.

In a detailed hadīth narrated by the Shaykh ash-Shahīd ath-Thānī (may Allah be pleased with him) in Munyat al-Murīd quoting Fātimah as-Siddīqah ('a), who, quoting the Messenger of Allah (s), said: “The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “The scholars of our followers will be resurrected wearing coats of honor according to their knowledge and to their efficiency in guiding the servants of Allah, such that some of them are given thousands of coats of light.”

Then he added: “Some of those gifts are better than the best thing on which the sun may shine, by thousands of times”.5 So much for its blessings. As to its punishments, Fayd (may Allah have mercy upon him), in 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, has quoted a hadīth from the late as-Sadūq, on his authority, quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a) who said that in a hadīth Gabriel said to the Messenger of Allah (s): “If a single link of the chain, whose length is seventy cubits, is placed on the world, the world will melt by its heat. Or if a drop of the Zaqqūm and Darī' (repulsive stinking drink) is dropped into the waters of this world, the people will die of its bad smell.”6 We take refuge with Allah from the wrath of ar-Rahmān.

Therefore, the traveler to Allah has to replace his bad characters and evil habits with the perfect ones, and to vanish them in the stormy and endless sea of Allah's perfect attributes, and to change the dark Satanic land of (his) nature [tabī'at] to a white and bright land, and to find out in himself:

“ And the earth shines with the light of its Lord,” 7

and to bring about the state of the names of Beauty and Majesty of the Holy Essence in the kingdom of his existence. In this state he will be under the shelter of Beauty and Majesty, and will acquire the divine moralities; and the vices of “personal individuations” [ta'ayyunāt-i nafsiyyah] and the darkness of fancy will be completely concealed.

Having attained this state, he will be favored with the special care of Allah, the Most High, Who will help him with His special secret protection (kindness) [lutf], and conceal him under the cover of His Majesty such that no one, except Himself will know him, and he will know none but Allah: “My friends are under My qibāb (domes); no one knows them except Me.”8

The sacred Book of Allah has many references to this point for those worthy of it, such as:

“ Allah is the Protector of those who believe. He brings them out of the darkness into the light…” 9

The people of knowledge and of past good records know that all the creational individuations [ta'ayyunāt-i khalqiyyah] and the essential multiplicities [kathurāt-i 'ayniyyah] are darkness [zulumāt], and the absolute light cannot happen except by discarding the annexations and breaking the individuations which are the idols in the way of the sālik.

When the darkness of the actual and participial multiplicities is effaced and vanished in “the Essence of Union” ['ayn-i jam'], all the nakedness will be covered, and the absolute presence and the complete attainment will take place, and the musallī, being concealed by the Haqq (Allah), will be performing the Haqq's (Allah's) Salat. The ascending Salat of the Seal of the Messengers (s) was probably of this type, in its particular states and stages. Allah knows better.

Connection

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “The most decorative clothing for the believer is the clothing of taqwā, and the finest one is faith. Allah, the Almighty and Glorified, said: “And the clothing of taqwā, that is the best.” As to the exterior clothing, it is a blessing from Allah, as it covers the nakedness of the children of Adam ('a). It is a grace granted by Allah to His servants, the children of Adam, which He did not grant to other than them.

To the believers, it is a means to perform the duties imposed by Allah upon them. The best of your clothing is that which does not distract you from Allah, the Almighty and Glorified, rather it brings you nearer to thanking, remembering and obeying Him, and it does not bear you to conceit, hypocrisy, decoration, taking pride and boasting, as these are among the pests of the religion and bring cruelty to the heart.

When you put on your dress, remember Allah, the concealer of your sins by His mercy. Clothe your interior with truthfulness, as you dressed your exterior with your dress. Let your interior be under the protection of fear, and your exterior under the protection of obedience. Take a lesson from the favor of Allah, the Almighty and Glorified, as He created the means for making clothes to conceal the apparent nakedness, and He opened the doors of repentance and imploring in order to cover the internal sins and evil characters.

Do not uncover anyone's faults, as Allah has covered your greater faults. Attend to your own faults, and forgive that whose state and affair do not concern you. Beware of perishing your life for the action of others, letting the others trade with your capital, while you destroy yourself. Forgetting the sins is of the gravest punishments from Allah in this world, and of the most effective causes for the punishments in the Hereafter.

As long as the servant is engaged in his obedience to Allah, the Exalted, in recognizing his own defects and abandoning what is disgraceful in the religion of Allah, he will be isolated from the plagues, plunging in the sea of the mercy of Allah, the Almighty and Glorified, and will win the gems of the advantages of wisdom and expression. But as long as he is forgetting his sins, unfamiliar with his defects, resorting to his own might and force, he will never be successful.”10

- 1. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. on “The Believers' Brotherhood to One Another,” hadīth 4, p. 242.

- 2. Sūrah Fātir 35:15.

- 3. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 95, on “Knowledge”.

- 4. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, p. 248, quoting Jāmi' al-Akhbār, p. 117 (with a slight addition).

- 5. Munyat al-Murīd, p. 24.

- 6. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 2, p. 1033.

- 7. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:69.

- 8. A hadīth al-qudsī (divine saying) in Ihyā' 'Ulūm ud-dīn, vol. 4, p. 256. In the MS (manuscript) both the words qibābī and qibā'ī are stated.

- 9. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:257.

- 10. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, sec. 7, on “Clothing”.

Objective Three: On the Cordial Disciplines Concerning the Place of the Musallī

Discussed in Two Chapters

Chapter 1: About Knowing The Place

Know that the wayfarer to Allah has, according to his existential growths [nasha'āt-i wujūdiyyah], certain places, each of which has its particular disciplines. The sālik have to know them before attaining the Salat of the people of knowledge.

The first is the natural growth and the apparent mundane stage, and its place is the earth of nature. The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “The earth is made for me a place for prostration and a purifier.”1

The sālik's discipline [adab] at this stage is to make his heart understand that his descending from the invisible growth [nash'ah] and the coming down of the soul from its high and lofty place to the lowest earth of nature and his being reduced from “the best stature” [ahsan-i taqwīm] to the lowest of the low are for the voluntary journey to Allah and the ascension to the mi'rāj of Proximity and reaching the Court of Allah and the Threshold of His Lordship, which is the objective of creation and the final end of the people of Allah. “May Allah have mercy upon one who knows where he has come from, where he is and where he is going.”2

The sālik must realize that he has come from the house of Allah's munificence [karāmat], and is now in the house of worshipping Allah, and will go to the house of Allah's recompense. The gnositc says: “From Allah, in Allah and to Allah.” So, the sālik must tell himself, and his spirit, that the house of nature is a mosque for worshipping Allah, and that he has been brought to this world for this purpose, as Allah, the Almighty and Glorified, says:

“ And I have not created the jīnn and the ins [mankind] except that they should worship Me.” 3

After realizing that the house of nature is the mosque for worship, and finding himself in seclusion [mu'takif] in it, he is to observe the relevant disciplines and abstain from remembering other than Allah. He is not to leave the mosque of worship, unless there is a need, such as for relieving himself, and then to return, and not to be familiar except with Allah, nor to have any affiliation with others, as these are contrary to the disciplines of cleaving to the door of Allah.

In this stage the knower of Allah will have certain moods [hālāt] which cannot be written down, and as the writer is out of “the innate disposition of humanity” [fitrat-i insāniyyat], indulging in the overflowing darkened sea of nature, void of truth and reality, as well as of all the stations of the sāliks and of the gnostics, the best thing for him is not to disgrace himself in the Presence of Allah, the Almighty, and his close friends, but to go past this stage and take his complaint against the evil-commanding soul to the Sacred Threshold of the Lord of Majesty, as perhaps He would extend to him a helping hand out of His general kindness and all-embracing mercy, and thus he would compensate during the rest of his life for what has passed:

“ Our Lord! We have been unjust to ourselves, and if you forgive us not and have not mercy on us, we shall certainly be of the losers.” 4

The second stage is the state of the external and internal powers, which are the visible and invisible soldiers of the soul, whose place is the ground (earth = 'ard) of man's nature, i.e., his structure and body. The sālik's discipline in this respect is to inform the inmost of the heart that the ground ('ard) of his nature is the mosque of divinity and the place for the prostration of the soldiers of the Beneficent [ar-Rahmān].

Therefore, the mosque should not be smeared with the filths or Iblīs' intrusion, and the divine soldiers should not be put under the influence of Iblīs, so that the ground ['ard] of the nature is illuminated with the Lord's light, and be freed from the darkness and the impurity of being away from the Court of the Lord.

So, let him believe that his visible and invisible powers are in seclusion in the mosque of the body, and he is to treat his body as he treats a mosque, and to look at his powers as being in seclusion in the Court of Allah. In this stage, the obligations of the sālik are more, because it is his own responsibility to undertake cleaning and purifying the mosque, as he also is to observe the disciplines of seclusion on the part of those (visible and invisible powers) that are in seclusion in this mosque.

The third stage is the sālik's cordial invisible growth [nash'ah], whose place is the invisible barzakhian body of the soul, which is created and developed by the soul itself. The sālik's discipline, in this instance, is to make himself realize that this stage greatly differs from other ones, and to preserve it is of the sālik's important duties, because the heart is the leader of those in seclusion in the Court (of Allah), and with its corruption all of them will be corrupted: “If the scholar is corrupt, the world will be corrupted.”5

The heart of a scholar is a small world, while the scholar is the heart of the big world. In this stage the sālik's duties increase, because the building of the mosque is also added to his responsibilities and it maybe that God forbid! His mosque will be a mosque of harm [dirār], disbelief and disunity of the Muslims. In such a mosque it is not allowed to worship Allah, and it must be pulled down.

Having established the divine invisible mosque with the hand of the Beneficent and of the guardianship, and purified it from all impurities and satanic intrusions, and begun his seclusion therein, the sālik is to strive to take himself out of his seclusion in the mosque in order to seclude in the Court of the Owner of the mosque.

And, after purging himself from self-love and getting out of his own fetters, he himself will become the house of Allah, or better to say, he will become the mosque of the Lord, and Allah will glorify Himself through Manifestation of Action, then of Names and of Essence in that mosque, and this glorification is the Salat of the Lord, saying: Subbūhun quddūs, rabb 'ul-malā'ikati war-rūh (All-Glorious, All-Holy, the Lord of the angels and the spirit).6

The traveler to Allah has, in all the stages of the journey, another duty to perform, neglecting which is not permissible at all, for actually it is the core of the cores and the objective of the sulūk. This duty is not to forget to remember Allah in any situation or stage, and to seek to know Allah from all rituals and worships, and to see Him in all phenomena, and not to let the blessings and munificence prevent him from the company [suhbat] and privacy, as this is a kind of istidrāj (being engaged in other than the Haqq).

In short, he is to take the spirit and the interior [bātin] of the worships and rituals to be knowing Allah, and to look into them for the Beloved so that the attachment of loving and being loved becomes fixed in his heart, and he may be favored with hidden graces and secret associations.

Connection

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “When you arrive at the door of the mosque, know that you have come to the door of a great King. No one may walk into His Courtyard save the purified, and no one is admitted to His Company [mujālasah] but the truthful. So, attach reverence to your coming to the ground of serving the King, as you would be exposed to a great danger if you were negligent.7

Know that He is capable of doing what He likes of justice and grace with you and by you. So, if He were kind to you with His mercy and favor, He would accept from you little worship and give you much reward for it. But if He demanded from you a share of truth and sincerity, to be just with you, He would block you and reject your worship, even if it is much. He is the doer of what He wants. Confess to His Presence your inability, shortcoming, humility and poverty, as you have come to Him to worship and to get His Intimacy [mu'ānasah].

Expose your secrets to Him, knowing that nothing, covert and overt, of the entire universe, is hidden from Him. Before Him, be the poorest of His servants. Empty your heart of all occupants that keep you away from your Lord, as He does not accept except the pure (st) and the (most) sincere. Find out in which register your name is recorded. If you tasted the sweetness of supplication and the delight of addressing Him, and drank from the cup of His mercy and generosity out of His good reception of you and response to you, then you would become suitable for His service.

So, enter, as you will have permission and protection. Otherwise, stop, like the one whose rope has snapped, whose hope has come short, and time has got the better of him. So, if Allah found in your heart true recourse to Him, He would look at you with the eye of kindness, mercy and leniency, and cause you to be successful in attaining what He likes and is pleased with, since He is generous and loves generosity for His servants who distressfully resort to Him and burn out at His door for the want of His pleasure. Allah, the Most High, says:

“ Or, who answers the distressed one, when he calls upon Him, and removes the evil…?” 8

I have related the complete text of this noble speech because it is a comprehensive set of instructions for the people of knowledge and the wayfarers to Allah, who, by contemplating on it may acquire a different state.

Chapter 2: On Some Disciplines Concerning Permissibility [Ibāhah] Of Place

Having understood the stages of the place according to his states and existential growths [nasha'āt], the sālik is to exert his effort, in respect with the cordial disciplines of their permissibility, so that his Salat may come out of the usurping intrusions of the evil Iblīs. In the first stage he is to perform the formal disciplines of worship and servitude, and to fulfill his former promises of the world of pre-existence and the Day of Covenant, cutting Satan's intruding hand from the kingdom of his nature.

So as to establish amicable relations with the Owner of the House, and his actions [tasarrufāt] in the world of nature may not be usurping. Some of the people of good aptitude say that the inner meaning of the noble āyah,

“ O you who believe! Fulfill the obligations. The cattle quadruped are allowed to you,” 9

Is that allowing the cattle quadruped is conditioned by the fulfillment of the guardianship obligation. Noble Hadiths relate that all land is the Imām's, and that other than the Shī'ahs are its usurpers.10 People of knowledge regard the walī al-amr (the religiously legal authority) as the owner of all kingdoms of the existence, and the stages of the visible and the invisible, and regard using them without the Imām's permission to be wrong.

The writer says: The accursed lblīs is the enemy of Allah, and his conducts and all the satanic intrusions in the world of nature are tyrannical and usurping. So, if the wayfarer to Allah could bring himself out of the control of that wicked one, his conduct would be divine, and his place, clothing, food, and matrimony would be permissible and clean. And as much as he remains under Satan's control, his permissibilities become less, and satanic polytheism [shirk] will affect them.

So, if man's external organs become under Satan's control, they will be Satanic organs, usurping Allah's kingdom, as the seclusion of the invisible powers in the mosque of the body can only be permissible and right when those powers are of the soldiers of Allah, in which case Iblīs' soldiers will not have the right to intrude into the kingdom of the human body, which is the property of Allah, the Exalted.

Having cut the intruding hand of Satan short off the kingdom of the heart, which is the private residence of Allah, and cleared his heart for Allah's manifestation, and excluded other than Allah, such as Iblīs, from it, the external and internal mosques and the visible and invisible places become permissible for him, and his Salats become like those of the people of knowledge, and consequently, the purity of the mosque is realized, too.

- 1. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 3, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “What One can Prostrate upon,” ch. 1, hadīth 8, p. 593.

- 2. Refer to footnote 141.

- 3. Sūrah adh-Dhāriyāt 51:56.

- 4. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:23.

- 5. In Ghurar al-Hikam vol. 7, p. 269, it is said: “A scholar's slip corrupts the world.”

- 6. “…[Y]our Lord prays…He says: “All-Glorious, All-Holy, I am the Lord of the angels and the Spirit”,” Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 2, “Book of the Proof,” sec. on “Histories,” ch. on “The Birth of the Prophet (s) and his Death,” hadīth 13, p. 329.

- 7. Hāfiz says: O the wayfarer in the lane of our Beloved,
Be aware that head breaks its wall.

- 8. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 12, on “Entering the Mosque”. The Qur'anic verse at the end of the hadīth is verse 62 of Sūrah an-Naml (chapter 27).

- 9. Sūrah al-Mā'idah 5:1.

- 10. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 2, “Book of the Proof,” narratives in ch. “Concerning that All Land is the Imām's,” p. 266.

Objective Four : On the Cordial Disciplines of the Time

Discussed on Two Chapters

Chapter 1: Times of Salat

Know that the people of knowledge and of observance pay attention to, and take care of, the times for the Salats according to the depth of their knowledge of the Sacred State of the Lord, and according to their longing for supplication with the Creator, Honored be His Name, as these times are for supplication and meeting Allah.

Those who are attracted by the Beauty of the Beautiful, and are fond of the beauty of eternity, and are drunk with the cup of affection, and are in a state of ecstasy by (drinking) a goblet from alastu

(Am I not…?) 1 ,

Are delivered from both worlds, closing their eyes against the regions of existence and joining the Majesty of the Sanctity of Allah's Beauty. To them the Presence is continual, and they do not forget, even for a single moment, remembrance, contemplation, perception and observance.

The people of knowledge, virtues and honorable learned souls, and of good disposition, would prefer nothing to supplication to Allah. They demand supplication and privacy with Allah. They take glory, honor, virtue and knowledge to be in supplication and remembering Allah. Should they look at the universe and the world, their look would be gnostic. In the world they are in quest of Allah and want Him.

To them, all beings are the manifestations of Allah and the charms of the Beautiful: “I love the whole world as the whole world is from Him.”2 They watch for the times of the Salats with all their hearts, and eagerly wait for the time of supplication to Allah, preparing themselves to be present at a fixed time to meet Him. Their hearts are present, and from the Presence [mahdar] they demand the Present, as they respect the Presence [mahdar] for the sake of the Present. They believe that servitude is association and sociability with the Absolute Perfect and their eagerness for worship is due to this fact.

And those who believe in the invisible and the other world, and are fascinated by the generosity of Allah, the Exalted, and who would not change the eternal heavenly blessings and the everlasting pleasures and the permanent cheerfulness for mundane perishing chances and the temporal, incomplete and suspected delights, at the times of worship which is the seed of the blessings relating to the other world they prepare their hearts and perform it whole-heartedly and anxiously.

They wait for the times of the Salats which are the times for getting the results and winning the treasures and take nothing for the eternal blessings. As their hearts are aware of the invisible world and they cordially believe in the eternal blessings and the continual pleasures of the Hereafter world, they fully utilize their time and do not waste it. Those are the owners of Paradise and the lords of grace in which they will remain forever.

Those groups that have been mentioned, and the others which have not been mentioned, obtain pleasure from worshipping itself, in proportion to their ranks and their knowledge. They never feel the heaviness of the obligations, but it is we, the helpless, who are in the chains of hopes and desires, and in the fetters of whims and wishes, drowned in the overflowing dark sea of the world of nature, where neither a smell of affection and love has reached the sense of smell of our spirit, nor has our heart's sense of taste tasted any delicacies of knowledge and virtue.

We are neither of the people of Gnosticism and vision, nor of the people of faith and tranquility. We take the divine worship to be a heavy obligation, and regard supplication unto Allah a burden. We trust nothing but this world, which is a manger for animals, and are attached to nothing except to this house of nature, which is the seclusion place of the unjust. The eye of our heart's insight is blind to the Beauty of the Beautiful, and the taste of our spirit is void of the taste of Gnosticism.
The master of the circle of the people of knowledge, and the gist of the people of affection and truth says: “I spend the night with my Lord Who feeds me and gives me drink.”3 O Lord! What a night which Muhammad (s) spent in the House of Private Intimacy with You! What food and drink were those, which You, with Your own hand, fed that honorable being and freed him from all worlds! It is proper for that master to say: “I have with Allah a time which is not within the capacity of any favorable angel and prophet.”4

Was that time of the times of this world and the other world? Or was it the time of the Privacy of qāba qawsayn (the distance of two bows' length) and discarding the two worlds? Moses, the interlocutor with Allah, fasted for forty days and could attain a meeting with Allah, and Allah said:

“ So, the appointed time of his Lord was complete forty nights.” 5

Yet, he could not attain a meeting like Muhammad's, and it cannot be compared with that of him. In the meeting place Moses was told:

“Take off your shoes,” 6

Which is interpreted to mean “affection to family,” while the Seal of the Prophets was told to love 'Alī. In my heart, of this secret, there is a firebrand, of which I would not talk. You yourself, from this brief, read its detailed talk.

Chapter 2: On Watching Over The Time

Dear, you too, are to seize this opportunity for supplication, as available and according to the possible measure, and apply its cordial disciplines, informing your heart that the origin [māyah] of the eternal Hereafter life, the source of the spiritual virtues and the capital of the unlimited generosities are in the Proximity to, and Intimacy with, Allah, the Exalted, and in supplication to Him, especially in the Salat which is a spiritual mixture [ma'jūn] prepared by the hand of Allah's Beauty and Majesty.

It is the most comprehensive and perfect worship among all types of servitude. So, take care, at your best, to keep its times, and select its virtuous times, for in them is a sort of luminosity not found in other times. In those times you are to lessen, or even sever, your heart's engagements, and this can be achieved by arranging your times and assigning special times for the Salat, which guarantees the eternal Hereafter life for you, such that in those assigned times you would have nothing else to do, and the heart could have no other attachments that might rival the Salat, and the heart can be prepared and made present with ease.

Now I am going to relate some of the Hadiths about the conditions of the infallibles [the Imāms] ('a), as needs be, so that contemplating their conditions may lead to being awake, and perhaps the importance of the situation and seriousness of the state can be recognized by the heart and it can be awakened from its sleep of negligence.

Some wives of the Messenger of Allah (s) were quoted to have said: “The Messenger of Allah (s) used to talk to us and we used to talk to him. But when the time for the Salat arrived he appeared as if he did not know us and we did not know him, as his attention was completely directed to Allah.”7

It is said that Amīr al-Mu'minīn 'Alī ('a), when it was time for the Salat, used to writhe and tremble. Asked once about his uncommon state, he said: “The time has come for the trust which Allah, the Exalted, offered to the heavens and the earth and the mountains, but they refused to carry it and were afraid of it.”8

Sayyid Ibn Tāwūs (may his soul be sanctified) says in Falāh as-Sā'il, that when Imām Husayn ('a) used to perform the Wudu', he changed colors and his joints trembled. Asked about the reason, the Imām said: “When one is going to stand before the Owner of the 'Arsh, his color is ought to turn pale and his joints to tremble.”9

Imām Hasan had a similar condition.10 It is narrated that Imām as-Sajjād (the fourth Imām) ('a) used to get pale at the arrival of the time of the Wudu'. He was once asked: “What is this state which happens to you whenever you want to perform the Wudu'?” He said: “Do you not know before whose presence I am to stand?”11

If we, too, think a little and tell our veiled and discarded heart that the times of the Salats are the times of being present at the Holy Threshold of the Owner of Majesty, the times in which Allah, the Exalted, the Master of the Kings and the Absolute Great, invites His helpless and worthless servant to supplication, admitting him to His House of Generosity, so that he may win the eternal happiness and permanent pleasures and cheerfulness, we will have pleasure and cheerfulness, according to our level of knowledge when the time of the Salat arrives.

If the heart understands the greatness and the importance of the situation, there will be fear and dread in proportion to the extent of its understanding of the greatness. But as the hearts of the holy men [awliyā'] and their conditions are different, according to the gracious and the overpowering manifestations and feeling the greatness and mercy, sometimes their longing for the meeting, and their feeling the mercy and beauty excite them to display pleasure and cheerfulness, and they hail: “Relieve us, O Bilāl!”12 And sometimes (divine) manifestations of Greatness, Power and Sovereignty, drive them to ecstasy, trembling and shivering.

In short, O you helpless! The cordial disciplines of the times are in preparing yourself for entering into the Presence of the Master of this world and the Hereafter, for conversing with Allah, the Almighty and Most High. So, cast a glance at your weakness, helplessness, humility and indigence, and at the Greatness, Glory and Majesty of the Sanctified Essence, Glorified be His Majesty, in Whose Court of Greatness the prophetic Messengers and the favorite angels go into rapture, and confess their incapability, humility and wretchedness.
Having so looked, and taught your heart, it would feel afraid and you regard yourself and your worship trivial and worthless. Then, contemplate the extent of the mercy, complete kindness and all-embracing affection of His Sacred Essence, to realize that such a helpless servant, with all his impurities and wretchedness, is invited to His Sacred Court, received by the ceremonies of sending down of angels, heavenly Books and Prophets and Messengers ('a), who call him to the meeting of intimacy, without this helpless possible servant having any previous aptitude, or there being imaginable, in this invitation to His Presence, any benefit for Him we take refuge in Allah or for the angels of Allah and the Prophets ('a).

It is natural, however, that the heart is pleased with this contemplation, and it is filled with hope and expectancy. Therefore, with steps of fear and hope, desire and dread, prepare yourself for the Presence and have ready the required provisions for the Attendance, the most important of which is to attend the Meeting [mahdar] with a shy and fearing heart, feeling broken, humiliated, weak and helpless, and believing yourself unworthy to worship and servitude and to be admitted into the Presence, and regarding that giving you permission to enter into worship and servitude was only because of the general mercy and the all-inclusive kindness of the One, the Almighty and Glorified.

If you put your humility before your eyes, and humbly and heartily submitted to the Sacred Essence of Allah, and if you considered yourself and your worship worthless and trivial, Allah, the Exalted, would be kind to you, raise you and bestow His graces upon you.

- 1. This is a reference to the āyah: “And made them bear witness against their own souls: “Am I not your Lord?” They said: “Yes, we bear witness.” “(Sūrah al-Araaf, 7:172).

- 2. “By the world I am pleased, since the world is pleasant by Him, I love the whole world, as the whole world is from Him.” Sa'dī

- 3. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 7, p. 388, with a slight difference; Sahīh al-Bukhārī, vol. 4, “Book of Wishes,” p. 251. Mawlawī, in a couplet says: “As 'I spend the night with my Lord' became knowledge, 'He feeds and give drinks' afterwards became porridge.”

- 4. 'Awāliyy ul-La'ālī, vol. 4, hadīth 7, p. 7; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 18, “Book of the Prophet's History,” ch. on “Proving the Mi'rāj,” p. 360.

- 5. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:142.

- 6. “I am your Lord; take off your shoes,” Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:12.

- 7. Mustadarak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 17.

- 8. Ibid., hadīths 5 and 14.

- 9. Sayyid Ibn Tāwūs (may his soul be sanctified) has stated this point in his Falāh as-Sā'il, quoting al-Lu'lu'iyyāt, concerning the conditions of Imām Hasan ibn 'Alī ('a).

- 10. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 77, “Book of Purification,” sec. on ”Wudū',” ch. 34, hadīth 34, p. 346, quoting Falāh as-Sā'il.

- 11. Mustadarak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 35.

- 12. Al-Mahajjat al-Baydā' fī Tahdhīb al-Ahyā, vol. 1, p. 377. Bilāl was the Prophet's mu'adhdhin, or the caller for the Salat. Mawlawī, in a couplet, says:
“The soul is perfect and perfect is its call,
The Chosen One said: “Relieve us, O Bilāl!”

Objective Five: On Some Disciplines Concerning Orientation

Discussed in Two Chapters

Chapter 1: On The General Secret Of Orientation

The appearance of orientation consists of two aspects:

One is (turning to) the forefront, which is turning the face from all dispersed sides.

The other is psychological, and it is the orientation of the face towards the Ka'bah, which is the umm ul-qurā' (the Mother of the Towns) and the center of the extension of the earth.

This appearance has an inside, and the inside has a secret, or rather, secrets. The people of the invisible secrets distract the interior or the spirit from dispersed directions [jihāt] of the multiplicities of the invisible and visible, and direct the secret of the spirit towards being attached to the One. They regard all the multiplicities as vanished in the secret of the “Collective Oneness” [ahadiyyat-i jam'].

When this spiritual secret settles in the heart, the Haqq (Allah) appears in the heart as the Greatest Name, which is the state of “the Union of the Names” [jam'-i asmā'ī], and the multiplicities of the Names are vanished and disappear in the Greatest Name, and the heart is directed, in this instance, to the Greatest Name. And when it comes out from inside the heart to the outer visibility, the plan for annihilating [ifnā'] (all) other (than Allah) is to turn away from the east and west of the visible world, and the plan of the orientation towards the Union [hadrat-i jam'] is the orientation towards the center of the extended earth, which is Allah's hand in the earth.

As regards the traveler to Allah, who travels from the outside to the inside, and advances from the overt to the covert, he is to use this formal orientation towards the center of the earthly blessings, and discarding other diverse orientations, as a means for the cordial moods, and never to be satisfied with the meaningless appearance.

He is to divert the heart which is the focus of Allah's attention from the different and diverse directions, which are real idols, directing it towards the qiblah of the truth, which is the origin of the origins of the blessings of the heavens and the earth, and doing away with the custom of other [ghayr] and otherness [ghayriyyat] so as to get the secret of

“ I have turned my face toward Him Who originated the heavens and the earth” 1

to some extent, and to have in his heart an example of the manifestations and gleams of the invisible world of the (Divine) Names, so that the diverse directions and the different multiplicities may be burnt away by the divine gleam. Allah, the Exalted, would help him, and the small and big idols in the inmost corner of the heart may be destroyed by the hand of (His) guardianship. However, this is an endless story, so let me drop it and go by.

Chapter 2: On Some Of The Cordial Disciplines Of Orientation

O you traveler to Allah, know that by turning the outer side of your appearance away from the dispersed points of the world of nature, and turning it to a single point, you have claimed two of the inborn divine dispositions, which the hand of the Invisible has hidden in your essential nature [khamīra-i dhāt], and Allah, with the hand of Beauty and Majesty, has mixed your nature [tīnat] with them, and you have shown these two inborn states in mundane and visible displays.

And, in order not to be deprived of the light of these two divine dispositions, you have proven that you have apparently turned away from all directions, and you solely faced the qiblah, which is the place of the appearance of Allah's hand and power. The two divine dispositions are, first, repugnance to imperfection and the imperfect, and, second, loving perfection and the perfect. These two, of which one is original and autogenic, and the other is subordinate and a shadow, are of the dispositions, which are mixed with the nature of the family of mankind without exception.

They are in the whole human species disregarding their differences in beliefs, characters, habits, temperaments, places, traditions, and whether nomads or urbans, uncivilized or civilized, learned or ignorant, godly or naturalists. In all of these the two innate dispositions are concocted, even if they themselves do not recognize them in themselves, and differ in distinguishing perfection and imperfection, and the perfect and the imperfect.

One who is brutal, bloodthirsty and murderer takes perfection in his victory in assaulting the lives and the honors of the people. He thinks blood-shedding and homicide are perfection, and he spends his life on that, while the ambitious who is in quest of rank, position and wealth in this world thinks that in these he will find perfection, and so, he adores them.

In short, everybody with an objective thinks that objective to be perfection, and the one who attains his objective is the perfect; so he loves it and is repugnant to any other thing. The prophets ('a), the knowers of Allah, and the people of knowledge have come in order to take the people out of the veil and to save the light of their inborn dispositions from the darkness of ignorance, and to teach them the meaning of perfect and perfection. And, after distinguishing the perfect and perfection, there would remain no need to invite them to attend to that and neglect the others, for the light of the inborn disposition is, in itself, the greatest of the divine guidances, present in all the human species.

In this divine mixture [ma'jūn], that is, the Salat, which is the ascension to the Proximity of Allah, facing the qiblah and the central point, and giving up and turning away from other diverse directions, denote the wakefulness of the innate disposition, and the emission of the light of the disposition out of the veils.

This is a reality for the perfect ones and the people of knowledge. As to us, the people of the veil, the relevant discipline is to tell the heart that in the entire House of Realization [dār-i tahaqquq] there is no perfection nor perfect except His Sanctified Essence, the Absolute Perfect, for that Sanctified Essence is a Perfection with no imperfection, a Beauty with no defect, an Actuality with no blemish of potentiality, a Goodness mixed with no evil and a Light with no blemish of darkness.

In the entire House of Realization whatever there are of perfection, beauty, goodness, dignity, greatness, illumination, actuality, and happiness, are emissions of the Light of the Beauty of that Sacred Essence, and nobody has any share of personal perfection of that Sacred Essence, and no being has beauty, perfection, light, and magnificence except through His Beauty, Perfection, Light and Magnificence. In short, the splendor of the light of His Sacred Beauty illuminates the world, bestowing upon it life, knowledge and power, as otherwise, the whole House of Realization would have been in complete darkness of non-being, in the latency of non-existence and in the inside of nullity.

The one, whose heart is lighted with the light of knowledge, sees everything, other than the light of the Beauty of the Beautiful, as void, worthless and non-existing, eternally and forever. It is narrated that when the Messenger of Allah (s) heard this poem of Labīd,

“Oh, indeed, everything, save Allah, is bātil, And every pleasure [na'īm] is, inevitably, transient!”
he said: “This is the truest piece of poetry recited by the Arabs.”2

Having informed your heart about the falsity of all that is in the House of Realization, and about the perfection of the Sacred Essence, there would be no need for the heart to premeditate for turning to the real qiblah and loving the Beauty of the Absolute Beautiful, and detesting the entire House of Realization, except the manifestation of the Sacred Essence, as in fact, the very divine disposition in man naturally invites to that, and

“I have turned my face toward Him who originated the heavens and the earth”3
Becomes the motto of man's soul, heart and situation, and “I do not love the setting ones”4 becomes his natural motto.

Thus, O poor know that the world, excepting Allah, is transient, perishing, vanishing, and bātil. None of the beings has anything by itself, and none of them in itself has any beauty, glory, light, or splendor. Beauty and splendor exclusively belong to the Essence of Allah. As the Sacred Essence is unique in Divinity and in being Necessary Existent, He is also unique in Beauty, Glory, Perfection, and particularly He is unique in existence, while the humility of essential non-existence ['adam-i dhātī] and nullity are engraved on the foreheads of the others.

So, turn the heart, which is the center of the light on the divine innate disposition, away from the different aspects of falsities, nullities and shortcomings, and direct it toward the Center of Beauty and Perfection and in your pure conscience let the motto of your disposition be what the gnositc of Shiraz says:
Our conscience accommodates none but the Beloved,

Give up both worlds to the foe, suffices us to have the Beloved.

Connection

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “When you face the qiblah, despair of the world and of what is in it, and of the creatures and of what they are busy with. Empty your heart of whatever takes your attention from Allah, the Exalted. Discern with your heart the Greatness of Allah, the Glorified. Remember your standing before Him on the day when

“ Every soul shall become acquainted with what it sent before, and they shall be brought back to Allah, their true Guardian” 5

And stand on the foot of fear and hope.”6

These noble instructions are for the like of us, the veiled, who are unable to keep the states of our hearts constant, join between Oneness and multiplicity and attend to both Allah and creation. Such being the case, we should despair of the world and what is in it when we turn to Allah and face the qiblah. We should also sever our expectancy from the creatures and empty our heart and spirit of whatever takes our attention from Allah, so as to be worthy of His Presence and let a manifestation of majesty appear in the secret of our spirit.

And when we gain the light of majesty according to our capacity, we are to remember our return to Allah and our standing in His Sacred Presence on the day when

“Every soul shall be acquainted with what it sent before and they shall be brought back to Allah, their true Guardian” (Sūrah Yūnus 10:30),

And they shall cross out all the whims of the soul and the false deities.

Thus, in the Presence of such a Great One, of whose manifestations of Act is this House of Realization, someone like you and a poor man like me, must walk and stand on the foot of hesitation, fear and hope. When we see our weakness, laziness, helplessness, poverty and humility, and discern Allah's Greatness, Haughtiness, Majesty and Might, we are to feel fear and awe from the danger of eminence; and when we understand His unlimited mercy, kindness, leniency, and boundless generosities, we are to be hopeful.

- 1. Sūrah al-An'ām 6:79

- 2. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 106.

- 3. Sūrah al-An'ām 6:79.

- 4. Ibid., 6:76.

- 5. Sūrah Yūnus 10:30.

- 6. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 13, on “Opening the Salat”; Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 9.

Discourse Three: The Affinities [Muqārināt] Of The Salat

Discussed in Eight Sections

Section One: On Some Disciplines of the Adhān and Iqāmah

Discussed in Five Chapters

Chapter 1: General Secret And Disciplines Of The Adhān And Iqāmah

Know that the sālik to Allah has to announce attending the Meeting [mahdar], in the adhān, to the heart, which is the sultan of the covert and overt powers, and to other soldiers scattered throughout the visible and invisible realms. As the time of the presence and meeting has drawn near, he is to prepare them, so that, if he is of the eager lovers, he may not lose control at the sudden appearance of a manifestation; and if he is of the veiled, he may not enter the Sacred Presence [mahdar] without making ready the means and the disciplines for the occasion.

Thus, the general secret of the adhān is the announcement to the overt and covert powers and the divine armies to attend the Meeting. Its general discipline is to be aware of the greatness of the position, its significance and the majesty of the Presence and the Present, and it is the servility, helplessness, poverty, incapability, and shortcoming of the “possible” (existent) in carrying out orders and deserving to attend the Meeting [mahdar], unless the kindness and mercy of Allah, the Most High, extend the helping hand to make up for the shortcomings.

The iqāmah is to set up the visible and invisible powers in the Presence and to make them present in the Meeting; and its discipline is fear, awe, shyness, shame, and a firm hope in the boundless mercy. The sālik, during all the chapters of the adhān and the iqāmah, is to continually inform the heart about the greatness of the Meeting, Presence and the Present, and to continually think of his own humility, inability and shortcoming, in order to bring about (in the heart) fear and awe, while, on the other hand, he is to show to his heart Allah's vast mercy and generous kindness, in order to bring about (in it) hope and eagerness.

So, eagerness and attraction will conquer the loving hearts, and with the steps of love and affection they (the sāliks) will proceed to the Presence of Intimacy, and their hearts, by means of that invisible attraction, will, till the end of the Salat and through their love of the Presence and the Present, practice mutual embracing and fondling with remembering Allah and thinking of Him.

Imām 'Alī ibn Abū Tālib ('a) is quoted to have said: “The best of the people is the one who adores worship, embraces it, whole-heartedly loves it, touches it with his body and disengages himself for it. He would not care whether he gains his share of this world with difficulty or with ease.”1

And the fearing hearts will be overpowered by the manifestation of the Greatness, and overwhelmed by the attraction of the Omnipotence, so that they (the sāliks) will be led to ecstasy, their hearts will melt with fear and awe, and their personal shortcomings and their feeling of humility and inability will hold them back from everything.

In a hadīth Mūsā ibn Ja'far ('a) is quoted to have said: “Amīr al-Mu'minīn ('Alī) ('a) said: “Allah has servants whose hearts are broken by fearing Him, causing them to keep silent.”2

Sometimes Allah, the Exalted, manifests Himself to His perfect friends in a kind manifestation, and the attraction of love becomes their guide, as the hadīth says that the Messenger of Allah (s) used to be waiting for the time of the Salat, his longing ever increasing, until at last he would say to Bilāl (the Messenger's mu'adhdhin): “Relieve us, O Bilāl.”3 Sometimes He would manifest Himself through greatness and sovereignty, such that they feel they are filled with fear and awe.

Such states are related from the Messenger of Allah (s) and the Imāms of guidance ('a). Sometimes He manifests Himself in “the Collective Oneness” [jam'ī-i ahadī] according to the endurance of the hearts and the capacities of their vessels. We, the veiled, the busy with the world, the imprisoned in the prison of nature and in the chains of desires and hopes, and the deprived of the divine intellectual happiness, who, because of being drunken with nature, will not come back to sobriety nor get up from the deep sleep till the dawn of eternity, are out of the calculations of these divisions, and excluded from this declaration.

Thus, the disciplines of the Presence, which suit us are different, and the performance of the cordial duties has a different form. But what should be the first and foremost, before all else, is to drive out of the heart the despair of Allah's mercy, and prevent it from losing hope for His generosity, for these are of Iblīs' dangerous soldiers and of the inspirations of the human and jinn Satans. We should not imagine that those stations have been cut to suit particular persons, such that our hand of hope is too short to attain them, or man's treadings cannot reach them.

Hence, we should not mistake hand for foot, and with coldness and weakness, remain sticking to the land of nature forever. No, it is not like what has been imagined! But I still say that the special station of the perfect people of Allah is not possibly attainable by everybody. Yet, the spiritual stations and divine knowledge have unlimited degrees and many ranks. Many of those stations, sciences, states and stages are available to the (human) species, if only their coldness and weakness let them, and if only the obstinacy and fanaticism of the people of ignorance and obstinacy take their hands off the hearts of the servants of Allah, and they turn not to be Satans on the road of their travel to Allah.

So, the discipline of the Presence for us is that at the beginning, as we have not yet passed through the stage of sensation and the appearance, and think of nothing except the mundane greatness and splendor, while knowing nothing of the Divine Invisible Greatnesses, we have to look at Allah's Presence [mahdar] as we look at a great sultan's presence whose greatness has been realized by the heart, informing it that all kinds of greatness, majesty and glory are but manifestations of the greatness of the heavenly world which have descended to this world, and the heavenly world ['ālam-i malakūt] is of little importance compared with the invisible worlds.

Thus, we are to inform the heart that the world is the Sacred Presence of Allah, the Exalted, since He, the Glorified, is Present at all places and spaces, especially the Salat which is a special permission for attending the Presence, and a special date for meeting and intimacy with Allah, the Exalted. Now, having incited the heart to feel the Greatness and the Presence, even if at the beginning it was not so easy to do so, the heart gradually becomes familiar with it, and the imagery becomes real.

So, by observing the formal disciplines of dealing with the King of the kings and the Sultan of the sultans, and applying the disciplines of the apparent Presence, the heart will also be affected and will feel the greatness, and will gradually attain man's desired results. Similarly, inciting love and adoration can be achieved by means of perseverance and austerity.

So, at the beginning, one should exhibit the formal mercies and sensual blessings of Allah, the Exalted, to the heart, and then introduce to it the state of Mercifulness, Compassionateness and Bountifulness, until the heart gradually becomes intimate, and the exterior affects the interior, and the kingdom of the interior is illuminated by the effects of the Beauty, and then the desired results will be achieved.

If a man carried out the matter and strove in the way of Allah, the Exalted, He would help him and save him by His invisible hand from the darkness of the world of nature, and would throw the light of His Beauty to the dark earth of his heart, and turn him into a spiritual heaven:

“And whoever does a good deed, We add unto its good for him. Surely Allah is Forgiving, Thankful.” 4

- 1. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 1, “Book of Purity,” sec. on “Preliminaries to Worships,” ch. 19, hadīth 2, p. 61, quoted from the Messenger of Allah (s).

- 2. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 75, “Book of ar-Rawdah,” ch. 25, hadīth 1, p. 309, as cited from Tuhaf al-'Uqūl.

- 3. Refer to footnote l78

- 4. Sūrah ash-Shūrā 42:23.

Chapter 2: Some Disciplines And Secrets Of Takbīrs In The Adhān And Iqāmah

Know that, as the adhān (call to the Salat) is the announcement of the presence [hudūr] of the external and internal powers of the soul in the Presence [mahdar] of Allah for the sake of praising His Sacred Essence according to all the Names, Attributes, Affairs and āyahs since the Salat, as has already been mentioned, is a comprehensive praising of the Sacred Essence according to the manifestation of the Greatest Name, which is the state of “the Collective Oneness of the Names” [ahadiyyat-i jam'-i asmā'] in His Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat], and the state of manifestation through the collectivity [jam'] differentiation [tafrīq], overtness [zuhūr] and covertness [butūn] in the essences [a'yān] and essential names [asmā'-i 'ayniyyah] the sālik's attention is first directed to the Majesty of the Sacred Essence according to this general affair [sha'n-i jāmi'].

So, at first, he introduces the said Greatness and Majesty to the invisible and visible powers of his own kingdom. Then, secondly, to the angels of Allah in charge of the invisible powers spread in the kingdom of the soul. Thirdly, to the beings of the invisible and visible worlds, and fourthly, to the angels of Allah in charge of the Kingdom of the heavens and the earths (lands = aradīn). So, through these four takbīrs (saying: “Allah is Greater”) he announces the Majesty of the Grand Name (Greatest Name) to all the dwellers of the invisible and visible worlds of the inward and outward kingdoms.

And this, by itself, is an announcement of his being incapable of undertaking the duty of praising the Sacred Essence, and an announcement of his falling short of performing the Salat. This, in itself, is one of the general affairs of the sulūk and of the comprehensive disciplines concerning praising and worshipping, which must be before the sālik's eyes during the whole period of performing the Salat.

That is why the takbīr is repeated in the adhān and the iqāmah, as well as in the Salat. It is also repeated when passing from one stage to another so that the sālik's innate inability, and the Greatness and the Glory of the Sacred Essence are confirmed in his heart.

As such, its discipline, as it appears, is that the sālik should, in each takbīr, remind himself of his inability and Allah's Majesty. On another supposition, it is possible that each one of these preliminary takbīrs of the adhān points to a state: The first takbīr means: He is Greater than the attributive Essence; the second means: He is Greater than the attributive Attribute; the third means: He is Greater than the attributive Name; and the fourth means: He is Greater than the attributive Act. Thus, it is as if the sālik says: Allāhu akbar [Allah is Greater] than your description of His Essence, or of His Essence-manifestations, and He is Greater than your describing Attributes, His Names and His Acts, or their respective manifestations.

In an elaborated speech quoted from Amīr al-Mu'minīn 'Alī ('a) it is said: “…The other aspect is that Allāhu akbar implies negation of His quality, as if he (the mu'adhdhin = the one who speaks out the adhān)” says: “Allah's attribute, with which He is qualified, is far above being comprehended by the describers,” for the describers describe Him according to their own measure, not according to the measure of His Greatness and Majesty. He is far above His quality being understood by the describers…” as the hadīth goes.1

Another important discipline of the takbīrs is that the sālik is to strive, and, by cordial austerities, he is to prepare his heart to be the place for the Majesty of Allah, the Glorified, and to regard Greatness, Glory, Sovereignty and Majesty to be exclusively ascribed to the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Most High, and to exclude the others from Majesty. If he feels in his heart even a tiny bit of anyone else's greatness, without taking it to be the light of that of Allah's, his heart is sick and is controlled by Satan.

It is quite possible that Satan's intrusion would cause the sovereignty of the majesty of other than Allah, in the heart, to be more than that of Allah's, and the heart would regard him greater than Allah. In this case, man would be counted among the hypocrites. The symptom of this devastating disease is that man regards the pleasure of the creatures to be preferred to the pleasure of Allah, and in order to obtain the pleasure of the created, he would incur the displeasure of the Creator.

As-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “When you say: Allāhu akbar, slight whatever is there between the high (heaven) and the earth, regarding it below His Majesty, because if Allah looked into the heart of the servant while telling the takbīr, and saw therein something contradicting his takbīr, He would say: “O you liar! Are you deceiving Me? By My Might and My Majesty, I will deprive you of (tasting) the sweetness of remembering Me, and I will exclude you from My proximity and from getting pleasure through your supplication.”2

My dear, the fact that our wretched hearts are deprived of the sweetness of remembering Allah, the Exalted, and that the enjoyment of supplication to the Sacred Essence is not tasted by our spirit, and that we are prevented from reaching the proximity of His Threshold and deprived of the manifestations of His Beauty and Majesty, is because our hearts are sick and faulty, attracted by the world, stuck to it and wrapped in the veils of the darkness of nature. And this fact deprives us of recognizing Allah's Majesty and of discerning the lights of His Beauty and Glory.

As long as our look at the beings is Satanic and independent, we shall never drink of the wine of intimacy, not attain the pleasure of supplication. As long as we believe that in the world of existence there can be glory, might, majesty, greatness and dignity for any created being, and as long as we are wrapped in the veils of the created specifications [ta'ayyunāt], the dominion [sultān] of the Majesty of Allah, the Glorified, will not manifest in our hearts.

So, of the disciplines of takbīr is that the sālik should not stop at its outer form, or be satisfied with its wordings and with mere pronunciations of the tongue. First, he is to prove to the heart, with the power of argument and the light of divine knowledge, Allah's Glory and the confinement of greatness and majesty only to the Sacred Essence of Allah, Most High, informing it of the poverty, humility and helplessness of all the possible dwellers and all the corporeal and spiritual beings.

After that, with the power of austerity, frequent intimacy [murāwadah] and complete familiarity, he is to enliven the heart with this divine grace and grant it spiritual and intellectual life and happiness. When the sālik realizes the poverty and the humility of the possible (the creatures) and Allah's Greatness and Majesty, and puts that before his eyes, while his contemplation and remembrance reach their assigned limit, and the heart attains familiarity and tranquility, he will see with the eye of insight the effects of Allah's Glory and Majesty in all beings, and the diseases and faults of his heart will be cured.

Only then will he taste the deliciousness of supplication and the sweetness of remembering Allah, and the heart will affirm Allah's Sovereign Majesty, and the effects of Majesty will appear in the exterior and in the interior of the kingdom, and the heart, the tongue, the outside and the inside will go in harmony. So, all the external and internal powers, visible and invisible, recite Allāhu akbar, and one of the thick curtains is drawn away, and he gets one stage nearer to the truth of the Salat.

There is a reference to some of what has been said in a lengthy hadīth in 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', quoting Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a) describing the mi'rāj. He said: “Allah, the Glorified and Almighty, sent down to the Prophet a carriage of light comprised of forty sorts of light which were around the 'Arsh. The 'Arsh of Allah, Blessed and Most High, blurs the eyes of the onlookers. One of them was yellow, and it became the cause of the yellowness of the yellow.

Another one was red, and it became the cause of the redness of the red…” Then he added: “… He [the Messenger (s)] sat in it and it ascended him to the lower heaven. The angels ran to the outskirts of the heaven, and then they fell in prostration, and said: “All-Glorified and All-Holy is our Lord, the Lord of the angels and the Spirit. How this light is like the light of our Lord!” Jibrā'īl (Gabriel) said: “Allāhu akbar! Allāhu akbar!” The angels stopped talking, and the heaven was opened. The angels gathered and came to pay tribute to the Prophet (s) group after group…” as the hadīth goes.3

In this noble hadīth there are great secrets to which the hand of our hopes is too short to reach, and what can be said is now out of our purpose, like the secret of the descension of the carriage of light, the secret of the many lights, the secret of their diversity, the secret of the figure forty, the secret of its being sent down by Allah, the secret of their gathering around the 'Arsh, the truth of the 'Arsh in this respect, the secret of the yellowness of the yellow and the redness of the red caused by them, the secret of the angels' running, their bowing, praising and glorifying, and likening his light to Allah's, and the like. To speak about each of them would be lengthy.
Yet, that which suits this occasion and testifies to our subject is that the angels of Allah quieted down as they heard Gabriel's takbīr, and gathered around the candle of the meeting of the Absolute Guardian. By that takbīr the first heaven opened, and one of the curtains, which blocked the way to Allah, was drawn away. It should be noted that the curtains, which are pushed aside by the adhān are other than the curtains, which are in the opening takbīrs. We shall probably refer to this concept later on, inshā' Allāh (Allah willing).

Concerning there being only two takbīrs in the iqāmah, it is probably because the sālik has set up his powers in the Presence, and has somewhat advanced from multiplicity toward unity, magnifying the Essence and the Names, or the Names and the Attributes; and it may be that the magnification of the Essence and the Names implies the magnification of the Attributes and the Acts.

- 1. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 81, p. 131, “Book of the Salat,” ch. on “The Adhān and the Iqāmah,” hadīth 24.

- 2. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 13, on “Finishing the Salat”; al-Mahajjat al-Baydā', printed by as-Sadūq Library, vol. 1 , p. 385; Mustadarak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salat, sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 9.

- 3. 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', vol. 2, p. 312, sec. on “The Causes of the Wudū', the Adhān and the Salat,” hadīth 1, p. 312.

Chapter 3: Some Disciplines Concerning Testifying Divinity And Its Connection With The Adhān And The Salat

Know that divinity has many states [maqāmāt], which, according to “collectivity” [jam'], are explained in two: First: Divinity of Essence. Second: Divinity of Action. If by testifying that divinity is confined to Allah we mean the Divinity of Essence, its truth, with that of takbīr, will come close to each other if ilāh (divinity) is derived from aliha fī 'sh-shay', i.e. “He became perplexed about it,” or derived from lāha, i.e. “He became lofty” or derived from lāha yalūhu, i.e. “He concealed himself.”

In this case its connection to the adhān and the Salat becomes known by referring to the chapter of takbīr, and so does its discipline. But to repeat it again, though not void of some advantage, is contrary to brevity. If we take aliha to mean: “He worshipped,” and ma'lūh to mean: “the worshipped,” then the sālik must make the formal testimony of the confinement of deity to Allah, the Most High, comply with the inner cordial testimony, and he should know that should there be in the heart a deity other than Allah, he would be a hypocrite in his testimony.

So, the sālik is to convey to his heart, by whatever austerity, his testimony about divinity, and to smash in his heart the big and small idols which have been engraved by the intruding hands of Satan and the evil-commanding soul, and to sweep them away, so that he may become fit to be in the Presence of His Sacred Essence. As long as the idols of loving the world and mundane affairs are still in the ka'bah of the heart, the sālik will find no way to his goal. So, testifying to divinity is to announce to the worldly and heavenly powers that the false deities and the crooked objectives should be trod upon so as to be able to ascend to Allah's Proximity.

But if the confinement of divinity is intended for Divinity of Action, which is management and effectiveness, the meaning of the testimony will be: I testify that there is no manager and no effective influence in the world of achievement, and in the visible and the invisible save the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Most High. If the sālik's heart cherished dependence on any being among the beings, and trusted any individual among the individuals, his heart would be diseased and his testimony false.

Thus, the sālik must first strengthen, with judicial proof, the fact that “There is no effecter [mu'aththir] in the (world of) existence except Allah.” He must not evade the divine knowledge, which is the objective of sending prophets, and not turn away from remembering Allah and from the affairs of the Essence and Attributes, for the source of all (kinds of) happiness is the remembrance of Allah:

“ And whoever turns away from remembering me, his shall surely be a straitened life.” 1

After attaining the truth of this divine delicacy, which is the source of the divine knowledge and the door of the doors of the hidden facts, by way of thinking and reasoning, he is to make his heart, through remembrance and austerity, familiar with them until it believes in them. This would be the first stage of the truthfulness of his words, and it is marked by complete dependence on Allah, and by taking the eye of greed and hope away from all beings, a fact which results in believing in Allah's Unity of Action, being one of the great states of the people of knowledge.

Having ascribed all effects to Allah, and closed the eye of greed against all beings, save His Sacred Essence, the sālik becomes worthy attending the Sacred Presence, or rather his heart becomes, by nature, attentive to that Presence. Repeating the testimony may be for confirming it, and by the testimony we mean one of the two testimonies, or it may not be a repetition, but one may refer to the Divinity of Essence and the other to the Divinity of Action. In this instance, its repetition at the end may be to confirm them, and that is why it is not mentioned there with the very words: “I testify.”

A Gnostic Note

Know that testimony is of many stages, of which we shall be satisfied with referring to a few, as suits these pages.

The first is the verbal testimony [shahādat-i qawliyyah], which is already known. If the verbal testimony is not accompanied by cordial testimony, even in a lower stage, it will not be a testimony, but a deception and hypocrisy, as it was mentioned in the hadīth concerning takbīr, quoted from Imām as-Sādiq ('a).2

The second is the Practical Testimony [shahādat-i fi'liyyah], which means that man testifies through the practices of his organs. For example, he is, in the type and method of his action, to apply the fact that: “There is no effecter [mu'aththir] in the (world of) existence save Allah,” and, as his verbal testimony requires him to think that nobody is effective, he should work out the plan of his acts accordingly. Hence, he should not extend the hand of need to anybody except to the Sacred Presence of Allah, the Most High, nor should he open the eye of expectation at any being. He should show himself rich and in no need, before the weak servants, and keep aloof from weakness, humility and inability.

This is frequently referred to by noble Hadiths, as is in a narrative stated in the noble al-Kāfī: “A believer's dignity is to manage without the help of the people.”3 Showing oneself well off and prosperous is one of the religious commendable practices, while demanding things from people is undesirable. In short, one must put to practice the divine grace: “There is no effecter in the (world of) existence except Allah” in his external kingdom.

The third is the Cordial Testimony [shahādat-i qalbiyyah], which is the source of the practical and verbal testimonies, as without it, these would not come to actuality. And it is that Allah's Unity of Action manifests in the heart, which realizes, by way of its inner secret, the truth of this grace, and separates itself from other beings.

Most of the narratives quoted from the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a) concerning abandoning looking with greed at what is in the hands of the people, and despairing of the servants, and trusting and confiding in Allah, the Exalted and Most High refer to this situation.

It is in al-Kāfī, on the authority of 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) that he said: “I found that the entire goodness is gathered in cutting one's coveting what is in the hands of others, and whoever placed no hope on the people in anything, and entrusted himself to Allah, the Exalted, in all his affairs, Allah would respond to him in all the things.”4 Hadiths of this kind are many.

The fourth is the Essence Testimony (Personal Testimony = shahādat-i dhātiyyah), i.e. the existential testimony, and it appears in the perfect holy men. To the holy men, this testimony is present in all beings, in one way or another. Perhaps the āyah:

“ Allah bears witness that there is no god but He, and (so do) the angels and the possessors of knowledge,” 5

Is a hint at the Essence Testimony, for Allah, the Exalted, in the state of “the Collective Oneness” [ahadiyyat-i dhātiyyah] gives Personal testimony to His own Unity [wahdāniyyat], because mere existence by itself denotes the Essence-Oneness [ahādiyyat-i dhātiyyah], and in the rising of the Day of Resurrection it appears in Complete Unity [wahdāniyyat-i tāmmah].

This Oneness [ahādiyyat] appears first in the mirror of the Collectivity [jam'], then in the mirror of distinctness [tafsīl]. For this reason He said: “…and the angels and the possessors of knowledge.” In this instance there are many states of knowledge [ma'ārif] that are out of the obligation of these pages to explain.

Connection

In the exegesis of Muhammad ibn Mas'ūd al-'Ayyāshī, quoting 'Abd as-Samad ibn Bashīr, it is said: “The beginning of the adhān was mentioned to Abū 'Abdullāh (Imām as-Sādiq) ('a), and he said: “The Messenger of Allah (s) was (once) sleeping in the shadow of the ka'bah, when Gabriel came to him with a bowl of water from Paradise. He woke him up and told him to wash himself with it.

Then he (the Prophet) was put in a carriage with a thousand colors of light, and he was taken high up to the doors of the heaven. When the angels saw him, they ran away from the doors of the heaven, exclaiming: “Two gods, a god in the earth and a god in the heaven!” Allah commanded Gabriel to shout: ”Allāhu akbar! Allāhu akbar!” So the angels returned to the doors of the heaven.

The door was opened, and he proceeded until he reached the second heaven. The angels ran away from the doors of the heaven. There he said: “I testify that there is no god but Allah! I testify that there is no god but Allah! “The angels returned, as they realized that he was a creature. Then the door was opened and he went in…” as the hadīth goes on.6

A similar concept is stated in a narrative in 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i'. 7 These Hadiths denote that testifying to Allah's Divinity opens the doors of the heaven and penetrates the barriers, and causes the angels of Allah to gather. The veil which is penetrated through by testifying to His Divinity and by confessing it to be exclusively His, is of the thick veils of darkness, and, as long as the sālik is wrapped in it, he will have no way to attend the Presence, and unless this door opens to him, he will not be admitted.

That barrier is the veil of the multiplicity of acts, and to fall in this multiplicating veil results in taking the created beings to be effective and influential, which means regarding them to be independent in their action, which is admitting, the impossible and is a great polytheism, while, on the other hand, the result of testifying to the divinity to be exclusively Allah's, is testifying to the Unity of Action and annihilating the multiplicities in Allah's Act, and denying anyone else to have any effect or effectiveness, and believing that independence belongs to Allah, the Exalted.

It was by means of this testimony that the angels of the heaven came out of the veil of the multiplicity of “A god in the earth and a god in the heaven,” and returned from fleeing away and dispersing to familiarity and gathering, and then the doors of the heaven opened to them. So, the sālik must also penetrate through this veil of his darkness by way of this testimony and open the doors of heaven to himself, and step out of the heavy veil of the independence, so that the way of ascension to the mi'rāj of His Proximity becomes closer.

But this cannot be brought about by mere verbal utterances of remembering Allah, as that is why our acts of worship do not cross the limit of the mundane formality, and, thus, no door will be opened to us and no veil will be pushed off our faces.

- 1. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:124.

- 2. Refer to footnote 190.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Doing without the People,” hadīth 1, p. 218.

- 4. Ibid., hadīth 3.

- 5. Sūrah Āl-i 'Imrān 3:18.

- 6. Al-'Ayyashi's Exegesis (on the Qur'an), vol. 1, p. 157, Commenting on Sūrah al-Baqarah, narrative 530.

- 7. 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', vol. 2, p. 312.

Chapter 4: Some Disciplines Of Testifying To The (Prophet’s) Messengership Implying Testifying To The Guardianship

Be aware that this spiritual journey and faithful ascension cannot be made with this broken leg, ruptured reins, blind eyes and lightless heart:

“ And whomever Allah has not given light, for him there is no light” – (Surah Nur, 24:40) .

Therefore, in setting off upon this spiritual road and ascending to this gnostic mi'rāj, it is a must to adhere to the spiritual state of the guides along the ways of knowledge [ma'rifat] and the lights [anwār] of the road of guidance, who are the devotees and the attainers to Allah. If anybody tries, depending on his selfishness and without clinging to their guardianship, to tread upon this road, his journey will be to Satan and to the pit (of hell) [hāwiyah].

Scientifically speaking, to connect between the novel [hādith] and the Eternal [qadīm], the changing and the Unchanging, there should be an intermediate, a connector, with the characteristic of being unchanging and changing, eternal and novel. Without such an intermediate, the Emanation of the Eternal and the Unchanging would not pass to the changing and the novel in the divine law, and the universal and existential connection would not take place.

As regards the connector between these two, the scientific opinions of the experts in the evidential knowledge ['ulūm-i burhānī] are diverse, as the gnostic taste is different, to give the details of which is out of the scope of these papers. In the gnostic taste, the connector is the Sacred Emanation [fayd-i muqaddas], the Expansive Existence [wujūd-i munbasit], which has the position [maqām] of the big isthmus [barzakhiyyat-i kubrā] and the great intermediate [wasatiyyat-i 'uzmā], and it is the very position of the spirituality and the guardianship of the Seal of the Prophets, which is united with the position of 'Alī's General Guardianship [wilāyat-i mutlaq-i 'Alawiyyah].

The relevant details are stated in the Misbāh al-Hidāyah by the writer.1
Similarly, in the ascending spiritual connection which is the opposite of the descending existential connection, or in other words, it is “the contraction of existence” [qabd-i wujūd] and returning to the Beginning there is need for an intermediate, without which it does not take place, and the connection of the imperfect and the chained hearts, and of the limited descending spirits, with the Complete, Super Complete and the Absolute from all aspects, is not implemented without the spiritual intermediates and the invisible connectors.

If somebody thinks that Allah, the Exalted, is self-subsisting [qayyūm] with each being and encompassing each of the entities [akwān] without the intermediation of the intermediates, as is referred to in the noble āyah:

“ There is no living creature but He holds it by the forelock,” 2

He is mixing up the states [maqāmāt] and is making a mistake in the status [i'tibārāt], mingling the state of the multiplicity of the stages of existence with the vanishing [fanā'] of the individuations [ta'ayyunāt]. This discussion, however, is not so much connected to this paper, and, actually, what has already been said was caused by the overflowing of the pen.

In short, adhering to the masters of graces [awliyā'-i ni'am] who have themselves found the way of ascension to ma'ārij and completed their journey to Allah is a must for the travelers to Allah, as is frequently mentioned in the noble Hadiths, such that in Wasā'il (Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah) there is a chapter concerning the invalidity of worship without adhering to the guardianship of the Imāms (the 12 Imāms) and believing in their Imamate.

In Wasā'il it is quoted from the noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of its writer quoting Muhammad ibn Muslim who said: “I was told by Imām Baqīr al-'Ulūm (the fifth Imām) ('a) who said: “Know, O Muhammad, that the leaders of despotism and their followers are isolated from Allah's religion. They are misleading and misled. So, their deeds are like the ashes at which a violent wind blows on a windy day and it disperses them.”3

In another narrative from Imām al-Bāqir, he said: “If a man spent his nights performing the Salat, spent his days fasting, gave out all his wealth in charity, and went to hajj every year of his life, yet he did not know the guardianship of Allah's friend to follow him and return to him in all his deeds, he would have no right to ask Allah, the Glorious and Almighty, for any reward, nor would he be of the people of faith.”4

Shaykh as-Sadūq, quoting Abū Hamza ath-Thumālī, says that he said: “Imām 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) asked us: “Which spot is most preferred?” We said “Allah, His Messenger and the son of His Messenger know better.” He said: “The best of spots for us is that which is situated between the rukn and the maqām (two places in the Ka'bah). If some one lives as long as the life of Nūh who lived among his people for a thousand years less fifty and spends it in fasting in daytime and in worshipping at nights in that spot, and then goes to meet Allah without accepting our guardianship, he will not be benefited by it whatsoever.”5

The narratives on this topic are too many to be contained in this summary.
The discipline of testifying to the Messengership is to convey to the heart the testimony of the Messenger's being sent by Allah, as well as the greatness of the state of the Messengership, especially that of the Last Messenger, since the whole circle of existence, the invisible and visible worlds, from the viewpoints of creation, legislation, existence, and guidance, are living on the crumbs of his table.

That great man is the means of Allah's Emanation and the connection between Allah and the creatures. Had it not been for his spiritual status [maqām] and absolute guardianship, no existing being could have been worthy of being benefited by the state of the Invisible Oneness [ghayb-i ahadī], and Allah's grace would not have passed over to any being, and the light of guidance would not have shone onto anyone of the internal and external worlds. He is the light mentioned in the āyah of Nūr (Light):

“ Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth.” 6

When the greatness of the legislator of the religion and of the Messenger of the Lord of the worlds enters a man's heart, the importance of his precepts and rules enter the heart, too. Then, when the heart has comprehended that greatness, the other visible and invisible powers would submit to it, and the sacred sharī'ah would be observed in the entire human kingdom. The sign of the truthfulness of the testimony is that its effects will appear in all the invisible and visible powers, and they will keep adherent to it, as has already been stated.

From what has so far been stated, the reason of testifying to the Messengership in the adhān, the iqāmah and the Salat has become clear, for the traveler on this spiritual road is in need of adhering to that sacred being, so that he may accompany him and have his helping guidance in performing this spiritual ascension.

Another aspect of this testimony is the announcement to the mundane and heavenly powers that the Salat, which is the reality of the ascension [mi'rāj] of the believers and the source of the knowledge of the people of gnosticism and of faith, is the result of the complete revelation [kashf] of Muhammad (s), who, with his spiritual journey, divine attractions and the embers of the Beneficent, attained a position
“At the distance of two bows or closer still,”7

Revealing its truth, following the Essential, Nominal and Attributive manifestations and intimate inspirations in the Invisible Oneness. In fact, this is a souvenir, a gift that he brought from his moral and spiritual journey for his ummah, which is the best of the ummahs, and by that he favored them and overwhelmed them with blessings.

When this belief sets inside the heart and is fixed by repetition, the sālik will, as a matter of course, understand the greatness of the state and the place, and will proceed, with fear and hope, to cover this stage, and it is hoped, inshā' Allāh (Allah willing), if he does his best to perform it, that master will assist him and lead him to the state of “the Proximity of the One” [qurb-i ahadiyy], which is the original innate objective. In the divine sciences it has been proved that the return of all beings is implemented by means of the Perfect Man:

“ As He brought you forth in the beginning, so shall you also return.” 8

“With you Allah started and with you He will end, and the return of the creatures is up to you.”9

A Gnostic Note

In the honorable hadīth in 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i', which gives details about the Salat of the mi'rāj and describes it, it is said that when the Messenger of Allah (s) mounted on the mount of light, which had been sent down by the Lord of Might, and ascended accompanied by Gabriel, and reached the third heaven, the angels ran away, bowed and glorified Allah.

Gabriel said: “I testify that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah. I testify that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah.” The angels gathered and greeted the Messenger of Allah, and asked him about Amīr al-Mu'minīn ('Alī). The doors of the heavens opened and the Messenger ascended to the fourth heaven. There, the angels of Allah said nothing. Then the doors of the heaven opened, and the angels gathered, and Gabriel finished reciting the iqāmah…” 10 etc.

Al-'Ayyāshī, in his exegesis of the Qur'an, relates almost the same context.

From this hadīth one may gather that the angels of each of the heavens were incapable of enduring to see the Ahmadian Beauty, and they fell bowing at seeing his sacred light, and dispersed, thinking it was the light of Allah. Then, as they heard the chapters of the adhān and the iqāmah they came back to his intimacy, the doors of the heavens opened and the veils were lifted.

Hence, the sālik is to come out from these veils by means of the said testimonies by testifying to the Messengership he is to completely come out from the veil of the creational individuality [ta'ayyun-i khalqī], because the position of Messengership which He assigned to the most honorable of the creatures, is the position of absolute annihilation [fanā'] and complete dependence, since the final absolute Messengership is the big divine isthmus khilāfah (vicegerency, succession).

It is a vicegerency [khilāfah] in respect of appearance, manifestation, genesis, and legislation. The vicegerent [khalīfah] is not to be independent nor to have individuality in any way; as otherwise, the vicegerency becomes the principalship itself, which is not possible for any of the beings.

So, the sālik is to convey the great state of the Ahmadian khilāfat to the innermost of his heart and soul, by means of which he is to remove the veil and penetrate the barriers, and to completely come out of the veils of the creational individuation. Then, the doors of all the heavens will open to him and he will attain, unveiled, his objective.

A Juristic Branch and a Gnostic Principal

In some unreliable narratives it is stated that after testifying to the Messengership in the adhān one is to say: “I testify that 'Alī is waliyullāh (Allah's friend)” twice. In other narratives, one is to say: “I testify that 'Alī is truly Amīr al-Mu'minīn' twice. In some others, one is to say: “Muhammad and his progeny are the best of people.” Ash-Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah have mercy upon him) took these narratives to be invented and he denied them.11

It is well known among the 'ulamā' (may Allah be pleased with them) that these narratives are not reliable. Some narrators regard them among the commendables, due to “the negligence of the proofs of the laws”. This opinion, however, is not far from being true, although if “absolute proximity” [qurbat-i mutlaqah] is intended, reciting it is better and more admired, because after testifying to the Messengership, it is desirable to testify to the guardianship and the leadership of the believers.

In the hadīth of ihtijāj (argumentation) it is said that Qāsim ibn Mu'āwiyah said: “I said to Imām as-Sādiq that the people of the Sunnah relate a hadīth about the mi'rāj, that when the Messenger of Allah was taken on the mi'rāj, he saw upon the 'Arsh: “There is no god but Allah, Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, and Abū Bakr as-Siddīq.” He said: “Glory be to Allah! They changed everything even this!” He said: “Yes”. Then he continued: “When Allah, the Exalted, created the 'Arsh, He wrote upon it: “There is no god but Allah, Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, and 'Alī is the Commander (Leader) of the Faithful.

He ordered these to be written on the water, on the Chair (Throne), on the Tablet, on Isrāfil's forehead, on the two wings of Gabriel, on the shoulders of the heavens and the earth, on the top of the mountains, on the sun and on the moon.” Then the Imām added: “When anyone of you says: “There is no god but Allah, Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah,” let him say:”'Alī is the Commander (Leader) of the Faithful.”12

In short, this noble remembrance, after testifying to the Messengership is generally recommendable. In the chapters of the adhān especially, it is probably commendable. Nevertheless, as the notable 'ulamā' have denied those narratives, one may pronounce it by way of precaution and with the general intention of proximity (to Allah), not as a feature of the adhān.

As to the gnostic note concerning “writing these words on all the beings, as from the High 'Arsh to the low earth,” it is that the truth of the khilāfah and wilāyah (successorship and guardianship) is the manifestation of divinity, which is the origin of existence and its perfection. Every being which has a share of existence also has a share of the truth of divinity and its manifestation, which is the truth of the khilāfah and wilāyah, and the divine grace is fixed on the foreheads of all beings all over the universe, as from the invisible worlds to the end of the visible world.

The said divine grace is the truth of “the Expansive Existence” [wujūd-i munbasit], “the Breath of the Beneficent” [nafas ar-rahmān] and “the Created-in Right” [haqq-i makhlūqun bihī], which are the very inside of the Last Successorship and of 'Alī's General Guardianship. On this, the gnostic Shaykh Shāhābādī (may his spirit be sanctified) used to say that the testimony to Messengership implies the testimony to Guardianship, because Guardianship is the inside of Messengership.

The writer says that these two testimonies are both implied in the testimony to His Divinity, and the testimony to Messengership implies the other two testimonies, and also the testimony to Guardianship implies the other two testimonies. Praise be to Allah at the beginning and at the end.

Chapter 5: Some Disciplines Of The Hayya ‘Alā(S)

When the wayfarer to Allah has announced by his takbīrs that Allah is greater than any description, and by testifying to His Divinity has exclusively confined all attributes and praise, or, actually, every influence and effect, to Allah, and confessed his incapability of managing the amr, and by the testimony to the Messengership and Guardianship, he has chosen his comrade and company and adhered to the sacred position of successorship and guardianship as it is said: “The companion (first) then the journey”13 then, with quite an explicit tone, he is to prepare his visible and invisible powers for the Salat, announcing the presence to them by saying: ”Hayya 'alā 's-Salat,” (come to the Salat) twice.

Its repetition is intended to complete awakening [tanbīh] and waking up [īqāz], or one is for the inner powers of the kingdom, and the other is for the outer powers of the kingdom, since they also accompany the sālik on his journey, as has already been said, and will follow, too.

In this stage, the discipline of the sālik is to tell his heart and powers, even the innermost of the heart, that the time of presence is near so as to prepare himself for that, fully observing the formal and the spiritual disciplines. Then he is to announce the general secret and result of the Salat, by the calling: “Hayya 'alā 'l-falāh” and “Hayya 'alā khayr 'il-'amal” (come to the best of deeds) so as to wake up the fitrat (disposition = nature), because prosperity and salvation are absolute happiness, and all the human beings love absolute happiness by nature.

The innate nature [fitrat] is in quest of perfection and comfort. The truth of happiness is the absolute perfection and absolute comfort, and that is brought about in the Salat, which is the best of deeds, cordially, formally, outwardly, and inwardly.

This is because the Salat, according to its form and appearance, is a great and comprehensive remembrance and a praise of the Greatest Name, which encompasses all the divine affairs [shu'ūn]. For this reason, the adhān and the iqāmah open with the word “Allah” and end with it, and Allāhu akbar (Allah is Greater) is repeated in all stages of the Salat, and the three tawhīds (professions of the Unity of Allah), which are the delight of eyes of the holy men, are effected in the Salat, in which the form [sūrat] of absolute annihilation and complete return are mixed.

According to the interior and the truth, it is ascension to the proximity of Allah, the truth of reaching the Beauty of the Absolute Beautiful and vanishing in that Sanctified Essence, dearly loved by the inborn nature [fitrat]. It is by the Salat that the complete calmness, absolute comfort and the complete mental happiness are achieved:
“Surely by Allah's remembrance are the hearts set at rest.”14

Therefore, the absolute perfection, which is attaining to Allah's Court, joining the Necessary Limitless Sea, discerning the Eternal Beauty, and being immersed in the Sea of Absolute Light, is effected in the Salat, in which absolute comfort, complete rest and perfect calmness also appear, bringing about the two corners of happiness.

So, the Salat is perfect prosperity, and it is the best of the deeds. The sālik will have to repeat this divine grace, to remind the heart and to wake up his disposition [fitrat], and after having it in his heart, his inner nature would attach importance to it and observe it, since it looks for perfection and happiness. The same point is true in respect of the repetition.

When the sālik reaches this stage, he announces his presence by saying: “qad qāmati’s-Salat” (The Salat has just started). Then, he is to see himself at the Presence of the Master of the kings of the worlds of existence and the Sultan of the sultans and the Absolute Great, and to inform his heart about the dangers of the Presence, all of which are due to the incapability and the inefficiency of “the possible”, and to feel ashamed of not carrying out the amr, approaching, with the steps of fear and hope, towards the Generous.

He is not to regard himself possessing traveling provisions and company. He is to see his heart empty of safety, not to think his deeds good ones; rather, worth not a penny. Should this state become firm in his heart, he would hope to get Allah's care:

“ Or who answers the distressed one, when he calls unto Him, and removes the evil?” 15

Connection and Completion

Muhammad ibn Ya'qūb, quoting Abū 'Abdullāh as-Sādiq ('a), says: “When you recite the adhān and the iqāmah, two rows of angels will perform the Salat behind you, but if you said the iqāmah (only), one row of the angels would perform the Salat behind you.”16 There are many other Hadiths to the same effect, some of which say that the length of each row is as the distance between the east and the west.17

Another hadīth says that when Imām as-Sādiq ('a) was asked about the length of each row, he said: “The length of the shortest row is as the distance between the east and the west, and the length of the longest is as the distance between the heaven and the earth.”18 In some narratives it is said that if he said the iqāmah without the adhān, an angel would stand at his right side and another at his left side19, and other similar narratives.

The difference among the narratives may be due to the difference among the knowledge and the sincerity of the musallīn, as can be inferred from some narratives in this respect, such as the narrative concerning performing the Salat with the adhān and the iqāmah in the desert or wasteland.20
In short, when the sālik sees himself the leader of the Salat for the angels of Allah, and his heart as the leader of his visible and invisible powers, and gathers, with the adhān and the iqāmah, his visible and invisible powers, together with the angels of Allah, he is to regard his heart which is the best of the external and internal powers, and the intercessor for the other powers as an imām.

And, as the heart is liable for the recitings of the ma'mūmīn [musallīn] after its leadership, and as their faults are undertaken by it, the sālik is to be quite keen and a good observant of its presence, and to completely guard the disciplines of the Sacred Presence, making the most of this Sanctified Meeting, admitting the great importance of the attention and the support of the angels of Allah, taking them to be of the favors of the Real Benefactor, and acknowledging his incapability of giving the due thanks to His Sacred Majesty for these great blessings. Surely He is the Benefactor!

- 1. Misbāh al-Hidāyah is a book written in the Arabic language by Imām Khomeinī (may Allah sanctify his honorable soul), explaining some truths and knowledge concerning the caliphate and guardianship. In the Preface to this honorable book he says: “I like to uncover for you, in this paper, by the help of Allah, the guardian of guidance in the beginning and in the end, an indication of the Muhammadan caliphate, and an exudation of the truth of the 'Alawian guardianship (upon them be the greeting from the beginning to eternity) and how they spread through the invisible and visible worlds…,or rather it should be named: Misbāh al-Hidāyah to Caliphate and Guardianship. I ask Allah success, as He is the best assistant and company, and I ask His pure guardians their patronage in this world and in the other world…” The writer finished writing the book in the month of Shawwal, 1349 A.H.

- 2. Sūrah Hūd 11:56.

- 3. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 1, sec. on “Preliminaries to Worship,” ch. 29, hadīth 1, p. 90. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of Proof,” ch. on “Knowing the Imām and Returning to Him,” hadīth 8, p. 259.

- 4. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol.3, “Book of Faith and Infidelity,” ch. on “The Pillars of Islam,” hadīth 5, p. 30.

- 5. 'Iqāb al-A'māl, ch. on “He Who Ignores the Merits of Ahl al-Bayt,” hadīth 2; Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 1, sec. on “Preliminaries to Worship,” ch. 29, hadīth 12, p. 93.

- 6. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:35.

- 7. Sūrah an-Najm 53:9.

- 8. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:29.

- 9. 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol. 2, p. 272 (Al-Jāmi'ah al-Kabīrah invocation).

- 10. Refer to footnote 191.

- 11. Man lā Yahduruh al-Faqīh, vol. 1, “Book of the Salat,” ch. on “The Adhān, the Iqāmah and the Reward of the Mu'adhdhins (Those who call for the Salat), comment on narrative 35, p. 188.

- 12. Al-Ihtijāj, vol. 1, p. 230.

- 13. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 8, “Book of Hajj,” sec. on “The Manners of Travel,” ch. 30, hadīth 11, p. 299, as quoted from al-Barqī's Mahāsin, p. 357. Similar concepts are in some other narratives, such as: “Inquire about the company before the journey” as in Nahj al-Balāghah, ed. by Fayd al-Islām, p. 936, and “The company (first), then the journey,” in al-Ash'athiyyāt, ch. on “Bad Neighboring,” p. 164.

- 14. Sūrah ar-Ra'd 13:28

- 15. Sūrah al-Naml 27:62.

- 16. Furū' ul-Kāfī, vol. 3,“Book of the Salat,”ch. on“Starting the adhān and the iqāmah,”hadīth 8, p. 303.

- 17. Thawāb al-A'māl, “The reward of the one who performs the Salat with the adhān and the iqāmah,” hadīth 2, p. 54.

- 18. Ibid.

- 19. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, “Book of the Salat,” sec. on “The Adhān and the Iqāmah,” ch. 4, hadīth 4, p. 620.

- 20. Ibid., hadīth 9: “O Abū Dharr, your Lord boasts over His angels for three persons: a man in a waste land…”

Section Two:Concerning the Qiyām (the Standing Position in the Salat)

Discussed in Two Chapters

Chapter 1: The General Secret of the Qiyām

Know that the people of knowledge regard the qiyām (the standing position in the Salat) to be a sign of Unity of Actions. Similarly, they see that the rukū' (bowing in the Salat) refers to the Unity of Attributes, and the sujūd (prostration) refers to the Unity of Essence these will be explained in their proper places. But qiyām's reference to the Unity of Action is in the very standing position as well as in the wordings recited while standing.

As to the standing position and its reference to the Unity of Action, it is because it denotes the servant's observation of his duty toward Allah, as well as His position [maqām] of Self-Existence, manifested in the Sacred Emanation as a manifestation of Action. In this manifestation the position of Allah's Activeness [fā'iliyyat] is displayed, and all the beings are absorbed in the manifestation of Action and perished under the Manifest Majesty.

In this instance, the gnostic discipline of the sālik is to remind his heart of this divine grace and to give up, as much as he can, his personal individuations [ta'ayyunāt-i nafsiyyah], and to explain to his heart the truth of the Sacred Emanation, and to bring to the core of his heart the fact concerning Allah's Self-Existence [qayyūmiyyat] and that the creatures are dependent upon Him.

Hence, after the fixation of this fact in the sālik's heart, his recitation will be by the tongue of the Haqq (Allah), and the praiser [dhākir] and the praised [madhkūr] will be the Haqq (Allah) Himself, and some of the secrets of the Fate will be exposed to the gnostic's heart, and “You are as You praised Yourself” 1 and “I take refuge in You from You”2 will be disclosed to him in some degrees, and the heart of the gnostic will receive some of the secrets of the Salat, such as looking at the place of prostration, which is of dust, the principal origin (of man), or subjugating the neck and declining the head, as required, implying humility and destitution of “the possible”, and the annihilation under the Might and the Sovereignty of (His) Majesty.

“O mankind! It is you who are in need of Allah, and Allah is He who is the Self-Sufficient, the Praised One.” 3
As concerning the wordings of the recitation being a reference to the Unity of Action, we shall explain that in details when we come to comment on the blessed sūrah of al-Hamd, inshā' Allāh (Allah willing).

Chapter 2: On The Disciplines Of The Qiyām

These [disciplines] are such that the sālik is to consider himself present in the Presence [mahdar] of Allah, and regard the world as His Presence, and himself one of the audience at that gathering, standing before Allah, trying to convey the Greatness of the Present and the Presence to his heart, letting it understand the importance and the significance of supplicating to Allah, the Exalted, and, by thinking and contemplating, before starting the Salat, to prepare the heart to understand the importance of the situation, obliging it to humbleness, submission, calmness, fear, hope, humility and modesty till the end of the Salat.

He is to stipulate that his heart should be keen on observing these affairs, and think about the great holy men and guides, and about their moods and how their conducts with the Master of the kings were, so as to learn a lesson from the Imāms of guidance and imitate them as his models, not being satisfied with just knowing the names of the infallible Imāms, the date of their birthday, death day, the length of their honorable lives and similar details, which are of little advantage.

Actually, he is to go through their biography and godly conducts, in order to find out the method of their worship and how their journey to Allah was carried out, and how their gnostic stations, which can be inferred from their miraculous speeches, were.

It is much regretted that we are negligent, intoxicated by nature, empty self-conceited and the stooges of the vile Satan in all matters, without there being any sign of our getting up from our deep sleep and endless forgetfulness. We get so little benefit from the positions and the knowledge of the Imāms of guidance ('a) that it is negligible, satisfying ourselves with the outer appearance of their lives, completely disregarding the objectives for which the prophets have been sent, and, actually, we are covered by the proverb: “To take a swelling for a fleshy.”4 We shall, therefore, relate some of the relevant narratives, so that some of the believing brethren may have a remembrance. Praise be to Allah and thanks to Him!

Muhammad ibn Ya'qūb, quoting Imām as-Sadiq ('a), says: “Whenever 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) used to stand for the Salat, his face turned pale. Going down for prostration, he would not raise his head until he was wet with perspiration.”5

On the same authority he says: “My father used to say, when 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) used to stand for the Salat, he looked like a trunk of a tree, nothing of which would move unless the wind would move it.”6

In al-'Ilal, Abān ibn Taghlīb, quoting Muhammad ibn 'Alī ibn al-Husayn, says: “I said to Abū 'Abdullāh [as-Sadiq] ('a): 'I noticed that when 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) stood for the Salat, his color changed.' He said to me: By Allah, 'Alī ibn al-Husayn knew before whom he was standing.' 7

In a hadīth in Falāh as-Sā'il, on the authority of as-Sayyid 'Alī ibn Tāwūs, it is said: “...then Abū 'Abdullāh ('a) said: 'The Salat will not be complete except for the one who has a full purity and a mature completeness, and is away from temptation and deviation, and knows [Allah] and [so] stands [before Him], submits [to Him] and persists.

He, thus, stands between despair and hope, [between] patience and worry, as if the promises to him have been done, and the threats upon him have happened, lowering his fame ['ird] and manifesting his aim. He sacrifices for Allah his soul, treads upon the road to Him as his goal, not unwillingly, severs the relations of interest for the sake of the One to Whom he bounds and comes, and from whom he seeks help. Should he achieve all these, the Salat would be of the ordered type and of the informed about, and it is the very Salat which forbids evil and vice.”8

Muhammad ibn Ya'qūb, quoting our master, Zayn al-'Ābidīn ('a), says that he said: “As regards the rights of the Salat, you are to know that it is a visit to Allah and that in it you are standing before Him. If you realized that, you would deserve to be, through it, in the position of a slave who is humble, desirous, horrified, frightened, hopeful, distressed, imploring, and glorifying the state of the One in front of Whom he stands with complete stillness, solemnity, submissiveness of the limbs, humility, well supplicating to Him for himself, requesting Him to free his neck, which is encircled by his faults and consumed by his sins; and there is no power except by Allah.9

The Prophet (s) is quoted to have said: “Worship your Lord as if you see Him. If you do not see Him, He sees you.10

In Fiqh 'ur-Ridā it is stated: “When you want to perform the Salat, do not go to it lazily, sleepily, hurriedly, or unmindfully. You are to approach it calmly, solemnly and slowly. You are also to display submission, imploringly and humbly, to Allah. You are to show awe and sings of fear and hope, with caution and apprehension. Thus, you are to stand before Him, as an escapee and sinful slave stands at attention before his master, on the alert, with joined heels, erected trunk, not looking to right and left, reckoning as if you see Him, and if you do not, He certainly does see you…” as the hadīth goes.11

In 'Uddat 'ud-Dā'ī it is stated: “It is narrated that the imploring moanings of Ibrāhīm ('a) used to be heard from a mile's distance, such that Allah praised him by saying:

“ Ibrāhīm was mild, imploring, penitent.” 12

When performing his Salat, a sound of fizz, like that of a boiler, was heard coming from his chest. A similar sound was also heard from the chest of our Prophet (s). Fātimah ('a) used to pant in the Salat because of her fear of Allah.”13 And there are other similar Hadiths.

There are too many noble narratives on these subjects to be covered in these papers. Contemplating these few narratives suffices the people of thought and remembrance, in respect of the formal, cordial and spiritual disciplines, as well as concerning the way of standing before Allah.
Think a little of the conditions of 'Alī ibn al-Husayn, the supplications of that great man and his implorings to Allah, the Exalted as well as his elegant invocations, by which he taught the disciplines of servitude to the servants of Allah. I do not allege that the supplications of those great men were intended to teach how to worship, for it would be an empty and meaningless statement prompted by being ignorant of the state of Lordship and of the knowledge of Ahl al-Bayt ('a).

Their fear and awe were much greater than anybody else's, and the Greatness and Majesty of Allah were manifested in their hearts more than in anyone else's heart. I only say that the servants of Allah should learn from them how to worship Allah and how to travel to Him. When you read what they used to say in their supplications and invocations, you should not read them as mere pronunciations of the tongue. They should be pondered upon, and their behavior with Allah, their displaying humility, inefficiency and destitution, are also to be noted.

By the Beloved! 'Alī ibn al-Husayn was one of the greatest blessings which Allah, the Most High, had bestowed upon His servants as a grace, bringing him down from the sacred world of Proximity, for the sake of teaching the ways of servitude to His servants:

“ Then, on that Day, you shall most certainly be questioned about the bliss.” 14

If we are asked: “Why did you not appreciate the value of that bliss and did not get benefit from that great man?” we shall have no reply but to droop down our heads for being ashamed, and to be burnt with the fire of remorse and regret, when no regret would avail.

A Piece of Good Advice

My dear, now that the chance is available, and you are still in the prime of life, the way of journeying to Allah is open, the doors of His mercy are not closed, the soundness of the organs and powers is obtained and the land of planting [dār az-zar'] in the material world is still there, strive to realize the value of these divine favors in order to be benefited by them. Try to acquire the spiritual perfections and the eternal happiness.

Take advantage of all these branches of knowledge which the honorable divine Qur'an and the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a) have spread in the land of the dark nature, and illuminated the world with their divine bright light. Enlighten the land of your dark nature, as well as your eyes, ears, tongue and your other external and internal powers, with the light of Allah, the Exalted, and change this dark earth to another one, luminous, or rather to an intellectual heaven:

“ On the day when the earth shall be changed to a different earth,” 15

“ And the earth shall beam with the light of its Lord.” 16

On that day, if your earth is not changed to a different one, and if it is not lighted with the light of the Lord, you will encounter darkness, difficulty, horror, pressure, humility and torture.
At present, our external and internal powers are darkened with satanic darkness. Should we remain so, our material earth with its inborn light will gradually change into a dark dungeon, empty of the inborn light and veiled from the rules of the divine disposition.

This is misfortune entailing no happiness, a darkness which comes to no luminosity, a horror which does not see the face of tranquility, and a torment which has no comfort with it:
“…And to whomsoever Allah does not give light, he has no light.”17

I take refuge in Allah, the Exalted, from the satanic conceitedness and from the evil-commanding soul.

The principal objective of the great prophets, in legislating the laws, in establishing the rules and in the coming down of the heavenly books especially the all-embracing Holy Qur'an, the projector of whose pure light is the Seal of the Messengers (s) is spreading monotheism and divine knowledge, and uprooting infidelity, atheism, hypocrisy and dualism, for the secret of monotheism and abstraction is flowing in all the cordial and formal worships.

The Shaykh, the gnostic and perfect, Shāhābādī, (may my soul be his ransom), used to say: “Worship is the operation of tawhīd [monotheism] in the kingdom of the body from the inside of the heart.”

In short, the sought-for result of worship is acquiring knowledge, confirming monotheism and other knowledge in the heart. This objective cannot be attained except when the sālik vindicates his cordial shares of worship, and passes from the shape and form to the core and the truth, without lingering in this world and the surface, for loitering in such affairs is a hindrance [thorn] in the way of mankind.

Those who call for the mere external appearance [sūrat], preventing the people from the internal disciplines, alleging that religion has no meaning and no reality other than its appearance and surface, are but the satans on the road to Allah, and the thorns in the way of humanity. To be saved from their evil, one has to take refuge in Allah, the Exalted, for they extinguish the divine inborn light, which is the light of [divine] knowledge, tawhīd, guardianship and other kinds of knowledge, and draw the covers of imitation, ignorance, tradition ['ādat] and fancies [awhām] on it, deter the servants of Allah, the Exalted, from advancing to His threshold, and from reaching to His Beautiful Beauty, and block the way of knowledge.

They direct the pure and sincere hearts of Allah's servants in which He, with His hand of Beauty and Majesty, hid the seeds of knowledge in their disposition, and sent the great prophets and heavenly Books to breed and bring them upto the world, to its ornaments, to its materialities and corporalities, and to its falsities, and divert them from spiritualities and intellectual happiness, confining the invisible world and the promised paradises exclusively to food, drink, sex and other animal desires.

They think that Allah, the Exalted, has laid out His table-cloth of mercy, sent down, with so much ceremony, His Books, employed His noble angels and assigned great prophets, just for the sake of satisfying hunger and sex. The most they know is: Take care of your stomach and sex drive so that you may satisfy your desire in the other world. The importance which they attach to a sexual intercourse lasting for five hundred years [in Paradise according to a narrative] they do not attach to tawhīd and prophethood, and they take knowledge to be a preliminary to satiate their libido and gluttony.

If a godly philosopher, or a divine gnostic, wanted to open a door of mercy to the servants of Allah, or to read a paper of divine wisdom to them, they would spare no abuse, curse and forged accusations without throwing them at him. They are so indulged in mundane affairs, and so concerned about sex and stomach, unknowingly, that they do not desire any other happiness in this world except satisfying their animal lust, despite the fact that the intellectual happiness, should they care for it, would not injure their lust for sex and food.

Like ourselves, since we have not yet crossed the limit of animality, we think of nothing but food and sex, to which we may attain by the grace of Allah, the Exalted. We are not, however, to believe that happiness is confined to that, and that the paradise of Allah, the Exalted, is restricted only to this paradise of animals. As a matter of fact, Allah, the Exalted, has such worlds that no eye has ever seen, no ear has ever heard of, and never occurred to any heart. Yet, the people of divine love and knowledge pay attention to none of those paradises, and are interested in neither of the invisible and visible worlds. To them, paradise is meeting Allah.

If we want to relate the relevant Qur'anic āyahs and the Hadiths quoted from the infallible Ahl al-Bayt, it would not be within the scope of these papers. Actually, even what has been said was out of the overflowing of the pen. Our major objective is to direct the attention of the hearts of the servants of Allah to what they have been created for, that is, to know Allah, which is superior to all sorts of happiness, and everything else is but a preliminary to it.

By referring to “the thorns on the road of the sulūk”, we did not mean the great 'ulamā' of Islam, nor the honorable faqīhs of the Ja'farī school (may Allah's contentment be upon them), but we do mean some of the people of ignorance and those who pretend to be of the people of knowledge by means of insufficiency [qusūr] and ignorance [jahl], not by means of negligence [taqsīr] and abstinacy ['inād],and who became highway robbers of the servants of Allah. I take refuge in Allah from the evil of an overflowing pen, bad intention and false objective. Praise be to Allah at the beginning and the end, externally and internally.

- 1. Of an invocation from the Messenger of Allah (s) in his prostration. Furū' ul-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 324; Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 5; 'Awāliy 'ul-La'ālī, vol. 1, p. 389, hadīth 21

- 2. Ibid.; Misbāh al-Mutahajjid wa Silāh al-Muta'abbid, p. 308.

- 3. Sūrah al-Fātir 35:15.

- 4. It means: “To be by the appearance” or “To take an unreal matter for a real one.”

- 5. Furū' ul-Kāfī, vol.3, p. 300. 'Book of the Salat,”ch. On “Submission in the Salat and Disapproving Toying,”hadīth 5.

- 6. Ibid.,hadīth 4.

- 7. 'Ilal 'ush-Sharā'i' p. 88, as in Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4 p. 685, “Book of the Salat” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat” ch. 2, hadīth 4.

- 8. Falāh 'us-Sā'il, ch.2, “On the Description of the Salat”, p. 23.

- 9. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of the Salat,” sec. On “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 3.

- 10. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 74, p. 74, Book of Flower Garden,” “The Prophet's Preachings,” ch. 4, hadīth 3; Makārim al-Akhlāq, p. 59.

- 11. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of the Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 1. hadīth 7, extracted from Fiqh ar-Ridā, p. 101, ch. On “The Obligatory Salats.”

- 12. Sūrah Hūd 11:75.

- 13. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of the Salat,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salat,” ch. 2, hadīth 15.

- 14. Sūrah at-Takāthur 102:8.

- 15. Sūrah Ibrāhīm 14:48.

- 16. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:69.

- 17. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:40.

Section Three: On the Secret of the Niyyah [Intention]

Discussed in Five Chapters

Chapter 1: The Truth Of The Niyyah In Worship

Know that the niyyah [intention] is to decide or to determine to do something. It is the soul's decision on performing some acts after conceiving it and then acknowledging its advantage and judging its necessity. It is a psychological and conscientious condition, which appears after the said procedures. It is, then, expressed as a decision, a determination, a want, a will, an objective and the like. It appears in all voluntary actions, as there can be no voluntary act without undergoing the said process, and it is there in the entire action, in reality, not allegorically.

It does not need, however, that the details should be in the mind from the very beginning or even during the process, nor should one necessarily imagine the objective and the decision in detail. It sometimes happens that man does the act according to a decision, and yet he is completely unaware of the detailed picture of the act and the decision, while the fact is there, and it takes place in the outside, motivated by that fact. This is quite consciously obvious in the voluntary acts.

In sum, this decision and determination, which is the niyyah in the terminology of the faqīhs (may Allah be pleased with them), is, inevitably in every act, such that if one wanted to do a voluntary act without it, it would not be possible.
Nevertheless, the whisperings of the wicked Satan and the sportings of fancy overrule reason and disguise the necessities in the eyes of the helpless man, and man, instead of spending his precious life in improving and purifying his deeds, and in freeing them from internal evils, and instead of spending it in acquiring monotheistic knowledge, godliness and being in quest of Allah, the vile Satan whispers in his ears and induces him to spend only half of his life in quest of a necessary and obligatory matter.

Satan's snares and artifices are too many one may be induced by him to give up the act altogether, while the other whom he despairs of inducing to drop the act, induces him to commit other follies, such as self-conceitedness and hypocrisy. If Satan could not succeed in this, he would try to falsify one's worship by way of causing him to pretend holiness: by slighting the worships of the people in his eyes, and by causing him to regard the people indifferent [heedless].

Then he induces him to spend all his life on matters such as the niyyah, which is inseparable from the act, or the takbīr or the recitation, which are common and ordinary acts. At any rate, Satan would not leave man alone before nullifying his worship by one way or another.

Satanic whisperings come through diverse ways, which we cannot discuss for the time being, nor scrutinize them all. But the whispering in the niyyah, from among them, may be the most ridiculous and the strangest, because if someone tried, with all his powers, to do a voluntary act in all his life, without a niyyah [an intention], it would be impossible for him to do it.

Nevertheless, you may find some wretched, sick and feeble-minded person who spends a considerable time at every Salat just to have a firm intention. Such a person is more like the one who thinks a long time whether he is to decide to go shopping or to go for a lunch. This helpless man, to whom the Salat should be his ascension to His proximity, and the key to his happiness, and, by applying its cordial disciplines and realizing the secrets of this divine grace he should perfect his essence [dhāt] and secure his growth [nash'ah] of life, he, on the contrary, neglects all these matters, or, much worse, besides regarding them unnecessary, he takes them all to be false, and uses his dear and valuable capital to serve Satan and to obey his slinking whispers, placing the God-given reason ['aql], which is the light of guidance, under the rule of Iblīs.

'Abdullāh ibn Sinān says: “I mentioned before Imām as-Sādiq ('a) [a case concerning] a man who was afflicted with frequently performing the Wudu' and the Salat, and described him to be a man of reason. The Imām said: “What reason has he in obeying Satan?” I asked him: “How is it that he is obeying Satan?” He said: “If you ask him wherefrom his hesitation comes to him, he will tell you it is of the work of Satan.”1

In short, man should uproot this by whatever means of austerity and strife, for it deprives him of all happiness and good. It may be that forty years of a man's worship are not correctly performed even in the outer appearance or according to the juristic formal details, let alone the internal religious disciplines.

More ridiculous is that some such fastidious persons think that the worships of all people are invalid and take them to be negligent in respect of religion, whereas their religious authorities whose instructions they follow are also among the ordinary people. If he is a learned man, let him refer to the Prophet's tradition to see that the Messenger of Allah (s) and the Imāms of guidance ('a) were also like the ordinary people in these matters.

From among all the people only this group of fastidious persons, act contrary to the Messenger of Allah (s), the infallible Imāms ('a), the jurists of religion and the scholars of the 'ummah, regarding the acts of worship of all of them worthless, believing their own to be done according to precaution and that they take good care of religion. Take, for example, the case of the Wudu'. The narratives about the Wudu' of the Messenger of Allah (s) are many and successively transmitted. It seems that the Messenger of Allah (s) used a single handful [of water] to wash his face, another for his right hand and a third for his left hand.2

The Imāmī faqīhs are unanimous on definitely regarding this Wudu' to be the correct one. The Book of Allah, too, apparently confirms it. As to the second washing, or the second handful, it is objected by some, while there is no harm in the second handful, or the second washing, although its recommendation is questionable. But the third washing is undoubtedly an innovation and renders the Wudu' invalid, according to both the narration and the fatwā.

Now, look at the acts of this helpless fastidious person who is not satisfied with twenty handfuls [of water], each one of which is enough to fully wash the hand and to consider it a “complete wash”. In this case his Wudu' is undoubtedly invalid. But this wretched, feeble-minded person, who performs this act in obedience to Satan's orders and whispers, thinks that what he does is correct and according to precaution; then, by contrast, he takes the acts of all others to be incorrect and invalid.

Here the noble hadīth proves true in respect of calling this man insane. The one who thinks correct an act, which is contrary to the act of the Messenger of Allah (s), and regards an act, which is in conformity with the Prophet's to be incorrect, is either a renegade or an insane. But as this desperate person is not a renegade, he must be insane, obedient to Satan and disobedient to the Beneficent [ar-rahmān].

There is no remedy for this acute disease except through contemplation and reflection on the aforementioned matters; making a comparison between his act and that of the pious, the scholars and the faqīhs (may Allah be pleased with them). If he sees that his act differs from theirs, he is to push Satan's nose into the dust and to completely ignore that evil creature. Then, after that if Satan tries and whispers in his ears several times: “Your act is invalid,” let him reply: “If the acts of all the faqīhs of the ummah are invalid, mine is invalid, too.”

It is hoped that after some time spent contradicting Satan, taking refuge in Allah, the Exalted, with invocations and imploring, from his evils, this disease will be cured and Satan's greedy eye will be lifted from him. The same instructions are also recommended in the noble Hadiths to remedy excessive doubt, which is also of the satanic inspirations.

In the noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of Imām al-Bāqir ('a), it is stated that he has said: “When doubts in the Salat become too frequent, do not give heed to them, and regard the Salat to be correct. It is hoped that this state would leave you, as it is not caused but by Satan.”3

In another narrative, Imām al-Bāqir ('a), or Imām as-Sādiq ('a), is quoted to have said: “Do not make it Satan's habit to frequent you by breaking your Salat, as this will stir his greed against you. Satan is evil and gets accustomed to what he is habituated to.”

Zurārah says that the Imām added: “That malignant wants to be obeyed. So, if he is disobeyed he will not come back to you.”4
This is an important cure for all cases of Satan's intrusions and of the jestings of devilish fancies. In some Hadiths invocations are also recommended. You may, in this respect, refer to Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, Mustadrak al-Wasā'il at the end of the book al-Khalal.

Chapter 2: Sincerity

One of the important disciplines of the niyyah, which is of the important parts of all worships and of the general and comprehensive instructions, is “sincerity”. Its nature is purging the act of worship from the impurity of doing it for other than Allah, and clearing the heart from discerning anything other than Allah, the Exalted, in all formal, intellectual, external, and internal acts.

It achieves its perfection by absolutely neglecting the other [than Allah], and decisively pounding upon I-ness, selfishness, the other and the otherness. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ Surely Allah's is the pure religion.” 5

So, if the religion was mixed with any selfish and satanic desires, it would not be pure; and that which is not pure is not acceptable to Allah, and that which has a blemish of otherness and selfishness is outside the limits of Allah's religion.

Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ And they were not enjoined except that they should worship Allah, making the religion His sincerely.” 6

And He also says:

“ …And whoever desires the tillage of this world, We give him thereof, but in the Hereafter he will have no portion.” 7

It has been narrated that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Every person gets according to his intention. So, the one whose intention is to migrate to Allah and His Messenger, his migration will be to Allah and His Messenger; and the one whose intention of migration is to attain to this world [to get something of it] or to marry a woman, his migration is to what he has intended.”8

Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ And whoever leaves his house migrating to Allah and His Messenger, and then death overtakes him, his reward is, indeed, with Allah.” 9

Maybe this noble āyah covers all degrees of sincerity: One is the formal migration of the body. If this migration was not purely for the sake of Allah and His Messenger, but was for the sake of personal desires, then it would not be a migration to Allah and His Messenger. This is the formal juristic degree of sincerity.

Another one is the spiritual migration, and internal journey, which starts from the dark house of the self, with its goal being Allah and His Messenger. It, after all, returns to Allah Himself, because the Messenger, as a messenger, has no independence of his own; rather, he is an āyah, a mirror and a representative. So, to migrate to him means migrating to Allah: “The love of Allah's close friends is loving Allah.”

So, the gist of the meaning of the noble āyah, based on this possibility, is that the one who leaves the house of the self, and gets out of the mansion of selfishness, on a spiritual migration and a gnostic cordial journey to Allah, disregarding his self, dignity and prestige, his reward will be with Allah.

But if the sālik to Allah demands, in his sulūk to Allah, a personal desire, such as attaining stations, or even attaining Allah's proximity for himself, this sulūk will not be to Allah. Actually, the sālik has not even got out of his self; that is, his journey is inside his own house, roaming from side to side and from corner to corner.

Therefore, if the journey is within the limits of the self [nafs] for the sake of attaining self-perfections, it will not be a journey to Allah, it is, in fact a journey from self to self. Nevertheless, the sālik in his journey to Allah, will, inevitably, experience this kind of travel. No one, except the perfect walīs [friends of Allah] ('a) can commence his divine journey without a journey within himself, as that exclusively belongs to the perfect ones ('a). Perhaps the noble āyah:

“ Peace it is till the break of the dawn,” 10

is a hint at this safety from the Satanic and selfish conducts during all the stages of the journey in the dark nights of nature, which is the night of Qadr in respect of the perfect ones, till the dawn of the Resurrection Day, which means, to the perfect ones, seeing the Beauty of the One. But the others would not be safe in all the stages of the journey. As a matter of fact, no sālik would be free from Satan's intrusions in the early stages.

So, it has become clear that this degree of sincerity whose first stage in the journey to Allah is safety, till its last, which is the attainment of real death, or rather till after the second real life, which is the “sobriety [sahw] after the self-effacement [mahw]” would not happen to the people of sulūk and the common people of gnosticism and of austerity. The sign of this kind of sincerity is that Satan's temptation will have no way into those possessing it, and Satan's covetous eye will turn in complete despair away from them, as is said by Satan in the Qur'an:

“ By Your Might I will tempt them all, except your sincere servants from among them.” 11

Here, sincerity is ascribed to the servant himself, not to his act, which is a state loftier than sincerity in act. Perhaps the well-known noble hadīth of the Prophet (s) who said: “The one who keeps being sincere to Allah for forty mornings, fountains of wisdom will flow from his heart to his tongue,”12 refers to all the degrees of sincerity, i.e. sincerity of act, of attribute and of essence, and probably it appears in sincerity of essence, for which the other degrees of sincerity are requisites.

To explain this noble hadīth, and to state what is meant by “fountains of wisdom”, the way they flow from the heart to the tongue, the effect of sincerity in this flowing and the significance of “forty mornings”, are out of the scope of this thesis, as they need a separate book. The thesis titled Tuhfat 'ul-Mulūk fī’s-Sayri was-Sulūk, ascribed to the knower of Allah, the late Bahr al-'Ulūm, is mostly concerned with the explanation of this noble hadīth. It is a nice thesis, though somewhat arguable. For this reason some say that it was not written by the said great personality, which is quite possible.

Chapter 3: A Brief Account On Some Stages Of Sincerity To Fit Within These Papers

One of these stages is to purge the act, whether cordial or formal, from the blemish of acquiring the creatures' pleasure and attracting their hearts for the sake of a praise, and advantage or anything else. And the counterfeit of it is the act performed hypocritically, which is a juristic hypocrisy and is the meanest of all degrees of hypocrisies, and such a hypocrite is the lowest and meanest of all hypocrites.

The second stage is to purge the act from wanting the fulfillment of mundane objectives and transient desires, although these acts may be fulfilled in order to attain Allah's grace, such as performing night salāts [nāfilah] for improving one's sustenance, or performing the salāt of the first day of the month, for example, in order to be safe from the plights of the month, or giving out alms to ward off diseases, and other worldly objectives.

Some jurisprudents (may Allah's mercy be upon them) regard this degree of sincerity to be necessary for the correctness of the acts of worship, in case the objective of performing the act is to attain it. But this is contrary to investigation according to the juristic rules. Yet, this salāt has no value, whatsoever, in the eyes of the people of knowledge, and it is like all other lawful gains, or maybe even lower.

The third stage is to purge the act from trying to attain corporeal paradises, houris, luxurious abodes and the likes of the corporeal pleasures. Its counterfeit is the worship of the traders, as is described in the noble hadīths. This, too, is, to the people of Allah, similar to other gains, though the wage of the acts of this trader is more and higher, in case he carries them out and rids them from the formal viles.

The fourth stage is to purify the act from being afraid of the threatened bodily punishment and torture. The counterfeit of this is the worship of the slaves, as is mentioned in the narratives.13

To the people of the heart, this kind of worship is also of no value and far from being a service to Allah, while, to the people of knowledge, it makes no difference if a man performs an act out of fearing the penalties and punishments of this world or the tortures of the Hereafter, or for the purpose of possessing worldly women, or for obtaining the paradisiac women, none of them will be for Allah, and they [only] show the intention [reason=dā'ī] for the performance of an act, which, according to juristic rules, takes the act out of formal invalidity. But in the market of the people of knowledge this stuff is of no value.

The fifth stage is to purge the act from trying to attain intellectual happiness and everlasting spiritual pleasures, and to join the cherubim, the group of the sacred intellects and the favorite angels. Its counterfeit is acting for this purpose. Although this stage is great and an important goal, and the wise men and researchers attach great importance to this stage of happiness and regard it very valuable, yet, in the ways of the people of Allah, this stage has also its shortcomings in sulūk, and its sālik is also regarded as a trader or a worker, though his trade and business are different, in many ways, from those of others.

As regards this stage, I mean the sixth one; it is to purge the act from being afraid of not attaining those pleasures and of being deprived of this happiness. Its counterfeit is to act for this stage out of fear. Although this is a lofty stage and is beyond the desire of one like the writer, yet, to the people of Allah, this is also the worship of the slaves, for it has causes.

The seventh stage is to purge it from attaining the delights of the Divine Beauty and enjoying the pleasures of the lights of limitless glories, which are the Paradise of Meeting [the Lord]. This stage, I mean the stage of Meeting Allah, is one of the most important goals of the people of knowledge and those of heart, and the hands of the hopes of the common people are too short to reach it. Only a few of the people of knowledge are favored with the happiness of this honor.

And the people of love and attraction are of the perfect ones among the people of Allah and His chosen ones. Yet, this perfection is not the most perfect degree of the people of Allah. It is one of their many common states. What we read in some invocations, such as the Sha'bāniyyah supplication, that Imām 'Alī ('a) and his pure progeny demand the said state, or allude to their being in that state, does not mean that their states are limited to this one, since the eighth stage, which is on the same level as this one, and which is purging the act from the fear of separation, is also not of the perfect states of the perfect ones. Imām 'Alī's saying: “How could I forbear separating from You?”14 is just a reference to a brim-full common state of him and of one like him.

Generally speaking, purging the act from these two stages is also a must to the people of Allah, for to act with them will be endued with causes and not free from selfish wants. It is, thus, perfect sincerity. Next, there are other stages that are out of the limits of sincerity, and fall under the criterion of monotheism, abstraction and guardianship, all of which do not fit here.

Chapter 4: Refuting A Group Of Ignorants

Now as you have got acquainted with the stages of sincerity and states of the acts of worship to some extent, get ready to acquire them, since to have knowledge without putting it to practice is worthless, and knowledge is a stronger evidence against the claimant and he is more exposed to argument. Alas! It is regretted that we are completely deprived of the divine knowledge, the spiritual states of the people of Allah and the lofty positions of the men of heart.

A group of us completely deny all the states and regard their people to be erroneous, and their acts bātil [false] and worthless. They even take those who mention them with admiration, or invite to their states, to be forgers and their invitation to be a paradox. There is no hope in drawing the attention of such groups to their own faults and shortcomings, and in waking them up:

“ Surely you cannot guide everyone whom you love;” 15

“ …You cannot make those in the graves hear.” 16

Yes, those who, like the helpless writer, know nothing at all, and whose hearts are not living up to the life of knowledge and divine love, are but dead ones, for whom the bodily covers are their rotten graves. This dust of the body and dark narrowness of the skeleton have shut them off from all the worlds of light and light upon light:

“ …And he for whom Allah has not assigned light, for him there is no light.” 17

Much as you try to recite of hadīths and of the Qur'an to these groups concerning divine affection and love and concerning longing for meeting [Him], and exclusively being attached to Him, they still try to interpret, justify and explain them according to their own opinions. All those āyahs about meeting Allah and divine love they interpret to be a meeting with the trees of Paradise and the beautiful women.

I wonder what these groups would do with the texts of the Sha'bāniyyah Supplication, which says: “O Allah! Grant me to be completely devoted to you, and lighten the eyes of our hearts with the light of looking at You until the eyes of the hearts penetrate the barriers of light to reach the Source of Greatness, and our souls hang to the Might of Your Sanctity. O Allah! Make me one of those whom You called and he responded, and when You looked at him, he was stunned because of Your Majesty.”18

So, what do “barriers of light” mean? Does “looking at Allah” mean looking at the palaces of Paradise? Does “the Source of Greatness” mean heavenly palaces? Does “the hanging of the souls to the Might of Sanctity” mean hanging to the skirts of the houris for sensual desires? This “being stunned because of His Majesty”, does it mean being spellbound at the beauties of the women of Paradise?

Those ecstasies and faintings which used to befall the Messenger of Allah (s) during his ascending salāt, and those lights of grandeur, and the things loftier than them, which he used to discern, in that meeting in which the Archangel Gabriel ('a) was not admitted and he dared not to advance even for an inch farther, were those ecstasies for one of the very good women? Or did he discern lights like those of the sun and the moon or much brighter? That sound heart, which was referred to by the infallible [ma'sūm] ('a) in explaining the verse:

“ Except him who comes to Allah with a sound heart,” 19

By saying: “A sound heart is the one which meets Allah while there is nothing in it save Him,”20 does it mean that “there is nothing in it save Allah” denotes “nothing save the generosity of Allah,” which is to mean an allusion to “nothing save [say] pearls and apricots”?

Woe to me for letting the rein of the pen be loose and engage in ecstatic phrases. But, by the life of the beloved, no particular aim was intended by those words, except that there might be, for my brothers in faith, especially the learned, a sort of warning, so that they might not, at least, deny the states of the people of Allah, for such a denial would be the origin of every wretchedness and misfortune.

We did not intend to say who Ahlullāh [the people of Allah] are. Actually, our intention was that their states should not be denied. As to who the owners of those states are, Allah alone knows them, since it is a matter of which no one is informed: “The one who got an information did not come back.”21

There is another group who do not deny the states of the people of knowledge and are not against the people of Allah. But their indulgence in worldly matters, trying to obtain them, and their taking to the transient pleasures, have prevented them from acquiring knowledge, practice, intellectual intuition [dhawq] and ecstasy [hāl].

They are like those sick people who do know they are sick, but their stomach would not let them be cautious and accept taking bitter medicine, while the former group are like the patients who would never believe in the existence of such patients and such a disease in actuality, and despite the fact that they themselves are afflicted with this disease, they deny its existence.

Another group took to acquiring knowledge and engaged in learning theories, but as regards the truths of knowledge and the states of the people of Allah, they satisfied themselves with terms and vocabularies, and with the gaudiness of phrases and expressions. They tied themselves and other wretched ones in the chains of words and terms, and out of all “states,” they satisfied themselves with mere talk.
Among them there are a few who do know themselves, but, in order to preside over some other unfortunate persons, they use these meaningless terms as a means of winning a living, and, with their deceitful expressions and attractive talks, they capture the pure hearts of the servants of Allah. These are the human Satans whose harm is no less than that of the accursed Iblīs himself against the servants of Allah.

These unfortunate ones do not know that the hearts of the servants of Allah are the abode of Allah, and no one has the right to occupy them. They are usurpers of Allah's abode and destroyers of the real ka'bah. They carve out idols and place them in the hearts of the servants of Allah, which are the ka'bah, or rather al-Bayt al-Ma'mūr [Allah's Populous House]. They are the sick people who pretend to be physicians, and involve the servants of Allah in diverse deadly diseases.

The members of this group are distinguished for being more interested in guiding the wealthy people and the notable personalities than in guiding the poor and the indigent, and their followers are more of the well-off and notable people. Even they themselves appear in the apparel of the wealthy people. They play on such deceptive talks that while they are polluted with a thousand kinds of mundane impurities, they can show themselves as purifiers and of the people of Allah. The wretched fools and their followers close their eyes against all their tangible faults, and flatter themselves with empty terms and utterances.

Now as we have reached this stage of our speech, it is worthwhile to relate one or two hadīths narrated in this respect, although it would be out of the content of our discourse. However, getting the blessings of the hadīths of Ahl al-Bayt ('a) is a good thing:

Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah have mercy upon him) in his book Al-Khisāl, quoting Abū 'Abdullāh [as-Sādiq] ('a), says: “There are among the scholars those who like to compile their knowledge, and do not like to be quoted. These are at the first step of the Fire. Other scholars are proud when they admonish, but they disdain being admonished. These are at the second step of Fire. Some scholars prefer to put their knowledge at the disposal of the noble and the wealthy, excluding the poor from it. These are at the third step of the Fire.

Other scholars behave like the tyrants and the monarchs in their knowledge, and if they were redressed or neglected in some of their affairs, they would become angry. These are at the fourth step of the Fire. Some scholars look for the hadīths of the Jews and the Christians in order to support their own knowledge and increase their own hadīths.

These are at the fifth step of the Fire. Other scholars appoint themselves to give out religious decrees, telling the people: “Ask me,” whereas they may not be right even in a single letter, and Allah does not like the pretentious. These are at the sixth step of the Fire. There are among the scholars those who take knowledge to be a sense of honor and intellect. These are at the seventh step of the Fire.”22

Al-Kulaynī (may Allah have mercy upon him), in his comprehensive [book] al-Kāfī, quoting Imām al-Bāqir ('a), says: “The one who seeks knowledge in order to vie with the scholars, or to argue with the fool, or to attract the people to himself, let him have his seat in the Fire Presidency does not befit except its deserver.”23
Also quoting Imām as-Sādiq ('a) he says: “Whenever you see a scholar loving this world accuse him of being against your religion, as the lover of a thing seeks to get what he loves.” And he said: “Allah, the Exalted, revealed to David ('a): 'Do not place between Me and yourself a scholar who is infatuated with this world, as he would prevent you from the way of My love, for those are the robbers of My loving servants. The least I would do to them is to extract the sweetness of supplication to Me from their hearts.”24

Those from among this group, who are not impostors or fraudulent, and are themselves sāliks on the road to the Hereafter, striving to acquire knowledge and high states, it sometimes happens that they are fooled by Satan, the highway robber, and get conceited, thinking that the states and knowledge [ma'ārif] are really nothing but the very scholarly terms and expressions which they themselves or others, have coined.

They spend the prime of their years and the best of their lives, in multiplicating those terms and composing books and papers, such as a group of versed mufassirs (exegetes of the Qur'an) who think that the advantage of the Qur'an is confined to recording a collection of different ways of its recitation, the meanings of its vocabularies and conjugation of its verbs, its verbal and moral beauties, aspects of its miraculous inimitability, its conventional meaning, and its different impressions on different persons, but they are completely ignorant of the Qur'an's message, its spiritual dimensions and divine knowledge [ma'ārif].
They are more like a sick man who has gone to a physician and received his prescription, and thinks that he will be treated by way of recording and preserving the recipe and by the mode of its ingredients. This disease will kill such people, for knowing the recipe and going to the doctor come to no avail at all.

O dear! All sciences are practical. Even the science of tawhīd (monotheism) also consists of cordial and formal acts. Tawhīd, grammatically, denotes turning plurality into singleness a spiritual and cordial act. Unless you recognize the real and the true cause in the multiplicity of acts, unless you have a truth-finding eye to discern Allah in nature, unless you regard the natural and non-natural multiplicities as perished [fānī] in Allah and His acts, and unless the authority of Allah's Unity of Acts has not spread its banner in your heart, you will be far away from purity, sincerity, clearness and purification, as well as from tawhīd.

All of the hypocrisy of acts and most of the cordial hypocrisies are caused by the incompleteness of the unity of acts. The one who regards the weak and unfortunate people to be effective in this world, and occupying the domain of Allah, how can he regard himself in no need of attracting their hearts, and purge and purify his act from Satan's polytheism? You will have to make the spring clean so that clear water may come out of it, as otherwise, from a muddy spring you may not expect to get clear water.

If you regard the hearts of Allah's servants to be at the disposal of Allah, and make your heart taste the meaning of: “O You Who change the hearts,” and let your heart hear it, you, with all your weakness and helplessness, will not try to capture the hearts. If you make your heart understand the truth of

“ …In His Hand is the dominion of everything,” 25

“ His is the (whole) dominion,” 26

And

“ In His Hand is the dominion,” 27

You will need not attract any hearts, nor think that you are in need of the weak hearts and the weak people, and you will attain a state of cordial satisfaction. You felt yourself being in need of something, and took the people to be undoers of knotty problems, and thus you thought you needed to attract the hearts of the people, thinking that by pretending holiness, you would have at your disposal the hearts of the people.

Hence, you needed to be a hypocrite. Had you taken Allah to be the solver of all difficulties, and that you do not have the universe at your disposal, you would not have needed those acts of polytheism.

O you, the polytheist who claim to be a monotheist! O you, an Iblīs [a devil] appearing in the shape of a human being! You have inherited this legacy from the accursed Satan, who, thinking himself effective, calls out:

“I will lead them astray”28.
That wretched, miserable being is wrapped in veils of polytheism and self-conceit. Those who believe themselves and the world to be independent and not under management, neither controlled nor owned, have inherited that from Iblīs' mischief. So, wake up from [your] deep sleep and convey to your heart the noble āyahs of the Divine Book, the Lord's Luminous Page.

These great āyahs have been sent down for me and you to wake up, yet, we confine all our shares to reciting it in formal artistic intonation, disregarding its informative knowledge, until Satan overcomes and rules us such that we become under his control.

For the time being, we end the discourse here, leaving it for a later time. We shall, inshā' Allāh, talk about the disciplines of recitation, opening the way for ourselves and for the servants of Allah to be benefited by the Glorious Qur'an, with Allah's permission and His good help. Was-salām [And that is an end to the matter].

Chapter 5: Some Other Stages Of Sincerity

Now as the string of the speech has reached this point, I have but to state some other stages of sincerity befitting this state.

One of the stages of sincerity is to purge the act from thinking of deserving a reward. The counterfeit of it is the act blemished with demanding the expected reward. This is not free from a degree of admiring the act, and the sālik is to rid himself of it. The assumption of deserving reward is caused by the deficiency in one's knowledge of his condition and of the right of Allah, the Exalted.

This is also a fruit of the satanic evil tree stemming from being proud of oneself, one's act, I-ness and selfishness. How hopeless man is! As long as he is wrapped in the veils of being proud of his acts, believing them to be of his own, and regarding himself the manager of the affairs, he will not be cured from this disease, and will not be able to purge his act and purify his intention.

Therefore, the sālik is to strive to inform his heart, through cordial austerity and mental and gnostic conduct, that all acts are of Allah's blessings and gifts which He carries out by the hand of His servant. Should the Unity of Acts get fixed in the heart of the sālik, he would not regard his acts as to be of himself, therefore he would not demand any reward, and, actually, he would regard the reward to be a favor and the blessings to be new beginnings.

This divine delicacy is frequently stated in the words of the pure Imāms ('a), especially in as-Sahīfah as-Sajjadiyyah (a book of invocations and supplications by Imām 'Alī ibn-Husayn as-Sajjād), a divine and luminous book, which has descended from the gnostic heaven of the knower of Allah, the luminous intellect, Sayyid as-Sājidīn [the Master of the Prostrating Worshippers], for the sake of salvation of the servants of Allah from the prison of nature, demonstrating the discipline of servitude and of being at the service of the Lord. In the thirty-second invocation he says: “…so praise be to you for your beginning with great favors, and for Your inspiring gratitude for [Your] benevolence.”29

He also says on another occasion: “…since all your benevolence is favor and every one of your blessings is a new beginning.”30

In Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah it is said: “The least limit of sincerity is the servant's doing all his best, then he should not attach to his act [of worship] any value with Allah, by which he would impose on his Lord [to give him] a reward for his act.”31

Another stage of sincerity is to purge the act from demanding much and being pleased with it and depending on it. This is also one of the important tasks of the sālik, lest he should be retained back from joining the caravan of the travelers to Allah, confining himself to the dark dungeon of nature. This is a situation stemming from the vile satanic tree, and from the selfishness inherited from the legacy of Satan who has said:

“ You created me of fire and created him of clay.” 32

This is but man's ignorance of his own state [maqām] and of the state [maqām] of Allah, the Glorified.

If this wretched “possible (existent)” could only recognize his own state of deficiency, incapability, weakness and helplessness, and realize Allah's state of greatness, grandeur and perfection, he would never boast of his act and of performing an act. Wretched! His act [of worship], which would be worth only a few pence for a whole year, should it prove to be complete and correct, he would ask, for only two of its rak'ats, unlimited expectations. It is this expectation and much demanding that originates many immoralities and other acts of mischief, which cannot be mentioned here for fear of becoming lengthy.

The noble hadīths frequently refer to this subject, as is in the noble al-Kāfī, quoting Imām Mūsā ibn Ja'far ('a) to have said to some of his sons: “My son, you are to be diligent, never to clear yourself from falling short of fully worshipping and obeying Allah, the Most High, for He can never be worshipped as He deserves.”33

In another hadīth, he ('a) said: “Any act you do for Allah, take yourself as falling short of it, since all the people, in their acts, between themselves and Allah, are derelict [muqassir], except the one whom Allah, the Exalted, protects against that.”34

He ('a) is also quoted to have said: “Do not consider plenty the plenty good deeds.”35

The complete Sahīfah, describing the angels, says: “Those who, looking at Hell breathe out to the people of disobedience, say “Glory to you, O Allah, we have not worshipped you as you deserve to be worshipped.” 36

O you helpless! When the Messenger of Allah (s), who was the most knowledgeable among Allah's creatures, and whose act [of worship] was the most luminous and the greatest of all others', admitted his shortcoming and inability, and who says: “We have not known You as You ought to be, and we have not worshipped You as You deserve it,”37 and when the infallible Imāms ('a), in the Presence of His Sanctity, display their shortcomings and deficiencies, what can a tiny gnat do?38

Yes, their status and knowledge urged them to admit the incapability of “the possible existent” and the Greatness and Glory of the “Necessary Existent”, Allah, the Exalted, whereas we, the helpless, because of ignorance and diverse veils, arrogantly show off our ostentation and pride in our acts. Glory be to Allah! How right Amīr al-Mu'minīn 'Alī ('a) was when he said: “Man's self-admiration is one of the enviers of his intellect.”39

Is it not irrational that Satan should make obscure for us a necessary matter, and we should not try to intellectually reason it? We ourselves, know, of necessity, that our acts [of worship] and the acts of mankind as a whole, as well as the acts of the angels of Allah, and the spiritual people, cannot be compared with the acts of the Messenger of Allah (s) and the Imāms of guidance ('a), as ours can have no value whatsoever, and cannot be of any regard at all.

Yet, those great ones confess their shortcomings and do not conceal their incapability of performing the worship due to Allah, the Exalted, according to so many successive hadīths. These two necessary cases make us to conclude that we should not be pleased with any of our acts. Or even if we spend as long as the life of the world in worshipping and in acts of obedience, we should still be ashamed, abashed and disgraced.

Nevertheless, Satan has so deeply established himself in our hearts, and so strongly has his control over our minds and senses, that the states [ahwāl] of our hearts have been changed to the contrary, let alone our failure in deriving the necessary conclusions from those preliminaries.

The great man ('Alī ibn Abī Tālib), whose strike on the Day of the Trench was more merited than the worship of all jinn and ins (mankind), according to the confirmation of the Messenger of Allah (s)40 and 'Alī ibn al-Husayn, with all his worships and austerities, though known to be the greatest worshipper of all Allah's creatures, shows his inability to attain his state of worshipping41 declares his shortcoming in this respect more than we do.

The Messenger of Allah (s) at whose threshold 'Alī al-Murtadā and all, other than Allah, are servants and live on the crumblings of his blessed table of knowledge and are the students of his teachings after receiving the cloak of honor of the Final Prophethood, the complete circulation of perfection and the last brick of knowledge and tawhīd, continued, for ten years, to stand on his feet in Hirā cave, performing his worshippings in obedience to Allah, until his feet swelled such that Allah revealed:

“ Tā-Hā, We have not sent down the Qur'an upon you that you should be distressed,” 42

i.e.: “O “pure” and “guide”! We did not reveal the Qur'an to you to cause you difficulty. You are pure and you guide the people, and if they disobey you, it is because of their own shortcoming and misfortune, not because of any shortcoming in your conduct or guidance.” Nevertheless, he still announces his inability and falling short.

Sayyid ibn Tāwūs (may his soul be sanctified) quotes from 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) a hadīth which we shall relate to honor our thesis and, although it is a bit lengthy, since it is an explanation of the position of that master, yet the smelling sense of the souls will be scented by it and the palate of the hearts will take a delight in it.

He (may his soul be sanctified), quoting az-Zahrī, in Fath al-Abwāb, says: “I, together with 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a), called upon 'Abdul Malik ibn Marwan.’Abdul Malik, regarding it as magnificent to see the mark of prostration between the two eyes of 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a), said: “O Abū Muhammad, perseverance is obvious on your face, and Allah has already been beneficent to you, as you are a part of the Messenger of Allah (s), a close relative with a firm relation to him, and you have a great favor upon your family and your contemporaries.

You have been given such merits, knowledge, godliness and piety that have been given to no one like you or before you, except your past ancestors.” He continued praising and extolling him. 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) said: “All that which you have described is of Allah's favor, support and grace. But how is [my] thanking Him on what He has favored [me], O Amīr al-Mu'minīn? The Messenger of Allah (s) used to stand in his salāt on his feet till they got swollen, and he remained thirsty during his fasting such that his mouth would dry up.

He was asked: “O Messenger of Allah! Did not Allah forgive what has passed and what is to come of your sins?” He replied: “Am I not to be a thankful servant?” Praise be to Allah for what He has favored us with and for His testing us, and praise be to Him in the Hereafter and in this world. By Allah, even if my limbs were cut to pieces and my eyeballs ran down my chest just to pay tribute to Allah, the Most Glorified, for just a tenth of one tenth of a single one of all His favors, which no reckoner can reckon, nor the praise of the praisers can pay the tribute due to a single one of them, I could not pay the due tribute to Him.

Never, by Allah, unless He grants me that nothing should keep me from praising and remembering Him all days and nights, secretly and publicly. Had I not been under obligations to my family and to other people, in particular and in general, who have rights from me, and which I cannot but fulfill to them as it is possible and as is in my capacity, I would have turned my eye to the heaven, and my heart to Allah, and then I would have never taken them back till He would take my breath He is the best of judges.” Then he ('a) wept, and so did 'Abdul Malik…” as the hadīth goes.43

We forgo mentioning other stages of sincerity, which do not suit the position of these papers, lest it should be lengthy and boring.

- 1. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of Reason and Ignorance,” hadīth 10, p. 13.

- 2. Furū' ul-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Purity,” ch. on the “Description of the Wudū', p. 24.

- 3. Ibid., “Book of the Salat,” ch. on “The One who Doubts in His Salat, hadīth 8, p. 359.

- 4. Ibid., hadīth 2.

- 5. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:3.

- 6. Sūrah al-Bayyinah 98:5

- 7. Sūrah ash-Shūrā 42:20.

- 8. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, sec. on “Preliminaries to the Acts of Worship,” ch. 5, hadīth 5.

- 9. Sūrah an-Nisā' 4:100

- 10. Sūrah al-Qadr 97:5.

- 11. Sūrah Sād 38:82, 83.

- 12. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 67, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Sincerity”, hadīth 10, p. 242, quoting 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol. 2, p. 69, with a slight difference. The same content is stated in the latter source, hadīth 25, p. 249.

- 13. See, for example, Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 1, sec. on “The Preliminaries to the Acts of Worship,” the narratives of chapter 9, p. 45; Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Worship”, narrative 5, p. 131.

- 14. Misbāh al-Mutahajjid, p. 778 (Supplication of Kumayl).

- 15. Sūrah al-Qasas 28:56.

- 16. Sūrah Fātir 35:22.

- 17. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:40.

- 18. Refer to footnote 5.

- 19. Sūrah ash-Shu'arā' 26:89

- 20. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Sincerity,” hadīth 5, p. 26.

- 21. “Those who claim to be in quest of it are uninformed,
The one who got an information did not come back.” Sa'dī

- 22. Al-Khisāl , vol. 2, ch. 7, hadīth 33, p. 352.

- 23. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of the Merit of Knowledge,” ch. on “The One who Gains His Living from His Knowledge,” hadīth 6, p. 59.

- 24. Ibid., hadīth 4.

- 25. Sūrah Yā-Sīn 36:83

- 26. Sūrah Fātir 35:13

- 27. Sūrah al-Mulk 67:1

- 28. Sūrah Sād 38:82

- 29. As-Sahīfah as-Sajjadiyyah, invocation 32

- 30. Ibid., invocation  12.

- 31. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 76, on “Sincerity.”

- 32. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:12; Sūrah Sād 38:76.

- 33. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Admitting Shortcomings,” hadīth 1, p. 116.

- 34. Ibid., hadīth 4.

- 35. Ibid., vol. 3, “Book of Faith and Disbelief”, ch. on “Slighting the Sin,” hadīth 2, p. 394; also vol. 4, ch. on “Reckoning the Deeds,” hadīth 17, p. 196.

- 36. As-Sahīfah as-Sajjadiyyah, invocation 3.

- 37. Mir'āt 'ul-'Uqūl vol. 8, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Thanks-Giving,” p. 146.

- 38. “Where a falcon drops its feathers, what can a tiny gnat do?” Amthāl and Hikam, by Dehkhudā, vol. 2, p. 579. The poet's name is not mentioned.

- 39. Nahj al-Balāghah, ed. by Fayd al-Islām, maxim 203, p. 1172.

- 40. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 39, ”Tārīkh-i Amīr  al-Mu'minīn,” p. 2.

- 41. Ibid., vol. 46, ”Tārīkh-i 'Alī ibn al-Husayn” ch. 5, hadīth 65, p. 75.

- 42. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:1, 2.

- 43. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 46, “Fath al-Abwāb,” p. 57.

Section Four: The Discipline Of Reverence

One of the important disciplines of reciting the Divine Book, shared by the gnostic and the common man, and which brings about good results causing luminosity for the heart and the interior life, is to regard it with “reverence”, which depends on realizing its greatness and majesty.

This, however, is actually out of the scope of explanation and beyond the human capacity, because understanding the greatness of a thing depends on understanding its truth, while the truth of the Divine Holy Qur'an, before being sent down to the stages [manāzil] of creation and before undergoing practical modes [atwār], is of the affairs [shu'ūn] of His Essence and of the facts of Knowledge in His Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat].

It is the truth of a “Self-Speech” [kalām-i nafs], which is the “Essential Argument” [muqāri'at-i dhātiyyah] in His Names. This truth appears to no one, neither by means of formal sciences or cordial knowledge nor by unseen disclosure, except through complete divine revelation to the blessed person of the Final Prophet (s), in the intimacy of qāba qawsayn [at the distance of two bows' length], or even in the secret privacy of aw adnā [or nearer].

The hand of hope of the human species is short of that, except, that of the sincere of Allah's friends who, according to the spiritual lights and the divine facts, share in the spirituality of the Prophet's sacred essence and, through their complete subordination, they vanished in him. They receive the disclosing knowledge by inheriting it from him, and the truth of the Qur'an may be reflected in their hearts, with the same luminosity and perfection with which it appeared in the heart of that great personality, without its descending to [mundane] stations and taking [mundane] forms.

That Qur'an is without change and alteration, and it is of the book of divine revelation. The one capable of carrying this Qur'an is the noble person of the absolute friend of Allah, 'Alī ibn Abi Tālib ('a).

Others cannot take this fact in, unless it descends from the station of ghayb [the invisible] to the station of visibility and takes the seen form, wearing the apparel of mundane words and letters. This is one of the meanings of “changing” [tahrīf] or alteration which has occurred in all Divine Scriptures as well as the Qur'an, changing all the noble āyahs, which, with a change, or rather many changes, according to the stations and stages which continue from His “Names” to the last of the worlds of vision and visibility, are placed within the reach of man.

The number of the stages of the change corresponds to the number of the stages of the butūn of the Qur'an exactly. The meaning of the change [tahrīf] here is the descent from absolute ghayb to absolute visibility, in accordance with the degrees of the worlds, whereas the butūn is the return from absolute visibility to absolute ghayb. So, the beginning of the change, and the beginning of the butūn are opposed.

Whenever a sālik attains a stage of the butūn, he gets rid of a degree of the change. When he arrives at the absolute butūn, which is the seventh, according to the general classification, he absolutely gets rid of the change [tahrīf]. So, perhaps the Qur'an appears to some to be full of different changes. To another, it may appear with few changes, while to a third it appears with no change at all. It may also appear to somebody changed in some instances and unchanged in some others, or with some sorts of changes in a third instance.

As you know, understanding the greatness of the Qur'an is beyond the capacity of the intellect. Yet, a general hint at the greatness of this Divine Book, which is within the reach of everybody, is of many advantages.

Do know, dear, that the greatness of a speech or a book is derived from the greatness of the speaker and the writer, from the greatness of its contents and objectives, from the greatness of its results and fruits, from the greatness of its intermediate conveyer, from the greatness of its receiver and its carrier, from the greatness of its keeper and protector, from the greatness of its commentator and explainer or from the greatness of the time of its being sent down and how it was sent.

Some of these, however, are by nature the causes of greatness, others are indirectly so, and some are proofs of the greatness. All the said matters are contained in this luminous Book in their very best and satisfaction or, actually they are its distinguished characteristics. No other book shares them with it, or covers all of them comprehensively.

As regards the greatness of the speaker, the composer and its owner, He is the Absolute Great, for all kinds of greatness that can be imagined on the earth and in the heavens, and all powers descending in the visible and the invisible, are but seepage of the manifestations of the greatness of the act of His Sacred Essence.

Allah, the Exalted, would not show Himself to anybody through manifesting His Greatness from behind thousands of veils and curtains, as a hadīth says: “Allah has seventy-thousand veils [of light and darkness; if removed away, the lights of His Face would burn everything other than Him.].”1 To the people of knowledge, this noble Book has been issued from Allah, the Exalted, the Origin of all affairs of the Essence, Attributes and Acts, and of all manifestations of Beauty and Majesty. The other divine Books do not enjoy a similar status and position.

As regards the greatness of the contents, objectives and subjects, it requires a separate chapter, or, say, separate chapters, sections, a thesis or a book, so that one may relate only a part of that. We shall, nevertheless, generally refer, in a separate chapter, to its universal principles. In the said chapter we shall point out, inshā' Allāh, its greatness in respect of its results and outcome.

As regards the greatness of the messenger and the conveyer of its revelation, he is the Faithful Gabriel, the Great Spirit. After that the noble Messenger of Allah (s) had quitted the apparel of the nature of the flesh and directed the heart towards His Majesty, he got in touch with that Great Spirit.

He is one of the four pillars of the House of Realization; or rather he is the greatest of its pillars and the most honorable of them, since that noble and luminous Archangel is the guardian of knowledge and wisdom, and the conveyer of the spiritual provisions and moral nourishments. From the Book of Allah and the noble hadīths one realizes the greatness of Gabriel and his preference to other angels.2

As regards the greatness of its receiver and carrier, it is the pure and pious, Ahmadian single [ahmadi-yi ahadī], Muhammadan collective [jam'i-yi muhammadī] heart, to which Allah, the Exalted, appeared in all affairs [shu'ūn] of the Essence, Attributes, Names and Acts. He [the Prophet] is the Seal of prophethood and the absolute guardian, the most generous of all creation, the best of the human beings, the gist [khulāsah] of the universe, the essence [jawharah] of existence, the substance ['usārah] of the House of Realization, the last brick and the owner of the big isthmus and great vicegerency [khilāfat].

As regards the greatness of its keeper and guardian, He is the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted as He says in the noble āyah:

“ It is we who have sent down the Reminder [the Qur'an], and verily we are its keeper.” 3

As regards its commentators and explainers, they are the pure infallible ones beginning with the Messenger of Allah and ending with “the Proof of the Time” [hujjat-i 'asr], may Allah enhance his advent who are the keys of existence, the repositories of dignity, the sources of wisdom and inspiration, the origins of knowledge and learning, and the possessors of the state of collectivity [jam'] and distinctness [tafsīl].

As regards the time of revelation, it is Laylat al-Qadr [The Night of Majesty], which is the greatest of nights and “better than a thousand months”. It is the most luminous of times. In fact, it is the time of the attainment [wusūl] of the General Guardian [walī-yi mutlaq] and the Seal of the Prophets (s).

As regards how it was revealed and its relevant ceremonies, they are beyond the limits of the capacity of these few papers. They require a special chapter, which, owing to its elaboration, will have to be omitted.

- 1. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 55, p. 45. This hadīth is (also) related by the Sunnī sources.

- 2. See Sūrahs ash-Shu'arā' 26:193, an-Najm 53:5-9 and at-Takwīr 81:19-24. See also Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 56, “Book of the Heaven and the World,” sec. on “The Angels” and “Another Chapter on Describing the Favorable Angels,” hadīths 23-24, p. 258.

- 3. Sūrah al-Hijr 15:9

Section Five: Brief Hints At The Objectives, Subjects And Contents Of The Glorious Divine Book

Know that the Glorious (Divine) Book, as it declares itself, is a book of guidance, showing the way to human conduct, to educate the souls, to cure the spiritual sicknesses and to throw light on the road to Allah.

Generally speaking, Allah, due to His All-Embracing mercy upon His servants, sent this Glorious Book from His Sacred state of proximity, down, in proportion to the descending worlds until it reached this world of darkness and prison of nature and was put in the dress of words and letters in order to release those imprisoned in this world's dark dungeon and to unite those chained by the fetters of hopes and desires, lifting them from the lowest level of shortcomings, weakness and animality to the peak of perfection, strength and humanity, taking them away from Satan's neighborhood to the company of heavenly people, and to lead them to the state of “proximity” so as to let them attain the stage of meeting Allah, which is the highest objective and the want of the people of Allah.

So, this is the Book of inviting to Allah and happiness, and explaining how to attain that stage. Its contents, generally, concern this same journey to Allah, or help the sālik and traveler to Allah. In short, one of its important objectives is to invite [mankind] to know Allah, and [another is] to explain divine knowledge concerning the affairs of the Essence, Names, Attributes and Acts. At the top of this is the Unity of Essence, Names and Acts, some of which are explicitly mentioned and some others are only hinted at.

It should be noted that this comprehensive Divine Book deals with the above-mentioned information, from knowing the Essence to knowing the Acts, in such a way that each class of the people comprehends of it according to its capacity. The noble āyahs on tawhīd, and on the Unity of Acts in particular, are explained by the literalist scholars, the traditionalists and the faqīhs (may Allah be pleased with them) in such a way that their explanations are entirely contrary to the explanations of the people of knowledge and the scholars of the latent meaning of the Qur'an.

The writer believes that each of these explanations is correct in its own place, since the Qur'an cures the internal pains, and treats each patient in a certain way. See different noble āyahs, such as:

“ He is the First and the Last, and the Manifest and the Hidden,” 1

“ Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth,” 2

“And He it is who in the heaven and in the earth is God,” 3

“ And He is with you,” 4

“ Wherever you turn there is Allah's Face,” 5

And many others on the Unity of Essence, and the last āyahs of the Sūrah of al-Hashr and other ones on the Unity of Attributes, and the āyahs:

“ And you threw not when you did throw, but Allah threw,” 6
“ All praise is for Allah, the Lord of the worlds,” 7

And

“ All that is in the heavens and all that is in the earth glorify Allah,” 8

Concerning the Unity of acts some of them strictly, and some others more strictly, have gnostic indications. For each class of the external and the internal scholars each of them is the remedy, in a way, for an illness. As, although it is said in the noble al-Kāfī that the first āyahs of Sūrah al-Hadīd and the blessed Sūrah of Ikhlās [Tawhīd] were intended for the deep thinkers of the End of the Time,”9 yet the people of literalism are also benefited by them all right a fact which proves the miraculousness and the comprehensiveness of this noble Book.

Of its other objectives and topics is its call for purifying the souls and purging the insides from the impurities of nature, and attaining happiness. Generally, it shows how to travel to Allah. This noble subject is divided into two important branches: One is taqwā in all its stages, including bewaring of other than Allah, and complete negligence of all other than Him. The other is faith in all its stages and affairs, including devotion to Allah, and return and repentance to His Sacred Essence. These are of the important objectives of this noble Book as most of its subjects, directly or indirectly, connote them.

Another subject of this Divine Book is to relate the stories of the prophets, Allah's friends and the wise men, and how He educated them, and how they educated the people. These stories are of great advantages and cover many instructions. They include so many pieces of divine information, teachings and divine educational instructions, either openly or allegorically that perplex the mind. Glorious is Allah and praise and gratitude are for Him.

Just take the story of the creation of Adam ('a), the angels' being ordered to bow down to him, the teaching of the names and the cases of Iblīs and Adam ('a) which are repeatedly narrated in the Book of Allah. They offer so many teachings, educational instructions, knowledge and information for

“H im who has a heart or lends ear and he is a witness” 10

That bewilders man. The stories of the Qur'an, such as the stories of Adam, Moses, Abraham and other prophets ('a) are repeatedly stated in order to show that this Book is neither a book of stories nor of history, but a book of journeying to Allah, a book of tawhīd, knowledge, admonitions and aphorisms.

In such matters repetition is required so as to fix them in the hard-hearted souls and to have effects as an admonition to them. In other words, whoever wants to educate, teach, warn and bring good tidings, has to express his intentions in different styles and diverse ways, such as narrations and tales, or historical stories, and sometimes in quite an explicit way, and sometimes by way of allusion and indirect hints, symbols and examples, so that different souls and scattered hearts can each be benefited by them.

As this noble Book is intended for the happiness of all classes and the human race, and as the human species differ in the condition of their hearts, in their customs, behaviors, time and place, they cannot be attracted in the same way. Many of them may not be prepared to accept the instructions and the original matter in a direct, clear and explicit language, or to be affected by it.

They are to be approached in accordance with the construction of their brains in order to make them comprehend what is intended. Some others are not interested in stories, tales and histories, as they are in quest of the cores of the matters and the real aims. They cannot be taken on the same basis with the former ones.

Many hearts are fit for being frightened and warned; other hearts are attracted by promises and hopes. Consequently, this noble Book uses different methods, styles and ways for its invitation of the people. Thus, such Book has inevitably to resort to repetition. Attracting and admonishing, without repetition, would be far from eloquence. The expected effect in the souls cannot be obtained without repetition.

Nevertheless, in this noble Book, the topics are so sweetly related that their repetition never bores the hearers. Furthermore, each repetition of a subject brings fresh details and features that have not formerly been mentioned, or rather in each repetition there is an additional important gnostic or ethical point around which the case revolves. In order to expand upon this, one has to carefully study the stories of the Qur'an, which cannot be contained within the summaries of these papers.

This weak person [the writer] has a fixed hope to write, with Allah's help, a book about the stories of the Qur'an, deciphering their puzzles and explaining their teachings and educational qualities, as much as possible, though carrying out this task by somebody like the writer is but a raw desire, or a false fancy.

At any rate, relating the stories of the prophets ('a), describing their conducts and behaviors, how they educated the people, and remembering their advices, admonitions and good arguments are of the largest chapters of knowledge and philosophies, and of the loftiest passages to happiness and instructions which Allah, the Exalted and Most Glorified, opened to His servants.
Although the people of knowledge, sulūk and austerity have their share plentifully, other people also have their boundless portion, as is stated in the noble āyah:

“ When the night over-shadowed him, he saw a star. He said: “This is my Lord.” But when it set, he said: “I do not love the setting (ones).” 11

The people of knowledge understand well the spiritual sulūk and the conduct of Abraham ('a). They also learn how to travel to Allah, and perceive the truth of the self's spiritual journey from the farthest (deepest) darkness of nature, expressed in “the night over-shadowed him,” till absolutely casting down the egoism and egotism, leaving Oneness and self-worship, attaining the state of sanctity and joining the meeting of intimacy, which is expressed in: “I have turned my face toward Him who created the heavens and the earth…”12

Others learn from it the outer journey and how Khalīl ar-Rahmān (the intimate friend of the Beneficent) educated his people. Likewise, there are other stories and tales, such as the stories of Adam, Ibrāhīm (Abraham), Moses, Yūsuf (Joseph), 'Īsā (Jesus) and the meeting between al-Khidr (Elias) and Moses, by which the people of knowledge, austerity and hardship, and others are benefited differently.

In this part included, or in a separate objective, are the aphorisms and the admonitions of His Sacred Essence, Who, on every suitable occasion, has invited the people, with His tongue of Power, to divine knowledge, tawhīd and glorification, such as the blessed Sūrah of Ikhlās, the last āyahs of the Sūrah of al-Hashr and the early āyahs of the Sūrah of al-Hadīd and other instances in the noble divine Book.

The people of heart and of good past enjoy a good share of it. For example, when the people of knowledge recite:

“ And whoever leaves his house migrating to Allah and His Messenger, then death overtakes him, his reward is, indeed, with Allah…” 13

They understand from it the proximity of the nāfilah [supererogatory act] and farīdah [obligatory act], while, at the same time, others understand from it a bodily migration, say, to Mecca or to Medina, or they understand it to be an invitation to purifying the soul and internal austerity, as in the noble āyah:

“ He will, indeed, be successful who purifies it, and he will, indeed, be unsuccessful who seduces it,” 14

And the like; or it is a call to good deed, as it is obvious; or it is a warning against anyone of these things. This part also includes the aphorisms of Luqmān and of other notables and believers that are sporadically mentioned in this divine Book, such as the case of the “Companions of the Cave.”

Another subject of this luminous Book concerns the states of the disbelievers, the deniers and the opposers of the truth and reality, and those who act obstinately towards the prophets and the Imāms ('a). It explains their fates and how they were annihilated, such as the episodes of Pharaoh, Korah, Nimrod, Shaddād, the Companions of the Elephant, and other disbelievers and sinners, in all of which there are admonitions, aphorisms and even knowledge for those who deserve them.

This part includes the cases of the accursed Iblīs, as well as the expeditions of the Messenger of Allah (s), (or in a separate part) from which noble subjects are also learnt, such as how the Companions of the Messenger of Allah (s) used to fight in order to awaken the Muslims from the sleep of negligence, and to incite them to fight for the sake of Allah to uplift the word of truth and to abolish the bātil (falsehood).

Another subject dealt with in the Glorious Qur'an is explaining the pure laws of the literal meaning of the sharī'ah and the disciplines and divine rules, which are stated in this luminous Book, in a general way, the most important of which is introducing the principal subjects and disciplines, such as the chapters of the salāt, zakāt, khums, hajj, sawm, jihād, marriage, inheritance, penalties, punishments, trading, and the like.

This section, which is the science of the appearance of the sharī'ah, is a public concern and is for all the classes, and it is intended to build up this world and the Hereafter. All the classes of people can benefit from it according to their individual capacities. This is frequently invited to in the Book of Allah, as well as in the hadīths and narratives, which freely expand upon the characteristics and details. The works and writings of the religious scholars on this section are more and higher than on other sections.

Another topic dealt with in the Glorious Qur'an is the conditions of the ma'ād [Resurrection], arguments proving it, its torments, punishments and rewards, and the details of Paradise, Hell, punishing, and of putting in a state of comfort and ease.

This section handles matters such as the conditions of the people of happiness and their ranks, like the people of knowledge, the favorites, the people of austerity, the travelers to Allah, the devotees, and the ascetics, as well as the conditions and degrees of the people of wretchedness, such as the infidels, the veiled, the hypocrites, the deniers, the disobedient and the sinners. But that which has more advantages to the conditions of the common people is more expanded upon and is in a more explicit language, whereas that which is more advantageous to a particular class of people is referred to by way of allegories and allusions, such as:

“ And an approval from Allah is far greater” 15 ,

And other āyahs about meeting Allah, and such as:

“ Nay, surely they shall on that day be veiled from their Lord,” 16

In respect to another group. In this section, i.e. the section concerning details about the Resurrection and the Return to Allah, countless information and difficult secrets are stated, such that, without a demonstrative conduct [sulūk] or a gnostic light, their nature cannot be comprehended.

Another subject of this divine Book is the proofs and evidences which Allah, the Exalted, Himself presents to prove the truthful matters and divine knowledge, like the argument proving [the existence of] Allah and His Oneness, His transcendence, His Knowledge, His Power and His other attributes of perfection.

In this section one can sometimes find very refined proofs from which the people of knowledge derive complete benefit, such as:

“ Allah bears witness that there is no god but He.” 17

One also finds proofs which are used by the scholars and philosophers in one way, and by the people of formalism and the common people in another way, such as the āyah:

“ Had there been in them any gods other than Allah, they both would have been corrupted,” 18

And the āyah:

“ …otherwise each god would have certainly taken away what he had created,” 19

And like the first āyahs of the Sūrah of al-Hadīd and the blessed Sūrah of at-Tawhīd and other āyahs. Also there are arguments proving the Resurrection and the return of the spirits and originating another creation, and the arguments proving the existence of Allah's angels and the great prophets, stated in many occasions in this Glorious Book.

These were the arguments of the Sacred Essence Himself, and there are the arguments and proofs of the prophets and wise men quoted by Allah to prove the divine knowledge, such as the arguments of Ibrāhīm, the intimate Friend of Allah ('a), and other arguments.

These were the important subjects of this Book, though there are many other different subjects, which require considerable time to count.

- 1. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:3

- 2. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:35

- 3. Sūrah az-Zukhruf 43:84

- 4. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:4

- 5. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:115

- 6. Sūrah al-Anfal 8: 17

- 7. Sūrah al-Fātihah 1:2

- 8. Sūrah al-Jumu'ah 62:1; Sūrah at-Taghābun 64:1

- 9. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “Lineage,” hadīth 3, p. 123.

- 10. Sūrah Qāf 50:37

- 11. Sūrah al-An'ām 6:76

- 12. Ibid.: 79

- 13. Sūrah an-Nisā' 4:100

- 14. Sūrah ash-Shams 91:9-10

- 15. Sūrah at-Tawbah 9:72

- 16. Sūrah al-Mutaffifīn 83:15

- 17. Sūrah al-Mutaffifīn 83:15

- 18. Sūrah al-Anbiyā' 21:22.

- 19. Sūrah al-Mu'minūn 23:91

Section Six: How To Be Benefited By The Qur’an

Now that you have got acquainted with the subjects and the objectives of the Divine Book (the Qur'an), you will have to take into consideration an important point, as by doing so the door of being benefited by it will be opened to you, and the passage to knowledge and wisdom will be wide open to your heart. This point is to look at this Glorious Book as an educational one, a teaching book by which you should be benefited, regarding it your duty to learn from it.

By learning, teaching, benefiting and being benefited we do not mean its different literary, syntactical and morphological aspects, nor its eloquence and rhetoric and other stylistic points, nor being interested in its stories, tales and episodes from the historical point of view in order to get information about the past nations. None of these is included in the objectives of the Qur'an, and they are, in fact, far away from the main objective of this divine Book.

The fact that our advantage from this great Book is quite small is because we usually do not take it to be a book of teaching and education. We recite the Qur'an just for its reward. So, we pay attention only to our intonation when reciting it. We want our recitation to be perfect and correct so as to obtain its reward, and then we stop at that and feel satisfied with it. Thus, we spend some forty years reciting the Qur'an without being benefited by it, except the reward for reciting it.

If we do look at its teaching and educational side, we concern ourselves with its eloquence and syntax and its miraculous aspects, or even somewhat higher, we engage ourselves with its history, the occasions of the revelation of the āyahs, the times of their revelation, which sūrah or āyah was revealed in Mecca and which in Medina, the differences in recitations and in the exegeses of the Sunnis and the Shī'ah and other secondary affairs which are outside the main objective and they themselves cause us to be barred from the Qur'an and to neglect remembering Allah. Even our great commentators of the Qur'an are very much concerned about one or another of the said affairs, without opening the door of learning to the people.

The writer believes that so far no tafsīr [exegesis] has yet been written to the Book of Allah. Generally, to write a tafsīr for a book means to explain the objectives of the book and to draw the attentions to what its author wants to say. This noble Book, which Allah, the Exalted, testifies to be a book of guidance and teaching, and the light of the road of man's journey, its exegete should find in each one of its stories, or even in each āyah, a directive guiding to the invisible world, so as to show to the learner the road to happiness, to knowledge and to humanity.

A mufassir (commentator or exegete) is the one who tells us what was the “objective” of the revelation, not the “occasion” of the revelation as is explained in the exegeses. In the very story of Adam and Eve and their affairs with Iblīs, from the very moment of their creation till their descent to the earth, story of which is repeated by Allah several times in the Qur'an, there are so many overt and covert teachings [ma'ārif] and admonitions, and it reminds us of so many of spiritual faults and Satanic characters, as well as many perfections of the soul and human knowledge which it introduces to us, whereas we still disregard them.

In short, the Book of Allah is a book of knowledge and ethics, and an invitation to happiness and perfection. So, its exegesis should also be a book of gnosticism and ethics, explaining the gnostic and ethical points of view, and other aspects of inviting to its happiness [sa'ādat]. The commentator who neglects these points, disregards them or attaches no importance to them, is actually neglecting the objective of the Qur'an and the main aim of revealing the (divine) books and sending the messengers.

This is a grave mistake that has prevented the ummah for many centuries from being benefited by the Glorious Qur'an, and it has blocked the road of guidance in their faces. We have to learn the objective of the revelation of the Qur'an disregarding the intellectual and argumentative aspects, which show us the goal by themselve s from the Qur'an itself. The author of a book knows better his own objective.

So, let us have a glance at what the author of this Book Himself says concerning the affairs of the Qur'an. He says:

“ This is the Book, wherein is no doubt, a guide for the muttaqīn (those who fear Allah).” 1

He describes His Book as being a book of guidance. In a short sūrah He repeats saying:

“ We have made the Qur'an easy for remembrance, but is there any one who will mind?” 2

He says:

“ …We have revealed to you the Reminder that you may explain to mankind what has been sent down to them and that haply they will reflect,” 3

And

“ A Book We have revealed to you, blessed, that they may ponder over its āyahs and that men of understanding may remember,” 4

And many other noble āyahs, to restate which would be lengthy.

This opinion of ours is not intended to criticize the tafsīrs, as every one of their authors has taken great pains and striven hard in order to write a noble book, so, may Allah bless them and grant them good reward. We intend just to say that the door must be open before the people to be benefited by this Book, which is the only one leading to Allah and the only one for educating the souls with the divine disciplines and laws, the greatest means of connection between the created and Creator, the strong handle and the firm cord of adhering to the Might of Divinity.

Let the scholars and commentators write Persian and Arabic exegeses with the aim of explaining the gnostic and ethical teachings and instructions, showing the way of connecting the created to the Creator, and expounding the migration from Dār al-Ghurūr (the House of Conceit = this world) to the Dār as-Surūr wal-Khulūd (the House of Pleasure and Eternity)], according to what has been deposited in this noble Book.

The author of this Book is not as-Sakkākī or the Shaykh, whose objectives were eloquence and rhetoric, nor is He Sībawayh or al-Khalīl, whose objectives were grammar and syntax, nor is He al-Mas'ūdī or Ibn Khillakān, whose objectives revolved around the history of the world. This Book is not like the stick of Moses or his White Hand, nor is it like the breath of Christ who could raise the dead (by Allah's permission), to have been sent down only as a miracle to prove the true prophethood of the Holy Prophet.

This divine Book is, as a matter of fact, a book of enlivening the hearts with the everlasting life of divine knowledge. It is Allah's Book that invites to divine affairs. So, the commentator has to teach these divine affairs to the people, and the people have to refer to his commentary to learn those affairs, so that they may attain its advantage:

“ And we reveal of the Qur'an that which is a healing and a mercy to the believers, and it adds only to the perdition of the wrongdoers.” 5

Which perdition is graver than that we keep reciting the Divine Book for thirty or forty years and refer to the exegeses, and yet we do not get its real objectives?

“ Our Lord! We have wronged ourselves. If you do not forgive us and have mercy upon us, we shall certainly be of the losers.” 6

- 1. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:2

- 2. Sūrah al-Qamar 54:17

- 3. Sūrah an-Nahl 16:44

- 4. Sūrah Sād 38:29

- 5. Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:82

- 6. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:23

Section Seven: The Obstacles And Barriers Preventing Being Benefited By The Qur’an

Now that the greatness of the Book of Allah has been understood by considering all the required aspects of greatness, and the way of being benefited by it has been opened, it will be necessary for the learner of, and the benefit-deriver [mustafīd] from, the Book of Allah to apply a further important discipline in order to get [the best] advantage. It is removing the causes which prevent the advantage, and which we call “the veils” between the benefit-deriver and the Qur'an. These veils are many, to some of which we shall refer presently.

One of these thick veils is self-conceit, through which the learner sees himself, because of this veil, in no need of getting any benefit from the Qur'an. This is one of Satan's important masterpieces, by which he always tries to inspire man with imaginary perfections, telling him to be contented with what he has, and to disregard everything other than that which he already has.

For example, he makes the people of tajwīd [reciting the Qur'an with intonation] contented with this small knowledge which they have, making it quite big in their eyes, slighting other knowledge to them, and making them compare the carriers of the Qur'an with themselves, causing them to be deprived of understanding the luminous divine Book and of getting any advantage from it. Similarly, he causes the men of letters to be contented with the meaningless from making them believe that all the Qur'anic affairs are only those that they have.

He engages the exegetes, as usual, with the ways of recitation, the different opinions of the linguistics, the times of revelation, the occasions of revelation, whether the āyah was revealed in Mecca or in Medina, the number of the āyahs, their letters and the like. The scholars are also kept indulged in only learning the different aspects of indications, the diverse ways of arguments and the like.

Even the philosopher, the wise man and the gnostic are imprisoned by Satan behind the thick veil of terminology, concepts and so on. The benefit-deriver [mustafīd] must tear open these veils in order to look at the Qur'an from behind them, taking care not to stay at any one of these veils, so as not to be left behind the caravan of the travelers to Allah, nor be deprived of the sweet divine invitations.
The Glorious Qur'an itself instructs that one should not remain still and should not be satisfied with a certain limit.

This is frequently referred to in the stories of the Qur'an. Moses ('a), a great prophet as he was, was not contented with that position, nor was he satisfied with his high position of knowledge. He no sooner met that perfect man, al-Khidr, than he addressed him, quite humbly and modestly, saying:

“ May I follow you that you may teach me right knowledge of what you have been taught?” 1

He kept following him and acquired the knowledge he wanted to learn. Prophet Abraham ('a) also was not satisfied with the great state of faith and the special knowledge of the prophets ('a). He asked the Lord:

“ My Lord! Show me how you give life to the dead.” 2

He wanted to proceed from the state of cordial faith up to the state of tangible confidence. Higher even than that is when Allah, the Exalted, told the Seal of the Prophets, the most learned person of all Allah's creatures, to say:

“ …Say: O my Lord! Increase me in knowledge.” 3

Such instructions of the divine Book and relating the stories of the prophets, are but for us to learn from them, and to bring us to conscience and wake us from our negligent sleep.

Another one of the veils is that of the false ideas, and the bātil ways, which are sometimes caused by the inabilities of the person himself, and they are mostly the outcome of subordination and imitation. This veil particularly conceals from us the Qur'anic knowledge. For example, if, by listening to our fathers, mothers, or some ignorant preacher, we got a false idea fixed in our hearts, it would be a veil, a barrier between us and the noble divine āyahs [of the Qur'an].

Thus, even if there were thousands of āyahs and hadīths defying that idea, we would either dismiss them on the basis of their exoteric meanings, or we would not consider them with the aim of understanding. Regarding beliefs and knowledge there are numerous examples, but I shall abstain from counting them, as I do know that this veil cannot be torn by the sayings of someone, like me.

Nevertheless, just to present a sample, I will refer to one of them, which is somewhat easier to understand: Despite all the āyahs which have been revealed in respect of meeting Allah and knowing Him, all the narratives that were related to the same subject and all the indications and allusions, open and hidden, in the invocations and the supplications of the Imāms ('a), some uninformed and vulgar persons have spread the belief that the way to knowing Allah was completely closed.

The door of knowing Allah and discerning the Beauty [of Him] is interpreted to be the same as meditating upon the very Essence of Allah, which is prohibited, or rather impossible. They may even refrain from entering this field and prefer not to acquaint themselves with such knowledge, which is the delight of the eyes of the prophets and holy men [awliyā'].

It is much to be regretted by the people of Allah to see a chapter of knowledge, which can very aptly be described as the goal of sending the prophets and the most cherished demand of the holy men, should be so prohibited to the people that a simple mentioning it would be regarded complete disbelief and mere heresy. These people take the knowledge [ma'ārif] of the prophets and the holy men [awliyā'] to be the same as the knowledge [ma'ārif] of the common people and [unlettered old] women about Allah's Essence, Names and Attributes.

Sometimes they say even more than that: “So-and-so has good, vulgar beliefs. We wish we kept to the same vulgar belief.” This is quite correct, because when this wretched person utters these words, he has already lost his vulgar beliefs, and, at the same time, regards other beliefs, which are the beliefs of the elite and the people of Allah, to be false. This wish is quite similar to the wish of the disbelievers who, as in the noble āyah, say:

“ …and the disbeliever shall say: O would that I were dust!” 4

Should we want to relate in detail the āyahs and the narratives concerning the meeting with Allah, in order to expose this corrupt belief caused by ignorance and Satanic conceit, we would need to write a separate book. Especially, if we wanted to explain the knowledge which has been neglected due to this thick satanic veil, it would be clear that this negligence is one of the stages of neglecting and discarding the Qur'an, and it is probably the most regretful stage, as is described in the Qur'an:

“ And the Messenger said: O my Lord! My people have treated this Qur'an as a forsaken [thing].” 5

Forsaking the Qur'an has many stages and countless degrees, and we may possess a good number of them.

If we bound this divine Book in a nice and valuable cover, and we kissed it and put it on our eyes whenever we wanted to recite it or to take an istikhārah (consulting the Qur'an to do or not to do something) with it, would it mean that we did not forsake it?

If we spent most of our lives perfecting our intonation when reciting the Qur'an, and improving our linguistic and rhetorical knowledge of it, would it mean that we brought the Qur'an out of being forsaken?

If we learnt the different ways of reciting the Qur'an and other relevant subjects, would we be declared not guilty of deserting it?

If we took in all the aspects of the miraculousness and the artistic beauties of the Qur'an, would we be excluded from the complaint of the Messenger of Allah? Never! None of these is intended by the Qur'an and its Great Revealer! The Qur'an is a divine Book, and it contains divine affairs.

The Qur'an is the string connecting the creatures to their Creator, and through its instructions there should be a spiritual and invisible tie between the servants of Allah and their Lord. From the Qur'an there should emerge divine sciences and intuitive knowledge. The Messenger of Allah, according to a narrative in the noble al-Kāfī, said: “Knowledge is of three kinds: a clear āyah, a fair obligation and a current tradition.”6
The Glorious Qur'an is the bearer of these sciences. If we could take them in, we would not be deserting the Qur'an. If we accepted the calls of the Qur'an, and learnt from the stories of the prophets ('a) which are full of admonishments, information and philosophies, and if we absorbed the admonitions of Allah, the Exalted, of the prophets and of the wise men, as stated in the Qur'an, we would not be deserting it, as indulging in the formal picture of the Qur'an is also keeping to the earth, and is of Satan's whisperings, from which one must seek refuge with Allah.

Another veil that prevents us from being benefited by this luminous Book is to believe that except what the exegetes have written or understood, no one has the right to make use of the noble Qur'an. Contemplating and thinking about the noble āyahs are mistakenly regarded to be interpretation, as interpretation according to one's own opinion is not allowed, and thus, because of this false belief and invalid opinion, the Glorious Qur'an was deprived from being utilized in any way and, consequently, it was completely deserted, despite the fact that to utilize it morally, faithfully and gnostically has nothing to do with exegesis, be it according to opinion or else.

For example, suppose someone could get out some lessons from the dialogue between the prophets Moses and al-Khidr ('a), how they talked to one another, how severely Moses, great a prophet as he was, traveled in order to acquire the knowledge which he lacked, and he implored al-Khidr ('a) in the way stated in the noble āyah:

“ May I follow you that you may teach me right knowledge of what you have been taught?” 7

Then al-Khidr's reply, the excuses of Moses ('a), the greatness of the station of knowledge, and how a student should behave toward his tutor, in which there may be twenty disciplines. What connection all these have with exegesis, or exegesis according to opinion? Many advantages of the Qur'an are of this kind. Take, for example, someone, who, in respect of Islamic teachings, understands from Allah's saying: “All praise is for Allah, the Lord of the worlds” that all praise and extolments are exclusively Allah's.

He learns from it His Unity of Actions, and says that from the noble āyah he deduces that every perfection, beauty, might and majesty which are in the world and which the eye of the squint-eyed and the heart of the veiled ascribe to the beings are Allah's and no being has itself any share of them. Therefore, praise and extolment are solely Allah's, and nobody shares them with Him.

But has this anything to do with exegesis, be it according to opinion or not? There are so many other affairs from which many usages can be obtained, though having no connection with exegesis whatsoever.

Besides, to exegete according to opinion is still arguable, as probably it does not concern the āyahs about knowledge and the speculative sciences, which conform with the criteria of intellectual proofs, nor the ethical āyahs which have to do with intellect, since such exegeses coincide with the strong intellectual proofs or with explicit rational indications, such that if an exterior does not conform with them, they are to be turned away from that exterior.

For example, the noble āyahs:

“ And your Lord comes, and the angels rank on rank,” 8

Or

“ The Beneficent has settled on the Throne,” 9

In which the conventional ['urf] understanding contradicts the proof, to refute the exterior and to explain them by proof is not explaining according to opinion, and can never be prohibited.

Therefore, it is possible, or believed, that exegesis according to opinion concerns the āyahs of precepts, of which the hand of opinion and intellect is short, and they must be devotionally and obediently taken from the treasurers of revelation and the descending places of the angels of Allah, as most of the noble hadīths in this respect defy the Sunni jurisprudents who wanted to comprehend Allah's religion by way of their own intellects and by comparisons.

Some noble narrative says: “Nothing is farther away from the intellects of men than the exegesis of the Qur'an.”10 Another noble narrative says: “Allah's religion cannot be conceived well by intellects.”11 Such narratives prove that by “Allah's religion” they mean devotional obedience to the religious precepts, or else, proving the Maker, tawhīd, Glorification, the Resurrection Day and Prophethood, or rather all sorts of knowledge are within the intellect's lawful right and field of specialty.

That which is in the expressions of some notable narrators who said that proving monotheism depends on traditional proof is strange, or, more aptly, it is one of the disasters from which we must take refuge with Allah. This speech does not need to be condemned and disgraced, but our complaint is to Allah.

Another veil that prevents understanding this heavenly Book and being benefited by its knowledge and admonitions is the veil of disobediences [ma'āsī] and the opacity caused by rebellion against the sanctity of the Lord of the worlds. By this veil the heart is prevented from understanding the truths.

It must be noted that just as there is a corresponding image for each of the good and bad deeds in the heavenly world, there is a similar one inside the soul, through which the innermost part of the soul gets either luminous and likewise the heart gets purified and luminous, in which case the soul becomes clear and polished like a mirror, prepared to receive the invisible manifestation and the appearance of the truths and knowledge, or the soul gets dark and devilish, in which case the heart becomes like a rusty and tarnished mirror, unable to reflect any divine knowledge and invisible truths.

A heart in such a condition will gradually fall under the authority of Satan, and Iblīs becomes the possessor of the kingdom of the spirit, and the hearing and seeing, and the other senses and powers, too, become at the disposal of that evil creature. The hearing becomes completely blocked against the divine teachings, and the eyes do not see the splendid divine signs and they become blind to Allah's truth, signs and āyahs.

The heart does not become learned in religion, and is deprived of meditating on the clear signs of Allah, His Names and His Attributes, as Allah, the Exalted says:

“ They have hearts, with which they do not understand, and they have eyes with which they do not see, and they have ears with which they do not hear. They are as cattle nay, they are even worse…” 12

Their look at the world is like the look of the cattle and the animals at it, void of value and deliberation. Their hearts, like the hearts of the animals, lack meditation and remembrance, or rather, the more they think of the āyahs and hear admonitions and instructions, the more their negligence and haughtiness increase. Thus, they are even lower than the beasts and graver in going astray.

Another one of the thick veils, which is a heavy curtain between us and the teachings and admonitions of the Qur'an, is the veil of loving this world, which causes the heart to be completely devoted to it, and the inclination of the heart entirely turns towards mundane matters, neglecting remembering Allah and turning away from both remembrance and the One to be remembered. The more the love for this world and its affairs, the thicker the veil and the curtain on the heart.

Sometimes this love so overwhelms the heart, and the power [sultān] of endearing post and position becomes so influential that the light of the divine nature [fitrat 'ullāh] in the heart is put off, and the doors of happiness are closed to man's face. It is, however, possible that the locks of the hearts mentioned in the noble āyah:

“ Will they, then, not meditate on the Qur'an, or are there locks on the hearts?” 13

Are those locks of mundane attachments. The one who wants to be benefited by the Qur'anic knowledge and to make use of the divine admonitions will have to purge the heart from such impurities, and drive away the pollution of cordial sins, which are being engaged with other than Him, because the non-purified [heart] is no place for these secrets. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ It is surely a noble Qur'an, in a protected Book; none shall touch it save the purified ones.” 14

Just as the touching of the external body of this Book is not allowed for the one whose external body is not purified, by both legislation and obligation, similarly its knowledge, admonitions and secrets are prohibited to the one whose heart is smeared with the filths of the mundane longings. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ This is the Book, wherein is no doubt, a guide for those who fear Allah.” 15

The one who does not fear Allah and is faithless according to the God-fearing and faith of the common people is deprived from the formal lights of the admonitions of the Qur'an and of its true beliefs, while the one who does not fear Allah and is faithless according to other degrees of fearing Allah, which are the fearing of the elite, of the upper elite and of the uppermost elite is deprived from the other degrees of the Qur'an.

However, going into the details and relating other āyahs to the same effect would lengthen the subject. Nevertheless, we are going to end this chapter with an honored āyah, which will be sufficient for the wakeful people, provided that it is well pondered upon.

Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ …Indeed there has come to you from Allah a light, and a clear Book, with which Allah guides him who seeks His pleasure unto the ways of safety, and brings them out of darkness into the light by His permission, and guides them unto a straight path.” 16

There are many specific points in this noble āyah, and to explain them we would need to write a separate thesis, for which there is no opportunity now.

- 1. Sūrah al-Kahf 18:66

- 2. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:260

- 3. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:114

- 4. Sūrah an-Naba' 78:40

- 5. Sūrah al-Furqān 25:30

- 6. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of the Merits of Knowledge,” ch. on “The Description of Knowledge and its Merits,” hadīth 1, p. 37.

- 7. Sūrah al-Kahf 18:66

- 8. Sūrah al-Fajr 89:22

- 9. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:5

- 10. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, “The Book of the Qur'an,” ch. 8, hadīth 48, p. 95; 'Ayyāshī's Exegesis, vol. 1, p. 12.

- 11. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 2, “Book of Knowledge,” hadīth 41, p. 303, as quoted from Ikmāl ad-Dīn (Completing the Religion).

- 12. Sūrah al-An'ām 7:179

- 13. Sūrah Muhammad 47:24

- 14. Sūrah al-Wāqi'ah 56:77-79

- 15. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:2

- 16. Sūrah al-Mā'idah 5:15-16

Section Eight: Meditation

One of the disciplines of reciting the Qur'an is the presence of heart, to which we have already referred in this book, when we discussed the general disciplines of the acts of worship; so, there is no need to repeat it.

Another one of its disciplines is meditation, by which we mean that the reciter of the noble āyahs should look for the destination and the objective. Now as the objective of the Qur'an, as the very luminous Book says, is guiding the people to the ways of safety, bringing them out of the stages of darkness into the world of light, and leading them to the straight path, one must, by way of meditating on the noble āyahs, attain the stages of safety, from its lowest stage, which belongs to worldly dominion, up to its final stage, which is the realization of a sound heart [qalb-i sālim], according to the explanation received from Ahl al-Bayt ('a) saying that a sound heart meets Allah when it is occupied by none other than Him.1

The soundness of the worldly and heavenly powers should be the quest of the reciter of the Qur'an, as he will certainly find it in this heavenly Book if he meditates on it. When the human powers become safe from Satan's intrusion, and when the way to safety is found and followed, man, in each stage of safety, will be saved from a degree of darkness, and the bright light of Allah will inevitably shine in him.

If he gets rid of all sorts of darkness, the first of which is the darkness of the world of nature, with all its affairs, and the last of which is the darkness of being inclined to multiplicity with all its affairs, the absolute light will shine in his heart, leading him to the straight path of humanity, which is, in this instance, the path of the Lord:

“ Surely my Lord is on a straight path.” 2

Contemplation is very much invited to, praised and applauded in the Glorious Qur'an. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ And we have revealed to you the Remembrance that you may explain to mankind what has been sent down to them and that haply they may reflect.” 3

In this noble āyah reflection is strongly applauded, because the aim of sending down this great heavenly Book, the great luminous paper, is that “haply they may reflect.” This is quite significant that the mere possibility of reflection causes the revelation of this great generosity [karāmat]. In another āyah He says:
“Therefore, narrate the narratives [qasas] that they may reflect.”4

There are so many āyahs of this like or almost the like, as well as narratives [riwāyāt] which invite to reflection. The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said, on the revelation of the āyah

“ Surely in the creation of the heavens and the earth and the alternation of the night and the day there are signs for men of understanding” 5

“Woe to the one who reads it and does not reflect upon it.”6 An important point in this respect is that one should know what the commended reflection is, as there is no doubt in the fact that it is praiseworthy to think about the Qur'an and the hadīths. The best expression for it is that of the Khājah 'Abdullāh al-Ansārī (may Allah sanctify his soul).

He says: “Do know that reflection is the insight's attempt to understand the purpose.”7 That is, reflection is a seeking by the “insight” [basīrat], which is the eye of the heart, wanting to attain the aim and the result, which are the utmost perfection. It is quite clear that the destination [maqsad] and the aim [maqsūd] are the absolute happiness, attainable through theoretical and practical perfection.

Therefore, it is man's duty to obtain the humane objective and result, being happiness, from the noble āyahs of the divine Book and from its stories and tales. And, since happiness is to attain absolute safety, the world of light and the straight path, man should find through the honored Qur'an the ways to safety, the source of the absolute light and the straight path, as was stated in the previously mentioned noble āyah.

When the reciter gets the aim, he becomes clear-sighted in getting to it, and the door of being benefited by the Qur'an opens to him and with it the doors of the mercy of Allah open, too. He, then, would not spend his dear and short years and his capital for obtaining happiness on matters which are not intended by the Message, preventing himself from indulging in useless discussion and talk about such an important subject.

Having directed his heart's eye for some time to this purpose, neglecting other matters, the eye of the heart gets sharp in observing, and meditating on the Qur'an becomes common to him, and the ways of utilization open to him, and there open to him such doors that had not already been open to him, and he obtains from the Qur'an such matters and knowledge that he had never obtained before. At that time he can understand the meaning of the Qur'an being a cure for the spiritual ailment, as is confirmed by the noble āyah:

“ And we reveal from the Qur'an that which is a healing and a mercy to the believers and it adds only to the perdition of the wrongdoers,” 8

And the meaning of the saying of Imām 'Alī ('a): “Learn the Qur'an, for it is the spring [rabī'] of the hearts; and seek cure with its light, since it is the cure for the hearts.”9 He does not seek from the Qur'an the cure of only the physical ailments, but regards the main aim to be the cure of the spiritual ailments, which is the very objective of the Qur'an.
The Qur'an has not been sent down to cure the physical ailments, although such ailments do get cured by it. The prophets ('a), too, did not come to cure physical ailments, although they did cure them. As a matter of fact, they were the doctors for the souls, and the curers of the hearts and the spirits.

- 1. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p.26, “The Book of Faith and Disbelief”, ch. on “Sincerity,” hadīth 5.

- 2. Sūrah Hūd 11:56

- 3. Sūrah an-Nahl 16:44

- 4. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:176

- 5. Sūrah Āl-i 'Imrān 3:190

- 6. Nūr ath-Thaqalayn, vol. 1, p. 350 (with a slight literal difference).

- 7. Manāzil as-Sā'irīn, section “The Beginnings,” ch. on “Reflection.”

- 8. Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:82.

- 9. Nahj al-Balāghah, sermon 109 (with some change in the wording).

Section Nine: Application To One’s Own Condition

One of the important disciplines of reciting the Qur'an that causes one to get so many good results and advantages is “application” [tatbīq]; that is, each āyah which he recites and thinks about, he is to apply its concept to his own condition, to make up for his shortcomings by resorting to it, and to cure his ailments with it. Take, for example, the honored story of Adam ('a).

See what caused Satan to be expelled from the Sacred Threshold of Allah, despite his countless acts of worship and long devoted bowings, so that you may purge yourself of it, because the state of Allah's proximity belongs to the pure ones, and with satanic conducts and character no one can be admitted to that Sacred Presence. From the noble āyahs one can learn that the reason behind Iblīs' refusing to bow down was self-conceit and self-admiration:

“ I am better than he. You have created me of fire while him you have created of clay.” 1

This self-conceit led him to selfishness and ostentation, which is arrogance. This led him to obstinacy, which is independence and disobedience, and hence he was expelled from the Sacred Court. We, from the beginning of the life, call Satan as the accursed and the discarded, and yet we ourselves possess his very vile characteristics.

It has not occurred to us that anyone possessing the same reasons, which caused the dismissal of Satan, will be dismissed, too. Satan has no particular specialty; whatever reason expelled him from the threshold of Allah's proximity would never let us into that proximity. I am afraid that the curses, which we send to Iblīs, are to be shared by us, too.

We may further think of the same noble story, and what caused the superiority of Adam ('a) over Allah's angels, so that we ourselves may acquire them, too, as much as possible. The cause was “teaching the names,” as the Qur'an says:

“ And He taught Adam all the names.” 2

The high degree of teaching the names is realizing [tahaqquq] the state of Allah's Names, such as the high degree of counting the Names as in the noble hadīth: “Allah has ninety-nine names; whoever reckons them enters Paradise”3 which means realizing [tahaqquq] their truth, by which man obtains the Paradise of the Names.

Man, by way of cordial austerities, can be the manifestation [mazhar] of Allah's Names and the great divine sign, and his existence becomes a divine one, and the hand of the divine Beauty and Majesty manages his kingdom. In another hadīth it is also said: “The connection of a believer's soul to Allah, the Exalted, is stronger than the connection of the sun's ray to it or to its light.”4

In another authentic hadīth it is said: “When the servant approaches me through his supererogatory acts, I love him, and when I love him I become his ears with which he hears, and I become his eyes with which he sees, and I become his tongue with which he speaks, and I become his hand with which he takes.”5

In a hadīth it is said: “Alī is Allah's eye and hand”6 and similar ones, as in a hadīth: “We are His Most Beautiful Names.”7 In this respect, rational and traditional proofs are plenty.

Generally speaking, whoever wants to get a good share and advantage from the Qur'an have to apply each of the noble āyahs to his own condition so that he may get its complete benefit. For example, the noble āyah of the Sūrah al-Anfāl says:

“ The believers are those whose hearts feel fear when Allah is mentioned, and when His āyahs are recited to them they increase them in faith, and in their Lord do they put their confidence.” 8

A sālik must see whether he falls in line with these three attributes or not: Does mentioning Allah make his heart collapse and fear fall upon him? When the noble divine āyahs are recited to him, will the light of faith increase in his heart? Are his confidence and trust in Allah, the Exalted? Or is he void of any one of these stages and devoid of these attributes? If he wants to know whether he fears Allah and that his heart falls down because of that, let him look at his deeds.

The one, who fears Allah, would not dare to do an act of pertness, or to violate any divine law in the Presence of His Sacred Majesty. If his faith increases by the divine āyahs, the light of faith flows to his external kingdom, too. It is impossible for the heart to be luminous while the tongue, the speech, the eye, the sight, the ear and the hearing remain in the dark.

A luminous person is the one whose entire worldly and heavenly powers are radiant, diffusing light, and, besides guiding him to happiness and the straight path, they throw light on the road for others and guide them along the road to humanity. Likewise is the one who depends upon Allah and puts his trust in Him, in which case he cuts his eye of covetousness off others, and puts down his burden of need and poverty at the threshold of the Absolute Self-Sufficient, and regards others as poor and helpless as himself.

So, the duty of the traveler to Allah is to expose himself to the Glorious Qur'an, and, as the criterion to tell a true and valid hadīth from a false and invalid one is to expose it to the Book of Allah, and the one which is not in harmony with it is to be judged as false and nonsense, similarly, the criterion for telling straightness from crookedness, and happiness from wretchedness, is that it is to turn out in the Book of Allah to be straight and correct.

And, as the character of the Messenger of Allah is the Qur'an, he [the sālik] should make his character coincide with the Qur'an, so that it corresponds to that of the perfect friend of Allah. The character which is contrary to the Book of Allah is nonsense and false. Likewise, he is to conform all his [other] knowledge, [ma'ārif], condition of heart, internal and external deeds with the Book of Allah, so as to be in harmony with it, and the Qur'an becomes the image of his inside:

You are the clear Book that, By its letters the hidden is exposed.9

There are other disciplines in this field, some of which have already been mentioned early in this book under the title “the general discipline of worship,” and some others are mentioned here. Going on explaining further disciplines will lengthen our discourse; therefore, we relinquish them, and Allah is the Knowing.

- 1. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:12

- 2. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:31

- 3. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 4, pp. 186-7.

- 4. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, “The Book of Faith and Disbelief” ch. on “The Believers' Brotherhood to One Another,” hadīth 4, p. 242.

- 5. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, “The Book of Faith and Disbelief”, ch. on “The One Who Hurts the Muslims and Slights Them,” hadīth 7, p.53.

- 6. In a sermon by Imām 'Alī ('a), it is said: “I am Allah's eye and His truthful tongue and His hand.” Ma'āniy 'ul-Akhbār, hadīth 14, p. 17; At-Tawhīd, ch. 22, hadīth 2, p. 65.

- 7. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “The Book of at-Tawhīd”, ch. on “Wonders,” hadīth 4, p. 196.

- 8. Sūrah al-Anfāl 7:2.

- 9. This is a line of a poem which begins with:
You think you are a small matter, While in you is contained the biggest world.
The poem is ascribed to Imām 'Alī ('a).

Conclusion

Hereunder the translation of some noble narratives are related to complete the advantage and to have the blessings of the sayings of the [Prophet's] pure progeny:

The noble al-Kāfī on the authority of Sa'd, quotes Imām al-Bāqir ('a) to have said: “O Sa'd, learn the Qur'an, for it comes on the Resurrection Day in the best of forms,” then he added to the same effect, saying that it would pass through each rank of the masses of the believers, the martyrs, the prophets and the ranks of the angels, and all of them say: “This is brighter than us,” until the Messenger of Allah (s) introduces it… as the hadīth goes.1

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “When Allah, the Exalted, gathers all the first and the last peoples, they suddenly see a person proceeding, having an image the better of which has never been seen before.”2

There are many other hadīths of similar content that prove the sayings of the people of knowledge to the effect that for each being in this world there is a matching image in the Hereafter.

From the hadīths of this chapter it is deduced that the deeds also have their images in that world. The noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of Imām al-Bāqir ('a), says: “The Messenger of Allah (s) said: “I, the Book of Allah and my progeny will be the first to come to the Almighty, the Omnipotent, then my ummah will come after us. Then I ask: What did you do with the Book of Allah and my Ahl al-Bayt?”3

In another hadīth, the Almighty, the Glorified, says to the Qur'an: “By My Omnipotence and Majesty, and by My High State, I will surely honor him who has honored you, and I will disdain him who has disdained you.”4

We must know that if we did not revive the precepts and the teachings of the Qur'an by putting them to practice and understanding their truth, we would not be able to reply the question of Allah's Messenger on that day. Which disdain is worse than discarding its objectives and neglecting its calls? Honoring the Qur'an and its people, who are the infallible Ahl al-Bayt, is not done only by kissing its cover or their holy shrines.

This is a weak sign of honoring and respecting, which will only be acceptable if done according to its instructions and their teachings. Otherwise they would be more like scorning and sporting. Noble hadīths strongly warn those who recite the Qur'an and then do not practically follow its teachings.

In 'Iqāb al-A'māl, by Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah be pleased with him), quoting the Messenger of Allah (s), it is stated that he said in a hadīth: “The one who teaches the Qur'an and does not act according to it, and loves this world and prefers worldly pleasures to it, is worthy of Allah's wrath and is placed on the same level with the Jews and the Christians who threw the Book of Allah behind their backs.

The one who recites the Qur'an with the intention of obtaining reputation [sum'ah] and mundane gains will meet Allah with a bony, fleshless face, and the Qur'an will slap his nape to push him into the fire and let him join those before him. And the one who recites the Qur'an without following its instructions, will be raised blind on the Resurrection Day. He will ask: 'O my Lord, why have You raised me blind whereas I was a seeing one?' He will reply:

'It is so because our signs came to you but you forgot them, and so you are forgotten this day' 5

Then he is ordered to be thrown into the Fire. But the one who recites the Qur'an for the pleasure of Allah and for learning the features of the religion, his will be a reward, the equal of the reward given to all the angels and the prophets and Messengers ('a).

“The one who learns the Qur'an to show off, seeking reputation by way of arguing with the fools, to take pride in his knowledge against the scholars and to seek with it mundane matters, Allah, on the Resurrection Day, will separate all his bones from one another, and there will be no torture in the Fire severer than his, and there will be no sort of torment unless he is subjected to it, owing to Allah's strong anger and displeasure.

“If the one who learns the Qur'an is humble with his knowledge, teaches the servants of Allah and asks Allah for whatever reward there is with Him, there will be in Paradise no one whose reward is more than his, and there will be in Paradise no high rank and lofty state unless his share of it is higher and his state is loftier.”6

Concerning meditating on the meaning of the Qur'an, learning lessons from it and being affected by it there are many narratives, such as the hadīth in the noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of Imām as-Sādiq ('a), that he said: “It is in this Qur'an the stand of the guiding light and the torches for the dark nights. So, let the scrutinizer roam with his wide open eyes to see clearly, because thinking is the life of the discerning heart, like the enlightened one who walks with light in the dark.”7

The Imām means that as man needs common light to see his way in the dark so as not to fall over in a precipice, with the Qur'an, which is the light that guides and the torch which lights the road of gnosticism and faith, he is to advance on the dark road to the Hereafter and to Allah so as not to tumble down into devastating precipices.

In Ma'āniy 'ul-Akhbār there is a hadīth from Imām 'Alī ('a) saying: “The true jurisprudent is the one who would not leave the Qur'an reluctantly and turn to something else. Beware that there is no good in a knowledge without understanding; there is no good in the reciting without contemplation; and there is no good in a worship without deep knowledge of it.”8

In al-Khisāl and Ma'āniy 'ul-Akhbār, the Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “The bearers of the Qur'an are the informed ones ['urafā] among the people of Paradise.”9 It is obvious what is meant by “the bearers” of the Qur'an. It means the bearers of the Qur'anic knowledge and teachings, the result of which in the Hereafter is to regard them among the learned and the people of heart. To merely bear the external form of the Qur'an, without getting its lessons and being benefited by its teachings, and to convey its knowledge and admonitions, without putting its precepts and laws into application, would be like that which is said by Allah, the Exalted:

“ The likeness of those who are entrusted with the Torah, yet they apply it not, is as the likeness of the ass carrying books.” 10

Noble hadīths on the Glorious Qur'an, its affairs and disciplines are too many to be contained in this small book. Peace be upon Muhammad and his progeny.

- 1. Usūl al-Kāfī ,vol. 4,p. 394, “Book of the Merits of the Qur'an,” ch. 1, hadīth 1.

- 2. Ibid.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 400, “Book of the Merits of the Qur'an,” ch. 1, hadīth 4.

- 4. Ibid., hadīth 14.

- 5. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:125-6.

- 6. 'Iqāb al-A'māl, pp. 332, 337 and 366.

- 7. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p.400, “Book on the Merits of the Qur'an,” ch. 1, hadīth 5.

- 8. Ma'āniy 'ul-Akhbār, p. 226, ch. on “The Meaning of the True Jurisprudent,” hadīth 1.

- 9. Ma'aniy 'ul-Akhbar, p. 323, ch. on “The Meaning of the Informed Ones of the People of Paradise,” hadīth 1; Al-Khisāl, vo1.1, p. 28, ch. on “The One,” hadīth 100.

- 10. Sūrah al-Jumu'ah 62:5

Degrees Of Recitation And The Groups Of Reciters

Know that for the recitation during this spiritual journey and divine ascension there are degrees and stages, and here we shall suffice ourselves with some of them.

First, the reciter is one who pays no attention to other than improving the recitation and bettering the expression. His only care is for the good utterance of these words and correct pronunciation of the letters from their correct outlets so that a duty can be performed and an order be fulfilled. It is well known that the task for such persons is heavy and difficult; their hearts are unwilling and their insides are deviated.
These have no share of worship, though they are not punished with the punishment of the deserter [of the salāt], unless from the invisible treasure a grace appears and the said chattering receives a beneficence and a favor. It sometimes happens that this group, while their tongues are busy remembering Allah, their hearts are completely away from that, engaged in the mundane multiplicity and worldly matters.

As a matter of fact, the people in this group are outwardly in the salāt, while inwardly and actually they are busy with this world and worldly desires and whims. Sometimes it also happens that their hearts busy themselves thinking about correcting the formal shape of the salāt. In this case they are busy, by both the tongue and the heart, with the form of the salāt, and it is acceptable and agreeable from them.

The second group is those who would not be contented with that limit and take the salāt to be a means of remembering Allah, and the reciting to be praising and glorifying Him. This group is of many ranks and degrees, the mentioning of which would be lengthy. Probably it is this group to which the following Divine Hadīth refers:

“I have divided the salāt between Me and My servant, half of it for Me and half of it for My servant. When he says: 'In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful,' Allah will say: 'My servant has remembered Me,' and when he says: 'All praise is for Allah,' Allah says: 'My servant has praised and glorified Me,' and this is the meaning of 'Allah hears from the one who praises Him.'

And when he says: 'The Beneficent, the Merciful,' Allah says: 'My servant aggrandized Me. And when he says: 'Master of the Day of Judgment,' Allah says: 'My servant glorified Me.' [In another version: 'My servant has entrusted himself to Me']. And when he says: 'you do we worship and You do we seek help from,' Allah says: 'This is between Me and My servant.' And when he says: 'Guide us to the straight path,' Allah says: 'My servant has this right, and it is granted to him.”1

Now as the salāt, according to this noble hadīth, is divided between Allah and the servant, the servant has to completely pay what is due to Him, according to the discipline of servitude stated in this noble hadīth, so that Allah, the Exalted, may treat him as is becoming of His Lordly graces, since He says:

“ And fulfill my covenant; I shall fulfill your covenant.” 2

Allah, the Exalted, confined the disciplines of servitude in recitation to four pillars:

The first one is “remembrance” [tadhakkur] which is to happen by “In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful,” and the sālik servant should look at the entire “House of Realization” [dār-i tahaqquq] as a name perished in the Named [musammā].

He should teach his heart to be seeking the Haqq and wanting the Haqq in every particle of “the possibles” [mumkināt], and bring the natural disposition of learning the names which is fixed in the nature of his essence according to the requirement of the universality of the growth [nash'ah] and its being the manifestation of the Great Name of Allah, to which Allah refers by saying: “And He taught Adam all the names,”3 to the state of actuality and manifestation. Such a state is the result of having privacy with Allah and of deep remembrance and contemplating the divine affairs [shu'ūn], to the extent that the heart becomes a complete divine servant such that there can be found in every nook of it no name except that of Allah, the Exalted.

This is a stage of perishing in divinity that (even) the relapsed and hard hearts of the deniers cannot deny what we have just said, unless their denial be satanic, for such hearts feel repulsion, by nature, on hearing Allah's name or His remembrance, may God save us from that! If a word of divine knowledge or one of Allah's Names was mentioned, they would feel distressed.

They would not open the eyes of their hearts except at the desires of the appetites of the stomach and sex. There are among these people those who admit for the prophets and holy men [awliyā] ('a) nothing other than corporeal states and bodily Paradise, i.e. satisfying the animal desire. They take the greatness of the states of the other world to be similar to the greatness of this world, with vast orchards, running rivers and a multitude of houris and youths and palaces.

When there is a talk about love, affection and divine attraction, they assault the speaker with vulgar language and ugly words, as if they themselves have been insulted and they were retaliating. These people block the way of humanity and they are the thorns of the road to knowing Allah, and the satans who deceive men, hindering groups upon groups of the servants of Allah from Allah, His names, His attributes, His remembrance and remembering, and directing their attentions to the animal stomach and sexual desires.

They are satanic agents who sit in ambush on the straight path of Allah according to the āyah:

“ I shall surely lurk in ambush for them on your straight path,” 4

In order to prevent the servants of Allah from getting familiar with their Lord and from ridding themselves of the darkness of animal desires, including inclination towards houris and palaces. These people may resort to evidences from the invocations of the prophets and the infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a) in which they also demand houris and palaces.

But this is due to the shortcomings of this group who recognize no difference between loving Allah's grace, which is loved because it is the gift of the Beloved, in itself being a sign of affection and care, and merely loving the houris and palaces independently, which is within the nature of the animal desire. Loving Allah's gifts is Loving Allah, which consequently covers the favors of Allah and His graces:

I love the whole world, for the whole world is of Him.5

The love of the abode did not infatuate me, but the love of the one who resides therein.6
Otherwise, what would, 'Alī ibn Abī Tālib ('a) do with houris and palaces? How could that great man be associated with the appetites of the self and the animal desires? The one whose worship is that of a free man, his reward cannot be that of traders. The rein of the pen snapped and I wandered away from the main subject.

In general, the one who is accustomed to reciting divine āyahs and names from the Book of divine genesis and record, his heart will gradually take the form of remembrance and of an āyah, and the interior of his essence will turn out to be Allah's remembrance, His name and His āyah, as they interpret “remembrance” to be the noble Prophet and 'Alī ibn Abī Tālib ('a), and “The Beautiful Names” to be the Imāms of guidance ('a). Āyatullāh is also interpreted to be those great men and it is conformed to them.

They are the divine āyahs, the Beautiful Names of Allah and the great remembrance of Allah. The state of “remembrance” is such a high one that it is beyond the patience of explanation and the limits of writing and recording. It suffices for the people of knowledge and divine attraction, and the people of affection and love, as in the āyah:

“ Therefore remember Me; I shall remember you.” 7

Allah, the Exalted, tells Moses ('a): “I am the companion of whoever remembers Me.”8 A narrative in al-Kāfī says that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Whoever remembers Allah frequently, He will like him.”9

In Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq is quoted to have said that Allah, the Exalted, said: “O son of Adam, remember Me in yourself; I will remember you in Myself. O son of Adam, remember Me in privacy, I will remember you in privacy. O son of Adam, remember Me in public, I will remember you in a public better than yours.” He also said: “No servant remembers Allah in the presence of the people unless Allah remembers him in the presence of the angels.”10

The second pillar is “praising” Allah [tahmīd], as is the musallī's saying: “All praise is for Allah, the Lord of the Worlds.”

Know that when the musallī attains the state of “remembrance”, and regards all the particles of the beings, and the high and low creatures, to be divine names, and when he dismisses from his heart the idea of being self-sufficient, and looks at the beings of the visible and invisible worlds with the eye of dependence, he will be in the stage of “praising,” and his heart will confess that all kinds of praising exclusively belong to the Divine Essence, and the others have no share of it, because they have no personal perfection requiring any sort of praising and glorifying. We shall explain in detail this divine grace, in our interpretation of this blessed sūrah, inshā'allāh (Allah willing).

The third pillar is “magnifying” [ta'zīm], which is established by “The Beneficent, the Merciful.” When the servant traveling to Allah has, under the pillar of “praising”, confined all praise to Allah, excluding the existential multiplicities from perfection and praise, he will get nearer to the horizon of Oneness, his eye of plurality will gradually get blind to multiplicity, and the form of Beneficence [rahmāniyyat] which is the expansion of the existence and the form of Mercifulness [rahīmiyyat] which is the expansion of the perfection of the existence will be manifested to his heart, and he will call Allah by the two names, which are all-embracing and comprehensive, and in which multiplicities are vanished. So, the manifestation of perfection causes the heart to feel awe from the Beauty, and thus, Allah's greatness is implanted in his heart.

As this condition is fixed, he will move to the fourth pillar, which is the state of “sanctifying” [taqdīs], and it is actually “glorifying” [tamhīd]. In other words, it is entrusting the affairs to Allah, that is, discerning the position of Ownership and Omnipotence of Allah, and the falling down of the dust of plurality [kathrat] and the breaking of the idols of the heart and the appearance of the owner of the house of the heart, and possessing it with no Satanic intruding.

In this condition he reaches the stage of privacy, and there will be no veil between the servant and Allah, and “You do we worship and You do we seek help from,” takes place in that particular privacy and the meeting of familiarity. For this reason He said: “This is between Me and My servant.” And when the everlasting favor encompasses him and awakens him, he will demand consistency of this stage and establishment [tamkīn] of His Presence, by requesting: “Guide us to the straight path,” in which, “Guide us” is interpreted to mean: “Make us firm, consistent and steady.”

This is for those who have slipped out of the veil and attained “the Eternally Wanted” [matlūb-i azal]. As to us, the people of the veil, we will have to ask Allah, the Exalted, for guidance with its ordinary concept. This may further be explained in the exegesis of the blessed sūrah of al-Hamd, inshā'allāh (Allah willing).

Completion

From the noble Divine Hadīth11 [hadīth-i qudsī] it appears that the salāt is completely divided between Allah and the servant, and only the sūrah of al-Hamd was given as an example. So, we may add, for example, that the takbīrs of the salāt, whether the opening takbīrs or the other ones which are said during changing states in the salāt, are the share of Divinity, the portion of the Sacred Essence.

If the servant traveling to Allah performed this duty of servitude and carried out what was due to Divinity as his capacity was capable of, Allah, the Exalted, with His everlasting special favors, would also grant His servant his due share, which is the opening of the door of intimacy and revelation, as is referred to in the noble hadīth in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah: “As you utter the takbīr, regard small all creatures in relation to the greatness of Allah,” and it adds: “Examine your heart during the salāt.

If you tasted the sweetness of the salāt, and if in your soul you felt pleased and gay by it, and your heart enjoyed the supplication to Allah and conversing with Him, know that Allah has approved your takbīrs. Otherwise, without feeling pleasure in supplication, and being deprived of tasting the sweetness of worship, you should know that Allah has denied you and dismissed you from His Threshold.”12
Consequently, in each one of the acts and states of the salāt, there is a share for Allah, and the servant is to perform it, being the disciplines of servitude at that stage. The servant also has his share, which, after performing what the discipline of servitude requires, Allah, out of His covert grace and overt mercy, will bestow upon him His favor. If in these divine times he found himself deprived of His special favors, he must know that he did not act according to the disciplines of servitude.

The relevant sign for the common people is that the heart does not taste the sweetness of supplication and the delicacy of worship, and he is deprived of the cheerfulness, pleasure and devotion to Allah. The worship that is void of delight and pleasure is spiritless, and it will not be useful for the heart.

So, dear, make your heart familiar with the disciplines of servitude, and let your soul [rūh] taste the sweetness of remembering Allah. This divine grace, at the beginning, takes place through intense remembrance and intimacy. During remembrance the heart must not be dead or overcome by negligence. Having taught your heart to be familiar with remembrance, the divine favors will gradually be bestowed upon you, and the heavenly doors will be opened to you, and this is marked by repulsion from this world, by inclination towards the world of eternity, and by preparedness for death before its arrival.

O Allah! Grant us to have a share of tasting the pleasure of supplicating to you and the sweetness of conversing with you. Place us among the remembering group and in the circle of those who are devoted to Your Glorified Sanctity, and bestow upon our dead hearts an everlasting life, and make us break off the others and make us inclined to be devoted to You, surely You are the Giver of favor and grace.

- 1. Al-Mahajjat al-Baydā', vol. 1, p. 388; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 92, p. 226. Sahīh Muslim, vol. 2, p. 92, with differences in expression.

- 2. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:40.

- 3. Ibid., 31.

- 4. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:16.

- 5. This is the second hemistich of a line from Sa'dī's poetry, as below:
By the world I am cheerful as the world is cheerful by Him,
I love the whole world as the whole world is of Him.

- 6. A line from the poetry of Majnūn 'Āmirī (Qays ibn al-Mulawwah al-'Āmirī). Jamī' ash-Shawāhid, p. 220, ch. “The W with the M.”

- 7. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:152

- 8. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol.4, p.255,“Book of Invocation,”ch. on “That Which is Obligatory of Remembering Allah,” hadīth 4.

- 9. Ibid., hadīth 3.

- 10. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, “Book of the Salāt”, sec. on “Remembrance,” ch. 7, hadīth 4, p. 1185.

- 11. Refer to footnote 351

- 12. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 13, “At Ending the Salāt”; Al-Mahajjat al-Baydā,' printed by as-Sadūq Library, vol. 1, p. 385; Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “The Book of as-Salāt,” sec. on “The Acts of the Salāt,” ch.2, hadīth 9.

Some Disciplines Of Isti‘adhah

Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ And when you recite the Qur'an take refuge in Allah from the outcast Satan. He has no authority over those who believe and on their Lord rely. His authority is only over those who befriend him and those who associate partner with Him.” 1

Among the important disciplines of recitation, especially the recitation in the salāt, which is a spiritual journey to Allah, the real ascension and the ladder to reach the people of Allah, is the isti'ādhah, seeking refuge in Allah, from the outcast Satan, who is the thorn of the road to knowledge, and the one who blocks the way of the sālik's travel to Allah, as Allah, the Exalted, says through him, in the blessed sūrah of al-'Arāf:

“ He said: 'As you have led me astray, I shall lurk in ambush for them on your straight path.” 2

He has sworn to lurk for the sons of Adam on the straight path to prevent them from entering it. So, the salāt, which is the straight path of humanity and the ascension for reaching Allah, cannot take place without isti'ādhah from this brigand, and without taking refuge in the fortified fort of Divinity from his evil, there can be no security. This isti'ādhah, this taking refuge, cannot be implemented with empty utterances, a lifeless form or a world with no Hereafter.

It is observed that there were people who did utter these words for forty or fifty years, yet they were not saved from the evil of this bandit, and, actually, in their conducts and acts, and even in their beliefs they followed Satan and imitated him. Had we really taken refuge from the evils of this wicked one, the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted, Who is the Absolute Gracious, the Omnipotent, the All-Merciful, the All-Knowing and Generous, would have granted us His protection, and our faith, moralities and deeds would have been amended.

So, we must know that our being left behind the travelers on the road to Allah is due to Satan's temptations and because we have fallen under his control owing to our own shortcomings and inefficiency in applying the spiritual disciplines and acquiring the required conditions of the heart. So, it is because of this that we get nothing of the spiritual results and the external and internal effects of our invocations, supplications and worships.

From the noble āyahs of the Qur'an and the noble hadīths of the infallible Imāms (s) many disciplines can be discovered. But to count them all would need a complete scrutinizing research, which prolongs the discussion. It suffices us to mention only a few of them.

One of the important disciplines of isti'ādhah is “sincerity,” as Allah the Exalted, quotes Satan to have said:

“ By your Might I will tempt them all, except Your sincere servants from among them.” 3

This “sincerity,” as is clear from this noble āyah, is something higher than the practical sincerity, whether by the heart or by the limbs, because, it is in the objective case [in its Arabic form = mukhlasīn]. Had it been for sincerity in action, it should have been in the nominative case.

Therefore, this sincerity is intended to denote the purification of the human personality with all the visible and invisible affairs, of whose emissions is the practical sincerity, although, at the beginning of the sulūk, this fact and divine grace would not easily take place except by difficult practical austerities, especially the cordial ones, which are its origin, as is referred to in the well-known hadīth: “The one who keeps being sincere to Allah for forty mornings, fountains of wisdom will flow from his heart to his tongue.”4

So, whoever could sincerely devote himself to Allah for forty mornings which is the period of fermenting [takhmīr] the clay [tīnat] of which Adam was created, and the connection between these two is well-known to the people of knowledge and of heart and dedicate his cordial and formal acts sincerely to Allah, his heart will become godly, and the godly heart produces nothing other than fountains of wisdom.

Then, his tongue, which is the greatest interpreter of the heart, will speak wisdom. So, at the beginning, sincerity of the act leads to the purification of the heart, and when the heart becomes purified, the lights of Majesty and Beauty which are deposited by divine fermentation [takhmīr] in the human clay are reflected in the mirror of the heart and become manifest there, and from the innermost of the heart they appear on the external body.

In short, the sincerity, which frees one from the satanic authority, is devoting the identity of the soul [rūh] and the innermost of the heart to Allah, the Exalted. It is a reference to this that Imām 'Alī ('a), in his Sha'bāniyyah Supplication, says: “O Allah, grant me complete devotion to you.”5

When the heart reaches this stage of sincerity and it is cut off other than Allah, and in the kingdom of his existence there is no admission to other than Allah, Satan who approaches man by other than Allah's way will have no power over him, and Allah will admit him into His shelter, and he will be placed in the fortified fortress of divinity, as He says: “The expression 'there is no god but Allah' is My fort, so whoever enters My fort is safe from My torture.”6

Entering the fort of 'there is no god but Allah' is of several degrees. Likewise, being safe from the torture is also of several degrees. So, the one who, externally, internally, cordially and formally, is admitted to Allah's fortress and under His protection, will be safe from all degrees of torture, including being veiled off Allah's Beauty and being separated from meeting the Beloved, the Most High and Almighty which veiledness and separation are at the top of the tortures.

Imām 'Alī ('a), in the Kumayl Invocation, says: “Suppose that I can patiently bear your torment, how can I patiently bear separation from you?” Our hand is short of that. The one who could reach that stage would be a real servant of Allah, under the vaults [domes] of divinity, and Allah, the Exalted, would manage his kingdom, getting him out of the Taghūt's patronage.

This is the dearest state for the men of Allah and the most special degree for the pure, and the others have no share of it. It is most likely that the owners of hard hearts among the deniers and of stiff souls among the obstinate, who are far away from such a state, deny it altogether and regard any talk about it to be false and in vain. Or they rather take such affairs, which are the delight of the holy men [awliyā'], and which are frequently mentioned by the Book and the Sunnah, to be God forbid! of the fabrications of the sūfis and false rumors of the literalists.

We, by referring to these states, which are, in fact, the states of the perfect ones, do not claim to have a share of them or look at them covetously, but we do so because to deny them is not agreeable to us, and we believe that mentioning the holy men [awliyā'] and their positions is effective in purging, saving and reforming the hearts, because good mention of the people of guardianship and knowledge causes affection, familiarity and close connection.

Such connection leads to mutual attraction [tajādhub], which, in its turn leads to co-intercession [tashāfu'], whose outward is getting out of the darkness of ignorance to the lights of guidance and knowledge, and its inward is the intercession in the Hereafter, because the intercession of the intercessors would not happen without close connection and inward co-attraction [tajādhub], since it would not be based on guess and bātil [falsehood].

However, despite the fact that this stage is not but for the perfect ones among the holy men [awliyā'] and the chosen ones [asfiyā'] ('a), and that the perfect state of this stage is, in the origin [bil-'isālah], exclusively for the Seal of the Prophets (s), the luminous and pure Ahmadian single [ahadī-yi ahmadī], Muhammadan collective [jamī'-i muhammadī] heart, and subordinately [bi 't-taba'iyyah], it is for the perfect and pure ones of the Ahl al-Bayt, yet the believers and the sincere ones are not to give up hoping for some of its degrees, and to be satisfied with formal and practical sincerity, and the external and juristic purity, because stopping in the stations is one of the masterpieces of Iblīs who is sitting at the entrance of the path of man and humanity, trying every possible means to prevent him from ascending to perfections and reaching higher stages.

So, one has to double his vigilance and strengthen his will, so that this divine light and grace may move from the outside to the inside, and from the visible to the invisible. The more stages of sincerity one passes, the better he will be stationed under Allah's protection, and the truth of isti'ādhah will be implemented, and the hands of the devilish Satan will be short of reaching him.

Hence, if you devoted the visible human form exclusively to Allah, and if you placed the external mundane armies of the soul, which are the powers dispersed in the kingdom of the body, under the shelter of Allah, and if you purified the seven earthly realms, which are the eye, the ear, the tongue, the stomach, the sexual organ, the hand, and the leg, from the impurities of disobedience and placed them at the disposal of Allah's angels, who are the divine armies, these realms would gradually become divine and under the command of Allah, until they also become Allah's angels, or get like Allah's angels

“ Who do not disobey Allah in what He commands them, and do as they are commanded.” 7

Hence, the first degree of isti'ādhah takes place, and Satan and his soldiers leave the external kingdom and turn to the inside, assaulting the invisible powers of the soul. Thus, the sālik's task becomes harder and his sulūk stricter. So, his steps should be stronger, and his watchfulness more perfect. He is to take refuge in Allah, the Exalted, from the spiritual destructions, such as self-conceit, hypocrisy, arrogance, pride and the like, and to gradually start purifying his inside from the moral opacities and internal impurities.

In this stage, or rather in all stages, he is to be attentive to Allah's Unity of Acts, and to remind his heart of this divine grace and heavenly table [mā'idah], which are of the important matters of sulūk and of the pillars of 'urūj. He is also to make his heart taste the fact that Allah, the Exalted, is the owner of the heavens, the earth, the inside, the outside, the visible, and the invisible, so that the heart may get accustomed to His Unity in deity and deny any association in management [tasarruf] and be divinely concocted and theistically educated.

In this state the heart will find no asylum, refuge, sanctuary and help except with Allah alone, and, consequently and actually, he will seek refuge with Allah, the Sanctified State of Divinity. Unless he cuts off his heart from the others' management, and closes his eye of greed on other creatures, he cannot truthfully turn to get his refuge with Allah, and his claim will be a false one, and according to the method of he people of knowledge he will be regarded among the hypocrites, and ascribed to deceit and treason.

In this fearful valley [wādīyy] and dangerous Deep Ocean, if one takes advantage of the sayings of a godly wise man or a luminous gnostic, whose string of knowledge is connected to the perfect friends of Allah, concerning the Three Unities, it will be a good help to the inner heart. But the condition for taking that advantage is that he should do it regarding it as an āyah, a sign and sulūk to Allah, for otherwise it would become a thorn on the road and a veil covering the face of the Beloved. The Messenger of Allah (s), as it is stated in the noble al-Kāfī, calls this knowledge an “indisputable āyah” [āyat-i muhkam].8

Generally speaking, when the root of Allah's Unity of Acts is strongly implanted in the heart, and irrigated with the water of knowledge accompanied with nice deeds, which knock at the heart's door, its fruit will be remembering the state of divinity, and the heart will gradually become pure and ready for receiving actual manifestation.

When the house is free from the traitor, and the nest from the alien, the Owner of the house controls it and Allah's guarding hand brings the invisible and visible powers of the kingdom of the inside and the heart and of the outside kingdom of the body under its rule and authority, and the Satans are completely expelled from this stage, too, and the internal kingdom returns to its independence, which is being under Allah's shelter.

This is the second degree of the divine grace, the isti'ādhah. After this stage come other stages, such as, the isti'ādhah of the spirit and the isti'ādhah of the secret, which are out of the scope of these pages. Even what was said was of the overflowing of this servant's pen, or it was written at the command of the pen of the Lord, Most High and Almighty, and to Him is the refuge.

Another discipline and condition of isti'ādhah is that which is referred to in the āyah stated at the beginning of this chapter, i.e. “faith” [īmān], which is other than knowledge, even though it is proved by means of philosophic proofs: “The legs of the argumentatives are of wood.”9

Faith is a matter of the heart, and happens through intense remembrance, contemplation, intimacy and privacy with Allah. Despite the fact that Satan had knowledge about the Beginning and the Return, as the Qur'an says, he is counted with the disbelievers. If faith was this argumentative knowledge, those who possess this knowledge must be away from the intrusion of Satan, and the light of guidance of the Qur'an would illuminate their inside, whereas we notice that despite such marks, there is no sign of faith.

So, if we want to be out of Satan's control, and be under the protection of Allah, the Exalted, we must, by intense cordial austerity and continual, or frequent, proximity and privacy, bring the facts of faith to the heart in order to let it be divine. Then, having been so, it will be free from Satan's control, as Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ Allah is the Guardian of those who believe. He brings them out of darkness into the light.” 10

So, the believers, whom Allah, the Exalted is the manager, the guardian of their inside and outside, their secret and their publicity, are free from Satan's control and enter into the Beneficent's kingdom.

He brings them out of all degrees of darkness to the absolute light from the darkness of disobedience and insolence, the darkness of the dirty moral impurities, the darkness of ignorance, disbelief, polytheism, self-deceit, selfishness, and self-admiration, to the light of obedience and worship, the light of virtuous characters, the light of knowledge, perfection, faith, monotheism, godliness, piety, and friendship with Allah.

Another one of its disciplines is “reliance” [tawakkul] on Allah, which is also part of faith and of the real lights of the grace of faith. It means entrusting the affairs to Allah, which results from the heart's belief in the Unity of Acts, whose details are out of the capacity of this book.

When the sālik servant finds no refuge and no shelter other than Allah, and believes that the management of the affairs is exclusively confined to His Sacred Essence, a certain condition of devotion, refuge and trust shows up in his heart, and his isti'ādhah becomes real. So, as he truthfully takes refuge in the strong fortress of the Lordship and divinity, He shall certainly protect him with His most spacious and generous mercy, for He is the possessor of great favor!

Completion and Conclusion

We noted in this chapter that the truth of the isti'ādhah is a mood or state of mind that is created by a complete evident knowledge of Allah's Unity of Acts, and by believing in that Unity. That is, after he understood, by way of explicit and strong intellectual proofs and traditional evidences, quoted from the Qur'anic texts, and through the signs and the wonders of the Divine Book and noble hadīths, that the Power of Creation and independence of effectiveness, or rather, the very origin of effect, is exclusively confined to the Sacred Divine Essence, and other beings have no share of it, as is proved in its stance, he should convince his heart of it, and, with the pen of intellect, he should write on the page of his heart the truth of “There is no god but Allah, and there is no effecter [mu'aththir] in the [world of] existence except Allah.”

When the heart takes in this grace of faith and proved fact, there appears in it a state of devotion and exclusivity [to Allah]. Believing that Satan is the highway robber of humanity and its staunch enemy, there appears in his heart an apprehensiveness, which is the reality of the isti'ādhah. And, as the tongue is the spokesman of the heart, it translates that state of apprehensiveness, with complete need and necessity in words: “I take refuge in Allah from the accursed Satan,” which it utters truthfully.

If there were no effects of these facts in the heart, and it was under the control of Satan, as well as the other parts of one's existing kingdom, the isti'ādhah also takes place, but with the management of Satan, and verbally he does say: “I take refuge in Allah from the accursed Satan,” but in fact, as it is an act of Satan himself, it is actually taking refuge in Satan from Allah, and the isti'ādhah performs its counter function, and Satan mocks at the one who utters the isti'ādhah a mockery whose result is known only after removing the cover and pushing aside the curtain of nature.

Such a person, whose isti'ādhah is merely verbal, is like the one who wants to take refuge from an endless hostile army in a strong fortress, but instead, he heads to the enemy turning away from the fortress, while he continues saying: “I take refuge in this fortress from the evil of the enemy.” Such a person, besides being inflicted with the evil of the enemy, becomes subject to the enemy's mockery, too.

- 1. Sūrah an-Nahl 16:98-100

- 2. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:16

- 3. Sūrah Sād 38:82-83.

- 4. Bihār al-Anwār, vol.67, p. 242, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch.on “Sincerity,” hadīth 10, quoted from 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol.2, p.69(with a slight difference).The same subject is referred to in the latter book, hadīth 25, p. 249.

- 5. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 91, p. 99.

- 6. At-Tawhīd, p. 25; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 3, p.13 and vol. 90, p. 192.

- 7. Sūrah at-Tahrim 66:6.

- 8. “Knowledge is of three kinds: an indisputable āyah, a fair obligation and a current tradition.” Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 37, “Book of the Merit of Knowledge,” ch. on “The Description of Knowledge and its Merits,” hadīth 1.

- 9. The legs of the argumentatives are of wood, Wooden legs are quite shaky. Mawlawī

- 10. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:257.

On The Four Pillars Of Isti‘adhah

One: al-musta'īdh [the one who seeks refuge]
Two: al-musta'ādhu minhu [that from which refuge is sought]
Three: al-musta'ādhu bihi [the one with whom refuge is sought]
Four: al-musta'ādhu lahū [that for which refuge is sought]

Do know that there are so much detailed explanations for these pillars that are out of our intention. Yet, we are satisfied to mention a summary of them:

The first pillar is concerning al-musta'īdh. It is a humanistic truth from the very first stage of the sulūk to Allah till the final end of self-annihilation [fanā'-i dhātī]. “When the absolute annihilation was complete, Satan would perish and the isti'ādhah would take place.”

To expand on this summary we may say that as long as man is dwelling in the abode of the self and nature, and has not yet started his spiritual journey and sulūk to Allah, and is still under Satan's control in all degrees and affairs, he has not yet understood the truth of isti'ādhah, and the mere utterances of his tongue are useless, or rather they fix and strengthen the Satanic authority, unless Allah, the Exalted, grants him His favor.

When he gets engaged in his journey and sulūk to Allah and starts his spiritual travel, what hinders him on the road and thorns his way, as long as he is continuing his journey and sulūk, is his own Satan, whether of the Satanic spiritual forces, or of the jinn or ins, for when the jinn and ins become thorns of the road, they will, actually, be the assistants of Satan and act on his command. Allah, the Exalted, refers to this in the blessed sūrah of an-Nās:

“ … From the evil of the slinking whisperer, who whispers in the breasts of men, from among the jinn and men.”

If the Satan is from the jinn, it is understood from the noble āyah that the slinking whisperer, i.e. Satan, is originally [bi 'l-isālah] a jinn and subordinately [bi 't-taba'iyyah] an ins. But if Satan is another reality resembling the jinn, it appears from the noble āyah that these two species, i.e. the jinn and the ins, are also Satanic similitudes [tamaththulāt] and his manifestations. In another āyah it is said:

“ …the Satans of ins and jinn.” 1

In this blessed Sūrah the pillars of isti'ādhah are mentioned, as we stated before and as it is clear.

In a word, before starting the journey to Allah, man is not a musta'īdh. When the gnostic ['ārif] comes to the end of the journey, and there remains no trace, at all, of the remnants of servitude, and he reaches the stage of the absolute personal annihilation [fanā'-i dhātī], there will remain no trace of the isti'ādhah, musta'ādhu minhu and musta'īdh, and in his heart there will be nothing except Allah and His Divine Sovereignty, and he will be unaware of himself and his heart, and “I take refuge in You from You”2 is also out of this state.

When there is a state of wakefulness [sahw], intimacy and return, there still is a trace of isti'ādhah, but not the isti'ādhah of a sālik. For this reason, the Final Messenger of Allah (s) is also ordered to do the isti'ādhah, as Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ Say: I take refuge in the Lord of daybreak,” 3

“ Say: I take refuge in the Lord of men,” 4

And

“ Say: My Lord! I take refuge in you from the evil suggestions of the Satans, and I take refuge in You, O my Lord, from their presence.” 5

So, man in two states is not musta'īdh: One is before starting the sulūk, which is the state of being completely veiled, at the Satan's disposal and under his control. The other is when the sulūk comes to the end, which is the absolute annihilation, in which there is no trace of the musta'īdh, musta'ādhu minhu, musta'ādhu lahu or isti'ādhah.

In two states he is a musta'īdh: One is in his sulūk to Allah, in which he takes refuge from the thorns of the road of attainment [wusūl] that are sitting on the straight path, as Satan says in the Qur'an:

“ As you have led me astray, I shall lurk in ambush for them on your straight path.” 6

The other is when he is wakeful and returning from the absolute annihilation, in which he does the isti'ādhah [taking refuge] from the coloring seclusions [ihtijābāt] and others.

The second pillar is concerning al-musta'ādhu minhu, which is the accursed Iblīs, the outcast Satan, who prevents man from attaining his goal and implementing his objective, by means of his diverse snares. Some great men of the people of knowledge say that Satan, in his reality, is the entire world in its aspect of being other than Allah.

The writer does not agree with this, because this aspect of being other than Allah, which is a fancied form that has no truth and is void of any sort of realization [tahaqquq] and reality, is but one of Iblīs' snares in which he gets man engaged. It may be a reference to the point that is said in the āyah:
“Rivalry in worldly increase distracts you, until you come to the graves.”7

Or else, Iblīs himself is a reality with an abstract ideal, and the reality of universal Iblīs, the head of all Iblīses, is the universal fancy [wahm al-kull], as the universal abstract intellectual fact, the first man [Adam], is the universal intellect ['aql al-kull]. The individual worldly fancies are of the affairs [shu'ūn] and manifestations [mazāhir] of the universal Iblīs, as the individual intellects are of the affairs [shu'ūn] and manifestations [mazāhir] of the universal intellect ['aql-i kull]. A detailed explanation of this subject is out of the capacity of this thesis.

In a word, what becomes a hindrance and a thorn on the road of the divine sulūk to Allah is Satan or his manifestations, whose acts are also of Satan's. And what, of the states of the invisible and visible worlds and of the happenings [awārid] that happen to the soul, and of its different states, becomes a veil on the face of the Beloved [janān], whether of the mundane terrestrial worlds, such as poverty, and richness, soundness and illness, ability and disability, knowledge and ignorance, plagues and defects, etc., or of the invisible, abstract and ideal worlds, such as paradise and hell, and relevant knowledge, even the argumentative intellectual sciences which belong to tawhīd and glorifying Allah…, all of them are of Iblīs' snares by which he diverts man from Allah and from having intimacy and privacy with Him.

Even diversion through moral [ma'nawī] states and standing [wuqūf] in spiritual stages, whose outside is to stand at the path of humanity, and whose inside is to stand at the path of Allah which is the spiritual bridge of the hell of separation and parting, and which ends in the paradise of meeting, the bridge which is exclusive to a small group of the people of knowledge and of heart are also of the big snares of the chief Iblīs, from which one must seek refuge in the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted.

In short, whatever diverts you from Allah and secludes you from the Beautiful Beauty of the Beloved, the Glorified, is your Satan, be it in the form of an ins or a jinn. And whatever is used to prevent you from that goal is of Satan's snares, be it of the kinds of positions and ranks or of the types of sciences and perfections, or professions and industries, or luxury and comfort, or hardship and humility, or anything else.

These are of the dispraised worldly matters. In other words, when the heart loves something other than Allah, that will be its world, and that is disapproved. It is a satanic snare from which one should take refuge in Allah. It is quite likely the point to which the Messenger of Allah (s) referred by his invocation: “I take refuge in Allah's generous countenance, and with His words, which no pious or impious can pass, from the evil of what descends from the heaven and ascends to it, from the evil of what enters into the earth and what comes out of it, from the evil of the troubles of the night and the day, and from the evil of the knockers at the night and day, except the knocker who brings good.”8

Taking refuge in Allah's countenance face and Allah's words means being drowned in the sea of Beauty and Majesty, and whatever keeps man off it is of the evils and belongs to the world of Satan and his tricks, from which one must take refuge in Allah's countenance, be it of the perfect heavenly truths or of the earthly imperfect ones, unless it is the knocker that brings good the divine knocker who invites to Absolute Good, that is, Allah, the Exalted.

The third pillar is concerning al-musta'ādhu bihi. Know that the truth of isti'ādhah is implemented in the sālik to Allah, and attained through the travel and sulūk to Allah. That is, isti'ādhah belongs to the sālik during the stages of the sulūk. Therefore, the truths of isti'ādhah, musta'īdh, musta'ādhu minhu and musta'ādhu bihi differ according to the degrees and the stages of the travelers to Allah. A reference to this is probably in the noble sūrah of an-Nās:

“ Say: I seek refuge in the Lord of men, the King of men, the God of men.”

From the beginning of the sulūk till the limits of the state of the heart, the sālik takes refuge with the state of the Lordship: It is possible that this Lordship is the Lordship of Act, so as to conform to “I take refuge with the complete words of Allah.”9 And when the journey of the sālik ends in the state of the heart, the state of the divine sovereignty appears in the heart, in which case he takes refuge in the state of “The King of men” from the evils of Iblīs' cordial intrusion and his despotic inner authority, as he took refuge, in the first state, from the evils of Satan's breast intrusion, as it is said: “… who whispers in the breasts of men” although the “whispering” in the hearts and the spirits is also by the “slinking” Satan.

Perhaps this is because it is in the instance of a general introduction and on the basis of an apparent attribute that suits everybody. When the sālik passes the state of the heart to the state of the spirit, which is of the divine “blowing,” and whose connection to Allah is closer than that of the sunlight to the sun, in this stage anxiety, passion, attraction, ardent love, and eagerness, begin to appear, and in it he takes refuge in the “God of men.”

And when he advances higher than this stage and has before his eyes the Essence without a mirror for the affairs [shu'ūn], in other words, when he reaches the state of the secret, he will be suited to say: “I take refuge from you in you.”10 There are, in this respect, other details that do not suit this essay.

However, you may know that to take refuge in Allah's Name suits all stages because of its comprehensiveness, as, in fact, it is an absolute isti'ādhah, while other isti'ādhahs are limited ones.

The fourth pillar is concerning al-musta'ādhu lahu, i.e. the aim of the isti'ādhah. You may know that what is required essentially [bi 'dh-dhāt] by the musta'īdh person is of the kinds of perfection, happiness and good, which differ in accordance with the degrees and ranks of the sāliks. As long as the sālik is still within the frame of the soul and the veil of nature, the aim of his journey is to attain self-perfections and the low natural kinds of happiness.

This belongs to the early stages of the sulūk. Getting out of the soul's confinement, and having acquired a taste of spiritual states and abstract perfections, his goal will be higher and his aim more perfect, neglecting all personal positions, and his objective will be attaining cordial perfections and internal happiness.

Then, turning the rein of the travel away from this state, and reaching at the door of the house of the spiritual secret, the beginnings of the divine manifestations start appearing in his inside, and the tongue of his inside, at the beginning says: “I direct my face towards Allah's face,” and later on, “I direct my face towards Allah's Names or towards Allah,” and after that: “I direct my face to Him.” Perhaps

“ I direct my face to the One Who created the heavens and the earth” 11

Is related to the first stage because of the creatorship [fātiriyyat].

In a word, whichever the sālik's stage, his real objective is to attain essential perfection and happiness. But as with happiness and perfection, in any given stage, there is a Satan with a snare of his snares to prevent him from reaching his objective, the sālik will have to take refuge in Allah from that Satan and his evils and tricks in order to get his original aim and essential objective.

So, the sālik's objective of the isti'ādhah is, in fact, obtaining the looked-for perfection and wanted happiness. The aim of the aims, and the final want, is Allah, the Glorified, the Almighty. In this stage, or after it, everything vanishes except Allah, the Exalted, and the isti'ādhah [taking refuge] from Satan will be a consequent and done in full wakefulness. Praise is Allah's at the beginning and at the end.

- 1. Sūrah al-An'ām 6:112

- 2. An extract from an invocation of the Prophet (s) during his Salāt. See Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 324. Misbāh al-Mutahajjid wa Silāh al-Muta'abbid, p. 308.

- 3. Sūrah al-Falaq 113:1.

- 4. Sūrah an-Nās 114:1.

- 5. Sūrah al-Mu'minūn 23:97-98.

- 6. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:16

- 7. Sūrah at-Takāthur 102:1-2

- 8. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 91, p. 215.

- 9. Iqbāl al-A'māl, p. 640, the invocation recited on the first day of the month of Rajab.

- 10. Extracted from an invocation by the Prophet (s) during his Salāt. See Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 324; Misbāh al-Mutahajjid wa Silāh al-Muta'abbid, p. 308.

- 11. Sūrah al-An'ām 6:79

On Some Disciplines Of Naming [Tasmiyah]

In At-Tawhīd, quoting Imām ar-Ridā ('a), it is stated that when he was asked to explain the bismillāh, he said: “When one says “bismillāh” (in the name of Allah), he means: I put on myself a simah (mark) of Allah's simahs, which is worship.” Asked: “What is simah?” He said: “It is the mark.”1

Do know may Allah make you and me of those who bear Allah's marks that to enter in the stage of tasmiyah (naming or marking) is not easy for the sālik before entering first the stage of ist'ādhah and completing the steps of this stage. As long as man is under the control of Satan and his authority, he is marked with satanic marks. If man's inside and outside were completely overcome by Satan, he would in all his stages be a sign or a mark of Satan.

If, in this instance, man uttered the tasmiyah, he would be uttering it by Satan's will, power and tongue, and from his tasmiyah and isti'ādhah there would be no result except confirming the Satanic authority. If, with Allah's help, he woke up from his negligence, and came to conscience, and understood the necessity of continuing the journey to Allah within the station [manzil] of wakefulness through the divine disposition and the lights of the Qur'anic teachings and the traditions of the guides along the road of tawhīd, and his heart recognized the obstacles on the road, there would appear in him a state [hāl] of isti'ādhah, and then, with the support of Allah, he would enter the station [manzil] of isti'ādhah.

When he got purified from the satanic filths, the divine lights would be manifested in the mirror of the sālik in proportion to the extent of his purifying his inside and outside. At first, the lights would be mixed with darkness, or the darkness would be overwhelming:

“ … they have mingled a good deed and an evil one… ” 2

As the sulūk gets steadier, the light overcomes the darkness, and the marks of the Lord appear in the sālik, and his tasmiyah appears somewhat real, and gradually the Satanic marks which, outwardly, contradict the Virtuous City [madīnat-i fādilah], and, inwardly, are conceit, arrogance and the like, and in the inmost part of the inward, are egotism, selfishness and the like leave the kingdom of the inside and the outside, and, in their place come the marks of Allah which, outwardly, observe the regime [nizām] of the Virtuous City, and inwardly, are servitude and humility of the soul, and in the inmost part of the inside, wanting Allah and regarding for Him.

Then when the kingdom becomes godly and gets rid of the Satans of jinn and ins, and the divine marks appear in it, the sālik gets to the state of ismiyyat (nameness, nomination, naming).

So, first, sālik's tasmiyah (naming) is to be distinguished by the divine marks and signs, then he is promoted and attains the state of ismiyah, which is a state in the beginnings of the proximity of the nāfilah (supererogation), and when this proximity of nāfilah takes place, he will enjoy full state of ismiyah, and there remains nothing of servant and servitude. The one who reaches this stage, his complete salāt will be uttered by Allah's tongue, a state that can happen only to a few of Allah's friends.

As regards the common people and the imperfect ones like us, the discipline is to brand our heart with the mark of servitude during uttering the tasmiyah, and to inform the heart about Allah's marks, signs and āyahs, not satisfying ourselves with unintentional wordings, haply we may be covered by the eternal favor and make up for the past, and there opens before our hearts a door of learning the Names and of attaining the objective.

It is further possible to say that in the said noble hadīth, by a simah of “the simahs of Allah,” it is meant the mark or sign of the mercy of the “Beneficent” and the mercy of the “Merciful.” These two noble Names are of the all-embracing ones, under whose blessing shadow the entire world of realization has reached, and does reach, the existence itself and its perfection, and the mercies of the Beneficence [rahmāniyyah] and Mercifulness [rahīmiyyah] cover the whole house of existence [dār-i wujūd].

Even the mercy of Mercifulness, of whose manifestations is the guidance of all guides on the road of tawhīd, covers all, except those who were diverted from the disposition of rectitude, and, owing to their own ill-selection, prevented themselves from being benefited by it, not that the Mercifulness did not cover them. Even in the Hereafter world, which is the day of harvesting the bad and good cultivations, those who have bad cultivations are inevitably short of being benefited by the mercy of the Merciful.

To be short, the sālik who wants his tasmiyah to be implemented, will have to convey Allah's mercies to his heart to have it believe in the favors of the Beneficent and the Merciful, which is marked out on the heart by his looking with kindness and leniency at the servants of Allah, desiring goodness and righteousness to all of them.

This look is that of the great prophets and the perfect holy men [awliyā'] ('a), although they had two looks: one for welfare and the happiness of the community, the system of the family and the regime of the Virtuous City, and the second for the happiness of the individual. They were very much concerned about the happiness of these two. The divine laws, which are established, disclosed, enforced and carried out by them, take complete care of the happiness of those two.

Even in carrying out penalties and punishments and the like, which seem to have been coined in conformity with the laws of the Virtuous City, the happiness of both are taken into consideration, because these affairs are mostly for educating the soul and bringing it to happiness. Even those who had no light of faith and happiness, and were killed by the fighters in jihād and the like, such as the Jews of Banū Qurayzah, this killing (being killed) was for their goodness and reformation.

It can be said that killing them was of the complete mercy of the Seal of the Prophets (s), because by their survival in this world they would prepare every day diverse punishments for themselves, while the whole life in this world cannot be compared with the tortures and the hardships of a single day in the Hereafter. This is quite obvious to those who have knowledge about the extent of the tortures and punishments in the Hereafter and their reasons and causes. So, the sword that was put to the necks of the Jews of Banū Qurayzah and their like was nearer to the horizon of mercy than to the horizon of anger and wrath.

The chapter of al-amru bi 'l-ma'rūfi wa 'n-nahyi 'an 'il-munkar (Bidding unto honor and forbidding dishonor) belongs to the mercy of the Merciful. So, the one who bids unto honor and forbids dishonor must make his heart taste the mercy of the Merciful and his aim of bidding and forbidding should not be showing off, ostentation, and imposition of the bidding and forbidding. Should one have such aims in his mind, the objective of bidding unto honor and forbidding dishonor which is the happiness of the people and the enacting of Allah's precepts in the land would not be implemented.

Sometimes it may happen that the result of an ignorant's bidding unto honor turns out to be contrary to what was intended, and many bad things happen because of a single ignorant bidding and forbidding, prompted by a selfish desire and Satanic conduct. But if the sense of mercy, pity and the right of manhood and brotherhood drive man to guide the ignorant and awaken the negligent, the quality of the explanation and guidance, which is the symptom of a kind heart, appears in such a way that its effect in the deserving materials will be quite obvious and will soften the hard-hearted and bring them down from their arrogance and denial.

It is much to be regretted that we do not learn from the Qur'an. We do not look with an eye of contemplation and learning at this Divine Book, and our benefit from this Wise Reminder is almost nothing. Contemplating the honored āyah:
“Go, both of you, to Pharaoh, for he has become insolent, and speak to him in a gentle speech, haply he may remember or fear,”3

Would open ways of knowledge and doors of hope and expectation to man's heart.

Pharaoh, whose insolence reached the extent of saying:

“ I am your Most High Lord,” 4

And his haughtiness and corruption were so much that he began to

“ Slaughter their sons and let their women live” 5

After his dream, which the soothsayers and the magicians interpreted to be about the appearance of Moses the son of 'Imrān ('a), he immediately separated the women from the men, ordered the innocent boys to be killed and did so much mischief [fasād].

Allah, the Beneficent, through His Mercifulness, cast His look at the entire earth and chose the humblest and most perfect person, i.e., the great prophet, the highly generous messenger, Moses the son of 'Imrān (peace be upon our Prophet and his progeny and upon him), and educated and taught him with his educating hand, as He says: “And when he attained his maturity and became full-grown, We granted him wisdom and knowledge; and thus do We reward the good-doers,”6 and backed him by his honorable brother, Aaron ('a).

These two honorable, who were the prime of humanity, had been chosen by Allah, as He said:

“ And I have chosen you” 7

Or “… and that you might be formed (brought up) before my eye (in My sight),”8 or

“ … and I have brought you up for myself. Go you and your brother with my signs and do not slacken in remembering me,” 9

and other noble āyahs which refer to this subject and we do not need to relate them, and the heart of the gnostic enjoys them in such a way that it cannot be talked about, especially the two honorable phrases: “and that you might be formed [brought up] before My eye” (in My sight) and “I have brought you up for Myself.” You, too, if you open the eye of your heart, you will hear such a nice spiritual melody that all the hearings of your heart and corners of your being will become full of the secret of tawhīd.

To be short, Allah, the Exalted, with a lot of ceremonies and preparations, educated Moses, His interlocutor, by spiritual education, as He says: “and we tried you with many trials.”10 He sent him to the old man, Shu'ayb [Jethro], to accompany for years that sage man of guidance and the elect of the world of humanity. He, the Exalted, says: “Then you stayed for years among the people of Madyan, then you came hither as ordained, O Moses.”11

Afterwards, for higher (heavier) trying and examining, He sent him into the desert on the road to ash-Shām (Syria), where He caused him to lose his way, put him under heavy rains in the deep darkness, and caused his wife to start having a hard labor. Thus, all the doors of nature were closed to him.

Then, as his noble heart ached of multiplicity, and, through the pure natural disposition, he submitted himself to Allah, and as his divine and spiritual journey in that boundless desert came to an end,

“ He perceived on the side of the mountain a fire… and when he came to it, he was called from the right side of the valley in the blessed field, from the tree: O Moses! Verily I am Allah, the Lord of the worlds.” 12

After all those examinations and spiritual education, what for did Allah prepare him? It was in order to invite, guide, preach and save a single disobedient slave [Pharaoh] who used to shout: “I am your Most High Lord,” causing so much mischief in the land. Allah could have burned him down with the flash of a lightning of His anger, but the mercy of His Mercifulness sent him two great prophets and still advised them to talk to him with kindness and leniency, such that he might remember Allah and be afraid of his own deeds and their aftermath.

This is the instruction for how to conduct al-amru bi 'l-ma'rūfi wa 'n-nahyi 'an 'il-munkar. It is the way of how to guide someone like Pharaoh, the tāghūt (the tyrant). Now, as you, too, want to bid unto honor and forbid dishonor, and to guide the creatures of Allah, remember these noble and divine āyahs and learn from them, since they have been revealed for remembrance and learning. Face the servants of Allah with a heart full of affection and love, cherishing in the bottom of your heart their good.

Having found your heart beneficent and merciful, you may then bid unto honor and forbid dishonor, and guide the people, so that the hard hearts may become soft with the flash of your emotional heart, and the iron of the hearts turn supple with the admonitions warm with the fire of your love.

This valley, however, is other than the valley of Hate on Allah's behalf, and love on Allah's behalf,” which means that one should bear enmity for the enemies of the religion, as is stated in the noble hadīths and the Glorious Qur'an. That is true in its relevant place, and this is also true in its relevant place, for which there is no space to explain now.

- 1. At-Tawhīd, ch. 31, hadīth 1, p. 229; Ma'āniy ul-Akhbār, p. 3.

- 2. Sūrah at-Tawbah 9:102.

- 3. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20: 43-44.

- 4. Sūrah an-Nāzi'āt 79:24

- 5. Sūrah al-Qasas 28:4.

- 6. Ibid.: 14.

- 7. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:13.

- 8. Ibid.: 39.

- 9. Ibid.: 41-42.

- 10. Ibid.: 40

- 11. Ibid

- 12. Sūrah al-Qasas 28:29-30.

A Brief Exegesis Of The Blessed Sūrah Of Al-Hamd And Some Disciplines Of Praising And Recitation

Scholars differ about the relation of “bā'” [ب] in the Bismillāh 'ir-Rahmān 'ir-Rahīm. Each one of them says something about it according to his way of thinking, knowledge and Gnosticism. For example, men of letters relate it to the entry “beginning” [ibtidā'] or “seeking help” [isti'ānat]. As to some narratives to the effect that Bismillāh means: “I seek help [from Allah],” it is either in accordance with the common taste, as is very much current in the hadīths, and the difference of many hadīths is ascribed to this predicate, and it is thus that Imām ar-Ridā ('a) explained Bismillāh to mean: “I put on myself a simah (mark) of Allah's,”1 or “seeking help” denotes too delicate a meaning to be understood by the common people, as it includes the secret of tawhīd in a subtler way.

Some people of knowledge say that it refers to “appeared” [zahara], that is: “Existence appeared by Bismillāh.”2 This is in accordance with the people of knowledge, sulūk and Gnosticism, who say that all beings, the atoms of existence and the invisible and visible worlds are the manifestations of the all-embracing Name of Allah, i.e. “The Greatest Name.” Consequently, “name,” which means a sign, a mark, or height and elevation, is Allah's effusive and actual manifestation, which is called “Effusive Emanation” [fayd-i munbasit] and “luminous annexation” [idāfa-i ishrāqī], because, according to this conduct, the whole of the House of Realization, as from the abstract intellects down to the lowest degrees of existence, are the phenomenalizations [ta'ayyunāt] of this emanation [fayd] and the descents [tanazzulāt] of this grace [latīfah].

This conduct is supportable by many noble divine āyahs and honorable hadīths of the infallible and purified Ahl al-Bayt ('a), such as the noble hadīth in al-Kāfī which says: “Allah created the Will [mashiyyat] through the Will itself, then He created all the things through Will.”3 This honorable hadīth is interpreted according to the opinion of each interpreter's creed. The most obvious one is that which is in conformity with the creed saying that “Will” means, here, the Will in Action, which is the “Effusive Emanation,” and the “things” are the stages of existence, and which are the phenomena [ta'ayyunāt] and the descents [tanazzulāt] of this grace.

So, the hadīth will thus mean that Allah, the Exalted, has created the Will of Act which is the shadow [zill] of the Old Essential Will through the Will itself, without intermediation, and the other creatures of the invisible and visible worlds have been created in the wake of that. Yet, Sayyid Muhaqqiq Dāmād (may his grave be sanctified), a great scholar and strict researcher as he was, interpreted this noble hadīth4 in a strange way. Similarly, the explanation of the late Fayd (may Allah have mercy upon him) is also far from being correct.5

However, “Name” is the very manifestation of Act, with which this House of Realization is realized (actualized). The term “Name,” referring to real things, is frequently noticed to be used by Allah, His Messenger and the infallible Ahl al-Bayt, who said: “We are the Beautiful Names.”6

In the noble invocations one frequently recites: “By Your Name in which you manifested to so and so.”7

It is possible that the Bismillāh at the opening of each sūrah belongs to the same sūrah. For example, the Bismillāh of the blessed sūrah of al-Hamd belongs to the sūrah itself. This opinion coincides with the gnostic taste and the way of the people of knowledge, as it is to say that the praise of the praisers and the eulogy of the eulogists point to the self-subsistence of the Name “Allah.”

Therefore, the tasmiyah comes as a preliminary to all words and acts which is an act of religious supererogation and it is to remind that whatever word or act done by man is by the self-subsistence of the divine Name, since all the particles of existence are the phenomena of “Allah's Name,” and, in a way, they themselves are “Allah's Names.” On this basis, the meaning of the Basmalah, according to the majority, is different in each sūrah, each word and each act.

The jurisprudents say that the Bismillāh must be defined for each sūrah, that is, if for a sūrah a Bismillāh was recited, the next sūrah cannot be commenced with that same Bismillāh. From the juristic point of view, this is not without reason, as, actually, it is reasonable within the scope of this research. But, considering the vanishing of multiplicities in the Greatest Name of Allah, all Bismillāhs have a single meaning.

These two opinions are also applied to the stages of existence and the stations of invisibility and visibility. In the view of multiplicity and seeing the phenomena, all the multiplied beings, the stages of existence and the phenomena of the world are the different names of the Beneficent, the Merciful, the Powerful and the Gracious.

In the view of the vanishing of multiplicities and the effacement of the lights of existence in the eternal light of the Sacred Emanation [fayd-i muqaddas], there is nothing except the Sacred Emanation [fayd-i muqaddas] and the All-Embracing Name of Allah. Both of these two opinions are also present in the Divine Names and Attributes. According to the first opinion, the state of Unity [wāhidiyyat] is the state of multiple Names and Attributes, as all multiplicities are from Him.

According to the second opinion, there is no name and form [ism wa rasm] except the Greatest Name of Allah. These two opinions are wise and thought upon. But if the view became gnostic through opening the doors of the heart, and through the steps of conduct and cordial austerity, Allah, the Exalted, will appear in the hearts of its possessors through His manifestations in Act, Name and Essence, sometimes in the Attribute of multiplicity and sometimes in the Attribute of Unity.

The Glorious Qur'an refers to these manifestations, both overtly, as in His saying:

“ And when his Lord manifested (His light) to the mountain, He made it crumble to dust, and Moses fell down senseless,” 8

and covertly, as in the scenes witnessed by Ibrāhīm ('a) and the Messenger of Allah (s), which are referred to in the sūrahs al-An'ām and an-Najm as well as in the narratives and the invocations of the infallibles ('a) which frequently refer to the same topic, especially in the great du'ā [invocation] called ”as-Simāt,” whose authenticity and text cannot be denied by the deniers, and it is accepted by both the Sunnīs and the Shī'ahs, and by both gnostics and common people.

In this noble invocation there are many high meanings and teachings smelling which raptures the gnostic's heart, and its breeze blows divine breath into the sālik's spirit. It says: “By the light of Your Face with which You appeared to the mountain and made it crumble to dust, and Moses fell down senseless; by Your Glory which appeared at the mount of Tūr of Sīnā, with which You talked to Your servant and messenger, Moses the son of 'Imrān ('a); and by Your rise in Sa'īr and Your appearance on the mount Fārān…”9

In short, the sālik to Allah has to inform his heart, when reciting the Bismillāh, that all the outward and inward beings and all the visible and invisible worlds, are under the education of the Names of Allah, or rather, they are manifest by the manifestation of the Names of Allah, and all his motions and stillness, and all the world's, are based on the self-existence of the Greatest Name of Allah.

So, his praises are for Allah, and his worship, obedience, monotheism, and sincerity are all because of the self-existence of the Name of Allah. It is by intense remembrance, which is the aim of worship, that this state, this divine grace, is established and fixed in his heart, as Allah, the Exalted, in His intimate meeting and sacred assembly, with His interlocutor, said:

“ Verily I am Allah; there is no god but I; so worship Me and perform the salāt for My remembrance.” 10

The objective of performing the salāt is, He said, to remember Him. After intense remembrance, another way of knowledge will be opened to the heart of the gnostic and he will be attracted to the world of Unity until the tongue of his heart recites: “Praise is for Allah by Allah,” and “You are as You praised Yourself,”11 and “I take refuge in You from You.”12

That was a summary of the relation of the “B” [bā'] in Bismillāh, and some information obtained from it. As to the secrets of the “B” [bā'], and the dot under the “B” [bā'] of Bismillāh, which, in its innermost, refers to the 'Alawian position of guardianship, and the state of the Qur'anic Collective Union [jam' ul-jam'], they need a wider scope to explain.

As regards the truth of the Name, it has an invisible station, an invisible of the invisible, and it has a secret, a secret of the secret, a state of manifestation and a manifestation of the manifestation. The Name is the mark ['alāmat] of Allah and is vanished in His Sacred Essence. So, any name which is nearer to the horizon of the Unity, and farther from the world of multiplicity, is more complete in nomination [nameness = ismiyyat]; and the most complete name is that which is innocent from multiplicities, even the multiplicity of knowledge, and that is the invisible manifestation of “Ahmadian Oneness” [ahadī-yi ahmadī] in the Essence [hadrati-yi dhāt] by the state of the “Holiest Emanation” [fayd-i aqdas], which may be what was referred to by the noble āyah:

“ … Or closer still” . 13

Then there is the manifestation by the Greatest Name of Allah in the Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat]; then there is the manifestation by the “Holy Emanation” [fayd-i muqaddas]; then there are the manifestations by the attributes of multiplicity in the essences [hadarāt-i ayān], etc. till the last stage of the House of Realization. The writer has already explained this brief in Misbāh al-Hidāyah14 and in the exegesis of Du'ā' us-Sahar.15

“Allah” is the state [maqām] of appearance in the “Holy Emanation” if by “Name” the existential individuations [ta'ayyunāt-i wujūdiyyah] are meant, in which case applying “Allah” to it as a union between the manifest and the manifestation, and the vanishing of the Name in the Named, is not objectionable. Perhaps, the āyahs

“ Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth, 16

And

“ And He it is who in the heaven and in the earth is God,” 17

Are a reference to this state and evidence proving the said application. It is the state of Unity [wāhidiyyat] and the Union [jam'] of the Names. In other words, it is the state of the Greatest Name if by “Name” the state of manifestation by the “Holy Emanation” is intended. This is probably more obvious than the other possibilities. Or it is the state of the Essence or the state of the “Holiest Emanation” if by “Name” the “Greatest Name” is intended. Consequently, the states of “Beneficent” [rahmān] and “Merciful” [rahīm] are different, according to these possibilities, as is clear.

It is possible that “Beneficent” and “Merciful” are adjectives for “Name,” or they may by adjectives for “Allah,” but they are more suitable to be adjectives for “Name,” because in praising they are adjectives for “Allah,” and thus, it will be immune from repetition, although their being adjectives for “Allah” is also justifiable.

In repetition there is, however, a point of eloquence. If we take them to be adjectives for “Name,” it supports the idea that by “Name” the Essential Names [asmā'-i 'ayniyyah] are intended, because only the Essential Names can bear the adjectives of “Beneficent” and “Merciful.” So, if by “Name” the Essential Name and the manifestation in the state of Collectivity are intended, “Beneficent” and “Merciful” will be attributes of the Essence, which, in the manifestations by the state of Unity, are confirmed for “the Name of Allah,” and the mercy of the Beneficent and the Merciful in Act is of their demotions [tanazzulāt] and appearances.

And if by the “Name” the collective manifestation in Act [tajallī-yi jam'ī-yi fi'lī] is intended, which is the state of Will, the “Beneficence” and “Mercifulness” are attributes of Act. So, the mercy of the “Beneficence” [rahmāniyyat] is the expanse of the origin of the existence, which is general and for all beings, but it is of the particular attributes of Allah, because in expanding the origin of the existence, Allah, the Exalted, has no partner, and the hands of other beings are short of having the mercy of creating: “There is no effecter in the [world of] existence except Allah, and there is no God in the House of Realization but Allah.”

Regarding the mercy of “Mercifulness” [rahīmiyyat], of whose exudations [rashahāt] is the guidance of the guides on the road, it is especially for the fortunate and the high dispositions, but it is of the general attributes, of which other beings have their share, too, as it has already been explained that the mercy of Mercifulness is of the general mercies, and that the wicked [ashqiyā] have no share of it because of their own evils, not because of any limitation.

Therefore, guidance and invitation are for the entire human family, as is confirmed by the Glorious Qur'an. However, another opinion says that the mercy of the “Mercifulness” belongs only to Allah, and no one else has any share of it. The noble narratives, taking into consideration the different opinions and estimations, also differ in explaining the mercy of Mercifulness.

Sometimes it is said: “The 'Beneficent' is a particular Name for a general Attribute, and the 'Merciful' is a general Name for a particular Attribute.”18 In another instance it is said: “(He is) Beneficent to all His creatures, and Merciful to the believers in particular.”19 It is also said: “O Beneficent of this world, and Merciful of the Hereafter,”20 or “O Beneficent and Merciful of this world and the Hereafter.”

A Gnostic Research

Men of letters say that Rahmān (Beneficent) and Rahīm (Merciful) are derived from rahmah (mercy) and that both denote hyperbole, but in Rahmān the exaggeration is more than it is Rahīm. Analogy requires that Rahīm should have preceded Rahmān, but since Rahmān is as a personal proper name and cannot be ascribed to other beings, it thus came first. Some say that both have the same meaning, and the repetition is for mere confirmation.

The gnostic taste according to the highest levels of which the Qur'an has been revealed requires that Rahmān should precede Rahīm, because the Qur'an, according to the people of heart, is the descendant of the divine manifestations, and the written form bearing the divine Beautiful Names, and, as ar-Rahmān is the most all-embracing of the divine Names next to the Greatest Name, and as the people of knowledge are certain that the manifestations by the embracing Names [asmā'-i muhītah] are prior to the manifestations by the embraced Names [asmā'-i muhātah], and as every Name that is more embracing, its manifestation is prior, too, therefore, the first manifestation in the Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat] is the manifestation in the Greatest Name of Allah.

Then comes the manifestation in the state of the Beneficence and after that comes the manifestation in the state of Mercifulness [rahīmiyyat]. Similarly, in the manifestation of the appearance in Act, it is the manifestation in the state of “Will,” which is the Greatest Name in this scene [mashhad] and the appearance of the Greatest Name of the Essence that has priority over all manifestations. The manifestation in the state of Beneficence which embraces all the beings of the invisible and visible worlds and to which the āyah:

“My mercy encompasses all things” 21

Refers is to precede other manifestations, as the saying, “His mercy precedes His anger”22 refers to that in some aspects.

Generally speaking, as the Bismillāh, according to the inside and the spirit, is the form of the manifestations in Act, and according to the secret and the secret of the secret, it is the form of the manifestations of Names, or rather of Essence, and these manifestations appear first in the state of “Allah,” then in the state of the “Beneficent,” and then in the state of the “Merciful,” the pronounced and written forms should also be like that so as to be in conformity with the divine system.

Regarding the “Beneficent” and the “Merciful” in the noble Sūrah of al-Hamd, which come later than “The Lord of the worlds,” it may be because in the Bismillāh the attention is directed to the appearance of the existence from the hidden and invisible places of existence. In the noble sūrah the attention is paid to the return and the inside.

However, in this possibility there is a problem. Maybe it refers to the comprehensiveness of the mercy of “Beneficence” and “Mercifulness,” or there may be another point. In any case, the said point concerning the Bismillāh deserves to be believed in, and probably this is out of the blessings of the Mercy of the Mercifulness bestowed upon the heart of this humble person. Praise be to Him for what He has favored.

A Discussion and an Acquisition

The formalist scholars say that ar-Rahmān and ar-Rahīm are derived from ar-rahmah, implying compassion and kindness. Ibn 'Abbās (may Allah be pleased with him) is quoted to have said: “They are two compassionate words, one of which is more compassionate than the other: ar-Rahmān, the compassionate, and ar-Rahīm, the kind to His servants providing them with livelihood and favors.”23 As kindness and compassion require an emotion [infi'āl], certain interpretation is given for ascribing them to the Sacred Essence, and thus that is regarded allegorical [majāzī].

Some others, concerning such attributes in general, say: “Take the results and leave the preliminaries.”24 Regarding ascribing them to Allah, the Exalted, it is based on the effects and acts, not on the beginnings and attributes. So, the meaning of ar-Rahīm and ar-Rahmān as ascribed to Allah is the One Who treats His servants mercifully. The Schismatics [mu'tazilah] regard all Allah's attributes as said above, or something like it, and, consequently, attributing them to Allah is also allegorical.

But it is, however, unlikely to be allegorical, especially in respect of ar-Rahmān, which, if admitted to be allegorical, would entail accepting something quite strange. That is, this word is coined for a meaning which is not allowed to be used allegorically and could not be. In fact, it will be an allegory with no reality. Think of it. People of research, in reply to such objections, say that words are coined for general meanings and absolute facts.

So, to be confined to compassion and kindness is not included in what the word “mercy” was coined for, but the common mind has fabricated this attachment, as otherwise it has nothing to do with the coining [wad']. This, as it seems, is far from research, because the one who coined it was obviously one of these common people, and the abstract meanings and the absolute facts have not been considered.
Yes, if the coiner [wādi'] was Allah, the Exalted, or the prophets, according to divine revelation and inspiration, it would be a justification. This, however, is not confirmed, and the external form of this speech is questionable, yet, it is not clear whether this external form was what the men of research intended. It is even possible to say that although the coiner [wādi'] of the words may not have considered, during the coining, the general abstract meanings, yet what had actually been intended for the words were the very general abstract meanings.

For example, the coiner of the word “light” had naturally in mind all kinds of accidental ['aradiyyah] and sensible lights, as he knew nothing about what is behind these lights. But that which the word “light” denotes is the luminosity, not the mixture of light and darkness. If he was informed that those accidental and limited lights are not pure, but mixed with darkness and torpidity, and if he was asked whether he had intended the word to denote the luminosity or the mixture of light and darkness, he would certainly say that he had intended its luminosity, and the darkness never occurred to him in this respect.

We likewise know that the person who coined the word “fire” he thought of nothing other than the worldly fires, and that what made it to occur to him was those fires of this world, and he knew nothing about

“ The fire kindled by Allah which rises above the hearts,” 25

More so if the coiner did not believe in the other world. Nevertheless, this occurrence cannot be a means of limiting the fact, as “fire” refers to the quality of the fire, not that the coiner tried to abstract the meanings, such that it appears strange and far-fetched. But, actually, we say that the words denote the meanings for which they were coined, without any particular limit. Therefore, there is no exception in the case, and the freer the meaning from the aliens and strangers, the nearer it will be to the truth, and farther from the shortcomings of allegory.

Take, for example, the word “light” which was coined for being manifest by itself and for manifesting the other, despite the fact that using it for the accidental and mundane lights is not far from the truth, because by using it for them, the limits and the mixing with darkness are not intended, only the self-manifestation and the manifestativeness are intended.

But using it for the heavenly lights whose appearances are more perfect, nearer to the horizon of the intrinsicness [dhātiyyah] and stronger in manifestativeness in quantity and quality, and whose mixing with darkness and blemishes is less is nearer to the truth; and using it for the Lights of Majesty [anwār-i jabarūtiyyah] is, for the said reason, closer to the truth; and also using it for the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Most High, Who is the Light of the Lights and free from all aspects of darkness, and is mere Pure Light, is the very pure and absolute truth.

It can even be said that if “Light” has been coined for “the apparent by itself and manifesting the other,” using it for other than Allah, the Exalted, is a reality to the partial intellects, but to the intellects supported (by Allah), and to the people of knowledge, it is allegorical, and it is real only when used for Allah, the Exalted.

Likewise are the words that are coined for concepts of perfection, such as meanings like existence and perfection.

Consequently, we say that in “Beneficent,” “Merciful,” “Compassionate,” “Kind” and the like, there is an aspect of perfection and completeness, and an aspect of emotion and shortcoming, and these words have been devised for that aspect of perfection, which is the origin of that truth. As regards the emotional aspects, which are of the requisites of the growth [nash'ah] and of the strange and alien things of the truth, which, after the descent of these truths in the places of possibility and the low mundane worlds, are concomitant and tangled with them like the darkness which mingles with the light in the descending growth [nash'ah] have nothing to do with the meaning of the object.

So, using it for a Being Who possesses the Absolute Perfection, and who is innocent of all aspects of emotion and shortcoming, is the mere pure truth. This explanation, in addition to its being close to the taste of the people of knowledge, suits the conscience of the people of literalism, too.

Hence, it has become clear that such attributes of perfection, which have by descending in some growths [nasha'āt], been mixed and interrelated with another matter of which the Sacred Essence of Allah is innocent are not allegorical when ascribed to Allah, the Exalted, in their absolute concept. And Allah is the Guide.

When He says: “Alhamdu lillāh” (All praise is for Allah), it means that all forms of praise are exclusively for the Divine Sacred Essence. So, do know, dear, that under this noble word is the secret of the particular tawhīd, or rather the most particular one.

The fact that all forms of praise, that the praisers offer, exclusively belong to Allah, the Exalted, is quite obvious, by evidence, to the people of wisdom and the well-versed in high philosophy, because it is proved that the entire House of Realization is the Expanded Shadow [zill-i munbasit] of Allah and His Flowing Emanation [fayd-i mabsūl], and that all the apparent and hidden favors, whoever the donor may be, as it appears and as the common people think, are Allah's, and no being participates with Him.

Even the preparatory participation in this respect is the opinion of the people of the common philosophy, not the high philosophy. So, as praise is offered for favors, gifts and beneficence, and as there is no benefactor in the House of Realization except Allah, all praises belong to Him. And also as there are no Beauty and no Beautiful save His Beauty and Him, all praises return to Him.

In other words, every praise and extolment by any praiser or extoller is because of a favor and perfection on the other side. As to the place and the occasion of the favor and the perfection that diminishes and limits these, they have no participation in the praise and extolment; rather they are incompatible and contradictory. So, all praises and extolments return to the part [hazz] of Divinity, which is perfection and beauty, not to that of the creature, which is deficiency and limitation.

In other words still, eulogizing the Perfect and thanking and praising the Benefactor [mun'im] are of the God-given dispositions, which are in the innermost of all beings. Among other divine dispositions is the feeling of disgust with the shortcomings, imperfections and what decreases the favor. The absolute favor which is free from all fault, and the complete Beauty and Perfection which are innocent of all kinds of deficiency, exclusively belong to Allah, while the other beings decrease the absolute favors and the absolute beauty and limit them, not that they increase and support them.

Thus, all peoples are disposed to thank and praise the Sacred Essence of Allah, and disregard the other beings, except those beings who, according to their journey through the kingdoms of perfection and the towns of love, have been annihilated in the Glorious Essence of Allah, since loving them and praising them are the very loving of Allah and praising Him. “Loving Allah's favorites is loving Allah.”

Up to here we have been explaining the positions of the ordinary people who are still within the veils of multiplicity and have not yet got rid of all sorts of hidden, and deeply hidden, polytheism, nor have they reached the perfect degree of sincerity and purity.

But, according to the knowledge ['irfān] of those whose hearts have been annihilated in certain states, all the favors and all perfection, beauty and majesty are the form of the manifestation of the Essence, and all praises and thanks belong to the Sacred Essence of Allah, or rather praise and thanks are from Himself to Himself,26 as is referred to by the connection of Bismillāh (In the Name of Allah) to al-hamdu lillāh (all praise is for Allah).

Know that the sālik to Allah, the striver in the way of Allah, should not be satisfied with the scientific limit of this knowledge [ma'ārif], spending his whole life on induction [istidlāl], which is veil, or rather the greatest veil, for to cover this distance with “wooden legs,”27 or even by the “bird of Solomon,”28 is not possible. It is the valley of the holy men and the stage of the humble [wārastegān]. Without

“ Taking off the shoes” 29

Of loving rank, honor, women, children, and, unless he gives up dependence and inclination towards other than Allah, he will not be able to step into the sacred valley, which is the place of the sincere ones and the godly men. If the sālik set his foot in this valley with the truths of sincerity, kicking off multiplicity and this world which are fancy upon fancy should there be in him any remnants of selfishness, a hand from the invisible world would assist him, and his mountain of Oneness would be shattered by the divine manifestation, and he would undergo a state of “senselessness” and “annihilation.”

These states in the hard hearts which have no share and no information except concerning this world, and which know nothing but the Satanic conceit seem irregular and abnormal, and they ascribe them to fantasies, despite the fact that the annihilation which we now have in nature and in this world is stranger and more wondrous than the annihilation which the people of gnosticism and sulūk claim.

We are negligent of all the invisible worlds, which, from all aspects, are more apparent than this world, or rather of the Essence and Attributes of the Sacred Essence to Whom appearance exclusively belongs, while to prove those worlds and the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Most High, we cling to evidences and induction.
Bewilderment upon bewilderment comes from this story,
The swoon of the elite is the meanest (or the most special).30

If the word akhass is written with the letter sād (ص) there can be not so much bewilderment, because the annihilation of the imperfect in the perfect is natural and is in accordance with the divine law. But the bewilderment is when the word akhass is written with the letter sīn (س), as this swoon and the annihilation are happening to us all. Our ears and eyes are so absorbed and annihilated in nature that we are completely unaware of the uproars of the invisible world.

A Tradition and a Research

Be informed that men of letters and the formalists say that “praising” [hamd] is thanking [thanā'] by the tongue for a voluntary favor [jamīl], and, as they are unaware of all tongues except this fleshy tongue, they regard all praising and glorifying Allah, or rather all the talks of the Sacred Essence, to be a sort of figurative speech. They likewise take the talking, the praising and glorifying Allah by all beings to be allegorical. So, they regard Allah's talking to be creating talking, while in the other beings they regard praising and glorifying to be genetic [takwīnī] and intrinsic [dhātī].

They think that speaking is, in fact, exclusively confined to their own species, thinking that the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Most High, and other beings, are unable to speak, or rather they are God forbid! Dumb. They take this to be declaring the innocence of the Sacred Essence, whereas this is a limitation [tahdīd], or even a disruption [ta'tīl], and Allah is innocent of such innocence, as most of the glorifications of the common people are limitation and assimilation [tashbīh].

We have already explained how the words were coined for the general and absolute meanings. Now we add: We are not, however, very keen on confirming that the divine facts should necessarily come true under linguistic terminological facts, as it is the correctness of the application [itlāq] and the intellectual truth that are the criterion in such discussions, even if the linguistic fact is also proved, according to the former discussion.

Therefore, we say that language, speaking, speech, writing, book, praising, and thanking are of diverse degrees in proportion to the existential growths [nasha'āt-i wujūdiyyah], as each one corresponds to its own growth [nash'ah] and degree. And praising [hamd], in each instance, is for a favor [jamīl] and glorifying [madh] is for a beauty and a perfection. So, when Allah, the Most High, according to His Self-Knowledge ['ilm-i dhātī], saw, in the Invisible Ipseity [huwiyyat], His Beautiful Beauty, in the most complete degree of knowing and seeing, He was delighted [mubtahij] at His Beautiful Essence at the highest degree of delight [ibtihāj].

So, He manifested in the eternal manifestation and at the highest degree of manifestation in the Essence [hadrat-i dhāt] for the Essence. This manifestation and disclosing the hidden secret and the “Self-Argument” [muqāri'at-i dhātiyyah] is a “Self-Speech” [kalām-i dhātī], which takes place with the tongue of the Essence in the Unseen [hadrat-i ghayb]. Witnessing this spoken manifestation is hearing the Essence.

This praising of the Essence for the Essence of Allah is Allah's praise which the other beings are incapable of understanding, such that the sacred person of the Sealing Prophet, the most honorable and the nearest to Allah, confesses his incapability and says: “I cannot count the praises for You, You are as You have praised Yourself.”31

It is known that counting the praises is a branch of knowing the Perfection and Beauty, but as the complete knowledge of the absolute Beauty is not possible, similarly the real praise cannot be performed. The utmost knowledge [ma'rifat] of the people of knowledge and Gnosticism is to confess incapability.

The people of knowledge say that Allah, the Exalted, praises and glorifies Himself with five tongues, which are the tongue of the Essence as such, the tongue of the Unseen Oneness [ahadiyyat-i ghayb], the tongue of the Collective Unity [wāhidiyyat-i jam'iyyah], the tongue of the Distinct Names [asmā'-i tafsīliyyah], and the tongue of the entities [a'yān]. These are other than the tongue of manifestness, the first of which is the tongue of Volition [mashiyyat], down to the end of the ranks of the individuations, which are the tongue of the existential multiplicities.

Know that all the beings have a share, or even shares, of the invisible world, which is mere life running throughout the entire House of Existence. This subject is proved to the people of high philosophy by proofs and to the people of heart and knowledge by witnessing and eyeing. The noble divine āyahs and the hadīths of the guardians of the revelation ('a) refer to it quite explicitly.

The veiled people of the common philosophy and literalism, who could not recognize the speech of the beings, resort to interpretation and justification. It is quite strange that the people of literalism, who invalidate the people of philosophy for interpreting the Book of Allah according to their own understanding, they themselves resort, in this respect, to interpreting so many of the plain āyahs and the outright correct hadīths, just because they could not recognize the talking of the beings, even without having a proof at their disposal.

So, they interpret the Qur'an without any proof and only because of improbability [istib'ād]. At any rate, the House of Existence is the origin of life and the truth of understanding and consciousness. The glorification of the beings is pronunciational, conscious and volitional, not genetic, innate, as the veiled claim. All beings are acquainted with the state [maqām] of Allah, the Most High, in proportion to their share of being.

Now, as there is no being busier with nature and more indulgent in multiplicity than man, he, thus, is more wrapped in veils than other beings, unless he takes off his garment of being a human, and pierces the veils of multiplicity and otherness, so as to be able to witness, unveiled, the Beauty of the Beautiful, in which case, his praise and glorification would be more comprehensive than all praises and glorifications, and he would be worshipping Allah with all His divine affairs and all His Names and Attributes.

Completion

Know that the noble saying [kalimah]: “All praise is for Allah,” according to what had already been said, is of the all-inclusive sayings [kalimāt], and, if with its delicacies and truths one praises Allah, he will be performing the most that is in the capacity of a human being to perform. Hence the noble hadīths refer to it. It is narrated that Imām al-Bāqir ('a) once came out of a house and found that his mount had gone.
He said: “If I find the mount, I will praise Allah as praising deserves.” When his mount was found, he mounted, tidied his clothes and said: “All praise is for Allah.”32 The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “There is no god but Allah” is half of a scale and 'All praise is for Allah' fills the other half of the scale.”33 This is because of what we have said that “All praise is for Allah” includes monotheism, too.

The Messenger of Allah (s) is also quoted to have said: “The servant's saying, 'All praise is for Allah' is heavier, in His scales, than seven heavens and seven earths.”34 He (s) is also quoted to have said: “If Allah gave to one of His servants the entire world, and then that servant said: 'All praise is for Allah,; that saying would be better than what he had been given.”35 Further quotation from him (s) says: “Nothing is more loved by Allah than one's saying: 'All praise is for Allah,' as Allah Himself has so praised Himself.36 There are many similar hadīths.

Allah, the Exalted, said: “Rabbi 'l-'ālamīn” (the Lord of the worlds). If “rabb” means: “the Most High” [muta'ālī], “the Constant” [thābit] and “the Master” [sayyid], then it is of the Names of the Essence. If it means: “the Possessor” [mālik], “the Owner” [sāhib], “the Victorious” [ghālib] and “the Omnipotent” [qāhir], then it is of the attributive Names. If it means: “the Educator” [murabbī], “the Benefactor” [mun'im], and “the Completer” [mutammim], then it is of the Names of Acts.

”Al-'Ālamīn” (the worlds), if it means: “Everything other than Allah,” which covers all the stages of existence and the stations [manāzil] of the invisible and visible, then we have to take “rabb” to be of the Names of Attributes. If “world” is “the visible world” ['ālam-i mulk], which gradually takes place and reaches its perfection, then “rabb” means a Name of Act. At any rate, here it does not mean a Name of Essence. Maybe, in a way, “Ālamīn” refers to the visible worlds, which attain their suitable perfection under the divine education [tarbiyat] and management [instruction = tamshiyat]. In this case the word “rabb” means educator, being one of the Names of Acts.

Do know that in this paper we refrain from explaining the linguistic, literary and structural aspects of the āyahs, because others have mostly handled them. Certain points that have not been handled at all, or inaccurately handled, we shall properly deal with them.

It must be noted that the Names of Essence, Attributes and Acts, which have been referred to, are according to the terms of the people of knowledge. A learned man of the people of knowledge, in Inshā' ad-Dawā'ir has divided the Names into the Names of Essence, the Names of Attributes, and the Names of Acts. He has said:

“The Names of Essence are: Allāh, ar-Rabb (the Lord), al-Malik (the King), al-Quddūs (the Holy), as-Salām (the Peace), al-Mu'min (the Faithful), al-Muhaymin (the Protector), al-'Azīz (the Almighty), al-Jabbār (the Omnipotent), al-Mutakabbir (the Haughty), al-'Alī (the Exalted), al-'Azīm (the Tremendous), az-Zāhir (the Outward), al-Bātin (the Inward), al-Awwal (the First), al-Ākhir (the Last), al-Kabīr (the Great), al-Jalīl (the Majestic), al-Majīd (The Glorious), al-Haqq (the Truth), al-Mubīn (the Manifest), al-Wājid (the Finder), al-Mājid (the Noble), as-Samad (the Everlasting Refuge), al-Muta'ālī (the Most High), al-Ghanī (the Independent), an-Nūr (the Light), al-Wārith (the Inheritor), Dhu 'l-Jalāl (the Owner of Majesty), and ar-Raqīb (the Watcher).

The Names of Attributes are: al-Hayy (the Living), ash-Shakūr (the Grateful), al-Qahhār (the Conqueror), al-Qāhir (the Subduer), al-Muqtadir (the All-Powerful), al-Qawiyy (the Strong), al-Qādir (the Able), ar-Rahmān (the Beneficent), ar-Rahīm (the Merciful), al-Karīm (the Generous), al-Ghaffār (the Forgiver), al-Ghafūr (the Forgiving), al-Wadūd (the Affectionate), ar-Ra'ūf (the Compassionate), al-Halīm (the Clement), as-Sabūr (the Patient), al-Barr (the Righteous), al-'Alīm (the Omniscient), al-Khabīr (the Aware), al-Muhsī (the Counter), al-Hakīm (the Wise), ash-Shahīd (the Witness), as-Samī' (the Hearer) and al-Basīr (the Seer).

The Names of Acts are: al-Mubdi' (the Beginner), al-Wakīl (the Guardian), al-Bā'ith (the Resurrector), al-Mujīb (the Responsive), al-Wāsi' (the Expansive), al-Hasīb (the Reckoner), al-Muqīt (the Nourisher), al-Hafīz (the Protector), al-Khāliq (the Creator), al-Bāri' (the Maker), al-Musawwir (the Shaper), al-Wahhāb (the Giver), ar-Razzāq (the Provider), al-Fattāh (the Opener), al-Qābid (the Restrainer), al-Bāsit (the Spreader), al-Khāfid (the Abaser), ar-Rāfi' (the Exalter), al-Mu'izz (the Honorer), al-Mudhill (the Humiliator), al-Hakīm (the Wise), al-'Ādil (the Just), al-Latīf (the Subtle), al-Mu'īd (the Restorer), al-Muhyī (the Life-Giver), al-Mumīt (the Death-Giver), al-Wāli (the Patron), at-Tawwāb (the Relenting, the Accepter of Repentance), al-Muntaqim (the Avenger), al-Muqsit (the Equitable), al-Jāmi' (the Comprehensive), al-Mughnī (the Enricher), al-Māni' (the Deterrent), ad-Dārr (the Harmful), an-Nāfi' (the Beneficial), al-Hādi (the Guide), al-Badī' (the Magnificent), and ar-Rashīd (the Prudent).37

Concerning these divisions it is said that although they are all Names of Essence, yet considering the appearance of the Essence, they are called the Names of Essence, and, considering the appearance of the Attributes or the Acts they are called the Names of Attributes or of Acts. That is, whichever of these is more apparent, they are named after it. Consequently, sometimes in a Name two or three aspects appear at the same time, in which case it is regarded as a Name of Essence, Attribute and Acts, or of two of these three, like ”ar-Rabb,” as has been said.

But this question does not come to suit the writer's taste, nor does it suit the gnostic taste. What is apparent in this sorting is that the criterion for these Names is that when the sālik with the steps of knowledge reaches the stage of complete annihilation in Acts, Allah, the Exalted, appears to his heart through the manifestations of Names of Acts. After the annihilation in Attributes, the manifestations will be in the Names of Attributes, and after the annihilation in Essence, the manifestations will be in the Names of Essence.

Should his heart have the ability of preservation after coming to sobriety, whatever he tells of his seeings of Acts would be Names of Acts. Similarly, whatever he tells of his seeing of Attributes would be Names of Attributes, and likewise the Names of Essence. There are, in this connection, details that do not suit these pages. That which is stated in the Inshā' ad-Dawā'ir is not correct according to its own criterion, as is obvious on having a look at the Names.

It can be said that these divisions of “the three Names” are referred to in the Glorious Qur'an, in the last noble āyahs of the sūrah of “al-Hashr.” Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ He is Allah, other than whom there is no god, the Knower of the invisible and the visible. He is the Beneficent, the Merciful,” 38

Up to the end of the noble āyahs.

Perhaps the first of these noble āyahs refers to the Names of Essence, the second refers to the Names of Attributes and the third refers to the Names of Acts. Giving precedence to the Names of Essence over those of Attributes, and these over those of Acts, is according to the order of the facts of existence and of the divine manifestations, not according to the witnessings [mushāhadāt] of the people of witnessing [ashāb-i mushāhadah] and the manifestations in the hearts of the people of heart.

It should be realized that the noble āyahs have other secrets, but to mention them does not suit the situation. That the second āyah is the Names of Attributes, and the third is the Names of Actions, is quite clear.

That “the Knower of the invisible and the visible,” “the Beneficent” and “the Merciful” are of the Names of Essence, is based on the fact that “the invisible” and “visible” are of the internal and external Names, and “Beneficence” [rahmāniyyat] and “Mercifulness” [rahīmiyyat] are of the manifestations of “the Most Holy Emanation” [fayd-i aqdas], not of “the Holy Emanation” [fayd-i muqaddas]. Confining these Names to the remembrance of Allah, whereas “Living” [hayy], “Constant” [thābit] and “Lord” [rabb] seem nearer to the Names of Essence, is probably because of their comprehensiveness, as they are of the mothers of Names. And Allah knows better.

A Remark

There is a great controversy about the word, the derivation and meaning of “al-'ālamīn,” (the worlds). Some say that “al-'ālamīn” is plural; covering all kinds of creation, material and abstract, and each kind is a world in itself. It is a plural that has no singular of its root. This is a well-known opinion.

Some others say that “'ālam” is passive participle and “'ālim” is active participle. So, “'ālamīn” means “ma'lūmīn” (the known). But, not only that this opinion has no proving evidence and is unlikely, it is also quite silly and irrelevant to say “rabb 'ul-ma'lūmīn” (the Lord of the known).
Some say that “'ālamīn” is derived from “'alāmah” (sign) which covers all beings, since everything is a sign and an āyah of the Sacred Essence. The letters “waw” (و) and “nūn” (ن) refer to the rational beings, giving them priority to the other beings.

Others say that it is derived from “'ilm” (knowledge). At any rate, regarding it to embrace all creation is correct, as it is justified to take it to cover the rational beings. But “'ālam” is used for everything other than Allah, and is also used for every individual or category. If the one who uses it for every individual and category is of the people of tradition and language, he considers every thing to be a sign of the Creator: “In every thing He has a sign…”39

And if he is a divine gnostic, he considers every being to be the appearance of the all-embracing Name covering all the truths, by way of the appearance of the Collective Oneness [ahadiyyat-i jam'] and the Secret of the Existence. According to this consideration, the entire world and every part of it, can be regarded as the Greatest Name in the state of the Collective Oneness. “The Names are all in all, and such are the signs.”

Consequently, the objection of the great philosopher, Sadr 'ul-Millat-i wad-Dīn [Sadr 'ul-Muta'allihīn] (may his soul be sanctified), to those like al-Baydāwī is applicable, because they have not tasted of this drink [school = mashrab]. But to the ways of the people of Gnosticism it is inapplicable. However, as the argument of al-Baydāwī and that of the philosopher, on this topic are too lengthy, we refrain from mentioning them. The interested readers may refer to the exegesis of the said late philosopher on Sūrah al-Fātihah.

If “ar-rabb” is of the Names of Attributes, meaning “Master” or “Owner” and the like, the meaning of “al-'ālamīn” may be “everything other than Allah,” whether the owned were the beings of the kingdom of the world, or the abstract invisible beings.

If it is of the Names of Acts as it apparently is the meaning of ”al-'ālamīn” will only be the kingdom of the visible world, as, in which case, ”ar-rabb” will mean “the Educator” a meaning which is of gradual effectiveness, while the abstract worlds are innocent of gradualness, though, to the writer, the spirit of “graduation” in the world of ”dahr” (eternity, perpetual duration) is, in a way, certain; and, in the same way, we have also proved the temporal contingency [hudūth-i zamānī], meaning the spirit of time and the eternity of graduation [dahriyyat-i tadrīj] in the abstract worlds. In the gnostic way, the temporal contingency is also proved for all worlds, but not in the same way as referred to by the theologians and the people of hadīth.

Another Remark

Do know that “praising” [hamd] is for a “favor” [jamīl]. From the noble āyah it is deduced that praising and extolment are confirmed for the state of the Greatest Name as the all-embracing Name [ism-i jāmi'], which has the state of being the Lord of the worlds, “the Beneficent,” “the Merciful” and “the Master of the Day of Judgment.” So, these noble Names, i.e. “Rabb,” ”Rahmān,” ”Rahīm” and “Mālik” should have an effective role in the praising. Later on, we shall explain in details Allah's saying: “Māliki yawm 'id-dīn” (The Master of the Day of Judgment). Now, we shall talk about the proportionality of the state of Divinity to “praising.” It is so from two aspects:

The first is that as the very praiser is a part of the “worlds,” or he may even be “a world” by himself, and from the point of view of the people of knowledge, each one of the beings is a world by itself, he praises Allah, for He, with the hand of divine education, has taken him out of weakness, deficiency, fear and the darkness of the mass of non-existence to strength, perfection, security and the luminous world of humanity.

He has also taken him past the corporeal, elemental, mineral, vegetable, and animal stations, under a system arranged according to self-and-substantial movements, and the dispositional and natural inclinations, to the station of humanity, which is the most honorable station of beings. Furthermore, He continues to educate him until he becomes what you can never imagine in your fancy.

“Then I become non-existent such non-existence that the organ says to me: “Our return is to Him.”40

The second is that educating [rearing = tarbiyat] the system of the kingdom of the world, such as the celestial spheres, elements, substances and accidentals, is preliminary to the existence of the perfect man, who is, in fact, the product of the juice ['usārah] of the world of realization and the ultimate end of the beings of the world, and he is, as such, the last product.
And, since the visible world moves according to the substantial self-movement, and this is a self-completing movement, wherever it ends, it would be the objective of creation and the end of the journey. If we look in a universal way at the universal body, [jism-i kull], universal nature, universal vegetable, universal animal and universal man [insān-i kull], we notice that man is the last product who has been created after the substantial self-movements of the world and they have ended in him.

So, the educating (rearing) hand of Allah, the Exalted, has been educating (rearing) man in all the world of realization and man is the first and the last.

That which has been said was about the minor Acts and according to the stages of existence, as otherwise, if taken according to the absolute Act, the Act of Allah, the Exalted, can have no objective except His own Sacred Essence, as is proved in its relevant instances. Should we look at the minor Acts, we would realize that the objective of creating Man is the absolute invisible world, as is stated in the Divine Sayings [qudsiyyāt]: “O son of Adam! I created all things for you, and I created you for Myself.”41

Allah in the Glorious Qur'an, addressing Moses, son of 'Imrān (peace be upon him and upon our Prophet and his progeny), says:

“ I have made you for myself.” 42

He also says: “And I chose you.”43 So, man is created for Allah and made for His Sacred Essence. From among all the beings man is the chosen and the elect. The destination of his journey is attaining the door of Allah, annihilation in the Essence of Allah, and sticking to the Court of Allah. His return [ma'ād] is to Allah, from Allah, in Allah and by Allah. In the Qur'an He says:

“ Surely to Us is their return.” 44

Other creatures return to Allah through Man, or rather their return is to Man, as it is stated in the Jāmi'ah invocation, in which some aspects of the states of guardianship are explained. It says: “The return of the creatures is to you and their reckoning is upon you.” It also says: “With you Allah opened and with you He closes,”45 and also in the noble āyah:

“ Surely to Us is their return, and surely upon Us is their reckoning.” 46

In the said invocation: “The return of the creatures is to you and their reckoning is upon you,” is one of tawhīd's secrets, referring to the fact that to return to the Perfect Man is to return to Allah, as the Perfect Man is absolutely annihilated and lasts by Allah's everlasting, having no individuality, I-ness and selfishness of his own, rather he is of the Beautiful Names and the Greatest Name, to which the Qur'an and the hadīths frequently refer.

The Qur'an contains such delicate points, facts, secrets, and subtleties about tawhīd that the minds of the people of knowledge are bewildered, and this is the great inimitability of this heavenly and luminous Book, besides its excellent syntax, graceful expression, wonderful elegance, miraculous style, the way of inviting and foretelling the unseen, perfecting the precepts, controlling and managing the family and the like, each one of which is independently extraordinary and beyond man's power.

It can even be said that the Glorious Qur'an's being distinguished for its eloquence as one of its inimitabilities well-known all over the world was because the early Arabs were famous for their eloquence, and, thus, they could understand only that aspect of the Qur'an's inimitability. The Arabs of that time could not comprehend its other more important dimensions, which needed a higher degree of understanding.

Nowadays, too, those who have a similar level of thinking can comprehend nothing of this divine grace, except its literal elegance, beautiful rhetoric and eloquent expressions. As regards those who are well versed in the secrets of knowledge and the graces of tawhīd and abstraction, know that what attracts them, and what is the goal of their hopes, in this divine Book and heavenly revelation is only its knowledge [ma'ārif], and they are not so much interested in its other aspects.

Whoever casts a glance at the Qur'an's gnosticism, and at the gnostics of Islam who acquired their knowledge from it, and then makes a comparison between them and the scholars of other religions, concerning their works and knowledge, will very well recognize the higher standard of the knowledge of Islam and the Qur'an, which is the base of the foundation of religion and faith, and the final objective of sending the Messengers and revealing the Books. To believe that this Book is a divine revelation and that its knowledge is divine does not cost him any difficulty.

A Faithful Awakening

Do know that the Sovereignty [rubūbiyyat] of Allah, the Exalted, over the worlds is of two kinds:
The first is the “General Sovereignty,” which covers all the beings of the world, and it is the genetic upbringing (education), which takes every being out of the limits of its shortcomings to its suitable perfection, under the control of the Divine Sovereignty.

All the natural and substantial developments and the essential and accidental movements and improvements are under the control of the Lord. In short, from the stage of the primary matter till the stage of animality and the gaining of the corporeal and spiritual powers of animality, and the genetic evolution, each one of them testifies that “My Lord is Allah, Glory and Majesty to Him.”

The second is the “Legislative Sovereignty,” which exclusively belongs to the human species, and the other beings have no share of it. This education is guiding to the roads of salvation, showing the ways to happiness and humanity, and warning against what contradicts them, as explained by the prophets ('a).

If somebody voluntarily placed himself at the disposal and education of the Lord of the worlds, and was brought up by Him, such that the actions of his organs and powers, external and internal, would not be prompted by his self, but to be divine, in that case he would attain the human perfection, which exclusively belongs to the human species.

Up to the stage of animality, man goes side by side with the other animals. To step out of this stage he will have to choose, on his own free will, one of the only two ways before him: One is the way to the stage (abode) of happiness, which is the Straight Path of the Lord of the worlds:
“My Lord is on the Straight Path.”47

The other is the way of wretchedness, which is the crooked path of the accursed Satan. Therefore, if he puts the powers and organs of his kingdom at the disposal of the Lord of the worlds to be educated by Him, his heart, which is the sultan of this kingdom, would gradually submit to Him. When the heart becomes a subject to the Lord of the worlds, other soldiers [junūd] would follow it, and the whole kingdom would be under His education.

Then his invisible tongue, which is the shadow [zill] of the heart, would be able to say: “My Lord is Allah. Glory and Majesty to Him,” in reply to the angels of the world of the grave, who ask him: “Who is your Lord?” And, as such a man has obeyed the Messenger of Allah, imitated the Imāms of guidance and acted according to the Divine Book; his tongue would be expressive in saying: “Muhammad (s) is my Prophet, 'Alī and his infallible sons are my Imāms and the Qur'an is my Book.”
But if he did not turn his heart to divinity, and the image of Lā ilāha illallāh, Muhammadun rasūlullāh, 'Alīyyun walīyullāh (There is no god except Allah, Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah and 'Alī is the friend of Allah) was not engraved on the page of his heart such that to become the portrait of the inside of the soul, and if there was no reciprocal spiritual and moral connection between him and the Qur'an as to act according to it, thinking about it, remembering and contemplating on it, all his knowledge [ma'ārif] would be effaced from his memory when suffering from the agonies of death, the death-sickness, and in the death itself that monstrous calamity.

My dear! Man, under a typhoid fever and the deterioration of his mental faculties, forgets all his knowledge, except things that have become a second part of his constitution, owing to continual remembrance and close intimacy with them. Should he be inflicted with a serious incident or a dreadful accident, he would be neglecting a lot of his affairs, and the line of forgetfulness would underline his acquired information.

So, how about the agonies, sufferings and difficulties of death? What would happen to him then? If the hearing and the heart were not opened, if the heart was not hearing, to instruct him with the necessary beliefs at the time of dying and after it would be of no avail. Talqīn (reminding the dead of his beliefs) can be useful only to those whose hearts have acquired the true beliefs and whose hearts' ears are usually open, but at the very moments of death agonies they may undergo a fit of forgetfulness, and thus, the talqīn will be a means for the angels of Allah to convey it to their ears. But if man is deaf, with no hearing ears suitable for the worlds of barzakh and the grave, he can never hear the talqīn and it can benefit him naught. There is a hint at some of these in the noble hadīths.

Ar-Rahmān' ir-Rahīm (The Beneficent, the Merciful):

Do know that for all the Names and Attributes of Allah, the Most High, there are generally two states [maqām] and two ranks [martabah]:

One is the state of the Names and Attributes of Essence, which are constant in His Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat], such as the Essential Knowledge, which is of the Essential affairs and manifestations, and the Essential Power and Will, and other Essential affairs [shu'ūn-i dhātiyyah].

The other is the state of the Names and Attributes of Acts, which are confirmed for Allah through the manifestation by the Holy Emanation, such as the “Active Knowledge” ['ilm-i fi'lī], which the Illuminists regard as confirmed, and on it depends the “Detailed Knowledge” ['ilm-i tafsīlī]. The most merited of the wise men, Khājah Nasīruddīn (May Allah make his face bright), has proved this, following the opinion of the Illuminists who say that the criterion for the “Detailed Knowledge” is the “Active Knowledge.”48

However, although this subject is contrary to research because the “Detailed Knowledge” is confirmed for the Essence, and that the exposure and the details of the Essential Knowledge are higher than the “Active Knowledge” and more extensive, as is proved and confirmed, in its relevant place, by a luminous proof yet, the original question, that the system of the existence is within Allah's Active and Detailed Knowledge, is proved and confirmed according to the tradition of proving and the method of gnosticism, despite the fact that the higher method and the sweeter gnostic taste have, beside such ways, another way: “The lover's religion is other than that of the others.”49

Generally speaking, for the mercy of “Beneficence” and “Mercifulness,” there are two ranks and two manifestations: one is in the appearance of the Essence in His Unity [hadrat-i wāhidiyyat] through the manifestation of the Holiest Emanation. The other is in the appearance of the cosmic entities [a'yān-i kawniyyah] through the Holy Emanation.

If the ar-Rahmān and ar-Rahīm, in the blessed Sūrah, are of the Essential Attributes as is more obvious it will be possible to regard them, in Bismillāh 'ir-Rahmān 'ir-Rahīm, to be related to “ism” (Name), rather than Attributes of Act. Consequently, there is no repetition at all that one may claim them to be confirmatory repetition, or exaggeration. Based on this, the meaning of the noble āyah will be: With His Beneficent and Merciful will, praise be to His Beneficent and Merciful Essence Allah knows better.

And, as the state of Divine Will is the manifestation of the Sacred Essence, the state of “Beneficence” and “Mercifulness,” which is of the determinations [ta'ayyunāt] of the state of Divine Will, is the display [jilwah] of the Essential Beneficence and Mercifulness. There are, however, other possibilities, which we have left out, as the said one is more obvious.

Māliki yawm 'id-dīn (The Master of the Day of Judgment):

Many of the reciters have read: maliki, and there are many literary justifications for both versions, such that even a great scholar (may Allah have mercy upon him) has written a thesis on preferring malik to mālik. But the arguments of both parties are not quite convincing.

That which comes to the writer's notion is that mālik is preferable, or rather, particularly assigned, because this blessed sūrah and the blessed sūrah of at-Tawhīd, are unlike the other sūrahs of the Qur'an, since these two sūrahs are recited by the people in their obligatory and non-obligatory salāts, and in every era hundreds of millions of the Muslims have heard them from hundreds of millions of other Muslims, and these from former hundreds of millions, and so on, by hearing these two noble sūrahs from one another, recited, exactly the same, with no letter advanced and no letter retarded, no letter increased and no letter decreased, by the Imāms of guidance and the Messenger of Allah (s).
Although most of the reciters read it malik, and many of the scholars prefer malik, yet none of those things damaged this certain, necessary and successively proved fact, and no body imitated them. And although the scholars allowed imitating anyone of the reciters, no one except the abnormal [shādhdh] whose opinion is negligible necessarily recited malik in his salāts, or if somebody did recite malik, it was as a precaution [ihtiyāt], besides saying mālik, too, such as my learned teacher of the traditional science, Hāj Shaykh 'Abd 'ul-Karīm Yazdī (may his grave be sanctified), who used, at the request of some of his contemporary scholars, to recite malik, too. Nevertheless, this is too weak a precaution, or, as the writer believes, it is out of question.

The weakness of the said question becomes clear under the saying that in Kūfī penmanship malik and mālik are mistaken for each other. This claim can be uttered in respect of the sūrahs which are not frequently recited, though still with difficulty, but not in respect of this sūrah which has been confirmed through hearing and reciting, as is quite clear. Such a claim is an empty and incredible one.

This very argument is also true in respect of kufuwan, as its recitation with “w” [maftūhah] and “f” [madmūmah] which is 'Āsim's recitation alone is also confirmed by way of hearing and rehearing, and other recitations do not necessarily contradict that, though some think that they practice precaution by reciting the version of the majority with “hamzah” instead of the “w” an irrelevant precaution.

If there can be any argument in respect of the narratives in which we are ordered to recite like the people recite50 which actually deserves arguing, as it is believed that these narratives wanted to say: recite as the people, in general, do, not that you are free to choose any one of the “seven recitations,” for example in that case, to recite ”malik” and ”kufuwan” other than the way commonly recited by the Muslims and written in the Qur'an, is incorrect. At any rate, the precaution is their recitation as current among the people and written in the Qur'an, because that way of recitation is correct to every creed. Allah knows better.51

A Philosophic Research

Do know that Allah's ownership is not the same as the ownership of the servants, nor is it like the kings' ownership of their kingdom, as these are conventional annexations, while annexing the creatures to Allah is not of that kind, although to the jurisprudents this sort of ownership of Allah is longitudinally [tūlan] confirmed. This, however, does not contradict what has been observed in this respect.

Nor does it resemble man's owning his own organs and limbs, nor his internal and external powers, although this latter ownership is nearer to Allah's ownership than the aforementioned ones. It is also not like the soul's owning its own self-action, which is of the soul's affairs, such as creating mental images, whose contractions and expansions arc somewhat under the control of the soul's will, nor is it like the ownership, of the intellectual worlds, of what is of lower ranks, even if they were effective in those worlds through annihilating [i'dām] and creating [ījād], for all the beings of the world of possible realization, on whose foreheads the humility of poverty is marked, are bound by limits and restricted by measures, even to the extent of the essence.

And whatsoever is bound by a limit is isolated from its act, in proportion to its limitedness, and it enjoys not a true existential inclusiveness [ihāta-i qayyūmī]. Therefore, all things, according to the degree of their own essence, oppose and contradict their passive elements [munfa'ilāt], and because of this they do not enjoy self-existential inclusiveness [ihāta-i dhātīyya-i qayyūmīyyah].

But concerning the ownership of Allah, the Exalted, which is by illuminative annexation and self-existential inclusiveness, it is the true real self-ownership [mālikīyyat-i dhātīyyah], in which there is not the least of any defective contradicting isolation in His Essence and Attributes with any one of the beings.

The ownership of the Sacred Essence of all the worlds is the same, without treating the beings with discrimination at all, or being nearer to, and more inclusive of, the abstracts and the invisible worlds, than of the other worlds, as otherwise it would require limitation and isolating disunity, accompanied by need and potentiality; High Exalted is Allah, the Great, above all that! A reference to this is perhaps in the saying of Allah, the Exalted:

“ And we are nearer to him than you,” 52

“ And we are nearer to him than his jugular vein,” 53

“ Allah is the light of the heavens and the earth,” 54

“ And He it is who is God in the heaven and God in the earth,” 55

And

“ Allah's is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth.” 56

The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “If you are lowered down with a rope to the lowest of the earth, you will come down onto Allah.”57 Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is also quoted to have said, as in al-Kāfī: “No space can confine Him and no space can accommodate Him, and He is no nearer to a place than to another.”58 Imām 'Alī an-Naqī is quoted to have said: “You must know that when Allah is in the lowest heaven He is, at the same time, on the Throne. All things are equally known, controlled, owned and encompassed by Him.”59

Nevertheless, although the ownership of His Sacred Essence covers all things and all worlds equally, the noble āyah says:

“ The Owner of the Day of Judgment.”

This specification is probably because the Day of Judgment is the day of gathering. So, the Owner of “The Day of Judgment,” which is the day of gathering, is (also) the Owner of the other days which are dispersed, and “the dispersed in the visible world are gathered (collected) in the invisible world.”

Or maybe it is because of the appearance of the Ownership and Omnipotence of Allah, Glorified be His Majesty, on the “Day of Gathering,” which is the day of the return of the possibles to the threshold of Allah, and the ascension of the beings to the Court of Allah.

Expanding on this brief so as to suit this paper is that as long as the light of existence and the sun of the truth is descending down from the hidden places of invisibility towards the world of visibility, it tends to occultation and being veiled. In other words, in every descent there is a specification [ta'ayyun], and in every specification and limitation there is a veil. And as man is the composite [majma'] of all specifications and limitations, he is veiled with all the seven dark veils and the seven veils of light, which are the seven earths and seven heavens, according to interpretations.

Perhaps returning to the “lowest of the low” means being wrapped in all kinds of veils. This occultation of the sun of existence, and the mere light in the horizon of specifications [ta'ayyunāt] can be described as the “night” and “The Night of the Qadr.” And as long as man is wrapped in these veils, he is deprived of seeing the Beauty of the Eternity and of eyeing the prime light.

When all beings, in their ascending march from the low stations of the world of nature, with the natural movements which are deposited in their innate constitution from the light of the attraction of the divine disposition, according to the determination [taqdīr] of the Holiest Emanation in His Knowledge return to the original homeland and the real place of promise [mī'ād] as is frequently referred to by the noble āyahs they once again get rid of the luminous and dark veils, and the ownership and the sovereignty of Allah, the Exalted, are manifested, and He appears in Unity and Sovereignty.

Here, where the Last returns to the First, and the Outside connects to the Inside, and where the rule of the appearance falls and the government of the inside is manifested, the absolute owner addresses and there is no addressed except His Sacred Essence “Whose is the Sovereignty this Day?, and as there is no answer, He says:

(It is) Allah's, the One, the Almighty.” 60

This absolute day, the day when the sun of the truth rises from behind the veil of the horizon of the individuations, is “the Day of Judgment” in a way, since every being, under the shadow [zill] of its suitable name, vanishes in Allah. When the Trumpet is blown, it appears from that name and accompanies the followers of that name:

“ A group in Paradise and a group in Flaming Fire.” 61

The perfect man in this world gets out of these veils according to his journey to Allah and migration to Him, and the regulations of the Resurrection, the Hour and the Day of Judgment appear before him and are proved to him. So, Allah, with His Sovereignty, appears to his heart through this salāt ascension, and his tongue becomes the interpreter of his heart, and his appearance becomes the tongue of his internal seeings. This is one of the secrets of confining the Ownership [mālikiyyat] to the Day of Judgment.

An Inspiration Concerning the 'Arsh

Do know that concerning the 'Arsh and its carriers there are different opinions. Similarly the noble narratives outwardly differ, too, although inwardly there is no difference, since, according to the gnostic view and demonstrative way, the 'Arsh covers so many meanings.
One of its meanings which I did not see in the language of “the people” [qawm] is the Unity [hadrat-i wāhidīyyat], which is on the level of the “Holiest Emanation,” and its carriers are four names, of the Great Names: The First, the Last, the Outward and the Inward.

Another which also I did not see in the language of “the people” [qawm] is the “Holy Emanation,” which is on the level of the Greatest Name, and its carriers are: ar-Rahmān, ar-Rahīm, ar-Rabb and al-Mālik.

Another one of its concepts is the phrase “all that is other than Allah”[mā siwallāh] and its carriers are the four angels: Seraphiel, Gabriel, Michael and Izrael.

Another is the “Universal Body” [jism-i kull], which is carried by four angels who are the images of the Archetypes [arbāb-i anwā'], as is referred to in al-Kāfī.62

Sometimes it is regarded to be the “Knowledge,” which may be Allah's Active Knowledge ['ilm-i fi'lī] which is the state of the great guardianship [wilāyat-i kubrā] and its carriers are four of Allah's perfect friends from the ancient nations: Noah, Abraham, Moses and Jesus (peace be upon our Prophet, his progeny and upon them), and four persons of the perfect ones of this nation: the Seal of the Prophets, Amīr al-Mu'minīn 'Alī, al-Hasan and al-Husayn ('a).

Now, as this introduction has been understood, do know that in the noble sūrah of al-Hamd (the Opening), after the name “Allah” that refers to His Essence, the four noble names: ar-Rabb, ar-Rahmān, ar-Rahīm, and Mālik, are particularly mentioned, maybe because these four noble names are the carriers of the 'Arsh of His Unity [wahdāniyyat] in respect of the inside, while their outer appearances are Allah's four favorite angels who are the carriers of the 'Arsh of “Realization” [tahaqquq].

So, the blessed name of ar-Rabb is the inside [bātin] of Michael, who, as ar-Rabb's manifestation, is in charge of the provisions and the education in the world of existence. The noble name of ar-Rahmān is the inside [bātin] of Seraphiel, who is the caretaker [munshī] of the spirits, the blower of the Trumpet and the spreader [bāsit] of the spirits and the images, as the spread [bast] of existence is also in the name of ar-Rahmān.

The noble name of ar-Rahīm is the inside of Gabriel, who is in charge of teaching and perfecting the beings. The noble name of Mālik is the inside of Izrael, who is in charge of taking [qabd] the spirits and images, and of returning the outside [zāhir] to the inside [bātin]. So, the blessed sūrah, up to “The Owner of the Day of Judgment,” includes the 'Arsh of Unity and the 'Arsh of Realization, with reference to its carriers.

Thus, the entire circle of existence and the manifestations of the invisible and the visible, which are translated by the Glorious Qur'an, are mentioned up to this part of the sūrah. This very concept is also entirely covered by the Bismillāh, which is the Greatest Name. It is also in the “bā'” [ب], which is in the position of causality, and in the dot of bism, which is the secret of the causality. And, as 'Alī ('a) is the secret of guardianship [wilāyat] and causality, therefore, it is he who is the dot under the “bā'” [ب]63 That is, the dot under the “bā'” [ب] is the translator of the secret of guardianship. Contemplate. The reason for contemplation is the difficulty that is in the hadīth. And Allah knows better!

A Gnostic Notice

Perhaps giving priority to ar-Rabb before stating ar-Rahmān and ar-Rahīm and then Mālik at the end, is a delicate reference to the way of man's journey [sulūk] from the material mundane creation up to the complete annihilation, or up to the state of the presence before the Master of the kings. So, as the sālik is still at the beginning of the journey, he is gradually being brought up by Rabb al-'Ālamīn (the Lord of the worlds), for he is of the world and his conduct [sulūk] is under the control of time and graduation.

After leaving the transitory world of nature by the steps of his conduct, the stage of the inclusive names, which do not belong only to the world in which the aspect of “differentiation” is predominant, is established in his heart. And, as the noble name of ar-Rahmān is more particular than the other inclusive names, it is stated then, and, as it is the manifestation of mercy and the stage of absolute spreading, it precedes ar-Rahīm, which is nearer to the horizon of the interiority.

Hence, in the gnostic conduct, the external names appear first, then after that, the internal names, because the sālik's march is from multiplicity [kathrat] to singleness [wahdat], until he ends up in the purely internal names, including the name of Mālik. Thus, with the manifestation of Ownership, the multiplicity of the invisible and visible worlds will vanish, and the complete annihilation and Absolute Presence will take place.

As he frees himself from the veils of multiplicity with the appearance of unity and Divine Sovereignty, and attains the visual witnessing, he converses in presence (with Allah) and says: “You do we worship.”

Hence, the whole circle of the travelers' journey is also contained in the noble sūrah, from the last veils of the world of nature up to the removing of all the dark and luminous veils and attaining the Absolute Presence. This Presence is the sālik's great resurrection and the rising of his Hour. In the noble āyah:

“ …and all who are in the heavens and the earth swoon away, except him whom Allah wills…,” 64

The exception may be this group of the people of sulūk who would swoon away and be annihilated before the Trumpet is blown. By saying: “I and the Hour are like these two”65 when joining his two forefingers, the Messenger of Allah (s) may have referred to this concept.

A Literary Notice

In the current exegeses that we have seen, or which are quoted from, the word “dīn” is said to mean judgment and reckoning. The lexicons give these meanings, too. The Arab poets have also used it so, such as the poet who says: “Beware that you will be judged as you judge,” and there is a saying ascribed to Sahl ibn Rabī'ah stating:

“There remained but hostility. We so judged them as they did.”66 It is said that “dayyān,” which is one of the Divine Names, denotes this very meaning. Perhaps by “dīn” the true religion is intended. And as on the Day of Resurrection the results of the religion appear and the religious facts come out from behind the curtain, for this reason it is called yawm 'ud-dīn (the Day of Judgment), the same as “today” is called yawm 'ud-dunyā (the day of this world or the mundane day) on which appear the results of this world, while the true image of the religion is not apparent.

This bears a similar concept of Allah's saying:

“ …and remind them of the days of Allah,” 67

Which are the days in which Allah treats a nation with force and sovereignty. The Day of Resurrection is a “day of Allah” as well as the “day of religion,” since it is the day of the appearance of the Divine Sovereignty and the day of the emergence of the truth of Allah's religion.

Iyyāka na'budu wa iyyāka nasta'īn (You do we worship and You do we seek help from): Do know, dear, that when the servant, the sālik on the road of knowledge, understood that all thanks and praises exclusively belong to Allah's Sacred Essence, and attributed to Him contraction [qabd] and expansion [bast] of the existence, and regarded the reigns of the affairs, at first and at last, the beginning and the end, to be in the grasp of His Ownership, and the Unity of Essence and of Acts manifested in his heart, he would exclusively confine worship and seeking help to Allah, regard the entire world of realization submitting, willingly or unwillingly, to the Sacred Essence, and recognize no able one, in the world of realization, so as to ascribe to him any help.

What is claimed by some of the people of formalism that to confine worship [to Allah] is real, but to confine seeking help only to Him is not real by arguing that the help of other than Allah can also be sought, and it is in the Glorious Qur'an:

“ And help one another in goodness and piety ,” 68

And also:

“ And seek help through patience and salāt,” 69

And it is known that the conduct of the noble Prophet, the Imāms of guidance ('a), their companions and the Muslims was based on seeking help from other than Allah in lawful matters, such as getting the help of the beast of mount, the servant, the wife, the friend, the messenger, the worker and the like is but a talk suitable to the formalists.

But the one who has knowledge about the Unity of Acts of Allah, the Exalted, and regards the system of the existence to be a form of the activity of Allah, the Exalted, seeing, either plainly or by rational proof, that there is no effecter in the [world of] existence save Allah, regards, with the eye of insight and luminous heart, confining “seeking help” to be a real confinement, and takes the help of the other beings to be a form of Allah's help.

According to what these people say, there is no reason for confining the praises to Allah, the Exalted, since, according to this opinion; other beings also have their behaviors, options, beauty and perfection which deserve praising and thanking. They even say that giving life and death, and providing and creating are some other affairs which are common between Allah and the creatures.

The people of Allah regard such matters to be polytheism, and in the narratives they are regarded hidden polytheism, as it is said that [resorting to] turning the ring in the finger to remember something is regarded as a hidden polytheism.70

In short, “You do we worship and you do we seek help from” is a part of praising Allah, and it is a reference to real monotheism. The one in whose heart the truth of monotheism has not yet appeared, and he has not purged it from polytheism absolutely, his saying “You do we worship” would not be real, and he cannot confine his worship and seeking help to Allah, and he would not be a godly man and a theist.

When monotheism manifests in his heart, he will, in proportion to the degree of this manifestation, give up all beings and cling to the Might of the Sanctity of Allah to the extent he sees that “You do we worship and You do we seek help from” takes place by the name of Allah; and some facts of “You are as You praised Yourself”71 manifest in his heart.

An Illuminative Notice

The point of changing from the 3rd person to the 2nd has become clear from the statements of this thesis. Although in itself it is one of the ornaments of speech and the characteristics of rhetorics, frequently seen in the speeches of the eloquent orators, and is a decoration to the speeches, and, at the same time, by changing from one mood to another, one removes the addressee's boredom and gives a fresh vividity to his spirit, yet, as the salāt is the ascension for reaching the presence of Holiness, and the ladder to the state of intimacy, this noble sūrah gives the order to start the spiritual ascension and the gnostic journey.

The servant, at the beginning of the travel to Allah, is imprisoned and wrapped in the dark veils of the world of nature and in the luminous ones of the invisible world, while the travel to Allah is getting out of these veils by the steps of spiritual conduct. Actually, migration to Allah is turning away from the house of self and from the house of creation to Allah, leaving multiplicities, rejecting the dust of otherness and attaining the Unities [tawhīdāt].

It is absence from creation and presence before the Lord. When in the noble āyah “Owner of the Day of Judgment” he finds that multiplicity disappears under the shining light of the Ownership and Omnipotence, he experiences a state of effacement from multiplicity and being present before Allah, the Exalted, and, by personally conversing and witnessing the Beauty and Majesty, he offers himself to servitude, and presents his quest for Allah and his piety to the Sacred Presence and the meeting of intimacy.

The fact that the pronoun iyyāka is used for this purpose is because this pronoun returns to the Essence in which multiplicity is vanished. So, the sālik in this situation may have a mood of Unity of Essence, turning away from the multiplicity of names and attributes, and the heart turns towards the Essence that is free from the veils of multiplicity.

This is the perfect monotheism which was referred to by the Imām of the monotheists, the head of the gnostics, the leader of the lovers, the pioneer of the attracted and the beloved, Amīr al-Mu'minīn ['Alī], may Allah bless him and his infallible offspring, who said: “The perfect monotheism is the negation of ascribing attribute to Him,”72 as an attribute denotes otherness [ghayriyyat] and plurality [kathrat], while this inclination, though to the plurality of Names, is far from the secrets of monotheism and the facts of abstraction. Thus, probably, the secret of Adam's sin was inclination towards the plurality of Names, which was the spirit of the forbidden tree.

A Gnostic Inquiry

Be informed that the literalists show some opinions in respect of “na'budu” (we worship) and “nasta'īn” (we seek help), concerning their being in the first person plural number, whereas the speaker is actually a single person.

They say that, in this connection, a lawful trick has occurred to the worshipper in order to have his worship accepted by Allah, the Exalted. By using a plural pronoun he places his worship among the worshipping of other creatures, among whom, of course, are the perfect ones of Allah's friends whose worship is accepted by Allah, the Exalted, and presents it to the threshold of Holiness and the Court of Mercy, making sure that his worship will, implicitly, be accepted, since it is not of the custom of the Generous to discriminate in the deal.

They also say that as the salāt was imposed first in congregation, so it came in the plural.

Talking about the general secret of the adhān and the iqāmah we stated a point from which this secret can be recognized to some extent. That is, the adhān is proclaiming that the visible and invisible powers of the sālik are ready to be present in His Presence, and the iqāmah is to have them stand upright before Him.

When the sālik prepared his visible and invisible powers to be present in the Presence, and the heart, which is their leader, stood upright as their Imām, then the salāt has been started and “The believer alone is a congregation.”73 So, “na'budu, nasta'īn and ihdinā” (“We worship,” “we seek help” and “guide us”), all would be performed by this congregation in the Holy Presence. In the narrations and the invocations of the pure infallible Ahl al-Bayt ('a) who are the source of Gnosticism and divine vision, there is a reference to this concept.

Another opinion which occurs to the writer is that the sālik regards all the praises and thanks from every praiser and thanker, in the visible and invisible worlds, to be exclusively confined to the Holy Essence of Allah. It is also clearly proved in the proofs of the Imāms of proofs, and in the hearts of the gnostics that all the beings in the circle of the existence worldly and heavenly, big and small have the life of sensibility and understanding of animality, or rather of humanity, and they praise and glorify Allah, the Exalted, rationally and consciously. It is fixed in the nature [fitrat] of all beings, the human species in particular, to submit to the Holy Presence of the Perfect and the Absolute Beautiful, and their foreheads are on the dust of His Holy Threshold, as is stated in the Glorious Qur'an:

“ …and there is not a single thing but glorifies Him, but you do not understand their glorification.” 74

Other noble āyahs, and narratives of the infallibles, which are full of this divine grace, support this fixed judging proof. So, if the traveler to Allah could find this truth through argumentative reasoning, faithful taste or gnostic vision, he would realize, whatever position he is in, that all the particles of the existence and the dwellers of the invisible and visible worlds, worship the Absolute Worshipped and seek their Creator. Thus, the plural form [of the pronoun] is used because all beings, in all their movements and stillness, worship the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted, and seek His help.

A Notice and a Point

Know that the reason for giving priority to iyyāka na'budu over iyyāka nasta'īn despite the usual custom that seeking help for worship comes before worship is that “worship” is prior to “seeking help,” not to “helping.” Sometimes “helping” happens without “seeking help.” Also they say that, as these two are related to each other, advancing or retarding can make no difference, as it is said: “You did observe my due, so, you did me good.” or “You did me good, so you did observe my due.” Furthermore, seeking help is for future worship, not for present worship. The dullness of these opinions is not concealed from the people of taste [ahl-i dhawq].

Maybe the point is that confining “seeking help” to Allah, the Exalted, comes, according to the state of the travel to Allah, later than confining “worship” to Him. It is quite obvious that a good number of the monotheists in worship, who confine “worship” to Allah, are polytheists in “seeking help” and do not confine it to Allah, as we have already quoted some exegetes who believe that confining “seeking help” to Allah is not real. So, confining “worship” to Allah, in its conventional concept, is of the first states of the monotheists, and confining “seeking help” is an absolute rejection of other than Allah.

It should not be hidden, however, that “seeking help” does not mean to “seek help” only in worshipping, but in all affairs, and this is after rejecting the means and neglecting multiplicities, and completely turning to Allah. In other words, confining “worship” is seeking Allah, wanting Him and giving up turning to other than Him. And confining “seeking help” is seeing Him, and giving up seeing other than Him. This “giving up seeing other than Him” comes, according to the stations of the gnostics and the stages of the sāliks, later than “giving up seeking other than Him.”

A Gnostic Advantage

O traveling servant, know that confining “worship” and “seeking help” to Allah is also not of the states of the monotheists and perfect stages of the sāliks, because it implies a claim contrary to monotheism and abstraction. They even believe that seeing worship, worshipper, worshipped, help-seeker, and the one whose help is sought, and seeking help are contrary to monotheism.

In the real monotheism, which appears in the heart of the sālik, such multiplicities vanish, and seeing such affairs is effaced. Yes, those who have come to themselves from the invisible attraction and have attained sobriety, multiplicity does not form a veil for them, because people are of many groups:

A group consists of the veiled, such as we, the helpless, who are wrapped in the dark veils of nature.

Another group consists of the sāliks, the travelers to Allah, the emigrants to the Court of Holiness.
A third group consists of the united [wāsilān], who have come out of the veils of multiplicity and have been engaged with Allah, neglecting all creatures and veiled against them, as they have undergone a complete swoon and an absolute annihilation.

Another group consists of those who have come back to the creatures, and who have the post of completers and guides, such as the great prophets and their successors ('a). Although they are among multiplicity and in charge of guiding the people, multiplicity does not veil them, but it forms an isthmus-like state for them.

Consequently, “iyyāka na'budu wa iyyāka nasta'īn” has different implications in respect of the different groups mentioned above. To us, the veiled, it is a mere allegation and an image. But if we become aware of our veil and recognize our shortcoming, our worship becomes more luminous in proportion to the degree of our awareness of our shortcoming, and becomes, accordingly, accepted by Allah, the Exalted. To the sāliks, it is nearer to the truth in proportion to the traveling step. To the united [wāsilān], in respect of seeing Allah, it is the truth, and, in respect of seeing multiplicity, it is a mere image and a customary act. To the perfect ones, it is mere truth, and so, they have veil neither against Allah nor against the creatures.

A Faithful Awakening

Do know, dear, that as long as we are in this heavy veil of the world of nature, spending our life on colonizing the world and its pleasures, and being negligent of Allah, the Exalted, of remembering Him and of thinking about Him, all our worshippings, invocations and recitations will contain no truth neither in al-hamdu lillāh (praise is for Allah) we can confine praises to Allah, nor in iyyāka na'budu wa iyyāka nasta'īn can we find a way to the truth.

With these empty claims in the presence of Allah, the Exalted, the favorite angels, the messenger prophets and the infallible guardians, we will be disgraced and humiliated. The one whose tongue of state and speech never stops praising the people of this world, how can he say, “All praise is for Allah?” The one whose heart is inclined to nature, and is empty of any divine scent, and whose dependence is on the people, with which tongue can he utter: “You do we worship and you do we seek help from.”

So, if you are the man for this field, then tuck up the skirt of determination, and, with intense remembrance and contemplation of Allah's Greatness, and of the creatures' humiliation, inability and poverty, try first to convey the facts and the delicate matters mentioned in this thesis, to your heart, and enliven your heart by remembering Allah, the Exalted, so as to bring to your heart's sense of smell a scent of monotheism, and, with the help of the Unseen, to find a passage to the salāt of the people of knowledge.

If you are not the man for this field, at least you are to continually remember your faults, pay attention to your humility and inability, perform your duties out of shame and disgrace, and avoid claiming servitude. And these noble āyahs, with whose graces you are not acquainted, recite them either through the tongues of the perfect ones, or consider yourself merely reciting the form of the Qur'an, so that, at least, you may not claim a false allegation.

A Juristic Branch

Some jurisprudents see that it is not allowed to intend composition [inshā'] in sentences like iyyāka na'budu wa iyyāka nasta'īn, thinking that it would be a contradiction to the Qur'an and reciting it, since recitation is relating the words of someone else. This talk has no justification, because as one can praise someone with his own words, he can use somebody else's words for the purpose.

For example, if we praised somebody using Hāfiz's poetry, it would be true that we have praised the intended person, and it would also be true that we have recited Hāfiz's poetry. So, if we, by saying “All praise is for Allah, the Lord of the worlds,” actually compose all the praises for Allah, and by saying “You do we worship” we compose the confinement of worship to Allah, it will come true that with Allah's words we have praised Him, and with Allah's words we have confined worship to Him.

But if somebody emptied the words from their compositional meaning, he would be acting contrary to precaution, if not to say his reciting would be bātil (invalid). However, if someone did not know it, it would not be necessary for him to learn it, as the formal reciting with its own meaning would do.

Some of the noble narratives refer to the fact that the reciter composes, as is in the Hadīth Qudsī: “When he [the servant] says in his salāt: “In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful,” Allah says: “My servant remembered me”, and when he says: “All praise is for Allah,” Allah says: “My servant praised me”…etc.75

If the “bismillāh” and “praising” were not composed by the servant, “remembered me” and “praised Me” would have no meaning. In the hadīths of Mi'rāj it is said: “Now that you have arrived, recite My Name”76 [i.e. say the bismillāh]. From the moods of the Imāms of guidance ('a) on reciting “The Owner of the Day of Judgment,” and “You do we worship,” and from their repeating these āyahs, it is clear that they were composing, not merely reciting, like: Ismā'īl testifies that there is no god but Allah.77

One of the important differences of the ranks of the salāt of godly people is due to this very difference in their recitation, as we have already referred to some of it. This, however, would not come about unless the reciter was intending the composition in his recitations and remembrances. Evidences proving this are much more than this. In short, composing these concepts by the divine words is not objectionable.

An Advantage

The linguists say that “worship” means utmost submission and humbleness. They also say that since worshipping is the highest degree of submission, it does not befit except the one who is at the highest degree of existence and perfection, and the greatest of the degrees of grace and benevolence, and as such, worshipping other than Allah is polytheism. Probably, “worshipping” which in the Persian language means “adoration” and “servitude” actually implies more than that which has been said, i.e. it is submission to the Creator and the Lord.

It follows that such a submission is inseparable from taking the worshipped to be the Diety and Lord, or for example, His semblance and manifestation. Consequently, worshipping other than Allah is polytheism and disbelief. However, absolute submission, without this belief or deciding this meaning, even reluctantly, and even if it reached the utmost submission, would not be a reason for disbelief and polytheism, although some kinds of it are regarded to be harām such as placing the forehead on the dust by way of submission; though this is not worshipping, but it is apparently religiously prohibited.

Therefore, the homage paid by the followers of a religion to their religious leaders, believing that they, too, are servants in need of Allah, the Exalted, for everything for the existence itself and for its perfection and that they are good servants who, although can have no advantage, harm, life and death for themselves, are, through their servitude, in the proximity of the Court of Allah, the Exalted, and subject to His care, and a means of His grants, cannot be mixed with any blemish of polytheism and disbelief. To respect the favorites of Allah is to respect Him, and “To love Allah's elects is to Love Allah.”

Among the groups of “I call Allah to witness, and Allah is sufficient as a witness,” the group that is by the blessing of Ahl al-Bayt of revelation and infallibility, the resources of knowledge and wisdom more excellent in unifying, glorifying and exalting Allah, the Most High, than all other groups of humanity, is the group of the 12-Imām Shī'ahs.

Their books of the principles of belief such as the honorable book of al-Kāfī, and the honorable book of at-Tawhīd by ash-Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah be pleased with him) and speeches and invocations of their infallible Imāms, which, in unifying and glorifying Allah, the Most High, are the issues of the said resources of revelation and inspiration, testify that such sciences were unprecedented among humanity, and that no one has glorified and exalted Allah, the Most High, like them, after the holy revelation of the Divine Sacred Book, the Glorious Qur'an, which is written by the hand of the Omnipotent.

Despite the fact that the Shī'ahs, in all countries and times have been following those infallible, pure and monotheist Imāms of guidance, and through their explicit reasoning and proofs they have known Allah, and glorified and unified Him, yet, some groups, whose heresy is quite clear in their beliefs and books, opened the door of contestation and abuse against them, and, owing to the inner hostility which they had, accused the followers of the infallible Ahl al-Bayt of polytheism and disbelief.

Although, in the market of knowledge and philosophy, this is worthless, yet its corrupting effect is that the incomplete people and the ignorant and the common, may be driven away from the sources of knowledge towards ignorance and wretchedness. This is a grave crime against humanity which is never retrievable.

Concerning this subject, and according to rational and religious criteria, the responsibility of the crime and the sin of this defective, ignorant and helpless group is to be upon the conscience of the unfair who, for their imagined transitory interests prevented the spread of the divine knowledge and precepts, and were the cause of the wretchedness and the adversity of the human species, and rendered all the painful efforts of “the best of men” [khayr al-bashar] lost and nill, closing the door of the House of Revelation and the Qur'an in the face of the people. “O Allah, curse them an intense cursing and torture them a painful torment.”

“Guide us to the straight path,” etc.

Do know, dear, that there is a reference in the noble sūrah of al-Hamd (the Opening) to the conduct of the people of knowledge and austerity, and up to “You do we worship” it covers the complete journey from creation up to Allah. When the sālik proceeds from the Manifestations of Acts to the Manifestations of Attributes, and thence to the Manifestations of Essence, and comes out from the luminous and dark veils, and attains the state of presence and witnessing, there happens complete annihilation and full consumption [istihlāk-i kullī].

When the journey to Allah ends by the setting of the horizon of servitude and the rise of the sovereignty of ownership in the “Owner of the Day of Judgment,” at the end of this sulūk there takes place a state of establishment and stability, and the sālik comes to himself, and becomes sober and attentive to his own state, but as a result of being attentive to Allah. This is contrary to the state of returning [rujū'] to Allah, for attending to Allah was a result of attending to the creatures.

In other words, during the journey to Allah he used to see Allah in the veil of creation, and after returning from the state of complete annihilation, which takes place in the “Owner of the Day of Judgment,” he sees the creation in the light of Allah, and thus, he says: “You do we worship” giving priority to the object, the addressee, over himself and his worship. And, as in this position there may be no stability, and slipping can be imagined, he demands his stability and firmness from Allah, the Exalted, and says: “Guide us” which means: make us firm, as was explained.

It must be noted that the said position and the said explanation are for the perfect ones of the people of knowledge. Their first state is that in the state of returning from the journey to Allah, He, the Exalted, becomes their veil against the creation. And their state of perfection is the state of great barzakh (isthmus), in which neither the creation becomes the veil against Allah, such as we, the veiled, nor Allah becomes the veil against creation, such as the eager united, and the attracted annihilated.

So, their “Straight path” is this isthmus situation, in the middle between the two creations (worlds) [nash'atayn], and it is the path of Allah. Therefore, “those upon whom you have bestowed favors” are the ones whose aptitude [isti'dād] has been established by Allah, the Exalted, through the manifestation of the “Holiest Emanation” in His knowledge [hadrat-i 'ilmiyyah], and, after complete annihilation, He has returned them to their kingdom. “Those inflicted by wrath,” according to this exegesis, are those who are veiled before the union [wusūl], and “Those who have gone astray” are those who have vanished in the Presence [hadrat].

As regards the imperfect ones, if they have not yet started their sulūk, these matters will not come true in their respect, and their “path” is the apparent religious form. For this reason “the straight path” is interpreted to mean “religion,” “Islam” and the like. If they are of the people of sulūk, by “guidance” they mean “showing the way,” and by “the straight path” they mean the shortest way of reaching Allah, which is the way of the Messenger of Allah (s) and Ahl al-Bayt ('a), as the exegetes say that it means the Messenger of Allah, the Imāms of guidance and Amīr al-Mu'minīn ['Alī] ('a).

In a hadīth it is said that the Messenger of Allah (s) once drew a straight line in the middle and other lines at its sides and said: “This middle straight line is from me.”78 The expression “a middle nation” in the noble āyah

“We have made you a middle nation,”79

Probably means an absolute middle covering all meanings, including the middle in knowledge and spiritual perfections, which is an isthmus big position and a great middle.

For this reason this station belongs to the perfect ones of Allah's friends. That is why it is in the narrative that by this the Imāms of guidance ('a) are intended, as Imām al-Bāqir ('a) says to Yazīd ibn Mu'āwiyah al-'Ijlī: “We are the middle nation and we are the witnesses of Allah over mankind.”80 In another narrative, he also says: “To us returns the extravagant [ghālī] and to us refers the negligent [muqassir],”81 in which hadīth there is a reference to what has been said.

An Illuminative Notice and A Gnostic Illumination

Do know, you who are in quest of Allah and truth, that when Allah, the Exalted, created the system of the existence and the demonstrations [mazāhir] of the invisible and the visible, owing to His Essential love to be known in the Names and Attributes, according to the noble hadīth: “I was a Hidden Treasure, then I liked to be known, so I created the creatures to become known,”82

He devised a natural love and innovated an inborn longing in the dispositions of all beings, so that by that divine attraction and godly fire of love they may be driven to go in quest of the Absolute Perfection and to long for the Absolute Beautiful. For each one of them He assigned a divine inborn light with which they may find the way to the destination and the objective.

These fire and light, the one is the rafraf of arrival [wusūl], and the other the burāq of ascension both were the heavenly mounts of the Messenger of Allah (s). Perhaps the ”burāq” and the ”rafraf” of the Messenger of Allah (s) were the means [raqīqah] of this grace [latīfah] and the corresponding worldly image [sūrat-i mutamaththila-i mulkiyyah] of this truth, and that is why they were sent down from Paradise, which is the bātin (interior, core) of this world.

As the beings have descended in ranks of individuations and have been veiled from the Beautiful Beauty of the Beloved, Glorified His Greatness, Allah, the Exalted, takes them out of the dark veils of individuations and the luminous I-nesses, by the said fire and light and by the blessed name of “the Guide,” which is the reality of these means [raqāyiq], so that they may reach the proximity of their Beloved, their Real Objective, through the shortest way.

Thus, that light is “the guidance” of Allah, the Exalted, and that fire is the divine “assistance” and the journey is on the shortest path which is the “straight path,” since Allah, the Exalted, is on that “straight path.” It is probably a reference to this guidance, journey and destination that the āyah says:

“ There is no living creature but He holds it by its forelock, surely my Lord is on the straight path,” 83

As it is clear to the people of knowledge.

It must be noted that every being has its own path, light and guidance: “The ways to Allah are as many as the breaths of the creatures.”84 And, as in every individuation [ta'ayyun] there is a veil of darkness, and in every being and I-ness there is a luminous veil, and as Man is the meeting place [majma'] of the phenomena [ta'ayyunāt] and the collector of entities [jāmi'-i wujūdāt], he is the most veiled of the beings from Allah, the Exalted. The noble āyah:

“ Then we reduced him to the lowest of the low” 85

Is probably a reference to this point. For this reason, the path of mankind is the longest and darkest of all paths. And, as Man's “Lord” is the Greatest Name of Allah, to Whom the external, the internal, the first, the last, mercy, might, and generally, the counter names, all are the same, Man, himself, has to go through the big isthmus stage at the end of his journey, and this is the reason why his “path” is the most delicate of all paths.

A Faithful Notice

As has been said and is known, there are stages and degrees for guidance in respect of the kinds of the journeys of the travelers to Allah and the stages of the sulūks of the sāliks. We shall briefly refer to some of those stages, so that, meanwhile, the “straight path,” the “path of the immoderates” [sirāt-i mufritīn] and the “path of the extravagants” [sirāt-i mufarritīn], who are those who have been “inflicted by wrath” and those who have “gone astray,” can be distinguished according to each one of the stages.

First is that the light of guidance is inherent, as has already been said in the former “notice.” In this stage of guidance, the “straight path” is the sulūk to Allah without there being any visible or invisible veil, or it is the sulūk to Allah without being veiled with body or heart sins, or it is the sulūk to Allah without extravagance [ghuluww] or negligence [taqsīr], or it is the sulūk to Allah without being veiled with luminous or dark veils, or it is the sulūk to Allah without the veils of unity or multiplicity.

Probably the āyah:

“ He causes whom He wills to go astray, and guides whom He wills” 86

Is a hint at this stage of guidance and veilings ordained in the Fate [hadrat-i qadar], which, to us, is the stage of Unity [wāhidiyyat] manifested in the immutable essences [hadarāt-i a'yān-i thābitah]. Yet, to expand upon this subject is out of the scope of this paper, or it is even beyond the limits of writing it down: “It is one of Allah's secrets and one of Allah's covers.”87

Second is guidance by the light of the Qur'an, and on its counter side is extravagance or negligence in knowing it, or stopping at its exterior or its interior, as some of the formalists believe that the Qur'anic Sciences are the very conventional and common meanings and the vulgar and positive concepts, and, on the basis of this belief, they do not meditate upon the Qur'an or contemplate it.

Their advantage from this luminous Book which undertakes man's spiritual, bodily, heart and formal happinesses is confined only to its formal and external instructions. They disregard all those āyahs which enjoin, or recommend, contemplating and remembering the Qur'an and making use of the light of it, by which many doors of knowledge can be opened. It seems as if the Qur'an has been revealed only to invite to the worldly pleasures and animal needs, and just to confirm the station of bestial desires.

Some of the Esoterics [ahl-i bātin] think that they should turn away from the external meaning of the Qur'an and its formal calls which are the instructions of observing the disciplines of being in the divine presence and how to travel to Allah, of which they are unaware. They deviate from the exterior of the Qur'an, deceived by the tricks of the accursed Iblīs and the evil-commanding soul, believing themselves to be adherent to its internal sciences, despite the fact that the way to the internal passes through observing the disciplines of the external.

These two groups are, at any rate, out of moderation and are deprived of the light of guidance to the Qur'anic straight path, and are ascribed to extremism on both sides. The researching scholars and the learned scrutinizers should consider both the exterior and the interior and observe the formal and the spiritual disciplines, lighting the external with the light of the Qur'an, and the internal with the lights of knowledge, monotheism and abstraction.
Let the people of literalism [ahl-i zāhir] know that to confine the Qur'an to the disciplines of the external forms and a handful of practical moral instructions and common beliefs about tawhīd, Names and Attributes, is unobserving the Qur'an's due respect, and regarding the Sharī'ah of the Seal of the Prophets (s) as imperfect, whereas no Sharī'ah should be thought to be more perfect than that, as otherwise being the “Seal” would be impossible according to the criterion of justice.

So, as the Islamic Law is the Seal of the divine Laws, and as the Qur'an is the Seal of the revealed Books, and the last connection between the Creator and the creatures, the facts of tawhīd, abstraction and divine knowledge, which are the original objective and the essential aim of the divine religions, laws and the revealed Books, should represent the last of the stages and the utmost peak of perfection, or else, there must necessarily be a shortcoming in the Law, in which case, it would be contrary to the divine justness and the Lord's kindness, which, in itself, is a dishonorable impossibility and an ugly disgrace, which cannot be washed off the true religions by the seven seas we take refuge in Allah from that!

Let the Esoterics [ahl-i bātin] know that to reach the original objective, the real end, is nothing but purifying the outside and the inside, and without holding to the outer form and the outside one cannot get to the inside. Without wearing the apparel of the outer form of the Sharī'ah, the way to the inside cannot be found. So, neglecting the outside means invalidating both the outside and the inside of the divine Law. This is one of the tricks of the Satans of the Jinn and Ins. We have explained some aspects of this point in our book “Explanations of Forty Hadīths,” as said before.

Third is guidance by the light of the Sharī'ah.
Fourth is guidance by the light of Islam.
Fifth is guidance by the light of faith.
Sixth is guidance by the light of certainty.
Seventh is guidance by the light of knowledge ['irfān].
Eighth is guidance by the light of love [muhabbat].
Ninth is guidance by the light of guardianship.
Tenth is guidance by the light of abstraction and monotheism.

Each one of these has the extremes of excessiveness [ifrāt] and shortcomings [tafrīt], exaggeration [ghuluww] and negligence [taqsīr]. To go into details would make it lengthy. The noble hadīth in al-Kāfī may be a hint at a part, or all, of it. It says: “…We, the offspring of Muhammad, are the moderate type. The extremist [ghālī] would not perceive us, and the follower [tālī] would not outstrip us.”88 In a hadīth from the Prophet (s), it is said: The best of this Ummah is the moderate type, with whom the followers catch up, and to whom the extremists return.89

A Gnostic Notice

Know that for every being of the invisible and visible worlds, and of this world and the Hereafter, there is a beginning [mabda'] and a destination [ma'ād]. Although the divine Ipseity [huwiyyat] is the beginning and the destination [marja'] of all [beings], the Holy Essence of Allah, the Most High, as He is, would not manifest to the high and low beings without the veil of Names.

According to this state, which is a no-state [lāmaqāmī] that has no name and no form, and is not qualified with the Names of Essence, of Attributes and of Acts, no creature has any relation with Him, nor any connection and mixing: “How can there be any comparison between dust and the Lord of the Lords!”90 the details of this have been mentioned in our Misbāh al-Hidāyah.

So, the firstness [mabda'iyyat] and the originality [masdariyyat] of His Sacred Essence are in the veils of Names, and as the Name is the very Named itself, it is, at the same time, its veil, too. Therefore, manifestation in the invisible and visible worlds is according to the Names and is veiled by them. For this reason, His Sacred Essence has, in the display [jilwah] of the Names and Attributes, manifestations in His Knowledge [hadrat-i 'ilmiyyah], whose individuals the people of knowledge call “the fixed entities” (figures emblematic of the Names of Allah = a'yān-i thābitah].

Consequently, each nominal manifestation [tajallī] in His Knowledge requires a fixed entity, and each Name has, by the determination [ta'ayyun] of His Knowledge, in the outer world, an appearance [mazhar] whose origin and end are the same Name which is suitable for it; and the return of every being from the world of multiplicity to the invisibility of the Name which is its origin and beginning, is its “straight path.”

So, every one [of the beings] has a special journey and a special path, as well as a predestined beginning and end, in His Knowledge, willingly or unwillingly. The difference of the appearances [mazāhir] and paths is due to the difference of the apparent [zāhir] and the Names.

It must be noted that man's “stature” [taqwīm] in the highest of the high [a'lā 'illīyyīn] is the collection of Names [jam'-i asmā'ī]. For this reason he is reduced to the lowest of the low [asfal-i sāfilīn], and his “path” starts from the lowest of the low and ends up in the highest of the high. It is the path of those who are favored by Allah with an absolute favor [ni'mat], the favor of the perfect collection of the Names, which is the highest of the divine favors.

Other paths, whether the paths of the happy [su'adā'] and the “favored ones” [mun'amun 'alayhim], or the paths of the wretched [ashqiyā'], stand at either end of extravagance or negligence [tafrīt], in proportion to how much they lack of the emanation of the Absolute Favor. So, the path of the perfect man alone is that of those who have been absolutely favored.

This path originally is assigned to the holy person of the Seal of the Prophets (s), and, concomitantly [bittaba 'iyyah], it is confirmed for other holy men [awliyā'] and prophets. To understand this talk, and [its connection with] the fact that the generous Prophet is the Last Prophet, one needs the understanding of the “Names” and the “Entities” [a'yān], explained in the book Misbāh al-Hidāyah. Allah is the guide to the way of uprightness.

Quotings for Further Information

The dignified Shaykh Bahā'ī (may Allah sanctify his soul), in his al-'Urwat al-Wuthqā, says: “Although the favors of Allah are too numerous to be numbered by counting, as Allah says:

“ And if you count Allah's favors, you will not be able to number them,” 91

Yet, they are of two kinds: the mundane favors and the favors of the Hereafter. Each one of them is either natural or acquired, and each one of them is either spiritual or corporeal. So, they are, all in all, eight kinds:

First: mundane, natural and spiritual, such as the blowing of the spirit and the emanation of the intellect and comprehension.

Second: mundane, natural and corporeal, such as the creation of the organs and their powers.

Third: mundane, acquired and spiritual, such as emptying the self from low affairs, and adorning it with pure morals and high faculties.

Fourth: mundane, acquired and corporeal, such as decorating [the body] with laudable forms and good ornaments.

Fifth: of the Hereafter, natural and spiritual, such as His forgiving the sins of us, and His being pleased with those of us who have already repented. This is the exact text of the Shaykh in this example. It seems that it is a mistake on the part of the copier. Probably he meant to say that Allah, the Exalted, may forgive us without first repenting. Refer to it.

Sixth: of the Hereafter, natural and corporeal, such as rivers of milk and honey.

Seventh: of the Hereafter, acquired and spiritual, such as forgiveness and pleasure [of Allah] preceded by repentance, and as the spiritual pleasure which is concomitant to acts of worship.

Eighth: of the Hereafter, acquired and corporeal, such as the bodily pleasures which are obtained by the acts of worship.

The intended favor here is the last four kinds, and the things that are the means of attaining to these kinds from the first four kinds.92 (The end of the Shaykh's talk, May Allah sanctify his soul).
Nice as these divisions of the Shaykh are, the most important one of the divine favors, the greatest objective of the noble divine Book, has slipped off the Shaykh's pen. He has satisfied himself with the favors of the imperfect or the medium class. Although in his talk he refers to “spiritual pleasure,” yet the spiritual pleasure of the Hereafter which is obtained by the acts of worship is the share of the middle class, if not the share of the imperfect.

Generally, apart from what the Shaykh has said concerning the animal pleasures and the shares of the soul, there are other favors of which three are important:

One is the favor of knowing the Essence and the Unity of Essence, whose principle is the sulūk to Allah, and its result is the paradise of meeting [Allah]. But if the sālik's attention is directed to the result, there can be a default in his sulūk because this is the state of abandoning oneself and its pleasures, whereas caring for the result is caring for oneself, and this is worshipping oneself, not Allah. It is multiplication [takthīr], not unification [tawhīd]. It is a [Satanic] disguise, not abstraction.

Another one is the favor of knowing the Names a favor which is ramified in as many branches as the multiplicity of the Names. If its items are individually counted, they will amount to a thousand, and if it is taken in its two-name or multi-name compounds, it will be uncountable.

“ And if you count Allah's favors, you will not be able to number them.” 93

The unification of Names, in this state, is the favor of knowing the Greatest Name, which is the state of the “Collective Oneness of the Names” [ahadiyyat-i jam'-i asmā']. The result of knowing the Names is the paradise of Names, [for] each person in proportion to knowing a single Name or many Names, individually or collectively.

The third is the favor of knowing the Acts, which also has infinitely many branches. The state of tawhīd in this stage is the Collective Oneness of the manifestation of Acts, which is the state of the “Holy Emanation” and the state of the “Absolute Guardianship.” And its result is the paradise of the Acts, which is the manifestations of Allah's Acts in the heart of the sālik. The manifestation that happened to Moses, the son of 'Imrān, when he said:

“ I see a fire,” 94

Was probably a Manifestation of Acts, and the saying of Allah, the Exalted:

“ And when his Lord manifested His glory to the mountain, He made it crumble to dust, and Moses fell down in a swoon,” 95

Was a Manifestation of Names or of Essence.

Therefore, the path of those “upon whom favor is bestowed,” is, in the first place, “the path” of the journey to the Essence of Allah, and the “favor” in that instance is the Manifestation of the Essence. And, in the second place, “the path” is the sulūk to the Names of Allah, and the “favor” in that instance is the Manifestation of the Names.

And in the third place, the journey is to the Act of Allah, and its “favor” is the Manifestation of the Acts. The people of these states do not seek the common paradises and pleasures, whether spiritual or corporeal. These states, according to some narratives, are confirmed for some believers.96

Conclusion

Know that the blessed Sūrah of al-Fātihah (the Opening), as it contains all the stages of existence, also contains all the stages of sulūk and, further, it contains, by way of allusion [ishārah], all the objectives of the Qur'an. Delving deep into these matters, though it needs a complete expansion and a logic other than this one, yet to refer to each one of them is not profitless, or rather it has many advantages for the people of knowledge and certitude.

So, in the first place we say that it is possible that “In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful” is a hint at the entire circle of existence and at the two bows of descension and ascension. So, “Name of Allah” is the state of the Oneness of “contraction and expansion” [qabd wa bast]. “The Beneficent” is the state of “expansion and appearance,” which is the bow of descension, and “The Merciful” is the state of “contraction and covertness,” which is the bow of ascension.

“All praise is for Allah” is possibly a reference to the world of Might ['ālam-i jabarūt] and the Higher kingdom, whose realities are the absolute praisings. “The Lord of the worlds” that concerns “education” and “worlds,” which is the state of differentiation [sawā'iyyat], is probably a reference to the worlds of nature, which, by the substance of essence, are moving, passing, and under education. “The Owner of the Day of Judgment” refers to the state of Unity, Omnipotence [qahhāriyyat] and the return of the circle of existence. Up to here the entire circle of existence, descending and ascending, has been covered.

In the second place we say that the isti'ādhah, which is an act of supererogation, can be a reference to forsaking other than Allah, and running away from the Satanic domain. And, as this is a preliminary [stage] to the other states, not a part of them since abandoning is the preliminary to be adorned [with virtues], and in itself it is not of the states of perfection therefore, the isti'ādhah is not a part of the sūrah, but a prelude to enter into it.

The tasmiyah [the bismillāh] may point to the state of the Unity of Acts and of Essence, and joining both together. “All praise is for Allah” up to “The Lord of the worlds” may be a reference to the Unity of Acts. Perhaps “The Owner of the Day of Judgment” is a hint at complete annihilation and Unity of Essence, and from “You do we worship” the state of sobriety and return starts. In other words, isti'ādhah is a journey from the creatures to Allah, a coming out of the house of the soul.

“Tasmiyah” is a reference to “realizing the love of Allah” [tahaqquq beh haqqāniyyat] after taking off creation and multiplicity. “All praise is for Allah” up to “The Lord of the worlds” is a reference to the journey from Allah, by Allah and in Allah. This journey terminates by “The Owner of the Day of Judgment.” In “You do we worship” the journey from Allah to the creatures begins with the attainment of sobriety and return.

This journey ends with “Guide us to the straight path.”

In the third place we say that this noble sūrah contains the main divine objectives in the Qur'an, since the principal objectives of the Qur'an are: the completion of knowing Allah and acquiring the three Unities, the connection between Allah and the creatures, how to travel to Allah, the return of the raqā'iq (the divine means) to the “Truth of the truths” [haqīqat al-haqā'iq], introducing the divine manifestations, collectively [jam'-an] and distinctly [tafsīl-an], in single [fard-an] and in compound [tarkīb-an], directing the creatures, in sulūk and in realization [tahaqquq-an], and teaching the servants, in knowledge, practice, gnosticism and vision. All these facts are contained in this noble sūrah, much brief and short as it is.

Therefore, this noble sūrah is “The Opening of the Book,” “The Mother of the Book” and the general form of the objectives of the Qur'an. And, as all the objectives of the Divine Book return to a single objective, i.e. the truth of monotheism, which is the goal of all prophethood and the ultimate aim of all the great prophets ('a), and the truths and the secrets of monotheism are contained in the noble āyah of bismillāh, so, this noble āyah is the greatest of the divine āyahs and contains all the objectives of the Divine Book, as is confirmed by the noble hadīth97.

As the “bā'” [ب] is the appearance of tawhīd, and the dot98 under it is its secret, the, whole Book, its overt and covert, is in that “ba'” [ب]. And the perfect man, that is, the blessed person of 'Alī ('a) is the very dot of the secret of tawhīd.99 There is no āyah in the world greater than that blessed person after the Seal of the Messengers (s), as is stated in the noble hadīth.100

Completion

Some noble narratives related about the merit [fadl] of this blessed Sūrah:

The Messenger of Allah (s) has been quoted to have said to Jābir ibn 'Abdullāh al-Ansārī (may Allah be pleased with him): “O Jābir, don't you want me to teach you the most merited sūrah revealed by Allah in His Book?” Jābir said: “O yes, may my father and mother be your ransom, Messenger of Allah, teach me.” He, thus, taught him [sūrah] “al-Hamd,” the Mother of the Book. Then he said: “O Jābir, don't you want me to tell you about it?” “Yes, may my father and mother be your ransom, Messenger of Allah, tell me,” said Jābir. “It is a cure for every ailment except death,” he said.101

Ibn 'Abbās related that the Messenger (s) once said: “For everything there is a foundation. The foundation of the Qur'an is 'the Opening' [sūrah] and the foundation of the 'Opening' is bismillāh 'ir-Rahmān 'ir-Rahīm (In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful).102

He is also quoted to have said: “The Opening [sūrah] of the Book is the cure for every illness.”103

Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said that if the sūrah of the Opening did not cure a person, nothing else would cure him.104

Imām 'Alī ('a) is quoted to have said that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Allah, the Exalted, told me:

“O Muhammad, We have given you sab 'ul mathānī [another name of the sūrah of the “Opening”] and the great Qur'an.”105
I am graced with a separate favor by the Opening of the Book, which is put on the same level as the Qur'an. Indeed, the Opening of the Book is the most honored thing in the treasures of the 'Arsh, and Allah, the Exalted, has bestowed its honor upon Muhammad (s), sharing no one of the prophets in it, except Solomon, to whom Allah gave the Bismillāh of the Opening sūrah, i.e. Bismillāh 'ir-Rahmān 'ir-Rahīm, as Bilqīs says:

“ An honorable letter has been thrown to me. It is from Solomon, and it is: In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful.” 106

So, whoever recites it, believing in loving Muhammad and his offspring, obeying its command and believing in its outside and inside, Allah, the Exalted, will grant him, for each of its letters a favor, which is, in fact, preferred to the whole world and whatever is in it of different kinds of properties and good things. Whoever listens to it being recited will get one-third of that which is given to its reciter. So, let everyone of you increase his share of this blessing offered to him, as it is a chance that you must not be late in taking it, otherwise your hearts will regret it much.107

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said: “It is no wonder if [the sūrah of] al-Hamd is recited seventy times over a dead and it comes back to life.”108

The Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “Whoever recites the sūrah of 'the Opening of the Book' will get the reward of reciting two-thirds of the Qur'an.109 Another narration says: “It will be like reciting the whole Qur'an.”110

Ubay ibn Ka'b narrated: “I recited to the Messenger of Allah (s) the sūrah of the Opening. He said: “By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, Allah did not reveal in the Torah, nor in the Gospel, the Psalms or the Qur'an a sūrah like “The Opening of the Book.” It is ummul kitāb (The Mother of the Book) and as-sab 'ul-mathānī (the repeated seven [āyahs]). It is divided between Allah and His servant, and it is for His servant to demand whatever he wants.”111

Hudhayfah ibn al-Yamān (may Allah be pleased with him) is quoted to have said that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Allah, the Exalted, may send an inevitable punishment upon a nation. Then one of their children recites: 'All praise is for Allah, the Lord of the worlds,' in the Book of Allah. On hearing this, Allah, The Most High, postpones torturing them for forty years.”112

Ibn 'Abbas said that once they were sitting with the Messenger of Allah (s) when an angel came and said: “Good tidings to you for the two lights which have been given to you, and never given to the prophets before you. They are 'The Opening of the Book' and the seals of the sūrah of al-Baqarah .No one recites a single word of them unless his demand is granted.”113 This narrative is also related in al-Majma', with nearly the same content.114

- 1. Refer to footnote 384.

- 2. This aspect of the meaning of the Bismillāh is stated by Muhyiddīn ibn al-'Arabī in his al-Futūhāt al-Makkīyyah, vol. 1, p. 102.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 149, “Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “The Will is Among the Attributes of Action…,” hadīth 4; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 4, p. 145.

- 4. Mir'āt al-'Uqūl, vol. 2, p. 19; Al-Wāfī, vol. 1, p. 100.

- 5. Al-Wāfī, vol. 1, sec. on “Knowing His Attributes and Names, the Glorified,” ch. on “The Attributes of the Act,” explanation of hadīth 4, p. 100.

- 6. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, “Book of  at-Tawhīd,” ch. “Rarities,” hadīth 4, p. 196.

- 7. From the noble invocation called Du'ā as-Simāt. See Misbāh al-Mutahajjid, p. 376.

- 8. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:143.

- 9. Extracted from the du'ā of as-Simāt, Misbāh al-Mutahajjid,  p. 376.

- 10. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:14

- 11. Refer to footnote 219

- 12. Refer to footnote 220

- 13. “So he was at the measure of two bows or closer still.” Sūrah an-Najm 53:9

- 14. Refer to footnote 199

- 15. The exegesis of Du'ā' us-Sahar is of the exudations of the pen of Imām Khomeinī (may Allah be pleased with him) in Arabic. The aim of writing it, as the exegete himself says, was to explain some aspects of the noble invocation called ”mubāhilah.” (The invocation of Sahar has been narrated from the pure Imāms ['a]). The writing of this noble book was completed in 1349, L.H.

- 16. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:35

- 17. Sūrah az-Zukhruf 43:84

- 18. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 1, p. 21, quoting Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a), with a slight difference.

- 19. Ma'āniy ul-Akhbār, p. 3; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 229.

- 20. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 340, “the Book of the Invocation,” ch. on “Invoking on Calamities,” hadīth 6; As-Sahīfah as-Sajjadiyyah, Invocation 54.

- 21. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:156.

- 22. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol.1, p. 57.

- 23. Jalāluddīn as-Suyūtī, Ad-Durr al-Manthūr fī Tafsīri bil-Ma'thūr, vol. 1, p. 9, quoted from al-Asmā' was-Sifāt by al-Bayhaqī.

- 24. A current proverb. Asrār al-Hikam, by Sabzewārī, p.52.

- 25. Sūrah al-Humazah 104:6-7.

- 26. In the Name of Allah. It must be noted that confining all praisings or the quality [jins] of praising to the two possibilities in the ”a” [alif] and ”l” [lām] is contrary to the philosophic causality, even if the causality is taken by its strict meaning, and it cannot be justified except by the tongue of the Qur'an and the gnosticism of the holy men [awliyā'] ('a).

- 27. This is a reference to a line of poetry by Mawlawī, which has previously been explained.

- 28. This refers to a line of poetry by Hāfiz, in which he says: “I did not reach the far-away palace of the phoenix (of truth) by myself; I could cover it only by the help of Solomon's bird (the hoopoe, i.e. the guide of wisdom)”.

- 29. A reference to āyah 12 of the Sūrah Tā-Hā: “…put off your shoes, you are in the sacred valley…”

- 30. In some copies we find the word akhass (whose English equivalent is “most special”). In some other copies it is akhass (which means “the meanest”). The line is by Mawlawī.

- 31. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 5; Awāliy al-La'ālī, vol. 1, p. 389.

- 32. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 152, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Thanking,” hadīth 18.

- 33. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 90, p. 210, quoted from Shaykh at-Tūsī, al-Amālī, vol. 1, p. 18.

- 34. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, printed by the Ahl al-Bayt Foundation, vol. 5, p. 314.

- 35. Makārim al-Akhlāq, p. 307, section 10, ch. 3 on praising Allah (with a slight difference).

- 36. Reference untraceable.

- 37. Inshā' ad-Dawā'ir, p. 28.

- 38. Sūrah al-Hashr 59:22.

- 39. “In every thing He has a sign proving that He is One.” Kashf al-Asrār, by Maybudī, vol.1, p. 436. Some ascribe this verse to the Arab poet, Abū 'l-'Atāhiyah.

- 40. Poetry by Mawlawī.

- 41. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 381.

- 42. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:41.

- 43. Ibid 20:13.

- 44. Sūrah al-Ghāshiyah 88:25.

- 45. 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol. 2; al-Jāmi'ah al-Kabīrah invocation, p. 272.

- 46. Sūrah al-Ghāshiyah 88:25-26.

- 47. Sūrah Hūd 11:56.

- 48. Masāri'ul- Masārī', by Khājah Nasīruddīn, edited by Mu'izzī, p. 141.

- 49. The lover's religion is other than that of the others,
The lovers' religion and creed is Allah. (Mawlawī)

- 50. Such as: “Recite as the people recite” or “Recite as you have learnt.” Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, “The Book of as-Salāt,” ch. on “Recitation in the Salāt” ch. 74, hadīths 1-3, p. 821.

- 51. Apparently, recitation according to any one of the ways of the recitations is unanimously agreed upon.

- 52. Sūrah al-Wāqi'ah 56:85

- 53. Sūrah Qāf 50:16.

- 54. Sūrah an-Nūr 24:35.

- 55. Sūrah az-Zukhruf 43:84.

- 56. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:107.

- 57. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 54.

- 58. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol., p. 170, “Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “Movement and Mobility,” hadīth 3.

- 59. Ibid., hadīth 4.

- 60. Sūrah Ghāfir 40:16.

- 61. Sūrah ash-Shūrā 42:7.

- 62. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, pp. 131 and 132.

- 63. Al-Asfār al-Arba'ah, vol. 7, p. 32; Asrār al-Hikam, p. 559.

- 64. Sūrah az-Zumar 39:68.

- 65. Al-Ash'athiyyāt, p. 212, ch. on “What Necessitates Patience;” Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 2, p. 39, “Book of Knowledge,” hadīth 72. From Mājālis of Shaykh Mufīd.

- 66. “When evil appeared, in the morning and in the evening, naked,
And there remained but hostility,
We so judged them as they did.”
Poetry by Sahl ibn Shaybān, Jāmi'ush-Shawāhid, ch. on “F and L,” p.185.

- 67. Sūrah Ibrāhīm 14:5.

- 68. Sūrah al-Mā'idah 5:2.

- 69. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:45

- 70. Abū 'Abdullāh as-Sādiq ('a) said: “The (hidden) polytheism is stealthier than the crawling of the ants.” He also said: ”… of it is (resorting to) turning the ring to remember a thing, and the like.” Ma'āniy ul-Akhbār, p. 379, ch. on “Rare Meanings,” hadīth 1; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 69, p. 96.

- 71. Refer to footnote 219.

- 72. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 191, “Book of Monotheism,” ch. on “General Hadīths on Monotheism,” hadīth 6.

- 73. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 5, p. 379, “Book of as-Salāt,” sec. on “Congregational Salāt,” ch. 4, hadīths 2 and 5.

- 74. Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:44.

- 75. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 92, p. 226. Muslim's Sahīh, vol 2, p. 92, with a slight difference in words.

- 76. 'Ilal ush-Sharā'i', p. 315, of the hadīth “The Salāt of al-Mi'rāj.”

- 77. This is a sentence which, according to narration, Imām as-Sādiq ('a) wrote on the shroud of his deceased son. It is said that a group of the Muslims, called the Akhbārīs, who used to literally apply the texts of the akhbār [hadīths], used to write this very sentence on the shrouds of their deceased. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, “Book of Purity,” sec. on “Shrouding,” ch. 29, hadīth 2.

- 78. A nearly similar narrative is related in 'Ilm al-Yaqin, vol. 2, p. 967.

- 79. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:143.

- 80. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 270, “The Book of Divine Proof”, ch. “The Imāms are the Witnesses of Allah over His Creatures,” hadīth 2.

- 81. Al-Ayyashī's Exegesis, vol. 1, p. 63, hadīth 111.

- 82. Asrār al-Hikam, p. 20.

- 83. Sūrah Hūd 11:56.

- 84. A hadīth ascribed to the Messenger of Allah (s). Sayyid HaydarĀmuli, Jāmi' ul-Asrār wa Manba' ul-Anwār, pp. 8, 95 and 121; Lāhijī's Commentary on Gulshan-i Rāz, p. 153; Naqd an-Nusūs, p. 185; Minhāj ut-Tālibīn, p. 221; Al-Usūl al-'Asharah, p. 31.

- 85. Sūrah at-Tīn 95:5.

- 86. Sūrah an-Nahl 16:23 and Sūrah al-Fātir 35:8.

- 87. Ascribed to Amīr al-Mu'minīn ['Alī] ('a). At-Tawhīd, p. 383, ch. on “Fatalism,” hadīth 32.

- 88. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 136, “Book of Monotheism,” ch. on “Forbidding any Attribute,” hadīth 3.

- 89. Lisān al-'Arab, entry ”namat”, vol. 7, p. 417, quoting Imām 'Alī ('a).

- 90. 'Afīf 'Usayrān, the editor of the book, “Preliminaries” of 'Ayn al-Qudāt, on page 276 of that book, has put it as a hadīth. Asrār al-Hikam by Sabzewārī, p. 23.

- 91. Sūrah Ibrāhīm 14:34; Sūrah an-Nahl 16:18

- 92. Al-'Urwat al-Wuthqā, p. 38.

- 93. Sūrah Ibrāhīm 14:34.

- 94. Sūrah Tā-Hā 20:10; Sūrah an-Naml 27:7; Sūrah al-Qasas 28:29.

- 95. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:143

- 96. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 77, p. 23.

- 97. Ibid., vol. 92, p. 238. Three hadīths are narrated in this respect.

- 98. There may be an objection to our saying: the dot under the ”bā'” [ب], that in the Kūfī penmanship which was common when the Qur'an was revealed, there were no dots (in the alphabet). To this, one may say that this fact and reality will make no difference, although its role appeared late, which, in fact, had no effect on the facts. Rather, there is not a decisive evidence in support of the said claim. Mere convention is not a proof of absolute non-existence. So, think it over!

- 99. “I am the dot under the ”bā'” [ب],” Asrār al-Hikam, p. 559.

- 100. As-Sāfi's Exegesis, vol. 2, p. 779, commenting on the noble āyah: “About the great event” (Sūrah an-Naba' 78:2).

- 101. Al-Ayyāshi's Exegesis, vol. 1, p. 20, hadīth 9.

- 102. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 1, p. 17.

- 103. Ibid.

- 104. Al- Ayyāshi's Exegesis, vol. 1, p. 20; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 237, hadīth 34.

- 105. Sūrah al-Hijr 15:87.

- 106. Sūrah an-Naml 27:29 and 30.

- 107. 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vol. 1, p. 301, under the title: “Concerning the Different Narratives Quoted from Imām 'Alī ibn Mūsā,” hadīth 60. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 227, hadīth 5.

- 108. Nūr ath-Thaqalayn Exegesis, vol. 1, p. 4, commenting on the sūrah of al-Hamd, hadīth 8.

- 109. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 259. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 1, p. 17.

- 110. Ibid.

- 111. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 1, p. 17.

- 112. At-Tafsīr al-Kabīr, vol. 1, p. 178.

- 113. Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of as-Salāt,,” sec. on “Recitation,” ch. 44, hadīth 3.

- 114. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 1, p. 18.

Some Exegesis Of The Blessed Sūrah Of At-Tawhīd

Know that this noble sūrah is the lineage [nasab] of Allah, the Exalted, according to the noble hadīths, one of which is in the noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of Imām as-Sādiq ('a) who said: “The Jews inquired of the Messenger of Allah (s) and said: 'Tell us your Lord's lineage [nasab].' The Prophet remained three days giving no reply. Then it was revealed to him: 'Say: He is Allah, the One,' till the end.”1 Consequently, the human mind is incapable of understanding its facts, subtleties and secrets. Yet, though it is so, the share which the people of knowledge have of it, and what the hearts of the people of Allah know, cannot be understood by mere reasoning.

By the Beloved, this noble sūrah is one of the trusts which the heavens of the spirits, the lands of ghosts and the mountains of I-nesses, are incapable of carrying it. No one is fit to carry it other than the Perfect Man who has crossed the boundary of “the possible” and entered the realm of ecstasy. Nevertheless, there is the good news that would please the people of the End of the Time and offer safety to the people of knowledge.

There is a hadīth in the noble al-Kāfī, which says that, asked about at-Tawhīd, Imām 'Alī ibn Husayn ('a) said: “Allah, the Almighty and Exalted, knew that in the End of the Time there would be people of deep knowledge. Therefore, Allah, the Exalted, revealed the sūrah: 'Say: He is Allah, the One…' and some āyahs of the Sūrah al-Hadīd up to 'He knows what is in the breasts.' Whoever wanted other than that would perish.”2

From this noble hadīth one deduces that to comprehend these noble āyahs and this blessed sūrah is for the scrutinizers and the owners of deep insight. They contain the minute secrets of at-Tawhīd and knowledge. The delicate divine knowledge is descended by Allah upon the worthy. Those who have no share of the secrets of at-Tawhīd and divine knowledge, have no right to look into these āyahs. They have no right to interpret these āyahs according to the common and vulgar meanings which they know, and to which they confine them.

In the first noble āyahs of the blessed sūrah of al-Hadīd there are delicate things of at-Tawhīd, and great information of the secrets of divinity and abstraction, the like of which is unseen in the divine revelations, and the books of the people of knowledge and the owners of heart. Had there been nothing but these āyahs to confirm the truthfulness of the prophethood and the perfection of the religion of the Seal of the Prophets, they would have been sufficient for the people of insight and knowledge.

The highest evidence proving that this knowledge is beyond the capacity of man and out of the limits of human thought is that till the revelation of these noble āyahs and the like, of the knowledge contained in the Qur'an, such knowledge had not been precedented among mankind, and there was no way to those secrets.
Nowadays, there are the books and the writings of the great philosophers of the world, who took their knowledge from the source of divine inspiration the highest and best of them maybe the noble book called Ethology [Theologia],3 by the great philosopher and celebrated wise man, Aristotle, to whom great philosophers, such as the Master Avicenna, the rare wonder of the time, humbly bowed.

Of the emanations of his mind was the logic and its rules, on which basis he was named “The First Teacher.” Avicenna says that ever since this great scholar composed the rules of logic, no one has been able to object to even a single one of his rules or add to them. Despite what has been said, and although he had written that honorable book in order to prove the state of divinity, yet, could the whole of that noble book prove it as the noble āyah at the beginning of the Sūrah al-Hadīd could do, or even something near it with a scent of the great secret of monotheism? Has it anything like the saying of Allah, the Exalted:

“ He is the First and the Last and the Manifest and the Hidden,” 4

Or the noble saying: “And He is with you wheresoever you may be.”5

Nowadays the deep thinkers and the people of insight and knowledge do know what secrets there are in these āyahs, and with what noble words and a great secret Allah, the Exalted, has honored and favored the people of the End of the Time!

Whoever refers to the knowledge of the religions of the world and to the knowledge common among the great philosophers of each religion, and compares them, in respect of the Beginning and the Return, with the knowledge of the upright religion of Islam and of the great philosophers of Islam and of the well-versed gnostic teachers of this ummah, will certainly admit that the source of the Islamic knowledge is the light of the Qur'an and the hadīths of the Seal of the Prophets and his Ahl al-Bayt ('a), all of whom receive their knowledge from the light of the Qur'an. Only then will he realize that the philosophy and Gnosticism of Islam are not taken from the Greek, rather, they have no resemblance to theirs.

Yes, some of the philosophers of Islam did imitate the method of the Greek philosophers, such as the Master Shaykh Avicenna. Yet, the Shaykh's philosophy is not so prosperous in the market of the people of knowledge, and it has little value with them, as far as the knowledge about Divinity, the Beginning, and the Return is concerned.

In short, ascribing today's philosophy of the Islamic philosophers, and the great knowledge of the people of knowledge to the Greek philosophy denotes the ascribers' lack of information about the Islamic writings, such as the writings of the great Islamic philosopher, Sadr 'ul-Muta'allihīn (may his soul be sanctified) and his great tutor, Muhaqqiq Dāmād (may his soul be sanctified), and his great student, Fayd Kashānī (may his soul be sanctified), and the great student of Fayd, the great gnostic faithful, Qādī Sa'īd Qummī (may his soul be sanctified).

It also shows their ignorance of the knowledge of the Divine Book and the hadīths of the infallibles ('a), and that is why they ascribed every philosophy to the Greek, and regarded the Islamic philosophers as the followers of the Greek philosophy.

We have related a part of the delicate points of the noble sūrah of at-Tawhīd and some hints about those noble āyahs in our book on explaining The Forty Hadīths. Furthermore, we also gave a brief explanation of this noble sūrah in our book The Secret of the Salāt. Relying on Allah, we give here another short explanation, and so we say:

If the bismillāh of this sūrah belongs to this surah as we supposed it so when explaining the blessed sūrah of al-Hamd it may be a hint at the fact that to explain the lineage [nasab] of Allah and the secrets of at-tawhīd through our selfishness and our own language is not possible. Actually, unless the sālik steps out of his veil, realizes the state of the Absolute Will and of the Holy Emanation and perishes in the Absolute Ipseity [huwiyyat], he will not be able to comprehend the secrets of at-tawhīd.

“Say” is a command from the Collective Oneness [hadrat-i ahadiyyat-i jam'] to the state of the big isthmus [barzakhiyyat-i kubrā] and the mirror of Collectivity [jam'] and distinctness [tafsīl]. That is, “Say, O Muhammad, mirror of the appearance of the Collective Oneness, in the state of essential proximity [tadallī-yi dhātī], or the sacred state of “even nearer”which can be a reference to the state of the Most Holy Emanation with a tongue self-perishing, and subsisting by Allah's subsistence: “He is Allah, the One.”

Do know, O traveler on the road of knowledge and tawhīd, and ascender to the heights of transcendence and abstraction, that Allah's Sacred Essence, in itself, is innocent of external and internal manifestations, and of mark, form, attribute and name. The hands of the hopes of the people of knowledge are short of His Majesty's skirt, and the traveling legs of the people of heart are too slow to reach the threshold of His Holiness.

The ultimate knowledge of the Perfect Friends is “We knew you not,” and the end of the journey of the people of secrets is “We worshipped you not.”6 The head of the circle of the people of knowledge, the prince of the people of at-Tawhīd, Imām 'Alī ('a), in this lofty stance says: “…the perfection of sincerity is to deny Him attributes.”7 And the leader of the people of sulūk, the master of the worshippers and the gnostics, at His mighty threshold says: “The attributes lost their way to you, and the descriptions fell into contradiction about you.”8

The people of the scholarly sulūk and terms, call His Holy Essence “The Immune Ghayb” [ghayb-i masūn], “The Hidden Secret,” “The Wonderful Unknown,” ['anqā'-i mughrib] and “The Absolute Unknown” [majhūl-i mutlaq]. They say that His Essence would appear in no mirror without the veil of Names and Attributes, and would be manifested in no one of the creations nor in any one of the invisible and visible worlds. But according to

“ Every day He is in a state,” 9

There are, for His Holy Essence, Names, Attributes and states [affairs =shu'ūn] of “Beauty” and “Majesty.” There are for Him Essential Names in the state of Oneness [ahādiyyat], which is the unseen state. They are to be called “the Essential Names,” and, by the individuation [ta'ayyun] of the Essential Names, He would be manifested through the Holy Emanation. From this manifestation in the apparel of the Essential Names, there would be the individuation [ta'ayyun] and the appearance [zuhūr] of the state of “Unity” [wāhidiyyat] and “Names and Attributes,” and the state of “Divinity.”

So, it has become known that after the Holy Essence, as such, there are other three states and scenes: the state of the Unseen “Oneness” the state of the manifestation of “the Holiest Emanation,” which may be referred to by the word 'amā' in the noble Prophetic hadīths;10 to the state of “Unity” [wāhidiyyat], which, according to the Collective Oneness [ahadiyyat-i jam'], is the state of the Greatest Name, and, according to the “distinct multiplicity” [kathrat-i tafsīlī], is the state of Names and Attributes. To go into the details of these states requires an expansion that is out of the capacity of these papers.

Having understood this preliminary, we say that “He” [huwa] may be a reference to the state of the “Most Holy Emanation,” which is the manifestation of the Essence in the individuation of the “Essential Names.” “Allah” points to the state of the Collective Oneness [ahadiyyat-i jam'] of the Names, which is the Greatest Name. ”Ahad” (the One) is a reference to the state of the “Oneness” [ahadiyyat].

Therefore, the noble āyah intends to prove that these three states which, in the instance [maqām] of nominal multiplication, possess plurality [kathrat], actually possess utmost unity at the same time. The manifestation in the “Most Holy Emanation,” according to the state of appearance, is “Allah,” and according to the state of interiority [butūn], is the “One” [Ahad].

Perhaps “He” [huwa] points to the state of the Essence. And, as it is an invisible reference, it is actually a reference to the unknown. “Allah” and “Ahad” are references to the state of “Unity” [wāhidiyyat] and “Oneness” [ahadiyyat]. So, He introduces the Essence which is the Absolute Unknown through the Names of Essence, and the Names of the Unitary Attributes. In fact, it points to the fact that the Essence is invisible and the hands of hopes are short of reaching it, and that spending the life in thinking about Allah's Essence leads to going astray, and that what is known to the people of Allah and to the knowledge of those who know Allah, is related to the states of “Unity” [wāhidiyyat] and “Oneness” [ahadiyyat], the “Unity” being for the common people of Allah, whereas “Oneness” is for the special people of Allah.

A Philosophic Note:

Do know that there are for Allah “Positive Attributes” [sifāt-i thubūtiyyah] and “Negative Attributes” [sifāt-i salbiyyah], as the philosophers believe. By the “Negative Attribute” they mean the negation of the negative, i.e. negation of imperfection. Some say that the “Positive Attributes” are the Attributes of “Beauty” [jamāl] and the “Negative Attributes” are the Attributes of “Majesty” [jalāl], and that “The Owner of Majesty and Generosity” includes all the Negative and the Positive Attributes. But this talk, in both stages, is contrary to certainty [tahqīq].

Now the first stage: The “Negative Attributes” are certainly not of the attributes, since concerning the Essence of Allah, there can be neither any negative nor negation of the negative. Allah, the Exalted, is not attributed with negative attributes, because attributing with negative attributes is a privative proposition [qadiyyat-i ma'dūlah], and forming a privative proposition is not allowed in respect of Allah, the Exalted, since it is modification of the possible aspects and it requires admission of composition [tarkīb] in the Holy Essence.

Rather, the negative attributes are through the simple absolute negation, which is a negation of the attribute, not a confirmation of the attribute of negating the negation. In other words, Allah, the Exalted, is deprived of all imperfections in a simple negation, not that the negation of imperfections be confirmed for Him by way of affirmation of privation [ījāb-i 'udūlī]. So, as a matter of fact, the attributes of purification [tanzīh] are not “attributes.” Allah, the Exalted, is only attributed with the positive attributes.

As regards the second stage, the people of knowledge regard the “Attributes of Beauty” to be those which bring intimacy and affection. The “Attributes of Majesty” are those which bring fear, bewilderment and anxiety. So, whatever is affiliated to kindness and mercy is of the “Attributes of Beauty,” such as “Compassionate,” “Merciful,” “Tender,” “Affectionate,” “Lord,” and the like.

And that which belongs to sovereignty and grandeur is of the “Attributes of Majesty,” such as “Owner,” “King,” “Forceful,” “Avenger,” and the like, although in the inside of every Beauty there is a Majesty, too, because every beauty has, in the inside, bewilderment and anxiety, appearing in the heart with the secret of greatness and power, and, every majesty has, in the inside, mercy, and the heart feels, with it, intimacy inside. That is why as the heart naturally is attracted to beauty and the beautiful, it, at the same time, is attracted to power, greatness, the powerful, and the great. Therefore, both of these kinds of attributes are positive, not negative, attributes.

Now, as this subject has been understood, do know that although “Allah” is “The Greatest Name” and that the attributes of “Beauty” and “Majesty” are of its manifestations and are under its custody [hītah], yet sometimes it is used for the attributes of “Beauty” [jamāl] in opposition to the attributes of “Majesty” [jalāl], such that “divinity” [ilāhiyyat] and “godhead” [ulūhiyyat] categorically belong to the attributes of “Beauty,” particularly if they are thought to oppose the attribute of “Majesty.”

In the noble āyah:

“ Say: He is Allah, the One,” “ the One”

May be a reference to one of the important attributes of “Majesty,” which is the state [maqām] of the perfect simplicity of the Holy Essence, while “Allah” is a reference to the Name of “Beauty.” Thus, the lineage [nasab] of Allah, the Exalted, has been explained in this noble āyah, in respect of the states of “Oneness” [ahadiyyat], “Unity” [wāhidiyyat] and manifestation through “The Holiest Emanation” the three of which are [covering] all the divine affairs [shu'ūn] according to the first possibility which has already been referred to in the previous “Note.”

In accordance with the possibility stated in this “Note,” the lineage [nasab] of Allah, the Exalted, is explained in accordance with the states of the Names of Beauty and Majesty, which encompass all the Names. And Allah is the Knower.

A Gnostic Note

Know that the words of every speaker are a demonstration of his self in accordance with the state of appearance. It is the emergence of his inner faculties on the mirror of words, in proportion to the capacity of the composition of words. If a heart becomes luminous and purged of the pollutions and evils of the world of nature, its words will also become luminous, or, rather, it becomes light itself, and the very luminosity of the heart is manifested in the clothing of words.

Concerning the Imāms of guidance it is said: “Your words are light.”11 It is also said: “He manifested in His talk to His servants.”12 In Nahj al-Balāghah it is said: “His words are but His act.”13 Action is the appearance of the doer's self [dhāt] without “words.” If a heart becomes dark and polluted, its act and words will become dark and polluted, too: “A good word is like a good tree…;”14 “And the likeness of a bad word is as a bad tree.”15

The Holy Essence of Allah, the Most High, according to

“ Every day He is in a state [sha'n],” 16

Appears to the hearts of the prophets and the guardians [awliyā'] in the clothing of the Names and Attributes, and His manifestations differ in accordance with the differences of their hearts. Similarly, the heavenly Books, which descended upon their hearts by revelation through the Revelation Angel, Gabriel, are different according to the differences of these manifestations and of the Names which are the origins of them as the difference of the prophets and their Sharī'ahs is according to the kingdoms of the Names.

So, the more the Name is comprehensive and embracing, the more comprehensive and embracing its kingdom, its relevant prophethood and its revealed Book, and the more comprehensive and permanent its Sharī'ah. And, as the Seal of Prophethood, the Glorious Qur'an and the Islamic Sharī'ah are of the phenomena, or of the manifestations and appearances of the Collective State of the One and of the Greatest Name of Allah, consequently, they are the most comprehensive prophethood, Book and Sharī'ah, and the most all-inclusive ones, and nothing can be imagined more perfect and more honorable than them, and from the world of the unseen a knowledge loftier than that, or like it, would no longer come down to the expanse of nature.

That is, the last appearance of a scientific perfection, concerning religions, is this, and there is no possibility of the descension of a better one to this world. Hence, the very person of the Seal of the Messengers (s) is the most honored one of the beings and is the complete manifestation of the Greatest Name, and his prophethood is also the most possible complete one, and is the image of the Kingdom of the Greatest Name, which is everlasting and eternal, and the Book revealed to him is also from the stage of the unseen through the manifestation of the Greatest Name.

For this reason, this noble Book has its “oneness of collectivity and distinctness” [ahadiyyat-i jam'u tafsīl], and it is of “The Collective Words” [jawāmi'ul-kalim].17 The words of the Prophet himself were of the Collective Words, too. By saying that the Qur'an, or the Prophet's words, are Collective Words we do not mean to refer to their general instructions and collective principles although considering this, his hadīths are also collective and of the principles, as is known to the science of jurisprudence.

The Qur'an is collective because it is revealed for all the human classes, during all the stages of the human life, and it meets all the needs of the human race. The reality of this race is the same as the reality of the society, with all its stations, from the lowest earthly ones up to the highest spiritual, heavenly and mighty ones. Therefore, the individuals of this species in this low, mundane world are so different, and they are so diverse that the like of it is not seen in any other species.

It is this species that includes the completely wretched and the completely happy. It is this species in which there are some individuals who are lower than all kinds of animals, while there are some others who are more honored than all the favored angels. In short, as the individuals of this species are different in respect of their understanding and knowledge, the Qur'an has been revealed in such a way as to be benefited by everybody in accordance with the degree of the perfection or weakness of his understanding and knowledge.

For example, the noble āyah:

“ Had there been in them [the heavens and the earth] any gods except Allah, they would have surely been in [a state of] disorder.” 18

As the common people, the people of letters, and the lexicographers understand, each a certain concept, the theologians understand something else, similarly the philosophers, men of wisdom understand a different meaning, as well as the gnostics and the godly men who benefit from it differently. The common people take it to be a speech addressed to them according to their own tastes. They say, for example, two kings cannot rule a single kingdom, or two chieftains in a tribe cause corruption, or two headmen in a village would lead to disputes and quarrels.

So, had there been two gods in the world there would have been corruption, disputes and litigation. But as there is one God, this difference of the heavens and the earth and their systematic order are preserved. So, the Manager of the world is One. The theologians use this as mutual antagonistic demonstration, while the philosophers and the wise men use it for establishing a decisive reasoning argument based on: “The one does not issue but the one, and the one is not issued but by the one.”19

The people of knowledge [ahl-i ma'rifat] get to recognize Unity, in a different way through it, by way of knowing that the world is the mirror of appearance [zuhūr] and the place of manifestation of the Haqq (Allah); and so on, which makes it too lengthy to expand on each of those ways.

Now that this introduction is understood, you may know that the noble sūrah of “Say: He, Allah, is One” is, like the other parts of the Qur'an, of “Collective Words,” and, being so, every one makes use of it in a way.

The men of letters and of form take “He” to be a pronoun of state, and “Allah” to be a proper noun, and ”ahad” to mean “the One,” or an exaggeration of “Oneness,” i.e. Allah is One, or He has no partner in Divinity, or

“ There is nothing like Him,” 20

or in the divinity and Essential Eternity He has no partner, or His Acts are One, that is, all of them are based on practicality and benevolence, with no benefit for Himself. Allah is as-Samad, i.e. He is the Great Master who is sought by the people for their wants to be fulfilled, or He is as-Samad, meaning that He has no inside, and, being such, nothing can be born of Him, nor can He be born of anything, and no one is like Him or comparable to Him.

This is a statement on the part of the common people intended to counter the disbelievers who had many gods, all of which had possible attributes. The Messenger of Allah (s) was ordered to tell them that his God was different from theirs, and His attributes are those which have been mentioned.

That was the explanation of this sūrah in a traditional and common way, and suitable for one group, and it is not incompatible with this fact that there may be another meaning or other scrupulous meanings, as we have already mentioned some of them.

A Philosophic Explanation

It is possible that for the blessed sūrah of “at-Tawhīd” which was revealed for the deep thinkers of the end of the Time there may be a wise explanation based on theological criteria and philosophic proofs. This explanation has been revealed to me by the great gnostic Shaykh Shāhābādī (May he live longer).21

So, “He” [huwa] is a reference to mere existence and absolute Ipseity [huwiyyat] a fact which proves, in the blessed sūrah, six lofty philosophic subjects:

First: The state of “Divinity” [ulūhiyyat], which is the state of containing all perfections, and the “Collective Oneness” [ahādiyyat-i jam'] of “Beauty” and “Majesty,” as in the relevant states of philosophic findings it has been proved that pure existence and absolute Ipseity are pure perfection, otherwise it would not be pure existence, either. As explaining these subjects require lengthy expansion and further preliminary steps, I suffice myself with the above-mentioned hints.

Second: The state of “Oneness” [ahadiyyat], which is a reference to complete intellectual, external and existential essential simplicity, and to being above all intellectual compositions, whether genus and differentia, or matter and mental image, or external, whether matter and external image or measured parts. The evidence proving this subject is the same proof of pure existence and absolute Ipseity, because if the “pure” [sirf] is not one in itself, it will by necessity quit its being pure and part with its identity [dhātiyyat].

Third: The state of “being the One sought for help” [samadiyyat] which points to negation of quiddity [māhiyyat]. Having no inside and being not empty also point to having no quiddity and no possible imperfection, for in all the possible beings, their essential degree which is their inside is empty. But as the Holy Essence is the pure existence and absolute Ipseity, He has no possible shortcoming, whose origin is quiddity, since quiddity is extracted from the existential limit, and its conventional status is derived from the existential individuation, whereas the pure existent is free from limit and individuation [ta'ayyun], because every limited is a fixed [muqayyad] identity [huwiyyat] and a mixed existence. It is not absolute nor pure.

Fourth: Nothing separates from Him, because the separation of something form something denotes materiality, or even measured parts, which is contrary to absolute identity [huwiyyatv] and pure existence. The existence of the caused from the cause does not happen, however, by way of separation, but by way of manifestation, appearance, consequence and issue. And it happens in such a way that nothing is reduced from the cause, and nothing is added to the cause by its return to it.

Fifth: He (Allah) has separated from nothing, which, besides the formerly stated depravity, is contrary to pure existence and absolute identity, as otherwise it would necessitate that there should be something prior to the pure existence, while high philosophy has already proved that “purity” [sirf] is the most ancient, and that individuation comes later than the absolute.

Sixth: Having no match and no equal, and negating His resemblance and like, which is proved by the proof that the pure existence has no repetition. So, no dual absolute identity can be imagined, and the absolute and the limited are neither equals nor matches.

To each of these subjects there are preliminaries and principles which cannot be explained in these few papers.

An Illuminative Wisdom

Know that this blessed sūrah, so brief as it is, includes all the Divine Affairs [shu'ūn] and the stages of praising and glorification. In fact, it is the correlation between Allah, the Exalted, and whatever can be put into the mould of words and the construction of expressions, such as: “He, Allah, is One” which covers all the Attributes of Perfection, as well as the Positive Attributes.

And from the word “as-Samad” up to the end of the sūrah, the words cover the “Attributes of purity” and denote negation of shortcomings. Furthermore, the sūrah proves being out of “the two limits”: ta'tīl (devesting Allah of all Attributes), and tashbīh (assimilation), both of which are going beyond the limit of moderation and the reality of at-tawhīd.

The first noble āyah refers to the negation of ta'tīl, and other parts of the sūrah refer to the negation of tashbīh. It also includes the Essence as it is, and the state of “Oneness” [ahadiyyat], which is the manifestation by the Names of Essence, and the state of “Unity” [wāhidiyyat], which is the manifestation by the Names of Attributes, a suitable explanation of which has already been related.

Completion

Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah be pleased with him) quotes Abū 'l-Bukhtarī, Wahab ibn Wahab al-Qurashī, quoting Imam as-Sādiq ('a), quoting his great father, Imām al-Bāqir ('a), that in Allah's saying: “Say: He, Allah, is One,” “Say” means: “Make known what We revealed to you and informed you about it by the constructed letters recited to you, so that he may be guided by them whoever lends his ears and sees.

“Huwa” (He) is a pronoun of indication referring to the third person, in which “hā'” [ﻫ] denotes an affirmed concept, and the “waw” [و] refers to what is absent from the senses, unlike “hādhā” [this] which refers to what is present before the senses. This pointing to the absent is because the disbelievers pointed to their gods by the pronoun indicating a thing present and perceivable.

They said: “These are our gods, who are tangible and perceivable by the eyes. So, you too, Muhammad, point out to your god that we may see him and understand him, so that we may not feel bewildered about him.” Hence, Allah sent down that: “Say, He,” in which the “hā'” [ﻫ] confirms what is affirmed, and the “waw” [و] points out to what is absent from sight and other senses, for Allah is the Most High, or rather, He is the Conceiver of the eyes and the Creator of the senses.”22

Imām al-Bāqir ('a) said: “Allah is a Worshipped Diety about whom the creatures are perplexed as unable to understand His truth and how He is. The Arabs, when confused about someone and lack concrete knowledge about him, say: Aliha-r-rajul (The man became a deity). They also say: Walaha when they try to take refuge in something from a frightening thing, while al-ilāh denotes that which is covered from the human senses.”

He also said: “Ahad means the One, and Ahad and wāhid both have the same meaning, which is the One Who is unique and has no match. At-tawhīd means the acknowledgement of monotheism, that is, uniqueness. One is a heterogeneous [mutabayyin] which does not issue from anything and does not unite with anything. Thus, it is said that the number is formed of the one, while the one is not a number, as it is not called a number, but two is a number.

So, the meaning of Allah's saying: “Allāhu ahad” is that the Worshipped, Whom the human beings are confusedly incapable of understanding and of getting comprehensive knowledge about Him, is Unique in divinity and far above the creatures' attributes.”23

Imām al-Bāqir ('a) has also said: “My father Zayn 'ul-'Ābidīn ('a) told me, quoting his father al-Husayn ibn 'Alī ('a), that as-Samad is that which has no inside, and as-Samad is the one whose mastery has reached its maximum, and as-Samad is the one who neither eats nor drinks, and as-Samad is the one who does not sleep, and as-Samad is a permanent that has always been and will always be.”

Imām al-Bāqir ('a) said that Muhammad ibn al-Hanafiyyah used to say: “As-Samad is that which is self-existent and self-sufficient.” Someone else said: “As-Samad is above becoming and decaying. As-Samad is that which does not change.”

Imām al-Bāqir ('a) further said: “As-Samad is the commanding chief above whom there is no commander to bid and forbid.” He said: ”'Alī ibn al-Husayn, Zayn 'ul-'Ābidīn ('a), asked about as-Samad, said: “As-Samad is the One who has no partner, and preserving of nothing is difficult or heavy for Him, and nothing is concealed from Him.”24

Wahab ibn Wahab al-Qurashī says that Zayd ibn 'Alī said: “As-Samad is the One Who when desires a thing, He says to it 'Be,' and there it is. As-Samad is the One Who innovates the things, then creates them in forms unlike each other, or similar to each other, and in pairs, while He alone is the One Who has no antonym, no shape, no equal and no likeness.”25

Wahab ibn Wahab further quotes 'Alī ibn al-Husayn ('a) explaining as-Samad. He also reports Imām al-Bāqir's explanations concerning the secrets of the letters of as-Samad. He says that Imām al-Bāqir ('a) said: “Had I found bearers for the knowledge which Allah has bestowed upon me, I would have spread knowledge about at-Tawhīd, Islam, faith, religion, and the laws out of as-Samad.

But how can I find bearers of such knowledge, while my grandfather, Amīr al-Mu'minīn, could find none to carry his knowledge, such that he used to painfully sigh and tell his followers, on the minbar (pulpit): 'Ask me before you miss me. Behind the ribs of my bosom is a great knowledge. Alas! That I can find no carriers for it.”26

Conclusion

In concluding this chapter, we relate some noble hadīths concerning the merits of this blessed sūrah, as they are too many to be all contained in these few pages.

The noble al-Kāfī quoting Imām al-Bāqir, says: “Whoever recites 'Say: He, Allah, is One' once, will be blessed. Whoever recites it twice, he and his family will be blessed. Whoever recites it thrice, he, his family and his neighbors will be blessed. Whoever recites it twelve times, Allah will build for him twelve palaces in Paradise, such that the keepers [hafazah] say: 'Take us to the palaces of our brother so-and-so to see them.'

Whoever recites it a hundred times, Allah will forgive his sins for twenty-five years, except [sins concerning] blood and property. Whoever recites it four hundred times, his will be the rewards of four hundred martyrs, the horses of all of whom were killed and their blood shed. Whoever recites it a thousand times in a day and a night, will not die unless he sees his seat in Paradise, or it is shown to him.”27

In the same noble al-Kāfī, on the authority of Imām al-Bāqir ('a) it is said that the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Whoever recites 'Say: He, Allah, is One' a hundred times on his going to bed, Allah will forgive his sins of fifty years.”28

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said that his father said: “[The sūrah of] 'Say: He, Allah, is One' is one-third of the Qur'an, and [the sūrah of] 'Say: O you, disbelievers' is a quarter of the Qur'an.”29
He also is quoted to have said that the Messenger of Allah (s) performed the salāt over [the body of] Sa'd ibn Ma'ādh, then said: “Seventy thousand angels, including Gabriel, came down and performed the salāt over Sa'd's body. I asked Gabriel: 'What for did Sa'd deserve that you performed the salāt over him?” He said: 'Because he used to recite: 'Say: He, Allah, is One', standing, sitting, riding, walking on foot, in coming and going.”30

Wasa'il ash-Shī'ah, quoting al-Majālis wa Ma'āniy al-Akhbār, on the authority of Imām as-Sādiq ('a), says that the Imām has quoted his great fathers on the authority of Salmān (al-Fārsī may Allah be pleased with him) that he heard the Messenger of Allah (s) say: “Whoever recites [the sūrah of] 'Say: He, Allah, is One' once will be as if he has recited one-third of the Qur'an. Whoever recites it twice, he will be as if he has recited two-thirds of the Qur'an. And whoever recites it three times, he will be as if he has completed reciting the Qur'an.”31

In Thawāb al-A'māl it is said: “If a Friday [a week] passes over somebody without his reciting [the sūrah of] 'Say: He, Allah, is One,' and he dies, he dies on the religion of Abū Lahab.”32

In al-Mustadrak there are many lengthy hadīths relating the merits of this noble sūrah. For further information refer to it and to the Wasā'il.33 And praise is for Allah.

- 1. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol.1, p.122, “Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “Lineage,” hadīth 1.

- 2. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 125, “Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “Prohibition of Talking on the Quality,” hadīth 4.

- 3. Dehkhudā's Lexicon, under the entry Aristotle, takes Theologia to be among the books written by Aristotle, and says: Theologia is a discourse about Divinity, explained by Porphyrius (Prophyry) of Tyre, and translated into Arabic by 'Abdul Masīh ibn 'Abdullāh the Nā'imī of Hims. Then Abū Yūsuf Ya'qūb ibn Ishāq al-Kindī corrected it for Ahmad ibn al-Mu'tasim. It was printed in Berlin in the year 1882. It was also printed in Iran in the margin of al-Qabasāt by Mirdāmād, in the year 1314 H. (Lunar year). And under the entry Theologia it says: Theologia is derived from Greek, meaning “theology.” Mayāmīr is a book by Plotinus, who is known by the Muslims as ash-Shaykh al-Yūnānī (the Greek Oldman). This book covers the 4th to 6th book of the ”Enneades.” Some of the ancients mistakenly ascribed this book to Aristotle. In the year of 1314 H. the book of Theologia, was printed in the margin of al-Qabasāt, by Abū 'l-Qasim ibn Ākhūnd Mullā Ridā Kamarbunī. The date of composing the book is mistakenly stated in Dehkhudā's Lexicon to be the date of its printing.

- 4. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:3

- 5. Ibid. 57:4

- 6. This refers to a narrative quoted from the Messenger of Allah (s), saying: “We knew You not as You should be known, and we worshipped You not as You should be worshipped.” Mir'āt ul-'Uqūl, vol. 8, “Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “Thank-Giving,” p. 146.

- 7. Nahj al-Balāghah, edited by Fayd ul-Islām, Sermon 1.

- 8. As-Sahīfah as-Sajjadiyyah, Invocation 32.

- 9. Sūrah ar-Rahmān 55:29.

- 10. When the Prophet (s) was asked, “Where was our Lord before creating the heavens and the earth?” he said, “He was in the 'amā” [high].” Awāli al-La'ālī, vol. 1, p. 54, ch. 4, hadīth 79.

- 11. 'Uyūnu Akhbār ar-Ridā, vo1.2, p. 277, quoted from the invocation of ”Al-Jāmi'ah al-Kabīrah.”

- 12. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 107.

- 13. Nahj al-Balāghah, edited by Fayd ul-Islām, p. 737, sermon 228.

- 14. Derived from Sūrah Ibrāhīm 14:24.

- 15. No reference

- 16. Sūrah ar-Rahmān 55:29.

- 17. It is a reference to a Prophetic hadīth, saying: “I have been given the Collective Words.” Al-Khisāl, ch. 5, hadīth 56.

- 18. Sūrah al-Anbiyā' 21:22

- 19. A philosophic principle. Al-Ishārāt wat-Tanbīhāt, (explained by Khājah Nasīr), vol. 3, p. 122. Al-Asfār al-Arba'ah, vol. 2, p. 204, ch. 13

- 20. Sūrah ash-Shūrā 42:11

- 21. Refer to footnote 97

- 22. At-Tawhīd, p. 88, ch. on “Commentary on: “Say, He, Allah, is One,” hadīth 1.

- 23. Ibid., hadīth 2.

- 24. Ibid., hadīth 3

- 25. Ibid., hadīth 4

- 26. Ibid., hadīth 6

- 27. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 425, “Book of the Merit of the Qur'an,” ch. on “The Merit of the Qur'an,” hadīth 1.

- 28. Ibid., hadīth 4

- 29. Ibid., hadīth 7

- 30. Ibid., hadīth 13

- 31. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, p. 868, “Book of the Salāt,” chs. on “Reciting the Qur'an,” ch. 31, hadīth 5. Ma'āniy al-Akhbār, p. 234, ch. on “The Meaning of Salmān's Saying.”

- 32. Thawāb al-A'māl, p. 156, “The Reward of Reciting 'Say: He, Allah, is One,' hadīth 2.”

- 33. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, pp. 866 and 870, “Book of the Salāt,” sec. on “Reciting the Qur'an,” chs. 31 and 33; Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “Book of the Salat,” sec. on “Reciting the Qur'an,” chs. 24 and 26.

Some Comments On The Blessed Sūrah Of Al-Qadr As Much As They Suit These Papers

He, the Exalted, says: “We revealed it on the night of al-Qadr.” Lofty matters are there in this noble āyah, to refer to some of which is not without advantage.

The first matter is that this āyah and many of noble āyahs ascribe the revelation of the Qur'an to the Sacred Essence of Allah Himself, as He says:

“ We have revealed it in a blessed night,” 1

“ We have revealed the Reminder and we will be its guardian,” 2

And similar noble āyahs. In some other āyahs it is ascribed to Gabriel, the Faithful Spirit, as He says:

“ The Faithful Spirit descended with it.” 3

The literalist scholars in these instances say that this is metaphorical, similar to:

“… O Hāmān! Build for me a tower…” 4

Ascribing the revelation, for example, to Allah is because His Sacred Essence was the cause and the one, who commanded it to be revealed, or the ascription of the revelation to Allah is real, and as the Faithful Spirit is the means, it is metaphorically ascribed to him. This is because they regard ascribing Allah's act to the creatures to be like ascribing a creature's act to another creature.

Thus, the tasks of Izrael and Gabriel are ascribed to Allah, the Exalted, as the task of Hāmān is ascribed to Pharaoh, and the tasks of the builders and the constructors to Hāmān. But this is an analogy that is completely false and differential. Comprehending ascribing (a creature's) creation to Allah and the act of a creature to the Creator is among the important branches of theology and philosophy, through which a lot of problems are solved, including fatalism and free will, of which this matter is a branch.

It must be noted that it has been proved and confirmed in the high sciences that all the House of Realization and phases of existence are the image [sūrat] of the Holy Emanation, which is the luminous manifestation of Allah. As the Luminous Relation [idāfa-i ishrāqiyyah] is mere relation and pure dependence [faqr] its individuations and images are mere relations, too, having neither identity [haythiyyat] nor independence of their own.

In another expression, the whole House of Realization is, essentially, attributively and actually, vanished in Allah, because if a being was independent in a personal affair of his, whether in the existential identity or in any of its other affairs, he would be out of the limits of possibility, and would be changed into essential necessity, which is an obvious falsity.

If this divine grace is implanted in the heart and the heart tastes it as it deserves, a secret of Qadar (fate, predestination) will be exposed to him, and a delicate aspect of the truth of “a matter between two matters” (amr-un bayn al-amrayn) will be disclosed to him.

So, the effects and the acts of perfection can be attributed to the creature as they similarly can be attributed to Allah, without resorting to metaphor on either side, and this is realized in the view of Unity [wahdat] and multiplicity [kathrat] and joining between the two matters. But, the one who is in mere multiplicity [kathrat] and veiled off Unity, ascribes the act to the creature, heedless of Allah, as we, the veiled, are.

The one in whose heart Unity [wahdat] is manifested, will be veiled against the creatures, and will ascribe all acts to Allah, while the gnostic researcher joins between “Unity” and “multiplicity.” At the same time of attributing the act to Allah, without resorting to the blemish of metaphor, he also attributes it to the creature, without the blemish of metaphor. The noble āyah:

“…And you threw not when you did throw, but Allah threw,”5

In which, while confirming the throwing, negates it, and while negating the throwing, confirms it, is a reference to the way of the great gnostics and their strict faithful method. Our referring to the acts and effects of perfection, excluding the shortcomings, was because the shortcomings' recourse is to the privations, which are of the individuations [ta'ayyunāt] of existence, and are not attributed to Allah, except accidentally [bil'arad]. Going into the details of this subject is not possible in these papers.

Now that this introduction has been understood, the attribution of “revelation” [tanzīl] to Allah and Gabriel, and the “bringing to life” [ihyā'] to Seraphiel and Allah, and the “bringing death” [imātah] to Izrael and the angels in charge of the souls and to Allah, can also be easily understood. There are many references to this matter in the noble Qur'an.

It is part of the Qur'an's Knowledge [ma'ārif] of which there was no trace in the books of the wise men and the philosophers before this Glorious Book, and the human family is indebted to the gift of this Divine Book in this respect, like other divine, Qur'anic Knowledge [ma'ārif].

The second matter is the use of the plural pronoun: “We revealed.” The point here is to aggrandize the state of Allah, the Exalted, as the revealer of this noble Book. It may be that this plurality refers to a nominal plurality denoting that Allah, the Exalted, with all the affairs of His Names and Attributes, is the originator of this noble Book.

For this reason, this noble Book is the image of the Collective Oneness of all the Names and Attributes, and is the introducer of the Holy state [maqām] of Allah in all affairs [shu'ūn] and manifestations. In other words, this luminous Book is the image of the Greatest Name, as is the Perfect Man, or rather, the truth of these two, in the Unseen [hadrat-i ghayb], is the same, while in the world of separation they separate in respect of the image, although in respect of concept they do not separate.

This is a meaning of: “They would not separate until they come to me at the Pool.”6 As Allah with the hands of Majesty and Beauty fermented the clay of the First Man, the Perfect Man, with the hands of Beauty and Majesty, revealed the Complete Book, the Comprehensive Qur'an.

Probably it is for this reason that it was called the Qur'an, because the state of Oneness [ahadiyyat] is the Union of Unity and multiplicity, [jam'-i wahdat wa kathrat], and it is for this reason that this Book can neither be abrogated nor ruptured, because the Greatest Name and its manifestations are eternal and everlasting, and all Sharī'ahs call to this Muhammadan Sharī'ah and guardianship [wilāyah].

It is probable that as it is said: “We revealed,” on the same basis:

“ We offered the trust… ” 7

Is said in the first person plural, since “the trust,” according to its inside, is the truth of guardianship, and, according to its outside, is the Sharī'ah, Islam, Qur'an or the salāt.

The third matter is a brief about the revelation of the Qur'an. It is of the delicacies [latāyif] of divine sciences [ma'ārif] and of the secrets of religious facts that only few can scientifically get some information about them, except the perfect godly men, at the head of whom is the very person of the Seal of the Prophets (s), and then, with his assistance, the others of the godly men and the people of knowledge.

No other one can, by way of intellectual intuition, know this divine delicacy [latīfah], because this truth cannot be discerned except by attaining to the world of inspiration and getting out of the limits of the worlds of possibility. We shall, in this stage, refer to this truth by way of hints and expressive allegories.

It must be noted that the hearts which travel to Allah by way of spiritual sulūk and internal journey, and migrate from the dark station of the self and from the house of I-ness and selfishness, are, generally, divided into two groups.

First, those who, after finishing their travel to Allah, death overtakes them, and they remain in the state of attraction, annihilation and death. The reward of this group is with Allah, and it is Allah. They are the beloved who perish under the “domes [qibāb] of Allah.” No one knows them, and they have connection to nobody. They know none but Allah: “My friends are under My domes, no one knows them other than Me.”8

The second group is those who, having completed their journey to Allah and in Allah, became fit to return to themselves and be subject to a state of sobriety and intelligence. They are those whose aptitude, according to the manifestation by the Holiest Emanation, which is the secret of qadr, has been predetermined, and they have been chosen for perfecting the servants and engendering prosperity in the regions.

Having communicated with His knowledge [hadrat-i 'ilmiyyah] and returned to real entities, they disclosed the journey of the entities and their communication [ittisāl] with His Holiness [hadrat-i quds], and their travel to Allah and to happiness, receiving the honorable robe [khal'at] of prophethood. This disclosure [kashf] is a divine revelation [wahy], before descending to the world of Gabrielic revelation.

After turning from this world towards the descending worlds, they disclose what is in the High Pens and Holy Tablets, in proportion to their comprehension of knowledge and growth of perfection, which belong to the Names [hadarāt-i asmā'iyyah]. The difference of Sharī'ahs and prophethoods, or rather all differences, stem from there.

In this stage it sometimes happens that the Unseen Truth and the Holy Secret, proved in His Knowledge [hadrat-i 'ilmiyyah] and the High Pens and Tablets, descend, by way of the unseen of their souls and the secret of their honorable spirits, by means of the Angel of Revelation, Gabriel, into their blessed hearts.

Sometimes Gabriel appears in an “ideal image” [tamaththul-i mithālī] in the “Ideal” [hadrat-i mithāl] to them, and sometimes he takes a “worldly image,” appearing from the hidden place [makān] of the Unseen, by that truth to the scene of the world of visibility, bringing down that divine delicacy [latīfah].

The receiver [sāhib] of the revelation, in each of the emergences [nasha'āt], understands and discerns in a certain way: in a way in His Knowledge [hadrat-i 'ilmiyyah], and in different ways in the entities [hadrat-i a'yān], in the Pens [hadarāt-i aqlām] in the Tablets [hadrat-i alwāh] in the “Ideal” [hadrat-i mithāl], in the Common Sense, and in the absolute visibilities [shahādāt].

These are the seven stages of descension, which may be related to the hadīth that the Qur'an has descended on “seven letters,”9 which does not contradict the hadīth: “The Qur'an is one, revealed from the One,”10 as is known. This state, however, requires to be expanded upon, but not here.

The fourth matter concerns the secret of the third person singular pronoun “it” [hā] in “We revealed it.” As is known, the Qur'an has passed, before being descended to this emergence [nash'ah] through stages and entities [kaynūnat]. Its first stage was its entity in the Knowledge [kaynūnat-i 'ilmiyyah] in the Unseen by the speaking of His Essence and by His Self-Arguing [muqāri'at-i dhātiyyah] by way of the “Collective Oneness” [ahādiyyat-i jam'].

And the said pronoun may be a reference to that state, as, in order to show that precept, He used the third person pronoun, as if to say that this very Qur'an which was revealed on “the night of qadr” is the same scholarly Qur'an, in the unseen secret hidden in the emergence of Knowledge [nash'at-i 'ilmiyyah], and which was descended from those stages, in one of which it was united with the Essence and was of the manifestations of the Names.

This apparent truth is that divine secret, and this Book, which has appeared in the uniform of words and expressions, in the stage of Essence is in the image of the Essential manifestations, and, in the stage of Action, is the very manifestation of Act, as the Commander of the Believers ('Alī) ('a) said: “His words are His act.”11

The fifth matter concerns “the night of qadr,” about which there are many discussions and uncountable pieces of information, which have been expanded upon by the great scholars (may Allah be pleased with them) according to their diverse ways and methods. In these pages we shall briefly relate some of them. As to the matters that they did not mention, we shall refer to them within our relating other matters.

As regards the naming of “the night of qadr,” the scholars have different opinions. Some say that as it is honorable and great, and as the Qur'an is great, brought down (in it) by a great angel, to a great Messenger, for a great ummah, it was called “Laylat 'ul-Qadr” (the Night of Majesty).

Some say that it is called “the Night of Measure” because the affairs, the life-terms and the provisions of the people are “measured” in that very night.

Some say that as the angels on that night are so numerous (in the earth) that it is as if the earth is strictly “measured” for them, it is called al-Qadr, and that is like:

“ And he whose provision is measured.” 12

These are some of the opinions concerning this subject. About each of them there have been researches, a hint at which is not without advantage.

As to the first opinion, i.e. that night being honorable and great, know that many things are said in this respect, to the effect that, as regards time and place in general, some are honorable and some are not, some are lucky and some are unlucky. But is this a natural and intrinsic characteristic of time and place, or is it because happy and unhappy events happen in them, and, consequently they are so described?

Although this is not a noble and important topic, and to expand upon it is not advantageous, yet, we shall briefly refer to it. What gives priority to the first possibility is that some narratives and āyahs which apparently regard time and place either honorable or unlucky, confirm this to be intrinsic, not a characteristic belonging to the particular condition. So, as there is no rational objection, they can be taken according to their apparent meanings.

What gives priority to the second possibility is that the truth of time and place is a single one, or even their entity (personality) is one, too. Such being the case, it will not be possible that a single person can be divided and be different in status [hukm]. Therefore, it is inevitable to take what is said about time and place as lucky or unlucky as caused by the events and happenings taking place in them.

But this is not provable, because although time is a single entity, yet, as it gradually expands and is measurable; there can be no objection that some part of it is different in status and effect from another part. There is no evidence that a person, whoever he may be, cannot enjoy two statuses and two effects, rather the contrary is apparent.

For example, the human beings, although every one of them is a single person, yet, there are many differences in their corporeal features, like the skin, the brain and the heart, as these are more delicate and honored than the other organs. Similarly, some of the internal and external powers are more honorable than others. This is because man, in this world, is not apparently known as having a complete unity, though single in person. But as apparently he is known of multiplicity, he can have different statuses.

The priority of the first possibility is not, however, an agreeably correct one, because this opinion is based, for example, on “the originality of appearance” [isalāt uz-zuhūr] and “the originality of the truth,” [isalāt ul-haqīqah], whereas methodically it is known that “the originality of the truth” and “the originality of appearance” are used when there is a doubt in the objective for the purpose of making sure of the objective, not that they should confirm the objective after that it had already been known. So, consider.13

Therefore, both aspects are possible, but the second aspect seems preferable. Consequently, “the night of qadr” was described as “the honored night” because it was the night of the meeting of the Sealing Prophet, the night on which the real lover reached his Beloved. In the former discussions it was noted that the descension of the angels and the revelation was after the annihilation and the real proximity. From many narratives and noble āyahs it can be gathered that the luckiness and unluckiness of times and places are because of the events which take place in them. This can be realized by referring to them, although some of them also denote their intrinsic honor.

The other possibility for naming “the night of qadr” is because the affairs of the days of the year are measured on that night. So, know that the truth of “Fate” [qadā] and “Destiny” (Divine Decree = qadar), its quality and its stages of appearance, are of the greatest and noblest divine knowledge, and it is because of their extreme exactness and nicety that deeply thinking about them is not allowed for the human race as it causes bewilderment and straying.

Therefore, this truth is to be regarded of the religious secrets and the deposits of Prophethood, and one is to refrain from conducting scrutinizing research about it. We refer here only to a subject suiting this stage. That is, although the measurement of the affairs has been estimated from the very beginning in the knowledge of Allah, the Exalted, and it is not of the gradual matters in respect of the pure state of the divine knowledge, then, what does ”taqdīr” in every year and in a particular night mean?

Know that “Fate” and “Divine Decree” are of degrees, and according to those degrees and emergences [nasha'āt] they differ in their status. The first degree is the facts that are judged (evaluated) and measured in His Knowledge by the manifestation in “The Holiest Emanation” in the wake of the appearance of the Names and Attributes. Afterwards, by the High Pens and in the High Tablets, according to the appearance, and by the manifestation of the Act, they are ordained and confirmed.

No changes and alterations may happen in these degrees. The inevitable and unchangeable decrees [qadā] are the abstract facts happening in the entities [hadarāt-i a'yān] and in the emergence [nash'ah] of His Knowledge and descending to the abstract Pens and Tablets. Afterwards, the facts appear in isthmus [barzakhiyyah] and ideal [mithāliyyah] images in other Tablets and in a lower world, which is the world of “the distinct imagination” [khiyāl-i munfasil] and “the universal imagination” [khiyāl 'ul-kull] the world which, according to the method of the illuminationist philosophers, is called “The World of the Suspended Ideas” ['ālam-i muthul-i mu'allaqah].

In such a world changes and differences are possible to happen, or actually they do happen. After that, the evaluations [taqdīrāt] and measurings take place by means of the angels in charge of the world of nature. In this Tablet of Fate there are continual changes and alterations, or rather it is, in itself, a flowing form and a passing, gradual fact.

In this lawh (Tablet) the facts can be strong or weak, and the movements may be swift, slow, accelerated or decreased. Nevertheless, the “near-to-Allah” [yalillāhī] aspect, the unseen aspect, of these very things which is the aspect of tadallī (suspension) to Allah, and it is the form of the appearance of the “Spread Emanation” [fayd-i munbasit] and the “Extended Shade” [zill-i mamdūd], and the truth of Allah's “Active Knowledge” there can occur in it no change or alteration.

In short, all the changes, alterations, additions to the lives, and measuring (the peoples') provisions are, as the philosophers believe, in the lawh of “the qadr of knowledge” [qadr-i 'ilmī], which is “the world of ideas” while to the writer, they are in the lawh of “the qadr of objectivity” [qadr-i 'aynī], which is the very place of the measurements done by the angels in charge of it.

Therefore, there is no objection [māni'] that, as “the night of qadr” is the night of full attention of the “perfect guardian” [walīyy-i kāmil] and of the appearance of his heavenly sovereignty, changes and alterations may happen in it, in the world of nature through the honorable person of the “perfect guardian” and the Imām of each era and the pole [qutb] of the time who, in our time, is “Allah's Remainder” [baqiyyatullāh] in the worlds (earths, lands = aradīn), our Master, Patron, Imām, and Guide, the Proof, the son of al-Hasan al-'Askarī, may our souls be ransom for his coming.

So, he may accelerate or slow any individual part of nature that he desires, and enlarge or straiten any provision he wills. And this will is that of the Haqq, and is the shadow and the rays of the Eternal Will and follows the Divine commands, as the angels of Allah, too, can do (change) nothing by themselves. Every act (change = tasarruf), rather every particle of existence, is of Allah and of His unseen grace [latīfah]:

“ So keep straight as you are commanded.” 14

As to what has been said concerning the other possibility of naming “the night of qadr,” i.e. it was so called because the earth seems too much narrow with the throng of the angels on that night, this point is a far-fetched one, despite the fact that Khalīl ibn Ahmad,15 the wonder of the time, may Allah's pleasure be upon him, says that what can be discussed is that the angels are not of the kind of the world of nature and matter, so what does it mean to say that the earth seemed narrow?

However, such matters have been related in some noble narrations, like the case of the funeral procession of Sa'd ibn Mu'ādh,16 may Allah be pleased with him, or the angels' spreading their wings for the students of knowledge.17 This is when the angels appear in the assimilation [tamaththul] of “Ideal Images,” descending from the unseen world to the “World of Ideals” ['ālam-i mithāl] and narrowing the dominion of the earth, or it is probably their worldly assimilation in the kingdom of the earth, although this still cannot be seen by the natural animal eyes. However, the narrowing is on the basis of “Ideal” [mithāliyyah] or “worldly” [mulkiyyah] assimilation.

The second matter concerns the truth of “the night of qadr.” Know that every spiritual grace has a reality, and for every worldly form there is a heavenly and unseen interior. People of knowledge say that the stages of the descension of the truth of the existence, in respect of the setting of the sun of the truth in the horizon of individuations, are “nights,” whereas the stages of ascension, in respect of the rising of the sun of the truth in the horizons of individuations, are “days.” Hence, the honor and the unluckiness of the “days” and the “nights” are, accordingly, clearly known.

According to another aspect, the arch of descension is the Muhammadan “Night of Qadr.” and the arch of ascension is the Ahmadian “Resurrection Day,” because these two arches are the extension of the light of the “Expanded Emanation” [fayd-i munbasit], which is “the Muhammadan Truth” [haqīqat-i muhammadiyyah], and all the individuations [ta'ayyunāt] are of the First Individuation of “the Greatest Name.”

So, from the point of view of Unity [wahdat], the world is the “Night of Qadr” and the “Day of Resurrection,” and it is no more than a single night and day, which is the entire House of Realization, the Muhammadan “Night of Qadr” and the Ahmadan “Day of Resurrection.” The one who is assured of this truth will always be in the “Night of Qadr” and in the “Day of Resurrection,” and these two become united.
From the point of view of multiplicity, there will be nights and days. Some nights have qadr (greatness, dignity) and some have not. Among all the nights, the Ahmadan constitution [bunyah], the Muhammadan individuation (s) into whose horizon has set the light of the truth of existence, with all the affairs, Names and Attributes, and with full luminosity and entire truth is the absolute night of qadr, as the Muhammadan day is the absolute Day of Resurrection. Other days and nights are limited ones. The Qur'an's revelation [nuzūl] to this noble constitution [bunyah] and pure heart is the revelation [nuzūl] in the “night of qadr.” So, the Qur'an was revealed both in full in “the night of qadr,” by way of complete and absolute disclosure, and in parts along twenty-three years in “the night of qadr.”

The gnostic Shaykh, the Shāhābādī18 (may he live longer), used to say that the Muhammadan period is “the Night of Qadr,” that is, all the periods of existence are the Muhammadan period, or it is because in this period the perfect Muhammadan poles, the infallible guiding Imāms ('a), are “the nights of qadr.” What proves our suggested possibility concerning the truth of “the night of qadr” is the lengthy noble hadīth which is quoted in al-Burhān Exegesis from the noble al-Kāfī, in which it is said that when a Christian asked Imām Mūsā ibn Ja'far about the hidden explanation of

“ Hā Mīm! (I swear) By the explaining Book. We revealed it on a blessed night Surely We are ever warning. There in every wise affair is made distinct,” 19

He replied: As to “Hā Mīm,” it is Muhammad (s) “The explaining Book' is Amīr al-Mu'minīn 'Alī ('a), and “the night” is Fātimah ('a).”20

In another narrative it is said that “the ten nights” are interpreted to be the pure Imāms from al-Hasan to al-Hasan.21 This is one of the degrees of “the night of qadr” to which Imām Mūsā ibn Ja'far referred, testifying that “the night of qadr” was the entire Muhammadan period.

In Al-Burhān Exegesis there is a narrative from Imām al-Bāqir ('a). Being a noble hadīth referring to several pieces of information, disclosing important secrets, we, owing to its blessedness, relate it in full:

The author (may Allah have mercy upon him), quoting Shaykh Abu Ja'far at-Tūsī, from his men, from 'Abdullāh ibn 'Ajlān as-Sakūnī, said: “I heard Abu Ja'far ('a) say: The house of 'Alī and Fātimah is the room of the Messenger of Allah (s), and the roof of their house is the 'Arsh of the Lord of the worlds. And at the bottom of their house there is an uncovered opening to the 'Arsh, the mi'rāj of revelation; and the angels bring down revelation upon them in the morning and in the evening and every hour and twinkle of an eye.

The angels are in ceaseless groups, some descending and some ascending. And Allah, the Blessed and Exalted, disclosed to Ibrāhīm the heavens till he saw the 'Arsh and He increased his seeing power. And Allah increased the seeing power of Muhammad, 'Alī, Fātimah, al-Hasan and al-Husayn ('a). They used to see the 'Arsh and they found no roof over their houses except the 'Arsh. Their houses were roofed with the 'Arsh of the Beneficent, and the ascensions of the angels and the Spirit in them, with the permission of their Lord, for every affair in peace. 'I said: “for every affair'.” He said: 'In every affair.' I said: 'Is that revelation?' He said: 'Yes'.”22
Contemplating on this noble hadīth will open doors of knowledge in the face of the deserving people and discloses parts of the truth of guardianship and of the hidden inside of “the night of qadr.”

The third matter: Know that as “the night of qadr” has a truth and an inside, as it has been mentioned, it also has a form and an appearance, or even appearances in the world of nature. But as appearances can differ in respect of their shortcomings and perfections, from the narratives and hadīths about specifying “the night of qadr” can be deduced that all the noble nights specified in those narratives are of the appearances of “the night of qadr,” except that they differ from one another in respect of their honor and perfection of appearance, while that noble night, which is the full appearance of “the night of qadr,” the night of the complete joining [wasl] and the perfect attainment [wusūl] of the Last Prophet, is hidden in the whole year, in the blessed month of Ramadān, in its last ten (nights) or in the “three nights.”

The narratives of the Elite [khāssah] and the public ['āmmah] also differ. The Elite narrate, with uncertainty, that it is on the nights of the nineteenth, twenty-first and twenty-third (of Ramadān), and sometimes they waver between the night of the twenty-first and the twenty-third.

Shihāb ibn 'Abdu Rabbih says: I asked Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a) to tell me about “the Night of Qadr.” He said: “the night of the twenty-first and the night of the twenty-third.”23

'Abdul Wāhid ibn al-Mukhtār al-Ansārī says: “I asked Imām al-Bāqir ('a) about 'the night of qadr.' He said: 'it is on two nights: the night of the twenty-third and the night of the twenty-first,' I said: 'Name only one of them.'He said: 'What if you do something on the two nights of which one is 'the Night of Qadr?' ”24

Hassān ibn Abū 'Alī says: “I asked Imām as-Sādiq ('a) about 'the Night of Qadr'. He said: “Get it on the nineteenth, twenty-first and twenty-third.”25

The devotee and pious “Sayyid” (may Allah be pleased with him) in Iqbāl says: “Know that it is the night of the twenty-third of the month of Ramadān. There are explicit narratives that it is 'the Night of Qadr' by revelation and declaration. Of that I relate, on my authority up to Sufyān ibn as-Sit (or as-Simt) who said: “I asked Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a) to tell me which was 'the Night of Qadr' exactly.” He said: “The night of the twenty-third.” Another is to narrate, on my authority up to Zurārah, quoting 'Abdul Wāhid ibn al-Mukhtār al-Ansārī, who said: “I asked Imām al-Bāqir ('a) about 'the Night of Qadr.'

He said: “By Allah I tell you with no ambiguity, it is the first night of the last seven nights.” Zurārah was further quoted to have said that the month which the Imām mentioned had twenty-nine days.2627 After that other narratives are related to the effect that “the Night of Qadr” is the night of the twenty-third (of Ramadān), such as the case of Juhanī,28 which is well known.

A Gnostic Note

As it has been said in respect of the two previously explained blessed sūrahs, it is more obvious that the bismillāh of each sūrah belongs to it. Therefore, in the blessed sūrah of al-Qadr it means: “We revealed the noble Qur'anic truth, the Sacred Divine Grace [latīfah], in the Name of Allah, which is the 'Collective Truth of the Names' and the Greatest Name of the Lord, individuated by the absolute mercy of Rahmān and Rahīm, on the Muhammadan night of qadr.”

That is, the appearance of the Qur'an follows the “Collective Appearance” [zuhūr-i jam'ī] of the Divinity and the “Contraction” [qabd] and “Expansion” [bast] of “Mercifulness” [rahīmiyyat) and “Beneficence” [rahmāniyyat]. Rather, the truth of the Qur'an is the state of the appearance of the Greatest Name of Allah through the appearance of the “Beneficence” and the “Mercifulness,” and is the “collector of the union and distinctness” [jāmi'-i jam'u tafsīl).

Consequently, this noble Book is “Qur'an” and “Furqān” (distinguisher), similar to the spirituality of the Seal of the Prophets and his sacred state of guardianship, which are also ”Qur'an” and ”Furqān” and the state of the “Oneness of Collectivity and Distinctness” [ahadiyyat-i jam' wa tafsīl].

So, it seems that the Sacred Essence, according to this possibility, says: “We have with the manifestation of the state of the Greatest Name, which is the state of the “Oneness of Collectivity and Distinctness” [ahadiyyat-i jam' wa tafsīl], with the appearance of the mercy of the Beneficent and the Merciful revealed the Qur'an on the Muhammadan night of qadr.

And as in the world of distinction [farq], or rather, the distinction of distinction, there was a distinction [furqāniyyat] between the two “Qur'ans,” i.e., the revealed and written Qur'an, and the Qur'an revealed to him, that is, the “Divine Book” and the “Muhammadan truth,” we united between the two Qur'ans and joined the two Furqāns in the night of union [wisāl], and on this consideration, this night was called 'the night of qadr,' but its actual meritorious status, as it is, cannot be recognized by anybody except by the very Seal of the Prophets (s), who is the owner of 'the night of qadr' in person, as well as his infallible successors, who are its owner, too, through him.”

Completion

Some Narratives Concerning the Merits of “the Night of Qadr”

Among them are those narrated by the knower of Allah, Sayyid ibn Tāwūs (may Allah be pleased with him) in his noble Book Iqbāl al-A'māl. He says: “I found in the book, called Yawāqīt, by Abū 'l-Fadl ibn Muhammad al-Hirawī, some narratives on the merits of “the night of qadr.” Then he quotes from it a narrative from the Messenger of Allah (s) as to have said: “Moses said: 'O Allah! I desire your proximity.' Allah said: 'My proximity is for the one who keeps awake on 'the night of qadr.' He said: 'O Allah! I wish for your mercy.'

Allah said: 'My mercy is for the one who shows mercy to the poor on `the night of qadr.' He said: 'O Allah! I want to cross the Sirāt [the (Right) Path]'. He said: 'That is for the one who gives out a sadaqah on 'the night of qadr.' He said: 'O Allah.' I want of the trees and fruits of Paradise.' Allah said: 'They are for the one who glorifies (Me) on 'the night of qadr.' He said: 'I want to be delivered.' Allah said: 'From the Fire?' 'Yes,' he said. Allah said: 'It is for the one who asks forgiveness on 'the night of qadr.' He said: 'O Allah! I ask for your pleasure.' Allah said: 'I would be pleased with the one who performs two rak'ahs of salāt on 'the night of qadr'.”

The same book, quoting the Messenger of Allah (s), also says: “The doors of the heaven are opened on 'the night of qadr. No servant may perform the salāt on it unless Allah, the Exalted, writes down for him, for every sajdah a tree in Paradise, such that if a horseman rides under its shadow for a hundred years he will not finish it, for every rak'ah (or rukū') a house, in Paradise, made of quartzes, rubbies, chrysolites and pearls, for every āyah a paradisiac crown, for every glorifying one of the precious birds, for every sitting one of the paradisiac degrees, for every tashahhud a paradasiac room and for every taslīm a garment from paradise.

And when the column of dawn bursts out, Allah will grant him (in Paradise) sociable women (wives) whose bosoms bulge out from behind the dress, educated and good-behaving maids, eternal boys, noble birds, fragrant flowers, flowing rivers, pleasing graces, gifts, presents, coats of honor, wonders and whatever the heart desires and pleases the eye, in which you will eternally live.”

Quoting Imām al-Bāqir ('a), the same book says: “Whoever remains in 'the night of qadr' awake, his sins will be forgiven, even if as many as the stars of the sky, and as heavy as the mountains or the weight of the seas.”29 The narratives about its merits are too many to be included in these papers.

His saying: “And how do you know what the night of qadr is!” is a construction intended to denote honoring, tributing and paying homage to the greatness of the subject and the truth, especially when considering the addresser and the addressee. Although the addresser is Allah, the Exalted, and the addressee is the Messenger of Allah (s), yet, the subject is sometimes so glorious that it is impossible to contain it with the construction of words and expressions.

It is as if He says, “You know not how great the truth of the night of qadr is!” It cannot be explained in arranged words and letters, as they are incapable of containing it. Therefore, He just used “How” [mā] to denote that greatness, trying not to describe it, only saying that “the night of qadr is better than a thousand months,” that is, He introduces it by referring to its characteristics and effects, since telling its truth is not possible.

Hence, one may well guess that the truth of the night of qadr and its inside are different from its external form, though its external form is great and important, too, but not to the extent of addressing the Messenger of Allah, the absolute guardian and the informed of all worlds, in this way.

If you say: On the basis of the said possibility that the inside of “the night of qadr” is the very truth and constitution of the Messenger of Allah (s), in which the sun of truth, in all its affairs, is hidden, then the objection will be higher, because it will not be possible to tell him: “How do you know what 'the night of qadr,' which is your own visible form, is?”

I will say: This subject has a secret. This delicate point has an inner meaning

“F or him who has heart or gives ear and is a witness.” 30

Know, dear, that in the inside of the real “night of qadr,” i.e., the constitution and the visible form, or the immutable essence of Muhammad ['ayn-i thābit-i muhammadī] (s), there is manifested the Greatest Name and the Divine Collective Oneness.

Therefore, as long as the traveling-to-Allah servant, that is, the Sealing Messenger (s), is still inside his own veil, he will not be able to witness that inside and truth, as the same was said about Moses, the son of 'Imrān, ('a) in the Glorious Qur'an:

“ You will never see me,” 31

Despite the fact that Moses witnessed the manifestation in Essence or in Attributes, as in: “When his Lord manifested (His glory) to the mountain, He made it crumble to dust, and Moses fell down in a swoon,”32 or in the great noble invocation of Simāt, as is quite obvious. There is also the note: “O Moses, as long as you are in your Mūsawiyan veil and in your concealment [ihtijāb], you will have no chance of witnessing.

Witnessing the Beauty of the Beautiful is possible for the one who has come out of himself, because having come out of himself, he would see with the Haqq's eye, and the Haqq's eye would be seeing the Haqq. So, the manifestation of the Greatest Name, which is the perfect form of “the night of qadr,” cannot be seen through one's concealment [ihtijāb]. Therefore, this expression is, according to the mentioned verification, correct and fitting.

If you say: “the night of qadr is the very Ahmadan constitution in view of the fact that in him the sun of the truth is hidden, not the sun itself” that the said justification may be correct.

I will say: “According to the people of insight, the thing-ness of a thing depends on its form of perfection, and that the things with reasons, [asbāb] especially divine reason [sabab], their truth cannot be recognized without recognizing their reasons.

In view of the people of knowledge, the correlation between the outside and the inside, manifestation and the manifesting, is not like that of two separate matters, because a truth may sometimes have an external manifestation, and sometimes an internal manifestation, as the well-known gnostic says:

We are non-existents showing existence, you are the Absolute Being and our existence.

As the gnostic Rūmī says, this talk has no end and it is better to forgo it.

His saying: “The night of qadr is better than a thousand months.” If we note the worldly appearance of the external form of the night of qadr, we realize that its goodness is more than a thousand months which have no night of qadr in them, or the night of qadr and the acts of devotional worship on it are better than thousand months in which the Israelites used to carry their weapons and fight for the sake of Allah, or the night of qadr is better than the thousand months of the rule of the Umayyads (may Allah curse them), as is stated in the noble narratives.33

If we note the truth of the night of qadr, “a thousand months” may be an allusion to all beings, as “a thousand” is a complete number, and by “months” the kinds are intended. That is, the respected Muhammadan constitution, who is the perfect man, is better than the thousand kinds which cover all beings, as has been said by some people of Gnosticism.34

Another possibility occurs to the writer, that is, the night of qadr may be a hint at the manifestation of the Greatest Name, i.e., the complete Muhammadan (s) mirror, and “a thousand months” may be the manifestations of the other Names. And, as Allah, the Exalted has one thousand and one Names, and as one Name is especially hidden in the unseen world, similarly, the night of qadr is hidden, too, and the night of qadr of the Muhammadan constitution is also a hidden name. Thus, this especially hidden name is known to nobody except to the sacred essence of the Sealing Messenger (s).

A Gnostic Note

It must be noted that as the perfect guardian, the Seal of the Prophets (s), is the night of qadr because of the interiority [butūn] of the Greatest Name in him and the occultation [ihtijāb] of the Haqq with all affairs in him, likewise he is the day of qadr, too, since the appearance of the sun of the truth and the projection of the all-embracing Name appear from the horizon of his individuation. Similarly, the “Day of Resurrection” is his person, too.

In short, that sacred essence is the day and night of qadr and the Day of Resurrection is the day of qadr, too. Therefore, the point that, out of all phenomena, the “month” is referred to, and from this complete and sacred phenomenon it is referred to “the night,” is, perhaps, because the beginning of the months and years is the day and night, like the “one” which is the beginning of the numbers.

That master [sarwar] in the inside [bātin] of the truth, the Greatest Name, is the beginning of the other names; and, in his individuation [ta'ayyun] and immutable essence ['ayn-i thābit], he is the root (origin = asl) of the “Good Tree” [shajarat-i tayyibah] and the beginning of the individuations [ta'ayyunāt]. Consider, so that you may know, and seize the opportunity!

His saying: “The angels and the Spirit descend in it, by the permission of their Lord, for every affair.” In this noble āyah there are points, to some of which we shall refer briefly.

The first point is about the ranks of the angels of Allah, the Exalted, and their reality in general. Know that there are differences among the traditionists and researchers concerning the angels whether they are abstract or corporeal. All the philosophers and researchers, and many of the juristic researchers, believe in their abstraction and in the abstraction of the rational soul, which they prove by strong evidences.

There are also many noble narratives and āyahs from which (their) abstraction can be understood, as the traditionist and researcher, our master Muhammad Taqī Majlisī, the great father of the late Majlisī, says, in Sharh 'ul-Faqīh, commenting on some relevant narratives, that they confirm the abstraction of the rational sou1.35

On the other hand, some of the great traditionists believe in their non-abstraction. Their utmost proof is that to believe in their abstraction is contrary to religion, and they add that there is no abstract except the Sacred Essence of Allah, the Exalted.

This, however, is a very weak argument, because their most attention is probably directed to only two points: the first is the case of the temporal contingency [hudūth-i zamānī] of the world, as they think that the existence of an abstract other than Allah contradicts it. The second point is the case of the free will of Allah, the Exalted, in His acts, as they think that this contradicts the abstraction of the world of intelligence and the angels of Allah, the Exalted.

Both these cases are of the insane [ma'nūnah] affairs within the High Sciences. The non-contradiction of such cases with an abstract being is quite obvious. Even to believe in the non-abstraction of the rational souls, the world of intelligence and the angels of Allah is contrary to many divine affairs and true beliefs, which cannot be explained for the time being. The temporal contingency of the worlds, as is interpreted by this group, is contrary to the principle of the temporal contingency, besides being in opposition to many divine rules, too.

To the writer, the truth, which agrees with reason ['aql] and tradition [naql], is that the angels of Allah are of different types. Many of them are abstracts and many are intermediate [barzakhī] corporeal:

“ No one knows the host of your Lord save Him.” 36

As to their types, according to their general division, it is said that the heavenly beings are of two types: Type one has nothing to do with the corporeal world, belonging to neither incarnation [hulūl] nor management [tadbīr]. The other type belongs to one of the said two aspects.

The first type consists of two groups.

The first groups are those who are called “the Passionate [muhayyimah] Angels.” They are those who are infatuated with the Beauty of the Beautiful, absorbed in the Essence of His Majesty, unaware of all other creatures, paying no attention to other beings.

Among the friends of Allah [awliyā'ullāh] there is a group like them. While we are indulged in the dark sea of nature, and are completely unaware of the unseen world and the Essence of His Majesty, despite the fact that He is apparent by His Essence [bi' dh-dhāt] and that every appearance is a reflection of His Appearance, they are unaware of the world and of whatever is in it, and are engaged only in the Haqq and His Beautiful Beauty. A narrative says that Allah has some creatures who know nothing of His creating Adam and Iblīs.37

The second group are those whom Allah, the Exalted, has made the means of the mercy of His Being. They are the beginning of the series of the beings and the goal of their longings. They are called ahl al-jabarūt (the Owners of Power), and their chief and leader is “the Greatest Spirit.” It may be that “The angels and the Spirit descend,” is a reference to this group of the angels of Allah. Describing him as “the Spirit,” though he is an angel, is a hint at his greatness, as is in the noble āyah:

“ On the day when the angels and the Spirit stand arrayed.” 38

From a point of view, the Spirit is called “the Highest Pen” [qalam-i a'lā], as it is said: “The first that Allah created was the Pen.”39 According to another point of view, it is called “the First Intellect” ['aql-i awwal], as it is also said: “The first that Allah created was the Intellect.”40 Some others take “The Spirit” to be Gabriel. Some philosophers consider Gabriel to be the last of the Cherubic angels; some call him “The Holy Spirit;” and they regard the “Spirit” to be the first of the Cherubic angels.

The noble narratives also state that “the Spirit” is greater than Gabriel. The noble al-Kāfi, quotes Abu Basīr, who said: “I asked Abū 'Abdullāh, as-Sādiq, ('a) about the words of Allah, the Exalted”

'They will ask you concerning the Spirit. Say: The Spirit is of the bidding of my Lord' (Sūrah al-Isrā' 17:85).

He said: '(It is) a creature [khalq] greater than Gabriel and Michael. It was with the Messenger of Allah (s), it is with the Imāms ('a), and it is from the heavenly kingdom'.”41 Some narratives say that the Spirit is not of the angels, it is greater than them.42

Probably “The Spirit” has two meanings in terms of the Qur'an and the Traditions, as it has its meanings in other terms. A Spirit is of the angels' type, since it was said to be of “the heavenly kingdom.” Another Spirit is that of the holy men [awliyā'], which is not of the angels, but greater than them.

Therefore, the Spirit in the noble sūrah of al-Qadr may refer to “the Faithful Spirit” [rūh al-amīn] or “the Greatest Spirit,” because the sūrah was revealed on “the night of qadr.” In the noble āyah:

“ They will ask you about the Spirit,” 43

The reference may be to the spirit of the human beings, which, in its perfect degree, is greater than Gabriel and other angels. It is of “the World of Command” ['ālam-i amr], and sometimes combined with His “Will” [mashiyyat], which is absolute command.

Another group of the angels of Allah are those who are in charge of the corporeal beings and of managing them. These are of so many types and uncountable kinds, because for every being, high or low, celestial or terrestial, there is a heavenly aspect [wijhah] through which it is connected to the world of the angels and the host [junūd] of Allah, the Exalted, as Allah refers to the heavenly domain of the things in the noble āyah:

“ Therefore, glory be to Him in whose hand is the dominion of all things, and to Him you shall be brought back.” 44

The Messenger of Allah (s), concerning the host of the angels, say (as it has been narrated): “The heaven clamored, and it had the right to do so, as there was no place for a foot without there being an angel bowing or kneeling down.”45 Noble narratives speak much of the multitude of the angels and their numerous ranks.46

The second point concerns the descent of the angels upon the waliyy al-amr (the legal guardian).

Know that the Greatest Spirit is the greatest creature among the angels of Allah, i.e. it is placed in the first rank of the angels of Allah, and is the greatest and most honorable of all. The immaterial (abstract) angels of Allah, confined to the world of power ['ālam-i jabarūt], would not forsake their states, as for them ascending and descending, as done by the material bodies, is impossible, because the immaterial (abstract) is innocent of the material requisites.

Therefore, their descending will be in heavenly or worldly resemblance [tamaththul], whether in the heart, the bosom and the common sense of the guardian [walī], or in edifices of the earth, in the ka'bah, around the grave of the Messenger of Allah (s), or in the Populous House [bayt al-ma'mūr]. Allah, the Exalted, concerning the descending of “The Faithful Spirit” to Mary ('a), says:

“ …it assumed for her the likeness of a perfect man.” 47

It is also possible for the holy men [awliyā'] and the perfect to assume heavenly resemblance and spiritual likeness of sovereignty. Therefore, the angels of Allah have the power and ability to enter the visible and invisible worlds assuming likenesses, and the perfect holy men [awliyā'] have the power to enter the heavenly world [malakūt] and the world of power [jabarūt] assuming spirituality, and to return from the exterior to the interior.

To believe in this is quite easy for the one who understands the realities of the abstracts, whether heavenly and powerly abstracts or the rational souls, which are also abstracts of the worlds of jabarūt and malakūt, and who can imagine the stages of their existence and appearances, and the correlation [nisbat] of the outside to the inside, and the inside to the outside.

One must know that the assumption [tamaththul] of the “beings of jabarūt” and the “beings of malakūt” in the heart, bosom and sense of the human being is not possible except after his coming out of the apparel of humanity and being connected with those worlds. Otherwise, as long as the soul is engaged in the mundane preparations and is unaware of those worlds, it is impossible for it to witness those scenes or assumptions.

Yet, it is sometimes possible that, with a gesture of a holy man, the soul comes out of this world, and, according to its deservedness, it may get a spiritual or formal [sūrī] understanding of the unseen world. And sometimes it happens that, due to some stupendous event, the soul is directed away from nature and perceives an example of the invisible world, such as the episode of that naïve man who, on his pilgrimage, received an acquittal from the fire of Hell, as related by Avicenna. The gnostic Shaykh, Muhyī’d-Dīn, also relates a story like this one.48

Such stories are due to the soul's turning away from the mulk to the malakūt. It sometimes happens that the souls of the perfect holy men [awliyā'] after detachment from the worlds and witnessing the Greatest Spirit or other angels of Allah through the power of soul, come to themselves, keeping the power of witnessing the invisible and the visible. In such a case they simultaneously, and in all emergences (growths = nasha'āt), witness the truths of the beings of jabarūt. It may also happen that the perfect walī, through his personal power, will be able to have the angels descend. And Allah is the Knower!

The third point is that since the night of qadr is the night of disclosure [mukāshafah] to the Messenger of Allah (s) and the Imāms of guidance ('a), all the worldly affairs are uncovered by the unseen malakūt to them, and the angels in charge of every affair appear to them in the invisible world and the world of the heart, and all the affairs which are prescribed for the creatures during the year in the high and low lawhs (tablets), appear to them, heavenly writ and covertly existed, in a disclosure.

And it is a malakūtī exposure [mukāshafah] covering every particle of the world of nature, and no affair of the people's is hidden from the waliyy al-amr. There is no discrepancy in their knowing, in a single night, the affairs of a whole year, or, in an instance, the entire affairs of the world, or, in a single moment, all the measured assignments [muqaddarāt] of mulk and malakūt.

Also during the days of the year, all the daily affairs may gradually be disclosed to them, both in general and in details. For example, it is in the hadīth, concerning the revelation of the Qur'an, that it was revealed in general (in the whole) in “The Populous House” [bayt al-ma'mūr], then it was revealed to the Messenger of Allah in details within twenty-three years.49 And its revelation in “The Populous House” was a revelation to the Messenger of Allah (s), too.

In short, sometimes the waliyy al-amr may become connected to the High Council [mala'-i a'lā], the High Pens and the abstract lawhs, where to him will be exposed all the beings, from the beginning to eternity. Sometimes the connection is with the low lawhs, and for a period he uncovers the assignments [muqaddarāt], and the whole page of the universe is present before his guardian-like presence, and whatsoever affair happens will pass before his eyes.

Some narratives refer to the exposition ['ard] of the acts to waliyy al-amr. They are exposed every Thursday and Monday to the Messenger of Allah and the Imāms of guidance ('a). Other narratives say that the acts are exposed every morning, or every morning and night. These exposures are also in general and in details, collectively and distinctly. In this respect, there are noble narratives from the infallible and pure Ahl al-Bayt, mentioned in the books of exegeses, such as al-Burhān and as-Sāfi.50

His saying: “Peace it is till the break of the dawn,” means that this blessed night is safe from Satanic evils, calamities and misfortunes till the break of the dawn. Or it is peace upon Allah's friends [awliyā'ullāh] and the worshipping people [ahl-i tā'at]. Or the angels of Allah who meet Allah's friends and the worshipping people greet them on the part of Allah, the Exalted, till the break of the dawn.

A Gnostic Note

As it has formerly been said concerning the truth of “the night of qadr,” the degrees of existence and the visible and invisible individuations [ta'ayyunāt] are regarded “night” because the sun of the truth has set in their horizon. Consequently, “The night of qadr” is the night in which the Haqq (Allah), the Exalted according to all the affairs and the “Collective Oneness of the Names and Attributes,” which are the truth of the “Greatest Name”is veiled [muhtajib].

That is the individuation [ta'ayyun] and the constitution [bunyah] of the perfect walī, who was the Messenger of Allah (s) in his life, and then the Imāms of guidance, one after another. Therefore, “the dawn” of “the night of qadr” is when the first rays of the rising sun of the truth shine from behind the veils [hujub] of the individuations [ta'ayyunāt]. The rise of the sun from the horizon of the individuations is “the dawn” of the Day of Resurrection, too.

As from the time of the setting and veiling [ihtijāb] of the sun of the truth in the horizon of the individuations of these perfect walīs [awliyā'], till the time of the break of the dawn, which is the period of “the night of qadr,” that night full of honor is absolutely safe from the Satanic intrusions, and since the sun rises as it had set, blemishless and free from the Satanic intrusion, thus, He says: “Peace it is till the break of the dawn.” As to the other nights, they are either completely peaceless, such as the nights of the Umayyads and their like, or they have no peace in all its concepts, and these are the nights of the common people.

Conclusion

From the gnostic statements and faithful revelations [mukāshafāt], which, with the help of the great walīs ('a), dawned upon the luminous hearts of the “people of knowledge” [ahl-i ma'rifat], it is obvious that if the noble sūrah of at-Tawhīd is related to the Sacred Essence of Allah, the noble sūrah of al-Qadr is related to the great Ahl al-Bayt, as is stated in the narratives concerning the mi'rāj.

Muhammad ibn Ya'qūb, on the authority of Abū 'Abdullāh [as-Sādiq] ('a), concerning the performance of the Messenger of Allah (s) his salāt in the heaven, in the hadīth of al-Isrā', said: “…Then Allah, the Most High, revealed to him: Read, O Muhammad, the lineage [nisbat] of your Lord, the Blessed and Most High: 'He is Allah, the One. He is besought by all. He begets not, nor is He begotten. And none is comparable to Him.' This is in the first rak'ah. Then, Allah, the Exalted and Most High, revealed to him: Read: 'All praise is for Allah.' He read it as he did first. Then Allah revealed to him: Read: 'We revealed it' which is your lineage [nisbat] and your offspring's till the Day of Resurrection.”51

The noble narratives concerning the merits of the blessed sūrah of al-Qadr are numerous. Among them is a narrative in the noble al-Kāfī, from Imām al-Bāqir ('a) who said: “Whoever recites 'We revealed it on The Night of Qadr' openly (with a loud voice), he is like the one who unsheathes his swords for the sake of Allah. And whoever recites it secretly, is as if he rolls in his blood shed in the way of Allah, and whoever recites it ten times, a thousand of his sins will be forgiven.”52

In Khawāss al-Qur'an, the Messenger of Allah (s) is quoted to have said: “Whoever recites this sūrah, he will have the reward of the one who has fasted the month of Ramadan, attaining “The night of qadr,” and he will have the reward of a fighter in the way of Allah.”53 Praise is for Allah, at the beginning and at the end.

An Apology

Despite the fact that the writer's intention in this thesis was to refrain from referring to those gnostic topics unfamiliar to the common people, and keep only to the hearty disciplines of the salāt, yet, I realize now that the pen has exceeded the proper bounds, and particularly in commenting on the noble sūrah I have surpassed my own decision.

Now I have but to apologize to my brothers in religion and spiritual friends. At the same time, if they found in this thesis a subject not conforming with their taste, they may not unthoughtfully label it as false, because each knowledge has its people, and each road has its treaders. “May Allah have mercy on the person who knows his worth and does not go beyond his status.”54

It is also possible that some neglect the reality of the condition, and, as they have no information of the Qur'anic knowledge and of the minute details of the divine laws, they take some matters of this thesis as to be interpretation according to one's opinion. This is sheer mistake and a grave falsity, because:

Firstly, these knowledges [ma'ārif] and subtleties [latā'if] are all taken from the noble Qur'an and hadīths, and they are proved through heard [sam'iyyah] evidences, some of which have been referred to in the discussions, and most of them were left out for brevity.

Secondly, all, or most of them, agree with the rational or gnostic proofs, and such a thing cannot be interpretation according to one's opinion.

Thirdly, most of the subjects which we mentioned, or we relate in explaining the noble āyahs, are of the kinds of stating the “evidences of the concepts” [masādīq-i mafāhīm]; and explaining the evidences and degrees of the facts has nothing to do with interpretation, let alone its being according to one's opinion.

Fourthly, after all stages, we tried with utmost religious precaution though unnecessarily to relate any unnecessary subject by way of being possible and as one of the possibilities. It is clear that the door of possibility is not shut, and it can have no connection to interpretation on one's opinion. Here there are other subjects that we refrain from mentioning, in our attempt to be short.

- 1. Sūrah ad-Dukhān  44:3

- 2. Sūrah al-Hijr 15:9

- 3. Sūrah ash-Shu'arā' 26:193

- 4. Sūrah Ghāfir 40:36

- 5. Sūrah al-Anfā1 8:17

- 6. “The Book of Allah and my 'itrat (progeny) will not be separated from each other until they come to me at the Pool (of Kawthar).” This is a part of a well-known and successively related hadīth called Hadīth ath-Thaqalayn. Usul al-Kāfī, vol. 1, page 299, “The Book of Divine Proof,” ch. “Concerning What Allah and His Messenger Imposed of Being with the Imāms ('a),” hadīth 6; vol. 4, p. 141, “The Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. “Concerning the Least by which a Servant may be a Believer,” hadīth 1.

- 7. Sūrah al-Ahzāb 33:72

- 8. Ihyā'u 'Ulūm 'ud-Dīn, vol. 4, p. 256. A Divine utterance. In some editions it is ”qibābī” (my domes) and in some other it is ”qibā'ī” (my cloak).

- 9. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 83.

- 10. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 438, “The Book of the Merits of the Qur'an,” ch. “The Rarities,” hadīth 12.

- 11. Nahj al-Balāghah, edited by Fayd ul-Islām, p. 737, sermon 228.

- 12. Sūrah at-Talāq 65:7

- 13. It demands consideration because this allegation can be claimed here from another aspect, and it is that the appearance in ascribing a predicate to a proposition is that the proposition itself has the same status and it is the proposition in complete, as the Shaykh, our teacher in the conventional sciences used, concerning generalization [itlāq], to call this statement, without needing preliminaries, to prove the generalization.

- 14. Sūrah Hūd 11:112

- 15. Khalīl ibn Ahmad ibn 'Umar ibn Tamīm, Abū 'Abdur-Rahmān al-Bāhilī, al-Basrī, the grammarian and prosodist, born in the year 100 or 105 AH in al-Basrah, and died in 160, 170 or 175 AH. He was a famous linguist and a writer. He discovered the meters of poetry. He was an Imāmī and, as some say, he was a companion of Imām Ja'far as-Sādiq ('a) and quoted him in his narrations. He wrote many books on diverse arts, including Zubdat 'ul-'Arūd (the Gist of Prosody), al-'Ayn, a book on Imamate, al-Īqā' (rhythm), an-Nu'm (tone or softness), al-Jumal (syntax), ash-Shawāhid (ancient verses as evidences), an-Nuqāt wash-Shikl (dots and form), and a book on the meanings of the alphabetic letters. For further information bibliographies and books on rijāl such as A'yān ash-Shī'ah, vol. 30, p. 50, may be consulted.

- 16. Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 236, the “Book of Funerals,”ch. on “Questioning in the Grave,” hadīth 6.

- 17. This concept is referred to Imām as-Sādiq ('a) through several channels in Ma'ālim al-Usūl, p. 7.

- 18. Refer to footnote 97

- 19. Sūrah ad-Dukhān 44:1-4. Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, p. 158.

- 20. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 2, p. 326, the “Book of the Proof,” ch. on “The Birth of the Prophet (s), hadīth 4.

- 21. Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, ”Sūrah al-Fajr,” hadīth 1, p. 457.

- 22. Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, ”Surah al-Qadr,” hadīth 25, p. 487

- 23. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 10, p. 519; Nūr ath-Thaqalayn, vol. 5, p. 628, ”Sūrah al-Qadr,” hadīth 71

- 24. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 95, p. 149.

- 25. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 10, p. 519; Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 7, p. 263, “Book of Fasting,” ch. 32, hadīth 21.

- 26. Iqbāl al-A'māl, p. 206.

- 27.

- 28. Ibid., p. 207

- 29. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 98, p. 168.

- 30. Sūrah Qāf 50:37.

- 31. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:143

- 32. Ibid.

- 33. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 94, p. 8, quoting Majālis-i Shaykh, the Tafsīr of 'Alī ibn Ibrāhīm, p. 732; Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, p. 486; Rawdat al-Kāfī, hadīth 280, p. 222

- 34. Reference unknown.

- 35. Such as the narrative quoted from Imām as-Sādiq ('a) to the effect: “When the soul is taken (in death), it remains hovering over the body…” On this he comments: “This narrative and the one after it, and the many other similar narratives, and the other successive narratives, as well as the apparent literal meanings of the Qur'anic āyahs, all prove the spiritual resurrection, i.e. the survival of the soul after the destruction of the body…” Rawdat 'ul-Muttaqīn, vol. 1, p. 492.

- 36. Sūrah al-Muddaththir 74:31.

- 37. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 250; Al-Kāfī (ar-Rawdah, hadīth 301), p. 231.

- 38. Sūrah an-Nabā' 78:38.

- 39. Nūr ath-Thaqalayn Exegesis, vol. 5, hadīth 9, p. 389; 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 154.

- 40. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 1, p. 97.

- 41. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 2, p. 18, “The Book of Divine Proof,” ch. on “The Spirit by which Allah Directs the Steps of the Imāms” ('a), hadīth 3.

- 42. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 25, “Book of the Imāmah,” sec. on “Their Creation, Nature and Spirits,” ch. 3, hadīth 45, p. 64.

- 43. Sūrah Isrā' 17:85

- 44. Sūrah Yā-Sīn 36:83

- 45. 'Ilm al-Yaqīn, vol. 1, p. 259.

- 46. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 56, ch. on “The Angels,” p. 144.

- 47. Sūrah Maryam 19:17.

- 48. Reference unknown

- 49. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 437, “The Book of the Merits of the Qur'an,” ch. on “Rarities,” hadīth 6

- 50. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 23, pp. 338, 346 and 347; as-Sāfī's Exegesis.

- 51. Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, p. 487, ”Sūrah al-Qadr,” hadīth 22.

- 52. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 4, p. 427, “The Book of the Merit of the Qur'an,” ch. on “The Merit of the Qur'an,” hadīth 6.

- 53. Al-Burhān Exegesis, vol. 4, p. 480, ”Sūrah al-Qadr,” hadīth 1. From Khawāss al-Qur'an.

- 54. Ghurar al-Hikam, ch. 3, letter R, hadīth 1.

On The Takbīr Before The Rukū

Apparently, this takbīr (saying: Allāhu Akbar = Allah is the Greatest) belongs to the rukū' (obeisance = genuflection) in order to be prepared for the stage of rukū'. Its relevant discipline is to bring to mind Allah's status of Greatness and Majesty and the Lord's Might and Sovereignty, and considering, at the same time, one's weakness, inability, poverty, humility and servitude. In such a condition, and according to one's knowledge of the Lord's Might and the servant's humility, one will say the takbīr of the Haqq (Allah), the Exalted, being above all description.

The description [tawsīf] which the sālik servant makes of the Haqq (Allah), the Exalted, and his glorifying and extolling, should be out of pure obedience, and taking them to be by the permission of the Haqq (Allah), the Exalted, to describe and worship Him. Otherwise he would dare not to vaunt of his describing and glorifying in the presence of the Lord, weak a servant as he is, and, actually, having nothing of his own, for whatsoever he has is from his Great Worshipped. When 'Alī ibn al-Husayn, with such sweet and authoritative a tongue as he had, being the tongue of Allah, says: “How, with this feeble tongue as I have, can I thank you?”1 “What a thin gnat can do?”2

So, when the sālik servant wants to enter the grave stage of rukū', he has to prepare himself for that stage, throwing behind, with his own hand, his describing, glorifying, worshipping and conduct [sulūk]. He then has to raise his hands beside his ears, facing his empty palms towards the qiblah, and, empty-handed, with a heart full of fear and hope fear of failure and deficiency in observing the state of servitude; and assured hope in the Holy state of Allah Who honored him into such situations, which belong to the bosom friends of Allah and the perfect lovers he enters the stage of rukū'. Probably, raising the hands in this way denotes leaving the qiyām (standing) position and the stand [wuqūf] in that stage a sign indicating taking no provision from the stage of qiyām.

Takbīr denotes glorifying and aggrandizing the descriptions done in the stage of qiyām. As rukū', to the people of knowledge, is the stage of the Unity of Attributes, the takbīr of rukū', to them, is aggrandizing this Unity, and raising the hands is a sign of rejecting the attributes of the creatures.

- 1. Misbāh al-Mutahajjid, an extract from Abū Hamzah's invocation, p. 534

- 2. Refer to footnote 273

Concerning The Disciplines Of Bowing In Rukū‘

Know that the principal positions of the salāt are three. The other acts and deeds are preliminary and preparatory:

First: qiyām;
Second: rukū';
Third: sujūd.

The people of knowledge regard these three positions to be a hint at the three Unities [tawhīdāt]. We, in The Secret of the Salāt, referred to these stages in terms of the gnostic taste. Now, we explain them in other terms suitable to the common people.

So, we say that as the salāt is the believer's perfective mi'rāj, and the bringer of the pious people to Allah's proximity, it stands on two bases, the one is the preliminary to the other.

The first is abandoning self-conceit and selfishness, as it is the truth and the inside of taqwā (piety).
The second is seeking Allah and being in quest of the Haqq, as this is the truth of the mi'rāj and proximity. Hence, it is in the noble narratives that: “The salāt is the means of proximity for every pious person,”1 the same as the Qur'an is a light of guidance, but for the pious:

“This is the Book; there is no doubt in it. It is a guide for the muttaqīn (the pious).”2
In short, in these three states: the states of qiyām, rukū', and sujūd, the said two states (bases) take shape gradually. So, in the state of qiyām, self-conceitedness is forsaken according to the state of Activity [fā'iliyyat], and regarding Allah to be the Absolute Factor and Eternal. In the state of rukū', self-conceitedness is forsaken according to the state of Attributes and Names, considering the state of Allah's Attributes and Names.

In the sujūd, the self-conceitedness is forsaken altogether, and it is entirely Allah seeking and being in quest of the Haqq. All the stages of the sāliks are of the affairs [shu'ūn] of these three states, as it is quite obvious to the people of insight, the gnostics and the sāliks.

When the sālik along these three states realizes that the secret of these acts is the three Unities, he will have to pay more attention to that state which is nicer and more delicate. Naturally, the danger of the state is greater and it is more slippery. Then, in the state of rukū', the sālik claims that in the house of existence [dār-i wujūd] there is no knowledge, power, life nor will except from Allah a claim so great and a state so delicate, which we are not (qualified) to put forth.

We should inwardly turn to the Holy Threshold of Allah, showing supplication, distress and humility, asking forgiveness for our faults and failures, and, with seeing eyes and witnessing conscience, admitting our shortcomings, that perhaps His Sacred Holiness may show kindness to, and care for, us, and may He, in the time of necessity, extend a hand of help to us.

“ Or, who answers the distressed one when he calls upon Him, and removes the evil…?” 3

- 1. Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 265, “The Book of as-Salāt,” ch. on “The Merit of as-Salāt,” hadīth 6.

- 2. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:2.

- 3. Sūrah an-Naml 27:62.

The Rukū‘of the Salāt of The Messenger’s Mi‘rāj

In respect of the mi'rāj salāt of the Messenger of Allah (s) it is stated that after the rukū', the Almighty addressed him, saying: “Look at My 'Arsh.” The Messenger of Allah said: “I looked at a greatness which astounded my soul and I went in a swoon. I was inspired to say: 'Glory be to my Great Lord and praise be to Him' because of the greatness which I saw. As I said that, I came to myself. I continued to say it for seven times till I came to myself as before…”1 as the hadīth goes.

Consider, dear, the state of the greatness of the sulūk of the “Universal Master” [sarwar-i kull] and the Guide to the Paths (s), who, while in the state of rukū', which is a looking down at one's inferior, sees the light of the 'Arsh; and, as the light of 'Arsh to the walīs [awliyā'] is the manifestation of the Essence, without mirror, the self individuation is gone, and a mood of swoon and shock takes place.

So, the Holy Essence, with eternal care, helped that honorable being, and with affectionate inspiration taught that noble personality how to “glorify,” “aggrandize” and “praise,” until after seven times the number of the veils and the number of man's ranks he came to himself and to wakefulness. This condition prevailed throughout the mi'rāj salāt.

But as we have no admission into the privacy of intimacy, nor into a place of Holy State, it is good to use our incapability and humility as a capital for the attainment of the objective, and as a pretext to reach the goal.
We have to keep clinging to the skirt of the intended until we get what we desire. Or, at least, if we are not the men for the job, we are to seek guidance from the guides of the road, and find help with the perfect spiritual men, so that a smell of fragrant of knowledge may reach the smelling sense of our souls, and a breeze of the graces may blow into our dead corpses, because Allah, the Exalted, is accustomed to being beneficent, and His habit is to be graceful and generous.

It must be noted that rukū' consists of “glorifying,” “aggrandizing” (magnifying) and “praising” the Lord, Almighty and Most High. Thus, “glorifying” is purifying Allah, the Exalted, from description and definition. “Aggrandizing” and “praising” are refraining from limits of assimilation and devesting Allah from attributes, because “praising” denotes the appearance in the mirrors of creation, and “aggrandizing” negates limitation. Thus, He is apparent and there is no appearance in the world more apparent than Him. He is not clothed in the apparel of the individuations of the creation.

- 1. 'Ilal ash-Sharā'i' , p. 315. A part of the hadīth concerning al-mi'rāj salāt.

Delicacies And Secrets Of The Rukū, Sujūd And Their Cordial Disciplines

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that as-Sādiq ('a) said: “No servant bows in the rukū' for Allah, in a true way, unless Allah adorns him with the light of His Brilliance, and shades him with the shade of His Majesty, and clothes him with the gown of His chosen friends. The rukū' is first and the sujūd is second. The one who performed the first is fit for the second. The rukū' is politeness, and the sujūd is proximity.

So, the one who is not well-mannered, is unfit for proximity. Therefore, perform the rukū' like the one who is submitting to Allah with his heart, humble and afraid under His Sovereignty, drooping to Him his limbs like the one who is afraid and grieved for what one loses of the benefit of those who perform the rukū'. It is narrated that ar-Rabī' ibn Khuthaym used to keep indulged in a single rukū' all the night till dawn.

In the morning he would raise his head and say: 'Oh, the sincere ones have passed us and we are left behind.' Complete your rukū' by levelling your back, and rebuke yourself for being vigilant in serving Him except with His help. Protect your heart against Satan's whispers, deceits and traps. Allah, the Exalted, raises His servants as much as they show humility to Him, and He guides them to the principles of humility and submission as much as His Greatness knows of their secrets.”1

This noble hadīth contains signs, good tidings, disciplines and instructions, as “adorning” with the “light of Allah's Brilliance,” being under the “shade of Allah's Majesty” and wearing the “gown of Allah's chosen ones” are good tidings of attaining to the state of learning the Names:

“ And He taught Adam all the names.” 2

Of that state is the taking of the state of attributive annihilation and the state of wakefulness, because Allah's adorning the servant with the state of “the light of His Brilliance” means taking him to the state of Names, which is the reality of teaching man. Taking him under the shade and shadow of “Majesty,” which is of the Names of Power, and placing him in His Court, refer to annihilating the servant of himself.

After this state, clothing him in “the gown of the chosen ones” is survival after annihilation. From this it is realized that the sujūd is self-annihilation, as is said by the people of knowledge. The rukū' is first, and it is these states, and the sujūd is second, which is nothing but the state of annihilation in the Essence.

It is also realized that the Absolute Proximity, which happens in the sujūd, is not accessible except through the true rukū'. Whoever wants to be fit for the second, must acquire the discipline of the rukū' and its proximity.

After stating the delicacies and secrets of the rukū' and sujūd, he refers to their hearty disciplines to suit the middle class. These are among the general matters, which we have referred to in the Preliminaries; and some of them belong to rukū'. Now, as most of these things have already been stated, we leave out further explanation.

Concerning Raising the Head from the Rukū

Its secret is the return from wuqūf (standing) in the multiplicity of names, as it is said: “The perfect monotheism is the negation of ascribing attributes to Him,”3 because after the awakening from the annihilation in the Names [fanā'-i asmā'ī], the sālik servant witnesses his failure and shortcoming, since the beginning of Man's sin which is to be compensated for by his offspring is the inclination toward the multiplicities of names, which is the inside of the “tree.”

Having understood the sin of himself, who is Adam's offspring, and the sin of Adam, who is his origin, he would recognize his state of humility and need, and get ready to remove the sin by way of behaving with humility in 'the presence of Allah's Majesty. He would then stand erect out of this state, and with the takbīr after the rukū' he would remove the multiplicities of names, and, empty-handed, he would comprehend the state of humility, helplessness and the earthly origin.

The important discipline in this respect is to find out the state's great significance, and to have the heart to taste it through complete remembrance, and strive to attend [tawajjuh] to His Essence, forsaking attending [tawajjuh] to oneself, even to one's state of humility.

Know, dear, that complete remembrance of the Haqq (Allah), and absolute turning, with the inside of the heart, to the Holy Essence, will open the heart's internal eye, through which meeting Allah the pleasure of the eyes of the walīs [awliyā'] takes place:

“ And those who strive hard for Us, We will most certainly guide them in our ways.” 4

- 1. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, p. 12; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 89, p. 108.

- 2. Sūrah al-Baqarah 2:31.

- 3. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 191, “The Book of Monotheism,” ch. on “General Hadīths on Monotheism,” hadīth 6.

- 4. Sūrah al-'Ankabūt 29:69.

General Secret Of The Sujūd

According to the people of gnosticism and of heart, this secret is to be forsaking oneself and closing one's eyes against anything except Him; and, with a Jonahian mi'rāj which took place by sinking into the stomach of the fish one can pay attention to his origin without seeing the veil. And, in putting the head on the dust, there is a hint at seeing the Beauty of the Beautiful in the inner heart of the dust and the origin of the world of nature.

Its hearty disciplines are to find one's reality and the original root of one's existence, and to place the brain, which is the center of the sovereignty of the soul and the 'Arsh of the spirit, at the lowest threshold of the State of Holiness, and to consider the world of dust as the threshold of the Master of the Kings.

Thus, the secret of the position of the sujūd is to give up oneself, and the discipline of putting the head on the dust is to debase one's most high position, regarding it to be lower than the dust. Should there be in the heart a cause for these claims, in respect of the states of the salāt, which are a reference to them, they are, to the people of knowledge, hypocrisy.

And, as this state is the most dangerous one, the sālik to Allah will have to cling to the skirt of the care of Allah, the Most High, by means of his personal disposition and innermost nature, humbly and meekly asking forgiveness for the shortcomings. But this is a dangerous state that is out of the obligations of people like us.

As we have explained in The Secret of the Salāt these states in details, we refrain from repeating them in this thesis, satisfying ourselves with relating the hadīth narrated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah concerning the relevant discipline.

Disciplines Of The Sujūd

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “By Allah he will not be a loser, the one who performs the sujūd as it really should be, even if for a single time in his life. No one will be successful if he takes to privacy with his Lord, in a similar position resembling the deceiver of himself, unaware of, and neglecting, what Allah has arranged for the sājidīn (the prostrate worshippers) of immediate intimacy and adjourned comfort.

The one who is good at approaching (Allah) in the sujūd, will never be far from Him, whereas the one who observes not the discipline of, and loses the respect for, the sujūd, can never be near Him by longing for other than Him in his sujūd. So, let yours be the sujūd of a submissive and humble to Allah, the Exalted, knowing that you have been created from the dust which is trodden upon by the creatures, and that He has made you of a nutfah (semen) which is regarded filthy by everybody, and was brought into existence though not existed before.

The concept of the sujūd has been made by Allah, the Exalted, a cause for getting near Him with the heart, the inside and the spirit. So, whoever nears Him turns away from other than Him. Do you not realize that in the external form the position of the sujūd is not complete except by hiding oneself from everything, and turning away from all things visible to the eyes? Similar is the question of the internal position. Whoever his heart is attracted, during the salāt, to other than Allah, the Exalted, he will be near to that which attracted him, and far from the reality of that which Allah wanted him to be in his salāt. Allah, the Exalted, says:

“ Allah has not made for any man two hearts within him,” 1

And the Messenger of Allah (s) said that Allah, the Exalted, told him: 'Whenever I look into the heart of a servant and find in it his love to be sincere in obeying me for my sake and for obtaining my pleasure, I undertake setting him aright and managing his affairs. But whoever is indulged in other than me, he is among those who mock themselves, and his name is registered in the Book of the Losers.”2

This noble hadīth explains both the secrets and the disciplines, and, by contemplation, it opens ways of knowledge in the face of the sālik to Allah, and destroys the obstinacy and the denial of the deniers, and supports and praises the godly men of knowledge and the people of certainty, and attracts attention to the reality of privacy and intimacy with Allah, and forsaking other than Allah, the Exalted.

- 1. Sūrah al-Ahzāb 33:4.

- 2. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 16, on “The Sujūd.”

Contents And Meaning Of The Form, Mood And Invocation Of The Sujūd

It is stated in a narrative that when the āyah:

“ Therefore, glorify the Name of your Lord, the Great,” 1

Was revealed, the Messenger of Allah (s) said: “Recite this in your rukū',” and when the āyah:

“ Glorify the Name of your Lord, the Most High” 2

Was revealed, he said: “Recite this in your sujūd.”3

It is in the noble hadīth of al-Kāfī that “… the first and foremost name He assumed for Himself was al-'Aliyy (the High) al-'Azīm (the Great).4 It may be that “al-'Aliyy” was the first of the names of Essence, and “al-'Azīm” was the first of the names of Attributes.

Know that the sujūd, like the other positions of the salāt has its form, mood, recitation [dhikr] and secret. These matters, in relation to the Perfect Ones, are as have formerly been related in this thesis, but to go into the details is not suitable. For the middle class the form is showing humbleness and forsaking arrogance and self conceit.

Pressing the nose onto dust which is of the confirmed supererogations, or even neglecting it is contrary to precaution is a token of showing complete submission, humility and modesty. It also means being aware of one's origin and creation. And putting the tops of the exposed organs which are the places of sensation and of the appearance of mobility and power, being the very seven or eight organs on the dust of humility and helplessness, is a sign of complete surrender, of offering one's entire powers, and getting out of Adam's sin.

By strengthening the remembrance of these concepts in the heart, it becomes affected by them and it acquires a mood of running away from oneself and from self-conceit. This mood results in a mood of pleasure, which, in turn, results in a mood of complete privacy and there will be full love.
As regards the recitation [dhikr] during the sajdah, it is based on tasbīh, which is glorifying (purifying) Allah from description and observance of the command (amr), or it is purifying (glorifying) Him from multiplicity of names, or purifying (glorifying) Him from unification [tawhīd], which is ”taf'īl,” moving from multiplicity to unity, and it is not free from the blemish of multiplying [takthīr] and associating with Allah [tashrīk], as describing Him with the Essential highness and praising Him are also not free from the blemishes of these concepts.

“Al-'Aliyy” is of the Names of Essence, and, according to the narrative of al-Kāfī, it is the first name adopted by Allah for Himself. That is, the first manifestation of the Essence is for Himself. When the sālik, in this state, becomes annihilated out of himself and forsakes the world and what is in it, he will have the honor of this Essential manifestation.

Know that as the rukū' is first and the sujūd is second, glorification and praising in them differ a great deal. Also rabb is different in those two states, because rabb as the people of knowledge say, is of the Names of Essence, Attributes and Acts in three aspects. Therefore, rabb in al-hamdu lillāhi rabbil-'ālamīn may be of the Names of Act in accordance with the state of standing, which is the state of the Unity of Acts.

In the rukū' it is of the Names of Attributes in accordance with the fact that the rukū' is the state of the Unity of Attributes. In the sujūd it is of the Names of Essence in accordance with the fact that sujūd is the state of the Unity of Essence. The “glorifying” and “praising” in each one of these states are related to that particular state.5

- 1. Sūrah al-Wāqi'ah 26:74

- 2. Sūrah al-A'lā 87:1.

- 3. Majma' ul-Bayān, vol. 9, p. 224, commenting on āyah 74 of Sūrah al-Wāqi'ah.

- 4. Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 1, p. 153, “The Book of at-Tawhīd,” ch. on “The Originality of the Names (of Allah), hadīth 2.

- 5. In the MS (manuscript), before starting ”,” the Imām has scribed nearly two pages under the title “A Gnostic Note,” then these were crossed out as to be deleted, and in the margin he wrote: “This note is not needed and it is to be completely effaced.” In the book's latest MS (manuscript) this part is omitted. But it appears in the former editions of this book. In this edition that passage is not printed.

The Moods Of The Sājid During The Sujūd

The sajdah, as described in the salāt of the mi'rāj, is a swoon and a shock resulting from witnessing the lights of the Greatness of Allah. When the servant feels being raptured and he undergoes a fit [hāl] of annihilation [mahw] and shock [sa'q], he will be covered by the eternal care and will receive inspiration from the Unseen [ghayb].

The recitation [dhikr] in the sujūd and repeating it are for one to come to himself and turn to the state of wakefulness [sahw]. So, when one comes to himself, the fire of longing for seeing the light of Allah kindles in his heart, and he raises his head from the sujūd. When he finds in himself residues of his selfishness, he leaves them by a sign with his hand. Thus, the light of Majesty is manifested to him once again and the remnants of selfishness are burnt off, and he becomes annihilated [fānī] from the annihilation [fanā'], and, while repeating Allāhu Akbar, a state of complete and absolute annihilation and full real swooning [sa'q] happens to him.

So, the unseen help, by the inspiration of the recitations, makes him firm in his state, and he will attain to a state of sobriety [sahw], which is the sobriety of the state of guardianship [wilāyat] and is free from any sort of veiling and creational [khalqī] blemish. The states of tashahhud and taslīm, which are of the status of multiplicity, also happen during this sobriety after annihilation [mahw]. Up to this point, all the circle of man's journey has been full and complete.

Meaning And Effect Of Testifying To The Tawhīd And The Messengership (Of The Prophet)

Know that testifying to the Oneness (of Allah) and to Prophethood in the adhān and iqāmah which belong to the salāt and prepare the situation to enter in it and in the tashahhud which is going out of annihilation [fanā'] to subsistance [baqa'], and out of unity [wahdat] to multiplicity [kathrat], at the end of the salāt remind the sālik servant of the fact that the reality of the salāt is the taking place of the real Unity [tawhīd], and that testifying to the Oneness (of Allah) is of the inclusive states, which accompany the sālik from the beginning of the salāt till its end. There is also in it the secret of the “Firstness” and “Lastness” of Allah, the Glorified and Most High. Further, there is the great secret of the sālik's journey from Allah to Allah:

“ …as He created you at first, so shall you return.” 1

Therefore, the sālik must pay attention to this object at all states, bringing the truth of Allah's Oneness and Divinity to his heart, making it a divine ascending journey so that his testimonies may become real and purified from hypocrisy and polytheism.

In testifying to the Prophethood there may be a hint at the fact that the support of the Absolute Guardian and the Seal of the Prophets in this mi'rāj of behavior [mi'rāj-i sulūkī] is of the inclusive states, to which the sālik must pay attention in all states, so that the secret of the appearance of the “firstness” and the “lastness,” which are of the states of guardianship, becomes clear to the worthy people.

It must be noted that there is a difference between the shahādah (testifying) at the beginning of the salāt and the testifying in the tashahhud, because the former is a testimony before the sulūk, a devotional [ta'abbudī] or a contemplative [ta'aqqulī] testimony, whereas the latter is after the return, and it is either a realizational [tahaqquqī] or a confirmative [tamakkunī] testimony. So, the testimony in the tashahhud is of great danger, because it includes the claim of realization [tahaqquq] and confirmation [tamakkun], and of returning to multiplicity unveiled.

And as this lofty state is not possible for persons like us, nor is it expected under our present condition, behaving ourselves in the presence of the Creator is to remember our shortcomings, humility, failure, inability and distress, and, in a state of shamefulness, we are to face the Holy threshold and plead:

O Allah! Of the states of the holy men [awliyā'], the steps [madārij] of the Chosen [asfiyā'], the perfection of the sincere and the sulūk of the sāliks we have no share but a few words. Instead of striving for high states we are satisfied with idle talk, of which there avails nothing in quality nor in spirituality. O Lord! Loving this world and its attractions bars us from the Holy Court and the presence of your intimacy, unless you, with your hidden kindness help us, the helpless, so as to make up for what has passed, that we may rise from our sleep of negligence and find our way to Your Holy Presence.

- 1. Sūrah al-A'rāf 7:29.

The Disciplines Of Tashahhud

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “The tashahhud is extolment of Allah, the Most High. So, be His servant in your inside and submit to Him in your act, as you are His servant in (your) saying and claim. Join the truthfulness of your tongue to the purity of the truthfulness of your inside, as He has created you a servant and ordered you to worship Him with your heart, tongue and organs, and to carry out your servitude by His being your Lord, believing that He has in His grip all the creatures; so, they take no breath nor a glance except by His power and will, and they are incapable of performing the least act in His Domain except by His permission and will. Allah, Almighty and Glorious, says:

“ And your Lord creates what He wills and chooses. They have not the choice. Glorified is Allah and Exalted above all that they associate (with Him).” 1

So, be a thankful servant by act, as you are a remembering servant by word and claim. Join the truthfulness of your tongue to the purity of the truthfulness of your inside, for He has created you. He is High above being a volition and will to anybody except with His own prior volition and will. So, use servitude to be contented with His judgment, and use worship to perform His commands. He has ordered you to send blessing upon His Prophet (s).

So, join blessing Him to blessing him, and obeying Him to obeying him and testifying Him to testifying him. Take care not to miss the blessings of admitting his sanctity, in which case you will be deprived of the benefit of his blessings, as He ordered him to ask forgiveness for you and intercede for you, if you performed your duty concerning the obligatory and the forbidden acts, the laws and good manners, knowing his great position with Allah, Almighty, Most High.”23

There are, in this noble hadīth, hints at the cordial disciplines of worshippings and their truths and secrets, as he says that the ”tashahhud” is praising Allah, Almighty and Most High. Formerly, however, we have said that all worshippings in general are praising Allah, either by a Name or Names, by one of the manifestations or by the origin of the Ipseity [asl-i huwiyyat].

At the head of the disciplines he refers to the fact that since you apparently show servitude and claim to be a worshipper, in your secret you are also to be serving so that the secret cordial servitude may spread to the acts of the organs, and that the word and act be the plan of the secret and the inside, and the truth of servitude may spread through all the organs, internal and external, and each of the organs, may have a share of the tawhīd.

The tongue of the praiser of Allah conveys the praising to the heart, and the sincere and monotheist heart conveys the tawhīd and sincerity to the tongue. He seeks Lordship inside the truth of servitude, forsaking egotism and conveying Allah's divinity to the heart. He knows that the control of the servants is in the hands of Allah, the Exalted, that they have no power to breathe and to see except through the power and will of Allah, the Exalted, and that they are unable to do anything in the domain of Allah, however slight, except with the permission and will of His Holy Essence, as He has said:

“ And your Lord creates what He wills and chooses. They have not the choice. Glorified is Allah and Exalted above all that they associate (with Him)” (28:68).

On conveying this grace [latīfah] to the heart, your thanking Allah will be implemented and it will spread through your organs and acts. And, as the tongue and the heart should, in servitude, be coordinating, the truthfulness of the tongue and the purity of the secret of the heart should, in this unity of acts, be joined together, because Allah, Almighty and Most High, is the Creator and there is no effective factor but He, and all wills and volitions are shadows of His prior eternal will and volition.

After observing the disciplines of testifying to the Oneness and Divinity of Allah, one turns to the holy state of the absolute servant, Last of the Prophets, paying attention to the priority of the state of “servitude” to the state of “prophethood,” since the state of servitude is the preliminary to all the states of the sāliks, and the prophethood is a branch of servitude.

As the Final Messenger is a true servant annihilated in the Haqq (Allah), to obey him is to obey Allah, and testifying to his prophethood is connected to testifying to Allah's Oneness. The sālik servant should take care not to fall short of obeying the Messenger, as it is obeying Allah, lest he may be deprived of the blessings of worshipping, which is attainment to the Holy Court, with the help of the Absolute Guardian. And let him know that there will be no admission to the Holy Court and the place of intimacy without the help of the Patron, the Messenger of Allah (s).

- 1. Sūrah al-Qasas 28:68.

- 2. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 17, on ”The Tashahhud.”

- 3.

State Of The Musallī During Utterance Of The Salām, And The Condition For The Salām To Be Truthful

Know that when the sālik comes out of the state of sujūd, whose secret is “annihilation,” and comes to himself, and into a state of wakefulness and attentiveness, returning from the state of being absent from the world to the state of being present, he offers his salām (peace) to the beings the salām of the one who has come back from a journey, from an occultation. So, as he returns he sends peace upon the noble Prophet, because after returning from unity [wahdat] to multiplicity [kathrat], the first manifestation will be that of the truth of guardianship: “We are the first preceding ones”1

Thereafter, he will pay attention to the essences [a'yān] of other beings, distinctly and collectively.

The one who has not kept away, in the salāt, from the creatures [khalq] and has not become a traveler to Allah, to him the salām has no meaning and is nothing but a chattering of the tongue. So, the cordial discipline of the salām depends on the discipline of the salāt as a whole. If in this salāt, which is the truth of the mi'rāj, there was no ascension, and he did not come out of the house of the soul, he would actually have no salām.

Furthermore, if in this journey there was safety from the intrusions of Satan and the evil-commanding soul, and, if the heart had no ailment during this real mi'rāj, his salām would be truthful; if not, he would have no salām. Yes, the salām upon the Prophet (s) is, therefore, a salām with truthfulness, because, in this ascending journey, in this travel to Allah, in both ascending and descending, he enjoys peace, and, along his journey, he is free from the conducts [tasarrufāt] of other than the Haqq (Allah), to which we have referred in our commentary on the sūrah of al-Qadr.

- 1. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 15, p. 15: “We are the first and we are the last;” Muslim's Sahīh, vol. 2, p. 585; Al-Bukhārī's Sahīh, vol. 1, p. 36: “We are the last and we are the preceding ones.”

Concerning The Meaning And The Secret Of The Salām And Its Disciplines

It is stated in Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah that Imām as-Sādiq ('a) said: “The meaning of the salām at the end of each salāt is 'security,' that is, whoever obeys the command of Allah and the tradition of His Prophet (s), with a submissive heart, will be secured from the trials of this world and exempted from the tortures of the Hereafter. 'Salām' is one of the names of Allah, the Exalted. He trusted it to His creatures so that they may use its concept in their transactions, trusts and annexations, exemplifying reciprocal companionship among themselves and the correctness of their association.

If you wish to use the salām in its proper place and according to its meaning, you must fear Allah, and your religion, heart and mind should be secured on your part. So, do not make them filthy by the darkness of sinning, and do not cause your protectors (angels) to be vexed, tired and disgusted with your maltreating them.

Both your friend and, your enemy should be secured from you, as the one whose close friends are not secured from him, the strangers are certainly more expected not to be so. And whoever does not put the salām in those proper places, his will be no salām and no taslīm, and his salām will be a false one, even if he shows it off before the people.12

Being secured from the trials of this world means to be secured from satanic intrusions, because obeying the commands of Allah secures one against the intrusion of Satan:

“ Surely prayer forbids indecency and dishonor.” 3

Then, he refers to one of the secrets of the “salām” and says: “salām”' is one of the Names of Allah. He trusted it to His creatures.” This is a hint at the appearance of beings from the Divine Names. The sālik servant should declare this divine grace, which has been trusted in the inside of his essence and nature, and use it in all of his dealings, associations, trusts and relationships, and spread it throughout his inside and outside domains.

He should use it in his dealings with Allah and His religion so as not to betray the divine trust. Thus, he is to spread the truth of ”salām” in all his worldly and heavenly powers as well as in his customs, beliefs, morals, and actions, so that he may be secured from all intrusions.

The way to this security is, thus, said to be taqwā. It should be realized that taqwā is of many degrees and stages:

The external taqwā: It means protecting the outside against the pollution and the darkness of formal sinning. This is the taqwā of the common people.

The internal taqwā: This means protecting the inside and purifying it from extravagance and shortcoming and exceeding the limit of moderateness in morality and spiritual instincts. This is the taqwā of the elite.

The taqwā of the mind: It is protecting and purifying the mind from being spent on the non-divine sciences. The divine sciences are those that deal with the divine laws and religion. Other natural sciences and the like which are required for knowing the manifestations of Allah, are also divine. But if they are not for that, they are not divine, even if they are discussions about the Beginning and the Resurrection. This is the taqwā of “the choice of the elite” [akhass-i khawass].
The taqwā of the heart: It is protecting the heart against seeing or discussing other than Allah. This is the taqwā of the walīs [awliyā']. The noble hadīth in which Allah, the Exalted, says: “I am the co-sitter to the one who sits with Me,”4 refers to this hearty privacy, which is the best privacy, and the other ones are preliminaries to this one.

So, the one who acquires all these degrees of taqwā, his religion, intellect, spirit, heart and all his internal and external powers will remain sound and safe, and the angels in charge of protecting him will not be vexed, tired or disgusted with him.

The dealings and the company of such a person with both the friend and the enemy will be done in peace, or, actually, enmity will be uprooted from his heart, no matter how much his enemies are hostile to him. But the one who has not acquired all the degrees of taqwā, would proportionally be deprived of the emanation of Salam, and would be nearer to the horizon of hypocrisy, from which we take refuge in Allah. With peace! [was-salām].

- 1. Misbāh ash-Sharī'ah, ch. 18, “On Salām”; Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 82, p. 307.

- 2.

- 3. Sūrah al-Ankabūt 29:45.

- 4. Al-Mawāhib as-Saniyyah, p. 77; Al-Mahajjat al-Baydā', vol. 8, p. 58 (with a slight difference).

The Secrets And The Cordial Disciplines Of The Four Tasbīhs

There are four rukns (pillars) in the Tasbīhāt:

The first rukn concerns the tasbīh (glorification), which is purifying Allah from descriptions by tahmīd (saying: al-hamdu lillāh = praise is for Allah) and tahlīl (saying: lā ilāha illallāh = there is no god but Allah), which is of the inclusive states. The sālik servant should, in all his worshippings, pay attention to that, and prevent his heart from the claim of describing and seeking a eulogy on the Haqq (Allah).

He should not think that a servant is able to offer the due servitude to Allah, let alone paying the due homage to the Lord, which is not hoped for even by the perfect walīs [awliyā'], and from reaching which the hands of the great ones of the people of knowledge are short:

No one can net the phoenix, so undo the net, since there can be nothing but wind in it,1

That is why it has been said that the perfect knowledge of the people of knowledge is their knowing their own inability.2

Yes, it is because of the vast mercy of Allah, the Exalted, which covers us, the weak servants, that He vests us, the helpless, with serving Him and permits us to enter such a holy and pure state which bent the backs of even the Cherubim to get near it. This is of the greatest favors and graces of the Holy Essence, The Provider that bestowed upon His servants.

The people of knowledge, the perfect walīs [awliyā'] and the godly men value it in proportion to their personal knowledge. We the veiled, left short of all states, the deprived of and kept at a distance from any perfection and knowledge are completely unaware of that, and regard the divine commands, which are, in fact, the highest, big unlimited blessings, as imposition and duty, performing them lazily and with boredom, and that is why we are completely deprived of and veiled from its luminosity.

It must be realized that as tahmīd and tahlīl include Unity of Acts, in which there is the blemish of limiting and decreasing, or even the blemish of assimilation and mixing, the sālik servant, to be prepared for entering it, has to enter first the strong fortress of glorification and purification, telling his inner heart that Allah, Great and Most High, is innocent of all creational [khalqiyyah] individuations [ta'ayyunāt] and of the apparels of multiplicities, so that the entering into praising Him can be free from the blemish of multiplication.

The second rukn is tahmīd, which is the state of Unity of Acts, suitable for qiyām and recitation. In this respect, these glorifications in the last rak'ats take the place of the sūrah of al-Hamd, as the musallī is free to recite the sūrah of al-Hamd (the Opening) instead. The Unity of Acts as has already been explained in “al-Hamd” is to be used to exclusively assign praising to Allah, completely cutting short the hand of the servant from praisings.

We should convey:

“ He is the First and the Last and the Manifest and the Hidden” 3

To the ears of the heart, and let:

“ And you threw not when you did, but Allah threw” 4

Reach the taste of our spirit, treading upon selfishness and self-conceit by the foot of behavior [sulūk], in order to take ourselves to the state of tahmīd, and out of the burden of being indebted to the creatures.

The third rukn is the tahlīl, which is of many states:

One is the state of negating the divinity of act, that is “There is no effecter in the (world of) existence but Allah,” which is a confirmation of confining the tahmīd (to Allah) as its cause and factor, because the stages of the possible beings are the shadow of the Real Existence of Allah, Almighty, and mere connection. No one of them, in any way, is independent or self-sustaining. Thus, effecting existence can never be ascribed to them, since effectiveness requires independence in bringing into existence, and being independently effective in bringing into existence necessitates being independent in existing.

According to the terms of the people of (gnostic) taste, the reality of the shadow-beings is the appearance of the Power of the Haqq (Allah) in the mirrors of creation. The meaning of lā ilāha illallāh (There is no god but Allah) is witnessing the Haqq's (Allah's) effectiveness and power upon the creatures, and negating the individuations [ta'ayyunāt] of creation, and annihilating the state of their activity [fā'iliyyat] and their effect in the Haqq (Allah).

The other is the negation of any worshipped other than Allah, and lā ilāha illallāh means: There is no worshipped except Allah. Therefore, the state of tahlīl is the result of the state of tahmīd, as when the tahmīd is exclusively confined to the Holy Essence of Allah, servitude places its burden in that Holy State, and all the servitudes, which people do to one another for the purpose of being praised, become negated. So, it is as if the sālik says that since all praises are exclusively for Allah, servitude must also be exclusively for Allah, Who is to be the worshipped, and all the idols are to be broken to pieces. There are other states for tahlīl, which do not suit this situation.
The fourth rukn is the takbīr, which also means that Allah is greater than any description. The servant, by commencing the tahmīd and the tahlīl, denies the description of Allah, and, having finished that, he again denies describing Allah, and glorifies Him, accompanying his tahmīd and tahlīl with humbleness and confession of shortcomings.

Probably the takbīr, in this instance, is a takbīr of tahmīd and tahlīl, as they contain the blemish of multiplicity, as has already been said. Probably in tasbīh there is tanzīh (purification) of takbīr and in the takbīr there can be takbīr of tanzīh, where the servant's claims turn to be completely invalid, and he becomes in command of the Unity of Acts, and the state of obeying Allah becomes a habit in his heart, getting out of changing colors into a state of stability.

The sālik servant, in these noble recitations, which are the spirit of knowledge, should create in his heart a mood of devotion, supplication, dedication and humility, and by continual repetition give to his inner heart the form of remembrance, fixing the truth of remembrance into his heart such that the heart would be clothed with the clothes of remembrance, taking off its own wear, which is the wear of remoteness [bu'd] (from Allah). Then, the heart becomes divine, truthful, in which will be fulfilled the reality and spirit of:

“ Surely Allah has bought from the believers their lives.” 5

- 1. Poetry from Hāfiz Shīrāzī.

- 2. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 94, p. 150, “Supplication Eighteen,” “The Supplication of the Gnostics.”

- 3. Sūrah al-Hadīd 57:3.

- 4. Sūrah al-Anfā1 8:17.

- 5. Sūrah at-Tawbah 9:111.

Concerning The Cordial Disciplines Of The Qūnūt

Know that the Qunūt (supplication in the salāt with the hands raised) is one of the recommended supererogations, which is not becoming to neglect, but to perform it is of precaution, such that some companions say that it is obligatory. Some narratives also confirm that, although from the juristic point of view it is not obligatory, as is common among the great scholars. It is performed as is particularly common among the Imāmīs [imāmiyyah] (may Allah be pleased with them), i.e., by raising the hands near to the face, with the palms open towards the sky and reciting common or uncommon invocations. It is allowed to recite them in any language, Arabic or non-Arabic, though the Arabic is better and is according to precaution.

The jurisprudents say that the best du'ā' (invocation) in this respect is du'ā' al-faraj,1 though its preference has not been proved to the writer by an authentic juristic evidence. Yet, the contents of the du'ā' confirm its preference, because it includes tahlīl, tasbīh and tamhīd, which are the spirit of tawhīd as has been explained.

It also includes the great Names of Allah, such as: Allah, al-Halīm, al-Karīm, al-'Aliyy, al-Azīm, and ar-Rabb, besides the dhikr (the wordings to be recited) in the rukū' and the sujūd, and the Names of Essence, Attributes and Acts, as well as the stages of the manifestations of Allah, Almighty and Most High, and sending salām to the Messengers though to neglect this is of the acts of precaution, but upon a stronger opinion it is allowed. It also includes sending blessings upon the Prophet and his offspring ('a). It seems that this noble du'ā', short as it is, covers all the salāt's duties of remembrance.

Its merit can also be confirmed through the sayings of the jurisprudents (may Allah be pleased with them) or through “Tolerating the Proofs of the Traditions”23 although the writer has a second thought on that or by means of discovering a creditable evidence which has not occurred to us regarded by the latecomers to be the basis of unanimity [ijmā'].

Among the noble du'ā''s of great merit, which includes the polite manners of supplication to Allah, and also numerates the full divine gifts, and completely suits the state of qunūt, which is a state of supplication and devotion to Allah, and some great men (may Allah have mercy upon them) almost continually practiced it, is the du'ā' called ”yā man azhar al-jamīl” (O, the One Who manifested the Beautiful), which is of the treasures of the 'Arsh and Allah's gift to His Messenger. Each one of its paragraphs has so much merits and rewards, as is stated in at-Tawhīd by Shaykh as-Sadūq (may Allah have mercy upon him).4

The best manner of servitude is that, in the state of qunūt which is a state of supplication and devotion to Allah in the salāt, all of which is showing servitude and praising, and in this state the Holy Essence of Allah, the Exalted and Most High, specially opens the door of supplication and invocation to the servant and honors him so the sālik servant must also observe the discipline of the Holy State of Lordship, and take care that his du'ā' should include glorifying and purifying Allah, the Exalted, and His remembrance.

He should ask Allah, in this noble state, to give him those things that are of the kind of divine knowledge [ma'ārif], and to open for him the door of supplication, intimacy, privacy, and devotion to Him. He should avoid demanding this world, mean animal matters and selfish desires, so that he may not feel ashamed in the presence of the pure ones, and not debase himself in the gathering of the pious ones.

O dear, qunūt is giving up other than Allah, and completely turning towards the Lord's Might, and extending the empty hand of demand to the Absolute Self-Sufficient. During such a state of devotion, to talk of the stomach, private parts and mundane matters is but a shortcoming and a loss.

Darling, now that you are far away from your homeland, blocked from neighboring the free people and captured in this dark house full of troubles and perils, do not spin around yourself, like a silkworm.

O dear, Allah, the Beneficent, has fermented your disposition with the light of knowledge and the fire of love, and supported you with the lights like the prophets, and the lovers like the walīs [awliyā'], so, do not extinguish this fire with the dust and ashes of this low world, and do not tarnish and darken that light with a world which is a place of exile.

Probably if you pay attention to the original home, and demand from Allah to be devoted to Him, and expose before Him your deprivation and dislike of separation, in a painful tone out of your heart, displaying the conditions of your helplessness, weakness and distress, an invisible assistance will reach you and an inside hand of help will be extended to you, and your shortcomings will be done away with, as it is His habit to be charitable, and it is His custom to be benefactor.
If you recite parts of the Sha'bāniyyah supplication by the Imām of the Pious and the Commander of the Believers and his infallible offspring, who are the Imāms of the people of knowledge and truths, in your qunūt, especially the part in which he says: “O Allah, grant me 'to be completely devoted to You',”5 etc., but in a state of necessity [idtirār], devotion and imploration, not with a dead heart, like the writer's, it will be quite becoming of the condition.

In short, the state of the qunūt, according to the writer's opinion, is like the state of the sujūd. The former is turning towards the humility of servitude and the remembrance of the state of the Lord's Might, and the latter is turning towards the Lord's Might and the remembrance of inability and the humility of servitude. This is in proportion to the state of the middle class.

But according to the state of the perfect ones, since the sujūd is the state of the servant's annihilation, and neglecting the other [ghayr] and otherness, the qunūt is the state of the exclusive devotion to Allah, and giving up depending on the other, which is the spirit of the state of “trust in Allah” [tawakkul]. In short, as qiyām is the state of the Unity of Acts, which is confirmed in the second rak'at, he displays in the qunūt its result, and extends his begging bowl before Allah, and completely parts with, and runs away from, all creatures.

- 1. The du'ā' that begins with: ”Lā ilāha illallāh al-Halīm al-Karīm” (There is no god but Allah, the Clement, the Generous). Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, p. 906. “The Book of the Salāt,” sec. on “The Qunūt,” ch. 7, hadīth 4; Mustadrak al-Wasā'il, “The Book of the Salāt,” sec. on “The Qunūt,” ch. 6, hadīth 4 and 9.

- 2. There are many narratives, to the limit of prolixity [istifādah], to the effect that if somebody gets the information—by hearing or reading—that to perform a certain act results in getting a reward, and he performs that act, he will receive the promised reward, even if his information turned to be incorrect. Such narratives are known as “the narratives of the attainer” and their contents are called “Tolerating the Proofs of the Traditions.” Refer to Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 2, p. 256, “The Book of Knowledge,” ch. 30; Usūl al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 139, “The Book of Faith and Disbelief,” ch. on “The One Who Attained a Reward from Allah for an Act.”

- 3.

- 4. At-Tawhīd, ch. on “The Names of Allah, the Exalted,” ch. 29, hadīth 14.

- 5. “Munājāt-i Sha'bāniyyah,” Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 91, p. 99.

After-The-Salāt Invocation

It is one of the confirmed mustahabs (supererogatories), and to neglect it is abominable. It is most recommended after the salāts of the morning and of the afternoon. The after-the-salāt invocations are so many, including the final three takbīrs.

The great religious men take care to raise their hands in the takbīrs, like the opening takbīrs, to near their ears, with their palms open and facing the qiblah. To prove this is difficult, although some narratives refer to raising the hands three times. Probably raising the hands, saying the takbīr three times and then reciting the du'ā' which starts with: lā ilāha illallāh, wahdahū wahdah …1 (there is no god but Allah, alone, alone!) etc., will be enough.

If raising the hands in the way the great men do is a supererogatory act, it confirms the same secrets which have already been stated, and maybe it refers to rejecting their salāt and worshippings lest they may admit conceit and self-admiration into their hearts.

The three takbīrs may be a reference to magnification(s) [takbīr(s)] showing the shortcomings of the Three Unities which keep the spirit of the whole salāt. So, the hearty discipline of these takbīrs is to reject, with each raising of the hands, one of the three unities, and magnify and glorify Allah, Almighty and Most High, from his describings and unifications, displaying his inability, humility, failure and shortcomings before the Holy Presence of Allah, Almighty and Most High.

In the Sirr as-Salāt thesis we related, in a nice [latīf] way, the spiritual secrets of these takbīrs and raising the hands. It was of the graces of Allah, the Exalted, bestowed upon this helpless person. For Him are the thanks and praise.

Of the other noble after-the-salāt du'ā's are the tasbīhāt of the Pure Siddīqah (Fātimah) ('a), the daughter of the Prophet (s), which was taught to her by the Messenger of Allah (s). It is the best of the after-the-salāt du'ā's. It is in the hadīth that had there been a better one, the Messenger of Allah (s) would have taught it to Fātimah ('a).2

Imām as-Sādiq ('a) is quoted to have said that these tasbīhs every day after every salāt are more loved by me than a thousand rak'āts of the salāt every day.3 It is known among the companions that these tasbīhs are arranged as follows: takbīr thirty-four times, tahmīd thirty-three times and tasbīh thirty-three times. It is most probable that this arrangement is the best, not positively imposed. One is free to change the successions of, say, the tahmīd and the tasbīh, or replace the takbīr by the tasbīh. But the best, and according to precaution, is the said known arrangement.

The relevant cordial disciplines are the same as have been stated concerning “the Four Tasbīhs.”
Furthermore, as these noble recitations are for after the salāt, and as their tasbīh is magnification [takbīr] and glorification [tanzīh] showing failure in due servitude, and magnification [takbīr] and glorification [tanzīh] showing incapability in servitude before His Holy Presence, and magnification [takbīr] and glorification [tanzīh] showing the shortcomings of knowledge [ma'rifat] (in knowing Him), which is the objective of servitude, the salik servant should, in the after-the-salāt invocation, think about his shortcomings, his incomplete worship and his negligences during the state of presence, which are regarded to be sins in the school of love and affection.

He is to think about his being deprived of his share of the Holy Presence of Allah, the Exalted, so that he may, in the after-the-salāt recitations, which open a new door leading to the mercy of Allah, the Blessed and Exalted, compensate as much as possible, conveying those noble recitations to his heart and revive it with them, in which case his end may be sealed with goodness and happiness. In the tahmīd (praising) of the tasbīhs of the (pure) Siddīqah ('a), he is to prove this praising, too, which is the performance of servitude, for the Divine Ipseity [huwiyyat-i ilāhiyyah], taking it to be a support, a power and a success from that Holy Essence.

He is to convey the truths of these matters to the inside of his heart, letting it taste the secret of these graces, so that the heart may be enlivened with the remembrance of Allah, and get eternal life by it.

As the morning is the beginning of being engaged in the multiplicity and entering the world, where man is faced with the danger of getting busy with the creatures and neglecting Allah, the conscious sālik, in this crucial situation of entering this dark house, has to turn to Allah, the Exalted, and be devoted to Him. And as he finds himself not so dignified in the Holy Presence, he is to resort to the guardians of the affairs, the guards of the times, the intercessors of ins and jinn, i.e., the Seal of the Messengers (s) and the infallible Imāms ('a), asking those honorable personalities to be his intermediates to, and his intercessors with, Allah.

Now each day has its guard and shelterer: for Saturday it is the blessed being of the Messenger of Allah (s), for Sunday it is Amīr al-Mu'minīn, 'Alī ('a), for Monday are the two magnificent Imāms, the grandsons [of the Messenger of Allah (s), al-Hasan and al-Husayn ('a)], for Tuesday Imāms as-Sajjād, al-Bāqir and as-Sādiq ('a), for Wednesday Imāms al-Kāzim, ar-Ridā, at-Taqī and an-Naqī ('a), for Thursday Imām al-'Askarī ('a), and for Friday waliyy al-amr (may Allah hasten his glorious advent) (The 12th Imām ('a).4

So, it is suitable for one, in the after-the-salāt recitations in the morning, and for the purpose of entering this deadly dark sea, the awful Satanic trap-place, to resort to the guards of that day, and, with their intercession as they are close to the Holy Court and are the favorite confidents at the door of intimacy ask Allah, the Exalted, to remove the evils of Satan and the evil-commanding soul, and to have those great ones as his intermediates for the completion and acceptance of incomplete worshippings and unworthy rites.

Naturally, if Allah, Highly Exalted, made Muhammad (s) and his offspring our means of guidance, and through their blessings He saved the ummah from ignorance and straying, He would, because of their intercession, amend our inability and complete our shortcomings, and accept our unworthy obediences and worshippings, “He is the Lord of grace and bounty.” Other reported after-the-salāt du'ā's are stated in the relevant books of invocations. Everybody may select those which suit him best in order to bring this honorable journey to its good and happy destination.

- 1. Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, p. 1030, “The Book of the Salāt,” sec. on “After-the-Salāt Invocation,” ch. 14, hadīth 2.

- 2. Furū' al-Kāfī, vol. 3, p. 343, “The Book of the Salāt,” ch. on “The After-the-Salāt Du'ā',” hadīth 14.

- 3. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 83, p. 332, quoting Thawāb al-A'māl, p. 149; Wasā'il ash-Shī'ah, vol. 4, p. 1024, “The Book of as-Salāt,” sec. on “After the-Salāt Invocation,” ch. 9, hadīth 2.

- 4. Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 24, p. 239, quoting al-Khisāl, vol. 2, ch.7, p. 394.

Conclusion And Invocation (Du‘a’)

It was appropriate to finish this thesis by stating the salāt's moral obstacles, such as imposture, conceitedness and the like, but as I have given some explanations in the book The Forty Hadīths12 about some hadīths connected to this subject, and also, now, being too much busy, and owing to distraction of mind, I apologize for not being able to offer this service. So, I end these papers by admitting my inability and shortcomings, and ask forgiveness from the people of pure insight for my mistakes, and request their good du'ā' and generous attention.

O Allah, You Who have clothed us, Your weak servants, with the dress of existence through Your grace and favor and pure mercy and generosity, prior to any service and worship on our part, and without needing our worshipping and servitude. You have bestowed upon us diverse kinds of spiritual and corporeal favors, and different sorts of internal and external mercies, although our non-existence causes no flaw in your power and strength, nor our existence adds anything to your greatness and prestige.

Now that the headspring of Your beneficence gushed forth, and the sun of Your Beautiful Beauty effulged, drowning us in the seas of mercy and illuminating us with the lights of Your Beauty, make up for our shortcomings, sins and failures with the light of internal success and Your secret help and guidance, and relieve our fully attached hearts from mundane attachments, and make them cling to Your Holy Might.

O Allah, our unworthy worshipping expands nothing of your domain. Our disobedience decreases nothing of your kingdom, and torturing and punishing the sinners benefit you not a bit, and forgiving the fallen and having mercy upon them lessen nothing of your power. The immutable essences of the sinners implore for mercy, and the dispositions of the imperfect ask for perfection. You yourself treat us with your comprehensive kindness and disregard our inefficiency.

“O Allah, if I am unworthy to receive your mercy, you are worthy of granting me of your vast favor. O Allah, You have covered for me in this world sins which I need more to be covered in the Hereafter. O Allah, grant me to be completely devoted to You, and light our hearts' eyes with the light of witnessing You until the hearts' eyes penetrate the veils of light, to reach the source of greatness.”3

Our talk has come to an end here, according to the taqdīr of Allah, Almighty and Most High, with praises and thanks for His graces, asking Him to send His blessings upon Muhammad and his pure progeny, on the date of Monday, 2nd of (the month of) Rabī'uth-Thānī, thirteen-hundred and sixty-one of Lunar year (1361 L.H.).4

- 1. Refer to footnote 63.

- 2.

- 3. “The Sha'bāniyyah  Supplication,” Bihār al-Anwār, vol. 91, p.99.

- 4. Corresponds to 30th of Farvardīn, 1321 Solar Hijri Year.

Glossary

A

adhān: announcement or the call announcing the arrival of the time for the salāt.
Ahl al-Bayt: the offspring of the Messenger of Allah (s).
Ahl al-Jabarūt: the owner of Power, the owners of power.
Ahl al-Allah: the people of Allah.
'aynul jam': the very union, the essence of union (collectively).
al-amr bil-ma'rūf wan-nahy'anil-munkar: bidding unto honor and forbidding dishonor.
al-Baytul-Ma'mūr: Allah's Populous House.
'ālim (pl. 'ulamā'): scholar, scientist, learned.
'amā': a sufist term meaning “the truth of the truths;” heavy clouds, high.
amr: affair; order; sovereignty, rule, authority, power, ordinance decree.
('a): 'alayhis-salām = Peace be upon him;
'alayhas-salām = Peace be upon her;
'alayhimus-salām = Peace be upon them.
asrār: (pl. of sirr): secret.
āyah (pl. āyāt): a Qur'anic term use for one of the smaller portions of a chapter of the Qur'an usually called “verse;” a divine sign or communication.

B

barzakh: isthmus; the interval between death and the Day of Resurrection.
barzakhian (adj. of barzakh): intermediate.
basmalah: uttering ”bismillāhir-rahmānir-rahim,” i.e. In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful.
bātil: false, invalid, void, null, wrong.
bātin: the inside, the inward, interior, hidden meaning.
bismillāh: In the Name of Allah.
butūn: interior.

D

dār-i tahaqquq: the House of Realization.
dār al-ghurūr: the house of conceit, i.e. this world.
dār as-surūr: the house of pleasure, i.e. the Hereafter world.
dīn (pl. adyān): religion, judgment.
du'a' (pl. ad'iyah): invocation, benediction, prayer.

F

faqīh: (pl. fuqahā): jurisprudent, expert of fiqh.
fitrat: disposition, nature.

G

ghayb (pl. ghuyūb): the unseen, the invisible.
ghusl (pl. aghsāl): ritual bathing; the major ritual ablution.

H

hadath: a ritual impurity which requires either a wudū' or a ghusl before performing salāt.
hadīth (pl. ahādīth): the saying of the Prophet (s), the tradition of the Prophet (s); narrative relating deeds and utterances of the Prophet, the Ahl al-Bayt, the infallible Imāms and the Companions.
hajj: the pilgrimage of the Muslims to Makkah (Mecca) during certain months.
halāl: religiously lawful or allowed.
harām: religiously unlawful.

I

Iblīs: Satan, the devil.
ihrām: the state of being in the pilgrimage period; the special dress worn during pilgrimage.
ihtijāj: argumentation.
ins: the human beings as against the jinn.
inshā'Allāh: an Islamic expression meaning: if Allah wills, Allah willing.
isti'ādhah: saying a'ūdhu billāh, i.e. I take refuge in Allah.
istikhārah: consulting the Qur'an or the rosary beads to do, or not to do, something.
ikhlās: sincerity.
iqāmah: preliminary wordings said before entering the salāt.

J

jabarūt: of omnipotence; the possession of power.
janābah: the state of being ritually impure owing to seminal ejaculation or to a sexual penetration, though without ejaculation—a state requiring a ritual ghusl.
jawāmi'al-kalim: comprehending many significations; the Qur'an; collective words.
jihād: struggle or exertion of effort for the sake of Islam.

K

ka'bah: a structure in the middle of the Holy Mosque in Makkah, to which the Muslims of the world direct their faces during the performance of salāt.
khilāfah: succession, successorship, vicegerency.
khums: a fifth of one's net profit to be paid to a religious authority.

L

latīfah: grace; subtlety, delicacy.
lawh (pl. alwāh): a tablet, a slab, a Qur'anic term denoting “The Tablet” with Allah, the Exalted, in which everything is registered.

M

ma'ād: resurrection.
mahdar: presence, company.
mahw: (self-)effacement, (self-)extinction, annihilation.
majdhūb-isālik: the attracted one who is traveling to Allah.
malakūt: heavenly kingdom.
ma'sūm: infallible.
minbar: a pulpit of several ascending steps in a mosque from which the speaker delivers his speech.
mi'rāj: ascension to Allah.
mu'adhdhin: one who speaks out the adhān.
mufassir: one who writes exegesis on the Qur'an, an exegetist.
mukāshafah: revelation, disclosure, apocalypse.
mulk: this transitory world.
muqārināt: affinities.
musallī (pl. musallīn): a Muslim when performing the salāt.
musta'ādhun bihi: one with whom refuge is sought.
musta'ādhun lahū: that for which refuge is sought; one for whom refuge is sought.
musta'ādhun minhu: that from which refuge is sought; one from whom refuge is sought.
musta'īdh: one who seeks refuge; refuge-seeker.
muttaqī (pl. muttaqqīn): one who guards against Allah's wrath by obeying His commandments; God-fearing, pious.

N

nāfilah (pl. nawāfil): supererogatory salāts.
nutfah (pl. nutaf): sperm of human beings.
niyyah (pl. niyyāt): intention.

Q

qadr: measure; predestination.
qibāb (pl. of qubbah): domes.
qiblah: the direction to which the Muslims are to face when performing the salāt, i.e. the ka'bah in Makkah.
qiyām: the standing position in the salāt.
qunūt: supplication recited in the salāt after the second rak'ah, in the standing position, with the palms of the hands raised upwards.

R

rabb: the Lord, the Sustainer; One of Allah's Names.
rafraf: the name of one of the Messenger's heavenly mounts.
rak'ah (pl. raka'āt): a complete section of the salāt.
rijāl: biographical books about the narrators of the hadīths, who sort them according to their authority, truthfulness and dependability; sources of information.
rukn (pl. arkān): one of the pillars of the salāt.
rukū' (pl. rukū'āt ): the position of bowing in the salāt; genuflection.

S

(s): Sallallāhu 'alayhi wa ālih = May Allah send His blessings upon him (the Prophet) and his offspring.
sadaqah: charity, alms.
sahw: sobriety.
sajdah: prostration in prayer, prostration in worship.
salām: peace, salutation, greetings.
salāt (pl. salawāt): the Muslim's ritual prayer.
sājid (pl. sājidīn): a prostrate worshipper; one who prostrates himself.
sālik: a Gnostic term denoting the traveler to Allah.
sālik-i majdhūb: a sālik attracted by Divine Grace.
sawm (or siyām): fasting.
shahādah (pl. shahādāt): testimony.
shar': divine law.
sharī'ah (pl. sharā'i'): divine law.
shuhūd: intuition, divine vision.
sujūd: prostration.
sulūk: a Gnostic term for the journey to Allah.
sunnah (pl. sunan): tradition; the Prophet's tradition.
sūrah: a chapter of the Qur'an.

T

ta'ālā: a divine attribute meaning the Most High.
tafsīr (pl. tafāsīr and tafsīrāt): explanation, commentary; an exegesis of the Qur'an.
tahlīl (pl. tahlīlāt): saying lā ilāha illallāh = There is no god but Allah.
tahmīd (pl. tahmidāt): saying al-hamdu lillāh = All praise is for Allah; Praise belongs to Allah.
tāghūt (pl. tawāghit): an ancient idol, anything worshipped other than Allah; a tyrant, a despot.
tajwīd: a style of reciting the Qur'an with intonation; rules of correct recitation of the Qur'an.
takbīr (pl. takbīirāt): saying; Allāhu akbar = Allah is the Greatest.
talqīn: giving instructions; religious instruction recited to the dead as a funeral rite.
tanzīh: purifying Allah from all blemishes and defects.
taqdīr: measuring; Allah's decree.
ta'qīb (pl. ta'qībāt): after-the-salāt invocation.
taqwā: avoiding Allah's wrath by precaution and obeying His commandments; fearing Allah, piety.
tartīl: a style of reciting the Qur'an without intonation.
tasbīh (pl. tasbīhāt): glorifying Allah by saying: subhānallāh = Glory be to Allah.
tashahhud: the act of testifying the unity of Allah and that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah (as part of the salāt).
taslīm: the greetings with which the salāt is closed.
tasmiyah: naming; saying: In the Name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful.
tawhīd: believing in Allah's Oneness; monotheism.

U

ummah: people, nation.
ummul-qurā': the Mother of the towns.
'urūj: ascension.

W

walī (or walīyy) (pl. awliyā'): friend, patron, protector; holy man, saint.
walīyy al-'amr (pl. awliyā' al-'umūr or al-'amr): plenipotentiary, religious guardian, legal guardian, the religiously legal authority.
wasī (or wasīyy)(pl. awsiyā'): trustee, custodian; successor, vicegerent.
was-salām: and that is the end to the matter; and now good bye; with peace.
wilāyah: guardianship.
wudū': ritual ablution (made before performing the salāt).

Z

zakāt: purity; alms tax; prescribed portion of one's wealth which is to be given to the religious authorities or to the poor according to certain conditions.

Final Note by Imam Khomeini

Know that for the salāt, beside its form, there is a meaning, and apart from its exterior it has an interior; and as the exterior has its disciplines, neglecting which would render the outer form of the salāt invalid or incomplete; likewise, its interior has cordial spiritual disciplines, neglecting which would render the spiritual salāt invalid or incomplete; whereas observing them would inspire the salāt with a heavenly spirit.
Imām Khomeinī.

Author(s):

- Sayyid Ruhullah Musawi Khomeini [3]

Translator(s):

- Muhammad Ja'far Khalili [5]

Publisher(s):

- The Institute for the Compilation and Publication of the Works of Imam Khomeini [4]

Category:

- Salaat (Ritual Prayer) [6]

- Ethics [7]

- Spirituality [8]

Source URL: https://www.al-islam.org/adab-salat-disciplines-prayer-second-revised-edition-sayyid-ruhullah-musawi-khomeini

Links
[1] https://www.al-islam.org/user/login?destination=node/27183%23comment-form
[2] https://www.al-islam.org/user/register?destination=node/27183%23comment-form
[3] https://www.al-islam.org/person/ayatullah-sayyid-imam-ruhallah-musawi-khomeini
[4] https://www.al-islam.org/organization/institute-compilation-and-publication-works-imam-khomeini
[5] https://www.al-islam.org/person/muhammad-jafar-khalili
[6] https://www.al-islam.org/library/salaat-ritual-prayer
[7] https://www.al-islam.org/library/ethics
[8] https://www.al-islam.org/library/spirituality